diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/69146-0.txt | 7792 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/69146-0.zip | bin | 138480 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/69146-h.zip | bin | 1801385 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/69146-h/69146-h.htm | 10412 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/69146-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 1365066 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/69146-h/images/coversmall.jpg | bin | 260990 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/69146-h/images/i_frontis.jpg | bin | 76383 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/69146-h/images/i_logo.jpg | bin | 27228 -> 0 bytes |
11 files changed, 17 insertions, 18204 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c29addf --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #69146 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/69146) diff --git a/old/69146-0.txt b/old/69146-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 797e606..0000000 --- a/old/69146-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7792 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of The old mine's secret, by Edna Turpin - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: The old mine's secret - -Author: Edna Turpin - -Illustrator: George Wright - -Release Date: October 13, 2022 [eBook #69146] - -Language: English - -Produced by: Carla Foust, David E. Brown, and the Online Distributed - Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was - produced from images generously made available by The - Internet Archive) - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OLD MINE'S SECRET *** - - - - - -THE OLD MINE’S SECRET - - - - - [Illustration] - - THE MACMILLAN COMPANY - NEW YORK · BOSTON · CHICAGO · DALLAS - ATLANTA · SAN FRANCISCO - - MACMILLAN & CO., LIMITED - LONDON · BOMBAY · CALCUTTA - MELBOURNE - - THE MACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA, LTD. - TORONTO - - -[Illustration: “There was Dick, waving his hand tauntingly”--_page 18_] - - - - - THE - OLD MINE’S SECRET - - BY - EDNA TURPIN - - AUTHOR OF “HONEY SWEET,” “PEGGY OF - ROUNDABOUT LANE,” “TREASURE - MOUNTAIN,” ETC. - - FRONTISPIECE BY - GEORGE WRIGHT - - New York - THE MACMILLAN COMPANY - 1921 - - _All rights reserved_ - - - - - PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA - - COPYRIGHT, 1921, - BY THE MACMILLAN COMPANY. - - Set up and electrotyped. Published September, 1921. - - Press of - J. J. Little & Ives Company - New York, U. S. A. - - - - - TO - REBECCA BROCKENBROUGH - AND - TERRY LEE ROBERTS - - - - -THE OLD MINE’S SECRET - - - - -CHAPTER I - - -“O-O-Oh! oh me-e!” Dick made the sigh very sad and pitiful. - -His father did not seem to hear it. He tilted his chair farther back, -perched his feet on the porch railing, and unfolded his newspaper. - -It was a mild April morning, and the Osborne family had drifted out -on the porch,--Mr. Osborne with his papers and Mrs. Osborne with her -sewing; Sweet William was playing jackstraws with himself, Patsy sat on -the steps with her back to the others, especially Dick, who, however, -was pitying himself too much to notice her. - -“I always get blamed for everything I do,” he said mournfully, “but -David----” - -“‘House for War: Vote 373 to 50.’” Mr. Osborne read the headline. -“That is the answer to the President’s message four days ago. Now the -Senate----” - -“Father! If you’ll just let me off to-day, I’ll work from school-out -till dark every day next week. I certainly will. Father, please----” - -“Richard Randolph Osborne! You are to work your assigned part of the -garden to-day, _to-day_, without further pleas for postponement.” Mr. -Osborne’s mild voice and red flabby face stiffened with determination. -This was not the first week that Dick had neglected his garden task. - -“Yes, sir,” Dick answered meekly, wriggling a little. That was all he -could do--wriggle a little--because he was made into a sort of merman -by having an old Persian shawl wrapped about him, from the waist down. -“I think you might let me off,” he persisted in an undertone; “just -this one more time. If mother had patched my trousers last night--if -she’d let me put on my Sundays now--I could get that hateful old garden -worked this morning. I’ve got something else to do to-day, something -awfully important.” - -“I’m sorry I forgot, son,” said his mother. “I certainly meant to mend -them last night. I was reading, and forgot. I wish you had reminded -me.” She took quicker stitches and her thread snarled so that she had -to break it and begin again. “I am so sorry,” she repeated in the -delicious voice that made her words seem as fresh and sweet as the red -roses that fell from the mouth of the fairy-tale maiden. - -Mrs. Osborne was a dear, sunny-hearted little woman with dark hair, -irregular features, and a vivid, eager face. She loved to read; -indeed, she could no more resist a book than a toper could refuse a -drink, but she was always so sorry and so ashamed when she neglected -home duties that every one except the person who suffered from it -forgave her freely. - -Patsy, Dick’s twin sister, came now to her mother’s defense. “It’s your -fault, Dick,” she said. “It’s all your own fault. If you had locked the -bookcase door, it would have reminded her there was something to do. -And then she would have thought of the trousers.” - -“I forgot,” Dick confessed. That put him clearly in the wrong, and made -him the crosser. He turned on his sister, growling: “What business is -it of yours, miss? You please let my affairs alone and attend to your -own. What are you doing, Patsy?” - -He tried to wriggle near enough to see, but Patsy made a face at him -and ran into the yard. Dick was such a tease! She was not going to tell -him that she had decided to be a poet and was composing a wonderful -ballad. How surprised he would be when it came out in the _Atlantic_ or -_St. Nicholas_, with her name in big black letters--Pocahontas Virginia -Osborne, as it was in the family Bible. Or would she have a pen-name, -like ‘Marion Harland’? If she could think of a lovely original -name---- But perhaps she had better finish the poem first. - -She perched herself in the swing and chewed her pencil and read over -the four lines she had written: - - “Johnny was a sailor, - He was brave and bold; - He thought he would make an adventure - To find the North Pole.” - -She could not think of anything else to say, so she read that over -again; and then again. While inspiration tarried, an interruption -came. It took the shape of her small brother William with two of -his followers--Hop-o-hop, a lame duck that he had adopted when its -hen mother pecked it and cast it off, and Scalawag, a sand-colored, -bob-tailed stray dog that had adopted him. - -“Hey, Patsy! I think I’ll give you a kiss,” announced Sweet William, -raising his fair, serious face to hers. “I think I might give you two -kisses. You are so sweet. Patsy,” he went on coaxingly, “wouldn’t you -want to lend me a pencil? Just one little minute, to make you a picture -of a horse.” - -“Oh, Sweet William, you’re such a nuisance!” said Patsy. “I’m awfully -busy. How can I ever finish this, if you bother me?” - -But she gave him pencil and paper, and sat swinging back and forth, -looking idly about the spacious yard where the budding oaks made -lacelike shadows, on that April morning. - -In the center of the yard was a great heap of bricks. That was the -remains of Osborne’s Rest, the family mansion that had been burned -in a raid during The War, as those southern Virginians called the -War of Secession from which they dated everything. Since then, two -generations of Osbornes had dwelt in The Roost, a cottage in one corner -of the yard. It was now the home of Patsy, her father and mother, her -two brothers, Dick and Sweet William, and a motherless cousin, David -Spotswood. - -The big front gate opened on The Street, the one thoroughfare of The -Village. There were a church, a tavern, two shops, a dozen frame and -brick dwellings set far back in spacious grounds, and the county -Court-house in a square by itself. Behind the Court-house rambled The -Back Way which had once expected to become a street, but remained -always The Back Way with only a blacksmith’s shop, a basket-maker’s -shed, and a few cabins on it. - -A century and a half before, three royal-grant estates, Broad Acres and -Larkland and Mattoax, cornered at a stone now on Court-house Green. -These plantations had long ago been divided into small farms; but in -The Village still lived Wilsons and Mayos and Osbornes who counted as -outsiders all whose grandfathers were not born in the neighborhood and -the kinship. - -While we have been looking about, Sweet William lay flat on the ground, -holding his tongue between his teeth, to assist his artistic efforts. - -“Look at my horse, Patsy!” he crowed, holding up the paper. - -“Hm-m! I don’t call that much like a horse,” observed Patsy. - -Sweet William’s face clouded, and then brightened. “Tell you what!” -he said. “It’ll be a cow. I’ll kick out one hind leg and put a bucket -here. Now! She’s spilt all the milk.” - -Patsy laughed; and then one knew that she was pretty, seeing the merry -crinkles around her twinkling hazel eyes, and the upward curve of her -lips that brought out dimples on her freckled pink cheeks. - -“I love you when you laugh, Patsy!” exclaimed Sweet William, hugging -her knees. “You may have my picture. And I’ll sit in the swing with -you.” - -“You and Scalawag and Hop-o-hop may have the swing,” said Patsy. “I’m -going in. I’ll finish my poem to-morrow. I want to find out--I think -Dick has a secret.” - -She jumped out of the swing, gave Sweet William’s ear a “love pinch,” -and strolled back to the porch. - -“Dick,” she asked in an offhand way, “what are you going to do with -that candle you got this morning?” - -Dick’s gloom relaxed and he winked tantalizingly. - -“You wish you knew,” he said. “But--you’ll--never--find--out. Ah, -ha-a-a!” - -“Don’t you tell, Mister Dick!” said Patsy. “I don’t want you to tell. -I’d rather find out for myself. And I certainly will find out, sir. You -just see if I don’t.” - -Mr. Osborne still had his nose in his day-old paper; news younger than -that seldom, came to The Village. “‘Army plans call for a million men -the first year.’ That is a gigantic undertaking, Miranda, and--” - -“It certainly is,” she agreed placidly. “Mayo, Black Mayo has bought -some more pigeons; and Polly says he’ll not tell what he paid for them, -so she knows it’s some absurd sum that he can’t afford.” - -“Yes.” Her husband agreed absently. “And a million men means not -only men, but arms, equipment, food. Bless my life! Is that clock -striking--it can’t be!--is it ten? And I here instead of at the -Court-house.” He got up and stuffed the newspaper and a _Congressional -Record_ in his pocket. - -“What are you going to do, dear?” asked his wife. - -“We want to find out if the Board of Supervisors can appropriate money -to send our Confederate veterans to the Reunion in June. There have -been so many unusual expenses, bridges washed away and that smallpox -quarantine, that funds are low. I hope they can raise the requisite -amount.” - -“Of course they will. They must,” Mrs. Osborne said quickly and -positively. “Why, the yearly reunion--seeing old comrades, being -heroized, recalling the glorious past--is the one bright spot in their -gray old lives.” - -“Mr. Tavis and Cap’n Anderson were talking about the Reunion at the -post office yesterday,” said Dick. “They are just crazy about having it -in Washington. Cap’n has never been there. But he was telling how near -he and old Jube Early came to it, in ’64.” - -“What an experience it will be, taking peaceful possession in old age -of the Capital they campaigned against when they were soldier boys, -over fifty years ago!” said Mrs. Osborne. “Certainly they must go. How -many are there, Mayo?” - -“Nine in our district,” answered her husband. “Last year there were -sixteen. Three have died, and four are bedridden.” - -“Ah! so few are left; so many have passed on.” Mrs. Osborne glanced -through the open door at a portrait, her father in a colonel’s gray -uniform. “Of course they must go, our nine old soldiers.” - -“Sure!” said Dick. “If there isn’t money enough, we boys can help -raise it. Mr. Tavis says he’ll pay me to plant corn, afternoons and -Saturdays. I wasn’t thinking about doing it. But our old Confeds -mustn’t miss their Reunion.” - -“Good boy! that’s the right spirit,” exclaimed Mrs. Osborne. - -She adored the memory of her gallant father and of the Confederate -cause to which he had devoted himself. The quiet, uneventful years -had brought no new deep, inspiring interests to the little Southern -community. Its love and loyalty clung to the past. To the children -the Lost Cause was a tradition as heroic and romantic as the legends -of Roland and Arthur; but it was a tradition linked to reality by the -old gray-clad men who had fought with Lee and Jackson. As Jones and -Tavis and Walthall, they were ordinary old men, rather tiresome and -absurd; but call them “Confederate veterans” and they were transformed -to heroes whom it was an honor to serve. Dick, shirking the work that -meant food for his family, would toil gladly to send them to their -Reunion. - -“They must have this, perhaps their last--” - -Mrs. Osborne paused, and her husband said: “We’ll manage it; we’ll -manage it somehow. If there is a deficit, we may be able to make it up -by private subscription. Perhaps I’ll get a case next term of court, -and can make a liberal contribution.” He laughed. - -Mr. Osborne--called Red Mayo to distinguish him from a dark-haired -cousin of the same name, called Black Mayo--was a lawyer more by -profession than by practice; there were not enough law crumbs in The -Village, he said, to support a sparrow. - -He strolled toward the Court-house while Mrs. Osborne took her last -hurried stitches. Then she handed the patched trousers to her son, who -rolled indoors and put them on. He went into the garden and gloomily -eyed the neglected square where peas and potatoes and onions were -merely green lines among crowding weeds. - -“I certainly can’t finish it this morning,” he growled. “There’s too -much to do.” - -“If you work hard, you can finish by sundown,” said his cousin, David -Spotswood, who was planting a row of beets on the other side of the -garden. - -“I can’t work after dinner,” said Dick. “I’ve got something else to do. -I just can’t finish it to-day.” - -“You’d better,” said Patsy, who had followed him into the garden. “When -father says ‘Richard’ and shuts his mouth--so! he means business. Say, -Dick! What were you getting that candle for? What are you going to do? -Let us go with you, Anne Lewis and me, and I’ll help you here.” - -“You help!” Dick spoke in his most superior masculine manner. “Girls -haven’t any business in gardens. They ought to stay in the house and -make bed-quilts. They’re too afraid of dirty hands and freckled faces.” - -Patsy flared up and answered so quickly that her words stepped on one -another’s heels. “That’s mean and unfair! You know I hate gloves and -bonnets, and I just wear them because mother makes me. But anyway, sir, -I think they’re nicer than great-grandmother’s shawl for trousers.” - -She went back up the boxwood-bordered walk. - -“I’ll keep my eyes on you, Mr. Richard Randolph Osborne,” she said to -herself. “Where you go to-day, I’ll follow.” - -Halfway up the long walk, she came upon Sweet William, sitting on the -ground, holding a maple bough over his head. - -“Won’t you come to our picnic, Patsy?” he said. “Me and Scalawag are -having a loverly picnic in the woods down by Tinkling Water.” - -“No, thank you,” said Patsy. “I want to see Anne Lewis about going -somewhere after dinner.” - -“Where?” asked Sweet William. - -“I don’t know--till I find out,” laughed Patsy. “But Anne and I will do -that; we certainly will.” - -“I wish Anne was staying here,” Sweet William said wistfully. - -“So do I,” agreed Patsy. “Easter holiday is too short to divide with -Ruth. Oh! I’ll be so glad when it’s summer and Anne comes to stay a -long time.” - -“It isn’t ever a long time where Anne is,” said Sweet William. “I’m -going with you to see her, Patsy, and I’ll have my picnic another day.” - -They went off and left Dick raking and weeding and hoeing very -diligently; but, working his best, he had not half finished his task -when the dinner bell rang. He surveyed the garden with a scowl. - -“It’ll take hours and hours to get it done,” he said. “And then it -would be too late to go where I’m going. Maybe I can work the potato -patch after supper.” - -“You can’t,” said David, who had a straightforward way of facing facts. - -“Oh! maybe I can,” said Dick, who had a picturesque way of evading -them. “You might help me. You might work on it awhile after dinner.” - -“Thank you! I’ve something else to do. I’m going to harrow my corn -acre. I want to plant it next week,” said David, who was a blue-ribbon -member of the Boys’ Corn Club. - -At the dinner table the boys were joined by Sweet William, Patsy, -and Anne Lewis, a cousin who was spending her Easter holiday in The -Village. The two girls watched Dick like hawks, and jumped up from -the table as soon as he went out of the dining room. He hurried to -the little upstairs room he shared with David that was called the -“tumble-up room” because the steps were so steep. Presently he came -down and showed off the things he was putting in his pockets--a candle, -a box of matches, and a ball of stout twine. He sharpened his hatchet -and fastened it to his belt. - -“Yah! You wish you knew what that’s for,” he said, with a derisive face -at Patsy and then at Anne. - -He strutted across the yard toward the front gate, but he was not to -march off in undisturbed triumph. - -“Dick! uh Dick!” called his mother. “Remember you’ve your garden work -to finish.” - -“Yes’m.” He scowled, then he said doggedly: “There’s something else -I’ve promised myself to do first.” - -Anne and Patsy waited only to see that he turned up, not down, The -Street; then they ran around The Back Way and came out just behind him -at the church; there The Street turned to a road which led past the -mill and on to Redville. Dick walked quickly, and the girls hurried -after him; then he walked slowly, and they loitered so as to keep just -behind him. - -“Where are you going?” he turned and challenged them. - -“Oh! we might go to the mill to see Cousin Giles, or to Larkland to -look at Cousin Mayo’s new pigeons, or to Happy Acres,” answered Patsy. - -Dick strode on, and the girls trotted behind him, making amicable -efforts at conversation. - -“Steve Tavis has gone fishing with John and Baldie Eppes,” Anne -remarked. “He said we girls might go, too. But Patsy and I thought -there might be something--something more fun to do.” - -No answer. - -Patsy made an effort. “Dick,” she said, “I hope you’ll finish your -garden work to-day. Father’s tired of excuses and he’s made up his mind -for punishing. But even if we do get home late, I can help you.” - -Silence. - -“It’s a mighty nice day,” Patsy went on pleadingly, “to--to do outdoor -things. You say yourself I’m as good as a boy to have around. I -wouldn’t be in the way at all; and I could hold the candle for you.” - -By this time they were at the mill where the Larkland road and the -Happy Acres path turned from the highway. Dick kept to the main road -and the girls followed. He stopped and faced them. - -“You said you were going to the mill, or Larkland, or Happy Acres. Trot -along!” - -“I said we might go there,” Patsy amended. “Or we might go--’most -anywhere. Do let us go with you; please, Dick.” - -“Where?” - -“Oh! wherever you are going. We’ll not tell.” - -“You certainly will not,” he declared; “for a mighty good reason: you -are not going to know anything to tell.” - -Patsy’s eyes flashed. “We’ll show you,” she said. “We are going to -follow you, like your shadow. You know good and well I can run as fast -as you. Now take your choice, sir; let us go with you, or give up and -toddle home and finish your task so as not to get punished.” - -“Hm!” he jeered. “If I’ve got something on hand good enough to take -punishment for, it’s too good to spoil with girls tagging along.” - -He walked briskly up the road. Anne and Patsy followed him for a silent -mile--up and down hills scarred with red gulleys, through woods, -by brown plowed fields and green grain land. They passed several -log cabins; the Spencer place, an old mansion amid tumbled-down -out-buildings; Gordan Jones’s trim new house gay with gables and fresh -paint. Then they came to an old farmhouse surrounded by neglected -fields. - -“Why, that door’s open!” Anne remarked with surprise. “Is somebody -living at the old Tolliver place?” - -“A new man; Mr. Smith. He came here last winter,” explained Patsy. - -“Somebody new in the neighborhood!” laughed Anne. “Doesn’t that seem -queer? What sort of folks are they?” - -“Um-mm; unfolksy,” said Patsy. “There’s just Mr. Smith, and his nephew -Albert that goes to our school. We’ve never got acquainted with Albert. -He’s sort of stand-offish; not as if he wanted to be, but as if he were -afraid.” - -“Afraid of what?” asked Anne. - -“Oh! I don’t know. Nothing. I reckon he’s just shy.” - -“What sort of man is Mr. Smith?” inquired Anne. - -“Ugly; and grins. He’s away from home most of the time. He’s a salesman -or agent of some kind. Dick,” Patsy returned to a more interesting -subject, “do please tell us what you are going to do.” - -“We-ell,” Dick began as if he were about to yield reluctantly; then he -interrupted himself eagerly: “Oh! look at that squirrel!” - -Their eyes followed his pointing finger, and crying, “Easy marks!” he -darted into a dense thicket of pines on the other side of the road. The -girls followed quickly, but he made good use of his moment’s start and -they caught only glimpses of him here and there behind the trees. - -“Run, Anne!” Patsy called presently. “To the left. Here! Let’s head him -off!” - -They ran around a thick clump of pines to meet him--and he was not -there. He did not seem to be anywhere. He had vanished as completely as -if the earth had opened and swallowed him. - -“We may as well give up,” Anne sighed at last. - -“Yes,” Patsy agreed reluctantly. “I reckon he’s miles away by this -time.” - -Crestfallen and disappointed, they went back to the road and started -slowly down the hill. - -Then a red-brown head rose out of a heap of pine brush, so cautiously -that it did not disturb the woodpecker drumming on a nearby stump. A -pair of merry brown eyes watched the girls till they were at a safe -distance; then Dick, to the terror and hasty flight of the woodpecker, -scrambled out of the brush heap. - -“Cock-a-doodle-doo-_oo-oo_!” he called deridingly. - -Anne and Patsy started and looked back. - -“There he is!” groaned Patsy. - -Yes, there he was, standing in the middle of the road, waving his hand -tauntingly. - -“Shall we chase him again?” asked Anne. - -“Yes,” said Patsy; and then: “No, it’s no use. He’s too far away; -before we could get halfway up the hill, he’d be out of sight again.” - -“Oh, well!” laughed Anne. “We don’t care, Patsy-pet. Let’s go to Happy -Acres and see what flowers are in bloom.” - -They went back to Larkland mill that had been a mill ever since The -Village had been a village; crossed a foot bridge over Tinkling Water; -and followed the path to the woodland nook they called Happy Acres. -Long ago a house had been there, and persistent garden bulbs and shrubs -gave beauty and fragrance to the place. One spring, Anne had adopted -it and christened it Happy Acres, and she and her friends had made it -a little woodland park that was a joy to all the neighborhood. It was -fragrant now with a blossoming plum-tree and gay with the pink and -scarlet of flowering almond and japonica. - -Anne and Patsy plucked a few sprays to carry home the beauty of it, -and started down the path for a little visit to their cousin, Giles -Spotswood, the miller. - -Patsy, who was in front, stopped suddenly. “What’s that?” she whispered. - -“It sounds like men quarreling,” Anne whispered back. “Who on earth--” - -“Look there!” - -Anne crept to Patsy’s side and peeped through the bushes. There were -two men on the roadside. One was their cousin, Black Mayo Osborne. - -“Who’s that man?” asked Anne. - -“Mr. Smith; the new man at the Tolliver place.” - -“Ugh! he’s horrid! snarling like a spiteful cur dog!” exclaimed Anne. - -The stranger was indeed odd and unpleasant-looking. He had long -loose-jointed limbs and such a short body that it seemed as if its -only function was to hold his head and limbs together. The two sides -of his blond face were quite unlike. The left side was handsome with -its straight brow and wide blue eye; but the right eye, half hidden by -its drooping lid, slanted outward and down, the tip of the nose turned -toward the bulging right nostril, and the mouth drooped at the right -corner and ended in a heavy downward line. - -“Easy! go easy, my German friend!” Black Mayo’s voice rang out clear -and mocking. - -“I am not a German; that am I not!” screamed Smith. “I am an American -citizen. I can my papers show. I am more American than you. What are -your peoples here? _Ach!_ what do they? This morning they did the last -cent out of their treasury take, the expenses of old traitors and -rebels to pay--” - -The sentence was not finished. A quick blow from the shoulder stretched -him on the ground. - -“Hey! lie there a minute!” cried Black Mayo, with an impish light -twinkling in his dark eyes. “Listen! Here’s a tune you’ve got to -respect in this part of the world.” He whistled “Dixie” with vim and -vigor, over and over again. Then he stepped aside and held out his -hand, saying: “Ah, well! You didn’t know any better. Forget it!” - -The man glared up at him, without a word. - -“Oh! if that’s the way you feel about it--” Mr. Osborne laughed, -shrugged his shoulders, and, still whistling “Dixie,” took the road -that led to his home at Larkland. - -Mr. Smith scrambled to his feet and looked after Black Mayo, from under -down-drawn brows, with his thin wide lips writhing like serpents; then -he went limping up the road. - -The girls turned white amazed faces to each other. - -“Ugh!” said Patsy. “Let’s go home. Do--do you reckon he’ll hurt Cousin -Mayo?” - -“Of course not. He can’t. How can he?” said Anne. After a pause she -added: “He certainly will if he can.” - - - - -CHAPTER II - - -Exulting at the way he had diddled the girls, Dick pranced along the -Redville road. He did not meet any one, for it was a fair spring day -and the country people were busy; but he saw men and boys he knew, -plowing and grubbing, hallooing to their teams and to one another. - -About two miles from The Village, Dick turned off on the Old Plank -Road. Twenty years before, this had been a highway going through The -Village, on its long way to Richmond. Then the railroad was built. It -wanted to come through The Village, between court-house and church, -but the people rose up in arms. They did not want shrieking, grinding -trains, to scare horses and bring in outsiders, nor an iron track -parting their homes from their graves in the churchyard. So the -railroad went by Redville that was six miles from The Village in summer -and three or four times as far in the winter season of ruts and red mud. - -After the railway was built, however, the road by Redville station -became the thoroughfare; the Old Plank Road was seldom traveled except -by negroes who lived in clearings in the Big Woods that covered miles -of the rocky, infertile ridge land. - -Dick was near one of these clearings, a patch of stumpy land around a -log cabin, when he heard a voice calling loudly, “Whoa! Gee! Whoa, I -say!” - -An old negro was coming up the hill, in a cart drawn by bony, -long-horned oxen. - -“Hey, Unc’ Isham!” said Dick. “What are you making such a racket for?” - -Isham Baskerfield jumped nervously; but when he recognized the speaker, -he grinned and said: “Howdy, little marster! howdy! I was jest talkin’ -to my oxes. I tuk ’em down to de creek to gin ’em some water.” - -“You sounded scared,” commented Dick. “And you looked scared, too.” - -“Skeered? Course I aint skeered. Huccome I be skeered?” Isham replied -loudly. Then he mumbled: “I aint nuver liked to go down dis road since -dat old man--Whar you gwine, Marse Dick?” he interrupted himself. -“Don’t you fool ’round dat lowermos’ cabin. Dat’s”--he breathed the -name in a whisper--“Solomon Gabe’s house, dat is. An’ he can shore -cunjer folks.” - -Dick laughed. “So that’s what you are afraid of. You--” - -“Sh--sh, little marster!” The old negro looked around, as if afraid of -being overheard. He stopped his oxcart in front of his cabin. “I got to -git my meal bag,” he said. “Lily Belle emptied it to make a hoecake for -dinner, so I got to go to mill an’ git some corn ground ’fore supper -time. I don’t worry ’bout nothin’ long as my meal bag can stan’ up for -itself, but when it lays down I got to stir about. What you doin’, -Marse Dick, strayin’ so fur from home?” - -“Oh! I’m just strolling ’round,” Dick answered vaguely. - -“Umph! When I fust see you, I thought you mought be gwine fishin’; but -you aint got no fishin’ pole.” - -“No use to carry a pole in the woods, when you’ve got a knife,” said -Dick. “Where is a good place to go?” - -“Uh! any o’ dem holes in Mine Creek below de ford,” said the old man; -“taint good fishin’ ’bove thar.” - -“O. K.!” said Dick. “If I catch more fish than I can carry, I’ll leave -you what I can’t tote home.” - -“Yas, suh; yas, suh! I reckon you will,” chuckled the old negro. - -Dick went on down the road. But his merry whistle died on his lips as -he passed Solomon Gabe’s cabin. - -It stood, like a dark, poisonous fungus, under low-branching evergreens -in a dank, somber hollow a little away from the road. The squat old log -hovel had not even a window; the door stood open, not hospitably, but -like the yawning mouth of a pit. - -Dick ran on down the road and came presently to Mine Creek, a little -stream straggling along a rocky, weed-fringed bed. Near the ford, -there was a pile of rotting logs and fallen stones that had once been -a cabin. He left the road here, but he did not take Isham’s advice and -go down Mine Creek. Instead, he went up stream, following a vague old -path that presently crossed the creek and climbed a little hill. There -was a small enclosure fenced in with rotting rails. In and around the -enclosure were piles of earth and broken stones of such ancient date -that saplings and even trees were growing on them. - -Dick paused on the hilltop and looked around cautiously. No one was in -sight; and all was still except for the chatter of squirrels and the -drumming of woodpeckers. He jumped over the old fence and advanced to -the edge of a well-like opening. Again he stopped and looked around. -Then he took out of his pocket a ball of string. He tied a stone to -one end of it; dropped the stone into the hole; played out his line -until it rested on the bottom; and tied a knot in the string at the -ground level. - -Then he went into the woods and cut down a hickory sapling; he measured -it with his line and cut it off at the top; and trimmed the branches, -leaving stout prongs at intervals of about eighteen inches. Every now -and then, he stopped and looked about, to make sure that he was not -observed. After nearly an hour’s work, he finished an improvised ladder -which he carried to the hole and slid over the edge. Then with a final -sharp lookout, he descended. - -He found himself in a pit about ten feet in diameter, heaped knee-deep -with twigs and leaves swept there by winds of many winters. At one side -there was an opening four feet wide and five or six feet high, the -mouth of a tunnel that was roofed with logs supported on the sides by -stout rough timbers. - -Dick lighted his candle and started down this tunnel. But after a few -steps he turned back, set down his candle, and pulled his ladder into -the hole. - -“Now,” he said. “Anybody’s welcome to look in here. I reckon they’ll -not find little Dick.” - -He picked up his candle and went along the tunnel. Now and then it -dropped down abruptly, but there were timbers and old ladders that made -the way passable. At last the tunnel broadened into a room about thirty -feet square and high enough to stand upright in. This room also was -roofed with logs and poles propped by stout timbers of white oak. Here -and there were heaps of earth and stones and piles of rotting timbers; -on the left side there was another tunnel. - -Dick hesitated a minute, then he muttered: “I reckon I’ll find _it_ -here. But I’ll look around first.” - -He followed the lower tunnel. It, too, slanted downward, but it was -longer than the upper one and had several short spurs. It ended in -a pit a dozen feet deep, that had an old ladder in it. Dick climbed -down and looked around, then he went back to the main room and began -examining the clay and stone between the supporting timbers. - -“It certainly seems as if they would have left some,” he said earnestly -to himself. “I ought to see little bits sparkling somewhere. If they -were ever so little, they would show me where to work.” - -His tour of investigation brought him at last to a corner where -there was a heap of earth and stones. He scrambled on top of the -mound,--and, in a twinkling, he landed at the bottom of a hole. - -For a minute he was stunned. Then he staggered to his feet, lighted the -candle which had been extinguished in his fall, and looked around. He -had fallen into a pit ten or twelve feet deep--probably an opening of -the mine that had been abandoned with the failure of a vein that was -being followed. The place had been covered with a layer of logs and -poles on top of which earth and stones had been thrown. The rotting -timbers--how many years they had been there!--had given way under his -weight. - -How was he to get out? The walls of the pit, stone in one place and -clay on the other sides, were steep, almost perpendicular. - -After considering awhile, he set his candle on a projecting rock, took -out his knife, and dug some crannies for finger-holds and toe-holds, -to serve as a ladder. But when he put his weight in them and tried -to climb up, the clay slipped under his feet and he slid back. He -made the holes larger and deeper, but after he mounted two or three -steps he slid back again; and again; and again. At last he gave up -this plan. Anyway, if he could climb to the top, how could he get -out? He had crashed through the middle of the pit, and the broken -downward-slanting poles barred the sides. - -Must he stay here and wait for help to come? Help? What help? No one -knew where he was. Oh! how he regretted now his careful plans to put -every one off the trail. Anne and Patsy could only say that they had -last seen him on the main road to Redville. And Isham thought he had -gone down Mine Creek. - -If only he had left the ladder in place, there would be a chance that -when they missed him and made search, they would look in the mine. But -he had taken that chance away from himself by pulling the ladder into -the pit. - -He must dig his way out. He _must_! There was no other way of escape. -He selected a place that seemed free from rocks, and began to hack at -the wall. He toiled till his arms ached and his hands were sore and -blistered. It was a slow and painful task, but he was making progress. -He piled up loose rocks and stood on tiptoe, so as to reach higher -on the wall. In spite of his weariness and his tormented hands, his -spirits rose. - -“A tight place like this is lots of fun--after you get out. Won’t Dave -and Steve pop their eyes when I tell ’em about it?” - -He laughed and, with renewed vigor, drove his knife into the hard -clay. There was a sharp scratch and a snap. Something fell, click! on -a stone. It was his knife blade, broken against a rock that extended -shelf-like above him, and formed an impassable barrier. All these -hours of work and pain were wasted. He must begin again and dig out in -another place; or try to, and perhaps run against rock again. And with -this broken knife! - -He groaned and looked around. - -“O-oh!” he gave a sharp, startled cry. His candle! Only an inch of it -was left. Oh! he _must_ get out! How terrible it would be here in the -pitch-black, shut-in dark! - -He seized a broken bit of timber for a makeshift spade, and gave a -hurried stroke. Alas! The old timber snapped in two, bruising and -cutting his hands cruelly. He threw aside the useless fragment and -then, as if he had lost the power of motion, he stood staring at his -bit of candle that shortened with every passing second. - -He pulled himself together. He must view every foot, every inch of the -pit, so that he could work to purpose in the dark, not just dig, dig, -dig, and get nowhere. He scrutinized the wall, noting every angle and -projection; then he looked up, and studied the position of every log, -every broken pole. For the first time, he observed a log that did not -extend across the pit; its end was about two feet from the wall. Ah! -perhaps, perhaps-- - -He jerked the string out of his pocket, made a slip noose, and threw -it at the end of the log; the noose fell short. He threw it again; and -again it went aside. The next time, it caught a broken pole, and to -get it off he had to poke and push with a piece of timber for two or -three minutes--minutes that seemed hours as he glanced fearfully at -the flickering candle. He threw the noose again; and at last it went -over the log. He tried to pull it along. He wanted to get it near the -middle, free of the broken poles, and pull himself up by it, if--oh! -how he prayed it was!--stout enough to bear his weight; but now it was -fast on a knot and he could not move it. - -He glanced at the candle. It was a mere bit of wick in a gob of grease; -every flicker threatened to be its last. He could not wait any longer! -he must do something! something! He would pull himself up to the end of -the log and try to break through the poles. - -As he pulled, the log began to move. Ah! If he could pull the end into -the pit, it would be a bridge to climb out on. He jerked with all his -might, and it moved, slid, slipped downward; the end caught against a -projecting rock about four feet from the top; there it held fast. - -The candle flame flared and dropped and--no, it was not out; not yet. - -Dick jumped up and caught hold of the log. The movement fanned the -failing light; it spurted and went out. No matter now! He had firm hold -of the log. He scrambled up on it and managed presently to push and -pull himself between the broken poles. At last, at last, thank Heaven! -he was out of that awful pit. - -He staggered along, feeling his way by the wall, making one ascent -after another, until a light glimmered before him and he reached the -entrance well. He raised his ladder and climbed out. Then his strength -gave way. He dropped down on a pile of leaves at the mine entrance, and -lay there, gazing blankly at the blue sky shining beyond the fretwork -of budding branches. - -Suddenly he began to laugh. He sat up and slapped his knees. “I’ll pass -it on to them,” he said. “I’ll cover up that hole, and I’ll take Dave -and Steve there--after I find _it_--and let them tumble in without a -light. Then I’ll go off and pretend I don’t hear them, and--oh! I’ll -let them stay there long enough for them to think, to feel--” His face -was suddenly solemn. “I might have stayed there and died. Died!” - -He got up and dragged the ladder out, and hid it under the leaves piled -against the fence. - -“I reckon I ought not to expect to find it right away,” he sighed. -“I’ve got to keep on looking and looking and looking. And I say I will! -But I need some real tools. A knife, specially a broken one, isn’t much -force for mining.” - -He went toward home, but he was in no hurry to complete the journey at -the end of which were his unfinished task and his father. Instead of -going down The Street, he took The Back Way behind the Court-house, and -slipped around the corner of the blacksmith shop. - -Mr. Mallett, the blacksmith, with only his corncob pipe for company, -was sitting in a chair tilted against the door jamb of the grimy log -cabin. He was a vivacious little man with blue eyes and dark hair, and -a face that would have been sallow if it had been visible under the -grime. All the Village boys liked to loaf at his shop, but Dick had now -a special reason for visiting him. - -“Mr. Mallett--” Dick began. - -The smith started. “You young imp!” he exclaimed. “What do you mean by -jumping at me, sudden as a jack-in-the-box? I wasn’t thinking ’bout -you--and here you are, close enough to hear my very thoughts. I never -see such a boy. Why, what’s the matter with your face?” - -“I fell down. It got scratched,” Dick explained briefly. “Mr. -Mallett, I was thinking about the Old Sterling Mine, near your -great-grandfather’s shop. Do you reckon it was silver, real silver, he -got there?” - -“Do I reckon? No, I don’t! I know it, sure and certain as I’m setting -here in this chair, smoking my corncob pipe. Aint I heard my father -tell time and again what his granddad told him? Why, my father could -remember him good. He was a little quick man with blue eyes and -black hair--we all get our favor from him. He never did learn to -talk like folks over here; he always mixed his words and gave ’em -curious-sounding twists. He come from France, one of Lafayette’s -soldiers he was.” - -“Why didn’t he go back with Lafayette?” asked Dick. “I should think -he’d have been lonesome here, away from his own home and folks.” - -“Certainly he was lonesome,” said Mr. Mallett. “My father said, when he -was old and child-like, he’d set in the corner, jabbering French by the -hour, with tears dripping down his face.” - -“I don’t see why he stayed here,” persisted Dick. - -“He just stayed and kept staying,” said the smith. “Maybe that old -silver mine had something to do with it. He was always expecting to get -out a fortune. He come with the Frenchers to chase Cornwallis, and they -stopped here, two or three days, to mend shoes and get victuals. - -“The old Mr. Osborne that owned Larkland in them days see what a good -blacksmith my great-grandad was, and told him when the war was over to -come back here and he should have a home. So he did, and the squire -helped him get some of the old glebe land, and he married Mr. Osborne’s -overseer’s daughter. He had a smithy on the Old Plank Road by Mine -Creek. I reckon you know the place.” - -Dick nodded. He did not say he had been there that very afternoon. - -“And he found silver on that hill. My grand-daddy used to tell us -children about seeing his father getting silver out of the ground and -beating it on his anvil with his sledge hammer. And Black Mayo that’s -always finding out something ’bout everything, he found them old -_ree_cord papers.” - -“And they proved about the silver mine?” asked Dick. - -“Certainly they did,” asserted Mr. Mallett. “Would folks try a -man in law court for making money out of silver he didn’t have? -Great-granddad didn’t deny making of it. He just said he wasn’t making -no false coins. He was hammering out sterling pure silver. That’s why -they call it the Sterling Mine. And he was making pieces like Spanish -six shilling pieces--our folks counted money by shillings in them -days--and was giving them, in place of what they called alloy; he was -giving better and purer money than the law. And what could folks say to -that? Why, nothing; for it was the truth.” - -“And so they didn’t punish him?” asked Dick. - -“Punish him? What for? For doing better than the law of the land? No, -sirree!” - -“I don’t reckon he got out all the silver,” said Dick, more to himself -than to Mr. Mallett. - -“Course not! Some was got out in my father’s day, by the Mr. Mayo that -owned the land before The War.” - -“How did they get it out?” asked Dick. - -“Dug it out with tools, of course. Aint there the old picks and sledges -and things, setting there in that shed, that my father made for them? -And Mr. Mayo--” - -“Are they--” - -Dick tried to interrupt, but Mr. Mallett went on with what he had to -say: “He aint made much out of it. They say it was what they call ‘free -silver’, and great-granddad chanced to strike where it was rich. It -petered out, and silver was so scarce and the rock so hard it didn’t -pay to work the mine. Some folks say that. There was a tale that the -manager wasn’t trying to make it pay; he wanted to get the mine for -himself. He tried to buy it. But he didn’t. He died. Anyway, The War -came, and ’twasn’t worked any more.” - -“Yes.” Dick accepted the fact that The War ended everything, even the -worth of the silver mine. “It does seem, if it was real silver, we -could see it there now,” he said thoughtfully. - -“Shucks!” Mr. Mallett got up and knocked the ashes out of his pipe. -“Course they took out all in sight. Folks would have to dig for any -more they got.” - -“And the tools; will you--” Dick checked himself. If he asked for the -tools now, Mr. Mallett would guess what he was planning to do and -somehow all The Village would know before sunset. He must wait and -manage to get them, without betraying his purpose. - -Mr. Mallett was looking at the westering sun. “Fayett ought to be -home,” he said. “He went to Redville, and he was to be back in time to -help me with a little work.” - -“Fayett!” exclaimed Dick. “Why, I didn’t know he came home for Easter.” - -“Yes,” said Mr. Mallett. “He’s mighty stirred up ’bout this war. What -have we got to do with Europe’s war that started with the killing of a -little prince in a country I’d never heard tell of? But Fayett’s got a -notion in his head-- Here! I’ve got to fix some rivets. Don’t you want -to blow the bellows?” - -“I wish I had time,” said Dick. “I’ve got to go home. I--I haven’t -finished my garden work.” - -“Then I reckon you’ll save it for another day,” said the smith. “Sun’s -’most down.” - -Its long rays lay like a red-gold band across The Street, as Dick -started home, wishing--too late!--that he had finished his garden task -and postponed his adventuring to another day. Seeing his father on the -porch, the truant slipped behind the boxwood at the edge of the walk. -But Mr. Osborne called, “Dick!” and then more sternly, “Richard!” - -It was useless to pretend not to hear. - -“Sir!” Dick answered meekly. - -“Have you completed your garden work?” - -“Not--not quite, sir,” said Dick. “I am just going to it now, sir. I -can get a lot done before dark. And I’ll get up soon Monday morning, -and finish it, sir, indeed I will.” - -“My son,--” Mr. Osborne spoke in a magisterial voice and took Dick by -the arm. - -Just then the front gate clicked, and Black Mayo came up the walk. - -“War has been declared,” he said without a word of greeting. “War! The -United States has declared war with Germany.” - -Red Mayo dropped Dick’s arm. “How’d you hear?” - -“I met Fayett Mallett coming from Redville. He’d heard the news, if we -can call it news. We knew it was coming.” - -“Of course; it was inevitable. We knew that the minute we read the -President’s War Message. He held off as long as he could.” - -“Yes. Now the War Resolution has passed Congress and the President has -signed it.” - -Dick stood listening a minute, then slipped indoors just as his mother -came out. - -“What are you talking about?” she asked. “What is the matter?” - -“War!” said her husband. “The United States is in the War, Miranda.” - -Sweet William was at his mother’s elbow. He spoke in a puzzled little -voice. “I thought The War was done. I thought the Confedacy was -overrun.” - -“This is another war, son,” laughed Mr. Osborne. “This is war with -Germany.” - - - - -CHAPTER III - - -Just then Emma came to the door. Emma was the Osbornes’ old servant, -brown and plump as one of her own baked apple dumplings, and as much a -part of the family as the tall clock in “the chamber.” - -“Supper is ready, Miss M’randa, an’ you-all come right away, please’m,” -she said. “De muffins is light as a feather. Come on an’ butter ’em. If -you-all will live on corn bread, please’m eat it hot.” - -“Poor Emma!” laughed Mrs. Osborne. “She cannot reconcile herself to our -food program.” - -“I tell Emma ’bout the Belgians,” complained Sweet William. “But she -says ‘them folks is too far off for her to bother ’bout; corn bread -don’t set good on her stomach; and she’s going to eat what she likes, -long as she can get it.’ And, mother, she has light bread and hot -biscuits for herself every day, and--” - -“Sh-sh, son boy!” said Mrs. Osborne. “Emma doesn’t know any better, and -we do. Come, Mayo, and Mayo. Come to the hot corn muffins!” - -“I ought to go home,” said Black Mayo. “Polly’ll be expecting me.” - -“Indeed she will not,” said Mrs. Osborne. “Polly never expects you till -she sees you coming in the gate. How is she, and how are your pigeons? -I understand they are a part of your family now. Of course you’ll stay -to supper, Mayo. Patsy, tell Emma to put another plate on the table.” - -A visit from their Cousin Mayo, always a delight, was now especially -welcome to Dick because it postponed, perhaps prevented, a disagreeable -interview with his father. He slipped to his place and quietly devoted -himself to the hot muffins, cold ham, and damson preserves. - -“Why, Dick! What have you done to your face?” asked his mother. - -“Nothing. It got scratched,” he mumbled, glancing at his father. - -But Mr. Osborne was not thinking of the garden; he was about to present -to his family an amazing piece of news. He prepared for it by an -impressive “Ahem!” with his eyes fixed on Black Mayo. - -“A client came to my office to-day,” he said solemnly. - -“Really, Mayo!” exclaimed his wife. - -“What is a client?” asked Sweet William. - -“Who disturbed the hoary dust of your sanctum?” asked Black Mayo. - -“Well may you inquire!” said the Village lawyer. “You are responsible -for his coming.” - -“I?” There was a look of blank astonishment, followed by a peal of -laughter. “You don’t mean to say that scoundrel Smith--” - -“Yes. He wants to take action against you for assault and battery.” - -“What is a client?” Sweet William asked again. - -“What in the world are you talking about?” inquired Mrs. Osborne. - -“Oh, I reckon I know.” Patsy eagerly aired her knowledge. “That Smith, -the new man at the Tolliver place, quarreled with Cousin Mayo, and -Cousin Mayo knocked him down. We saw it, Anne and I.” - -“Oh, Princess Pocahontas! Are you and Lady Anne taking the witness -stand against me?” Black Mayo said in mock reproach. “Well, it’s true.” - -Mrs. Osborne gave a little exclamation of horror. “Oh, Mayo!” she said, -frowning at her husband. “I’ve begged you not to let outside people buy -land around here. And now Mayo’s had to knock one of them down.” - -“But, Miranda dear, when a man sells his farm and the purchaser comes -to get me to look up the title--” - -“You just ought to tell him we don’t want him here,” said Mrs. Osborne. -“What is the use of being a lawyer if you can’t put some law on -outsiders to keep them from spoiling The Village?” - -The two men laughed. - -Then Black Mayo said: “I suppose he told you about it, Mayo. The ‘I -saids’ and ‘he saids’?” - -“Yes; oh, yes!” - -“H’m! I hope you’ll make him pay you a good fat fee for the case.” - -“Fee!” Red Mayo stared in amazement. “Assuredly you don’t think I’d -accept his dirty money! Case! I informed him he had none.” - -“But I did knock him down.” - -“Of course you did. When he repeated what he said, I’d have knocked -him down myself, if he hadn’t been in my own office. I told him if The -Village heard such talk, he’d be tarred and feathered and drummed out -of the community. Then I ordered him out of my office.” - -“And that is how you treat your _rara avis_, a client!” said Black Mayo. - -“What is a client?” repeated Sweet William, whose questions were always -answered because he never stopped asking till they were. - -“A client, young man, is the golden-egg goose that a lawyer tries -to lure into his coop,” Black Mayo explained. “One fluttered to your -father and he shooed it away.” - -“I wish I had a goose that laid gold eggs,” said Sweet William. “I -wouldn’t kill it, like the silly man in that story.” - -“Perhaps I can find one and trade it to you for Hop-o-hop,” suggested -his cousin. - -Sweet William considered and shook his head. “Hop-o-hop couldn’t get on -without me,” he said gravely. - -“Ah, it’s a family failing,” laughed Black Mayo, as they left the -table. “None of you is willing to pay the price for the goose.” - -The evening was so mild that they settled themselves again on the -porch. The men resumed their discussion of the war; David pored over -a bulletin about corn; Dick snuggled down in a corner with “The Days -of Bruce”; Anne and Patsy brought out their Red Cross knitting, and -whispered and giggled together. Sweet William put a stool beside his -mother’s chair and cuddled against her knee, with Scalawag at his feet. - -Mrs. Osborne left the discussion of public affairs to the menfolks. She -was intent on her own task, the making out of a program for the Village -Literary Society. What pleasant meetings they would have, reading about -the Plantagenet kings, supplementing Hume’s history with Waverley -novels and Shakespeare plays. She smiled and folded her paper. - -As the twilight deepened, Dick shut his book and grinned at the girls. - -“Too bad not to have your company on my walk to-day, after you promised -it, too!” - -“Oh! we thought of a nicer place to go, where we wouldn’t scratch our -faces,” said Anne. - -“We’ll go with you some day, after you tear down all the barbed wire -and briers,” said Patsy. - -“I dare you!” Dick defied them. - -“You say that because you know I’m going away so soon,” said Anne. - -“You’re coming back in June. I dare and double dare you for then,” -replied Dick. “I’ll be going to this place--oh! right along.” - -“All right,” said Anne. “We’ll follow you; see if we don’t. We’ll not -take a dare; will we, Patsy-pet?” - -Their bickering was interrupted by the approach of guests. Three men -strolled across the yard--Giles Spotswood, the cousin from the mill; -Will Blair, another cousin, who kept the Village post office; and old -Mr. Tavis, a villager outside the cousinship. - -“We saw Black Mayo here, and we dropped in to talk over the news,” -said Mr. Blair. “Giles says Fayett Mallett heard at Redville that the -United States has declared war. That’s what comes of sinking American -ships; eh, Mayo?” - -“Yes,” answered Black Mayo; “the German sinking of American ships was -the overt act which brought on this war, just as the Stamp Tax brought -on the Revolution. But at bottom, in both cases, the real cause is the -same: it’s a fight against a despotic government for liberty and human -rights.” - -“It’s strange the Germans kept up submarine fighting after the United -States’ protests,” said Mr. Blair; “getting another powerful enemy.” - -“I reckon they count on winning the war with U-boats before the United -States gets over there with both feet,” answered Black Mayo. “But I’ll -bet on the British Navy; it’s saved the Allies so far.” - -“You said the Belgians saved them by that ten days of defense that gave -the French and British time to come,” said David. - -“You told me the French saved them by driving the Germans back at the -battle of the Marne,” said Dick. - -“Oh! but you said the stubborn retreat of that first little British -army was a real victory that made possible the Marne victory,” Patsy -reminded him. - -“Well, well! a good deal of saving is necessary; and maybe the old -United States will jump in and do the final saving.” - -“The French and British are pushing forward now,” said Mr. Blair. -“Yesterday’s paper says----” - -The men discussed the war news in an interested but remote way, just as -they had discussed plagues in India, famines in China, the Boer War. -Their sympathies were as wide as humanity; but, after all, these things -did not touch them, really and personally, as did the death of Joe -Spencer’s little daughter or the burning of a negro cabin with a baby -in it. No one said “we” about the war; it was always “they.” - -“What do you reckon they will do?” asked Mr. Spotswood. “Will they send -an army over, do you think?” - -“Oh, no!” Red Mayo answered confidently. “The war will be over before -they could send men abroad, even if they had a trained army ready to -start. They’ll lend the Allies money; they’ll give some--large amounts, -millions, no doubt. And they’ll supply food and munitions; they must -hustle around and get ships.” - -“The main job will be to get the food to send,” said Mr. Spotswood. -“There’s an alarming shortage of grain. I never saw it so scarce and -high, since I’ve been milling. The first war work is the farmers’, to -raise a bumper crop.” - -“Then I’m in war work, father,” said David. “I’m going to beat the -record on my corn acre this year.” - -Dick laughed. “A poor war worker! Not even a one-horse farmer, just a -one-acre boy!” - -“My one-acre boy multiplied by hundreds of thousands makes the Boys’ -Corn Club a big thing,” said Mr. Spotswood. “Why aren’t you in it, -Dick?” - -“I’ve got something better to do,” said Dick, confidently and -mysteriously. - -“Isn’t it strange the Germans don’t see they are beaten?” said Mr. -Blair. - -“Man, man! What are you talking about?” Black Mayo exclaimed. “Beaten? -In three years of war, German soil has been trampled by enemy feet -only once, those few days in that first August when the French invaded -Alsace. I fear there’s a hard struggle and dark days ahead.” - -This speech amazed every one. - -“Why, Cousin Mayo! Can’t the United States whip the world?” exclaimed -David. - -“Aren’t most of the nations against Germany?” asked Dick. - -“Oh, yes! A score of nations are united against Germany and her sister -autocracies, Austria-Hungary and Turkey and Bulgaria.” - -“Is Germany so much the best fighter?” David wanted to know. - -“No! But she has the inside lines, and she was ready for war. For -nearly forty years she was preparing for ‘the day,’ while the rest of -the world was busy with works of peace.” - -“Didn’t the other countries have armies and navies, too?” David -persisted. - -“No country ever built up such a perfect war machine as Germany,” -said Mr. Osborne. “Every point was prepared. Optical and dye experts -produced an inconspicuous gray-green uniform; engineers constructed -the Kiel Canal and a network of railroads leading to Belgium and -France; scientists captured nitrogen from the air for explosives and -fertilizers, and devised Zeppelins, huge guns, submarines, and poison -gas; experts made war plans; officers were drilled to carry them out -with soldiers trained by years of service. And the minds of people were -prepared--abroad by propaganda, and at home by patriotic-sounding talk -about ‘the seas must be free’ and ‘we demand our place in the sun.’ -Even Kuno----” He paused and then said to himself, “I wonder where Kuno -is!” - -“Kuno?” said Red Mayo, questioningly. - -“Kuno Kleist, a German friend of mine with whom I tramped through -Mexico. He was coming home with me, but he had news that his mother was -ill, so he went back to Germany. Such a clever, merry, kind-hearted -fellow he was; confident that the eternal jubilee of peace and -brotherhood was at hand, ‘made in Germany,’ by his Socialist brethren.” - -Mr. Blair laughed. “Now we are seeing what is really ‘made in Germany’ -by your friend Kuno Kleist and the others.” - -Black Mayo shook his head. “Not Kuno, not the will and heart of him. -They may have his body--I hope not, I hope not--as a cog in this -terrible military machine, crushing helpless nations and people with -its awful policy of frightfulness.” - -“They ought all to be killed, them German scoundrels ought,” wheezed -old Mr. Tavis. “They ought to be treated like they treat the Belgians -and them other people Will Blair reads us about in his newspaper.” - -“No and no!” Black Mayo said emphatically; then he went on, looking not -at Mr. Tavis, but at David and Dick: “The worst thing that could happen -to the world, to us, would be to be infected by the germ of hate.” - -“But the Germans do such mean things, Cousin Mayo. How can we not hate -them?” Patsy looked up with a frown. “Father read in the paper to-day -that two more relief ships have been sunk, ships loaded with food for -the starving Belgians.” - -“And I gave all my money to buy it,” said Sweet William, indignantly. -“I’m saving my sugar for the poor little Belgians. Do you reckon the -Germans’ll sink that, too?” - -“Relief ships!” said David. “Why, they sink hospital ships, with -wounded soldiers and doctors and nurses; and ships with women and -babies. Remember the _Lusitania_!” - -“I think we ought to hate them,” said Anne. - -“No, dear, no,” said Black Mayo. “We ought to fight fair and hard and -without hate, for our own rights and the rights of all people, the -Germans, too. Why, the German people had no voice in making this war. -It was declared by the kaiser without consulting the _Reichstag_ in -which the people are represented. - -“Remember, children, most wars are made by governments, against the -wishes and interests of the people. War is a disaster, a scourge; -war, more than famine, is the seven blasted ears of corn, the seven -lean-fleshed kine, destroying the full and the well-favored. All the -waste and woe of this World War will be worth while if they make people -realize the horror and wickedness of war and put an end to it forever.” - -“You are talking over their heads,” laughed Red Mayo. - -“I am not sure of that,” said Black Mayo, looking at David’s thoughtful -face. “And if I am, it is not a bad thing for young folks to have -things above them to grow up to.” - -“Dick, get a chair for Cousin Alice Blair,” said Mrs. Osborne, as a -fat, smiling woman waddled up the path. “She likes the big rocker. Get -two chairs, son. There’s Miss Fanny coming down The Street, and she’ll -stop to find out what we are talking about.” - -Sure enough, Miss Fanny Morrison turned in at the gate. She was the -Village seamstress, a blunt-featured, blunt-mannered, kind-hearted -woman who lived with an invalid sister in a cottage across the street -from the Osborne home. - -“I saw you-all out here and I just had to come in,” she said. “Oh! -you’re talking about this war. Is it really true that the United States -is in it? Isn’t it awful? War is a terrible thing. I certainly am -glad I don’t live in a country that is in it, I mean, really in it. -My mother said that during The War they used to----” She carried the -conversation away from the war that was convulsing the world, to their -“The War,” fought before they were born. - -“Did the supervisors appropriate money for our veterans to go to the -Reunion, Mayo?” Mrs. Osborne asked presently. - -“The treasury’s almost empty,” answered her husband. “They gave what -they had. And we started a subscription to make up the deficit.” - -“We can raise part of the money by selling lunches on the Green during -court week,” said Mrs. Osborne. - -Patsy spoke quickly. “Oh, no, mother! You forget I told you the -school’s going to serve lunches that week for the Red Cross.” - -Mrs. Osborne turned a surprised, indignant face to her daughter. “Why, -my dear! Aren’t you patriotic enough to give up any other plans for the -sake of our dear old Confederate soldiers?” - -Patsy hung her head, with a submissive mumble. - -Sweet William, now nestling against his mother’s knee, put a caressing -hand on her cheek to demand attention. - -“Mother, is Virginia the United States, too?” he inquired. - -“Virginia the United States?” repeated his mother. - -“Virginians used to be accused of thinking so, son,” said Mr. Osborne, -laughing. “It is the general opinion that our State is a part of the -Union; it’s so on the map.” - -“Then if Virginia is in the United States, we are, too; aren’t we, -father?” - -“We certainly are, son; we are whatever Virginia is,” declared Mr. -Osborne. - -“Then we are in this war.” Sweet William imparted the information -solemnly, as his own special discovery. “Virginia’s the United States, -and we are Virginia; and so we are in the war!” - -“It sounds reasonable, son,” remarked his father, with a dry chuckle, -“but you are the first of us who has thought of it.” - -While they were laughing over Sweet William’s great discovery, two men, -one leading a horse, turned from The Back Way into The Street and came -toward the Osborne home. - -Black Mayo jumped up. - -“There’s Jack Mallett bringing Rosinante,” he said. “I left her at the -shop to be shod, and told him I’d be back in ten minutes.” - -“We all know the length of your ‘ten minutes,’” laughed Mrs. Osborne. - -“It’s your fault, Miranda, all your fault,” Black Mayo turned on her. -“You asked me to stay to supper; and you know I never know when to go -home.” - -By this time, Mr. Mallett and his son were at the steps, receiving a -cordial greeting. They were a little circle of friends, gentlefolks and -seamstress and blacksmith, who had grown up together in The Village. - -As children and men and women, in school and shop and church, they -played and worked and worshipped together. Each stood on his own -merits, and only old negroes spoke slightingly of “poor white trash.” -But the class lines were there, as deep or even deeper than when they -were marked by wealth and land and slaves. An Osborne or Wilson or Mayo -was--oh, well! an Osborne or Wilson or Mayo, and not a Tavis or Jones -or Hight. - -“I’m awfully sorry, Jack----” began Black Mayo, going to get his horse. - -“Oh! that’s all right,” interrupted Mr. Mallett. “I was shutting up the -shop and I saw you here, so I thought I’d bring the mare. She don’t -like to stand tied.” - -“Thank you, Jack.” - -“Come in, Jack; come in, you and Fayett, and sit awhile,” said Red -Mayo, heartily. - -“No, Red; no, Miss Miranda, thank you,” replied Mr. Mallett. “I can’t -set down. I’ve got to go straight home. I promised my old woman I -would.” But he tarried to share his news with them. “You’ve been -talking ’bout the war, I reckon. Fayett heard to-day at Redville the -Congress has voted for it. And--what do you think?--he’s going to give -up agricultural school and be a soldier.” - -“Fayett a soldier!” exclaimed Dick, looking at his neighbor with -amazement and a sort of awe. - -The elders, too, were exclaiming and questioning, looking at the -boy whom they had known all his life as if he had suddenly become a -stranger. That a Village boy was going as a soldier did not bring home -to them the fact that the World War had become an American war; it -merely seemed to carry him away from them, making him a part of that -mighty overseas conflict. - -“Is Fayett really going?” asked Miss Fanny Morrison. - -“Well, he wants to, and my old woman and me’ve been talking it over and -we’ve done both give our consent; so I reckon it’s settled,” was the -answer. - -“How could his mother agree?” As Mrs. Osborne asked the question, her -hold tightened on the man child drowsing at her knee. - -“He told us he felt he ought to go, and she says she wouldn’t stand -in the way of anything he thought he ought to do,” Mr. Mallett said -quietly. “And if his mother can give him up, I’ve got no right to hold -him back.” - -“But, Fayett,--” Mr. Blair turned to the boy--“I don’t understand your -wanting to go. You were always such a peaceable fellow.” - -“Yes, sir,” said the lad, as if that were a reason for him to fight in -this war. “And now that the United States is in it, it seems like I -must go. Of free will. Not waiting to be sent.” - -He spoke as an American, but those listening remembered that he was the -great-great-grandson of a Frenchman. - -Black Mayo turned to Mr. Mallett. “Well, well, well! Your -great-grandfather came here to fight for American liberty, and now your -son is going to France to fight for freedom there. Wouldn’t that old -Mallett of the mine be proud of Fayett? Ah, it’s fine to act so that -our ancestors might be proud of us! God bless you, boy!” - -He wrung Fayett’s hand, man to man, and then took his bridle rein. - -“Thank you, Jack,” he said again. “Good night, folks. It’s ten minutes -to eight. Polly is locking the back door this minute, and when I get -there she’ll be settled with her knitting. Come to see us, all of you.” - -He paused in the yard and said, “Mayo, a word with you.” Then he said -in an undertone: “It’s best to keep quiet about what happened to-day. -Tell Anne and Patsy so. That fellow Smith doesn’t understand how we -feel about things. If his foolish speech gets abroad, it will injure -him. Maybe I was a little too quick on the trigger.” - -He swung into the saddle and the roan mare galloped away. - -While the other guests were saying good night, Dick slipped to his -bedroom, avoiding a private interview with his father. - -“He won’t punish me to-morrow,” he said. “It’s Sunday, Easter Sunday.” - -Easter Sunday! And America, that had striven so hard for peace, had -been whirled into the red World War. - -But it was not of the nation that Mrs. Osborne was thinking as she put -Sweet William to bed. - -“Poor Mrs. Mallett!” she said to herself. “What if it were my boy that -is going?” And she kissed her little son so fiercely that he stirred -and opened his eyes. - -“Mother,” he said drowsily, “will my sugar be enough----” - -He was asleep before the question was finished. - - - - -CHAPTER IV - - -Dick was up early Monday morning, meekly and diligently hoeing the -potato patch. But his father had seen this humility and industry follow -too many offenses to overlook Saturday’s disobedience; so the culprit -received a severe lecture ending with the command to spend his Saturday -afternoons for a month working in the garden. - -A month! A whole month before he could go back to the Old Sterling -Mine! All that he could do, in the meantime, to help carry out his plan -of working the mine and making a fortune, was to get tools and collect -candles. - -He rummaged among the old irons in the blacksmith’s shed on several -afternoons, under pretense of finding horseshoes. - -“What’s this old tool; and that one?” he asked with assumed -carelessness, pulling out one after another, until he identified and -set aside some that the miners had used. - -Then he chose an occasion when Mr. Mallett was busy shoeing a fractious -mule and said in an offhand way: “Mr. Mallett, I want to dig a hole, -where I reckon there’s rock. May I take some of the old tools out of -your shed?” - -“Help yourself.” - -“And I needn’t bring them back right away?” - -Mr. Mallett did not look up from his task. “Keep ’em long as you -please. They’re there to sell for old iron. Whoa, you brute!” - -“Thank you!” Dick went away then, but at dusk that evening he slipped -back to the shop and got the pick and spade and sledge hammer he had -set aside, and sped down the unlighted street and deposited them under -the churchyard hedge. - -Many an hour, during the days that followed, while he sat with a -textbook in his hand, he was in fancy unearthing vast treasures and -displaying them to the envy and admiration of his comrades. Slowly, oh! -very slowly, the days went by that kept him chained to his tasks at -home. - -One pleasant afternoon in mid-April, the children drifted out of -school, in the usual merry chattering groups. The Village schoolhouse -was across The Street from The Roost. It was a quaint, ivy-mantled -brick cottage, the old “office,” in the corner of the yard at Broad -Acres. Broad Acres, once a lordly estate, was now “broad acres” in name -only. Farm after farm, field after field, had passed from the family -ownership until the mansion, with the rambling yard and garden, was -all that was left. - -The house was a stately red-brick building with wide halls and -spacious, high-ceilinged rooms. Mrs. Wilson, who lived there with her -daughter Ruth, spent her days teaching A B C’s to babies and preparing -Dick and the older boys for the university. People who were able paid -her in money or wood or meal or shoes, and she accepted their pupils -and fees, but oh! how she struggled to get the children whose parents -were too poor to pay for schooling or to realize its value. - -“I wish and I wish you weren’t going away, Anne, you precious darling -Anne!” Patsy wailed for the twentieth time, giving Anne Lewis a frantic -embrace. - -“It’s a horrid shame!” exclaimed Ruth Wilson. - -“But I’m coming back in the summer,” Anne said, to comfort them and -herself. “Oh! and, Patsy, won’t we have a lovely time, going around -with Dick!” she said, with a mischievous glance at Patsy’s twin. - -“Bet you will--not!” declared Dick. - -“And think what a good time we’ll all have at Happy Acres.” - -“Let’s go to Happy Acres now,” suggested David Spotswood. “We boys will -catch some fish--maybe, and you girls can get flowers, and we’ll come -home by the mill.” - -“Oh, yes! let’s do that,” exclaimed Anne. “You can go, can’t you, -Patsy? Ruth? Alice?” - -“I don’t see how I can, to stay all afternoon,” Patsy said regretfully. -“Our Red Cross box is to go off next week and I’m not half done my -sweater.” - -“I’ve got to f-finish my scarf,” stammered Ruth. - -“I want to knit another pair of socks, if I have time,” said Alice. - -The Village was working and denying itself to help stricken France and -Belgium. If the contributions were not large in dollars and cents, they -were great in the efforts and self-sacrifice of the little country -neighborhood. But the offerings came from the hands of good Samaritans, -not of patriots. America had accepted the war; it had not yet come home -to The Village. Later on, it was to--but we shall see what we see. - -“Oh, you girls!” grumbled Stephen Tavis. “You are doing that Red Cross -stuff all the time.” - -“And you boys are playing while we work,” said Patsy, tossing her head. - -“We are saving flour and sugar for the Belgians. Do you want us to knit -and sew?” laughed Dick. - -“Some of the boys in Washington are knitting,” Anne said gravely; “and -lots of men, real men, like firemen and soldiers. And they--we--are all -making gardens, so there will be more food to send to hungry France and -Belgium.” - -“Father read from the paper last night something the President said,” -said Patsy. “‘Every one who makes or works a garden helps to solve the -problem of feeding the nations.’” - -“Yes, the President says the fate of the nation and the world rests -largely on the farmer,” said David, importantly. “He wants them to -plant food crops; and that’s what I am doing.” - -“Oh, your old corn acre! You’re so biggity about it,” jeered Dick. - -“I wouldn’t mind a little farm work or gardening; but I certainly draw -the line at knitting,” said Steve. - -“Oh! oh! oh!” Anne jumped up and down, uttering little squeals -of excitement. “Steve! David! Dick! Why don’t you have a school -war garden?” - -“A school garden?” questioned Steve. - -“Yes; like we have in Washington, that all the pupils work in,” said -Anne. - -“Thank you! I get enough gardening at home,” said Dick, sourly. “I -don’t want to spend all my life hung to one end of a stick with a hoe -at the other end.” - -“Oh! but this is fun, and good war work too. It takes just a few -hours a week from each of us. The more there are to help, the less -there is for each one to do.” Then Anne went on indignantly: “It seems -to me you’d want to help, you boys, when you think about all those -poor people over there, old folks and children and women with babies, -homeless and without food. Hundreds and thousands of them stand in line -for hours every day to get a little soup and a piece of bread; and if -we in America don’t provide that bread and soup, they’ll starve.” - -“I’ll make a garden for them,” said a high, sweet voice, quavering on -the verge of tears. “If I had a hoe and a place to work, I’d begin -right away. I ain’t quite as big as Dick, but father says I’ve got -mighty good muscle. Just you feel it, Anne,” said Sweet William. -“Where’s a hoe? And where’s the garden going to be?” - -“Yes; where could we have a garden?” said Steve. “I don’t mind working -a little, enough to keep up with Sweet William, if we had a good place.” - -There was a pause. - -“There isn’t any place. You see we can’t have it,” Dick said -triumphantly. - -“There is; you can,” Anne declared vehemently. “You may have my Happy -Acres that Cousin Rodney gave me. I’ll--yes, I’ll be willing and glad -to dig up the flowers for potatoes and things.” Her voice broke and she -winked back her tears. - -“O-oh!” - -“Why, Anne!” - -“Of course you wouldn’t!” - -“What’s this about digging up flowers?” Mrs. Wilson, coming out of the -schoolroom, with her hands full of papers, heard Anne’s last words and -the horrified exclamations they excited. “Surely you aren’t talking -about dear Happy Acres?” - -“Anne wants us to have a garden, a sort of war garden,” explained Patsy. - -“We have them in Washington, you know, Cousin Agnes,” Anne said. “We -raise lots of vegetables, and it isn’t hard work, with so many to help; -and anyway, it’s worth working hard for, to help feed the world when -it’s hungry and starving.” - -“And Steve asked where the garden could be,” Patsy continued her -explanation. “Anne says it can be Happy Acres, even if they have to dig -up the flowers.” - -“That would be dreadful!” exclaimed Alice Blair. - -“It’s dreadfuller for people to be starving,” said Anne. - -“Shucks! We couldn’t work a garden at Happy Acres,” said Dick. “By the -time we walked there after school, it would be time to walk back to do -our home work.” - -“We could run,” suggested Sweet William. - -Mrs. Wilson laughed with the others; then she said: “Possibly you are -right, Dick; and certainly Anne is. Let me think a minute. If you boys -are willing to give part of your time to work for the hungry, I will -give part of my garden and my help. What do you say?” - -“Yes, ma’am, thank you!” screeched Sweet William. - -“I’m Sweet William’s partner,” said Steve. - -“I’ll help,” said Tom Walthall, “if you don’t ask me to do too much.” - -“So will I,” said Tom Mallett. - -“I’ll help when pa can spare me,” promised Joe Spencer. - -“I will, if Baldie will,” said John Eppes, who never wished to do -anything without his brother Archibald. - -“Oh! I’ll be in it with the others,” said Archie. - -“Of course you will, David?” Anne appealed to the silent boy whose -voice she had expected to hear first. - -“There’s my corn acre----” David began hesitatingly. - -“Of course!” laughed Dick. - -“That’s just it,” Anne said eagerly. “You’ve done such splendid work, -raising such fine corn and winning prizes. You know so much more than -the rest of us about working crops that--why, we need you dreadfully.” - -David tried not to look pleased. “I’ll do what I can,” he agreed. “But -I just tell you, I’m not going to neglect my corn acre for anything; -that I’m not.” - -“Of course not,” said Mrs. Wilson. “And you, Dick--you’ll help, of -course?” - -“No; no, Cousin Agnes,” Dick answered positively. “I’m getting enough -garden work to last my lifetime. And besides, I’ve got something else -to do, if I ever get a chance at it.” - -“What part of the garden are you going to give us, Cousin Agnes?” asked -David. - -“Let’s go and look over the ground,” said Mrs. Wilson. “I’ve just had -it plowed and harrowed, ready for planting.” - -She led the way to the big, old-fashioned garden. In front were beds -of hardy flowers, and arbors and summerhouses covered with roses and -jasmine and honeysuckle. Back of the flowers were vegetable beds and -rows of raspberries and gooseberries and fig bushes. And in a far -corner, hedged by boxwood and carpeted with blue-starred periwinkle, -rose the lichened marble slabs of the family burying-ground. - -David, the star member of the county Corn Club, looked admiringly at -the fertile vegetable beds. “Gee!” he exclaimed. “I’d beat the record -if my corn acre was like this; it’s rich as cream.” - -“It has been a garden more than a hundred years,” said Mrs. Wilson. -“Broad Acres was the first clearing in the wilderness where The Village -is now. Here, boys, I am going to give you this sunny southeast square. -Now, let’s see who are our gardeners. You’ll join, won’t you, Albert?” -she said kindly to Albert Smith, who stood uncomfortably apart from any -of the friendly groups. - -“No. I can’t,” he said abruptly. Then he turned his head with a queer -little gesture as if he were listening to hear how his speech sounded. -He added confusedly: “My uncle needs me to come home. I came to ask the -arithmetic page lesson.” - -Mrs. Wilson indicated the page and then, as he slipped away, she turned -to the other boys. All except Dick Osborne enrolled as members of The -Village War-Garden Club. Meanwhile, the girls were whispering together, -and Patsy became their spokeswoman. - -“Cousin Agnes,” she said, “we want to war-garden, too.” - -“Y-yes, mother,” said Ruth. “We’ve been having flower gardens; why -c-can’t we raise real things, beans and potatoes?” - -“You can; of course you can,” said her mother. - -There was a howl from the boys. - -“We don’t want girls bothering around,” said Archie. “Let them stay in -the house and sew.” - -“They’ve got their Red Cross stuff,” said Steve. “That’s enough for -them.” - -“We girls have Red Cross work in Washington, and we do war gardening, -too. And who suggested this garden, I’d like to know?” Anne asked. - -“That’s all right; suggest,” said Joe. “Girls are good at talking; but -we don’t want them around in our way when we are working.” - -There was a clamor of indignation from the girls. - -“Boys! Girls!” Mrs. Wilson said in her schoolroom voice. In the silence -that it brought, she went on: “Of course the girls may have a garden, -if they wish. I’ll give them the strip of land by the rose garden.” - -But the girls scornfully rejected this offer. - -“We don’t want a little ribbon like that,” said Patsy. “We want a real -garden or none at all. We don’t care if you give us a bigger place -than the boys have--I’m sure we can manage it--but we don’t want an -inch less. There are more of us than there are of them; two more, -counting Anne, who’s coming back in June.” - -“Give us the square by the one the b-b-boys have,” said Ruth. - -“Oh, you greedy!” said David. “That would be taking nearly all of -Cousin Agnes’s garden, these two big squares.” - -“Make the boys divide their square with us, Cousin Agnes,” suggested -Patsy. - -“No! no! no!” the boys objected loudly. - -“Who’s greedy now?” Patsy inquired scornfully. - -“G-g-give us that s-southwest square, mother,” urged Ruth. “You and I -don’t need such a big garden. Let’s l-l-let the Belgians have it.” - -“Well,” Mrs. Wilson agreed. She and Ruth did need the garden; it was -their main support; but in this time of world need, they must give not -only all they were able, but more and still more. She and Ruth would -get on, somehow. “You girls may have the square next to the boys,” she -said. - -There were groans and cheers. - -“We’ll see which do the best work. To-morrow morning let’s meet here -and start the planting. Bring hoes and rakes. I,” she added, “will -supply seeds.” - -That meant another sacrifice. She and Ruth would stint themselves to -give for seed the peas and beans and potatoes they had stored for food. - -On the way home, Dick and some of the others stopped at the post -office. It occupied a corner of Mr. Blair’s general merchandise shop -and it was, Black Mayo said, the Village club where young and old -gathered in the afternoons for mail and gossip. - -When Dick went in, there were a dozen villagers and countrymen lounging -in the room, Mr. Blair was sorting the mail, and Black Mayo was perched -on the counter, reading the news in Mr. Blair’s paper the only daily -that came to The Village. - -“The British are holding Vimy Ridge,” he said. - -“What about Congress and army plans?” asked Red Mayo. - -“Congress is still discussing, discussing. Why doesn’t it go ahead and -put a draft bill in shape? The President’s right; that’s the way to -raise an army.” - -“Hey, Black Mayo! Here’s a letter for Polly,” said Mr. Blair. “And here -are two letters for Mr. Carl Schmidt.” He looked around. - -The man who lived at the old Tolliver place came forward. “I guess they -are for me,” he said, “from somebody that did not know my name; it’s -Smith, good American Charley Smith.” - -“Carl Schmidt; that’s a queer-sounding name. What is it?” asked Mr. -Jones, a stout, red-faced countryman. - -“It is a German name,” Black Mayo said crisply. - -“My father did from Germany come,” the man who called himself Smith -said hastily, darting an angry glance at Black Mayo and then looking -around without meeting any one’s eyes. “He was sensible, and he did -come to America. I was here born. I am an American citizen.” - -“I’d hate to be one of them low-down Germans,” said Pete Walthall, -taking a chew of tobacco. - -“_Ach!_ so would I,” Smith proclaimed loudly. “They are bad people. -Awful bad people.” He met defiantly Black Mayo’s quizzical eyes. “I got -no use for them German peoples.” - -“Nobody has,” said Mr. Tavis. - -“Oh, yes!” Black Mayo declared. “I have. One of my best friends is a -German, a fine fellow named Kuno Kleist that I spent months with, in -Mexico, helping him collect bugs and butterflies.” - -“Why, Mr. Mayo!” said Pete. “You mean to say you don’t hate Germany?” - -“I hate the Germany of Prussianism, power-mad Junkerism, the ‘blood and -iron’ of Frederick the Great and Bismarck and Kaiser William,” said -Black Mayo; “but I love the Germany of Goethe and Schiller and Luther -and Beethoven.” - -“Germany is one!” Mr. Smith’s voice rang out. “It is one, I say.” - -“So are we all, all one.” Black Mayo looked around with a sudden -winning smile. “Remember that first Christmas when German and British -soldiers came out of the trenches to exchange food and to talk -together. ‘You are of the same religion as we, and to-day is the Day of -Peace,’ a German said to a Scottish officer. And those men had to be -transferred to other parts of the line; they were enemies no longer, -but friends; they could not fight one another. - -“Facts come out now and then that show the difference in spirit between -people and war lords. A German paper recently announced that the people -of a certain town had been jailed for improper conduct to prisoners -and their names were printed, to make their shame known to coming -generations. - -“An American consul investigated the case. He found that a trainload of -Canadian prisoners had been sidetracked in the little town, and the -citizens had found out they were thirsty and starving; so they brought -food and drink. This was the crime for which they were imprisoned and -held up to shame! - -“Oh! the war lords are trying to carry out their policy of -frightfulness. But they have studied history to little purpose if -they think Edith Cavell and the _Lusitania_ victims and the murdered -Belgians and the tortured prisoners are dead.” - -“What do you mean, Cousin Mayo,” asked Dick. - -“Are the Greeks of Thermopylæ dead? Or Roland and King Arthur, who -perhaps never lived?” Leaving Dick to make his own explanation, Mr. -Osborne turned to Mr. Blair. “Will, give me two pounds of nails, -please. I must be going.” - -“Going!” said Mr. Blair, in surprise. It was an unwritten law that when -a man came to the post office he was to loaf there until night drove -him home. - -“I’m busy making a new pigeon cote.” - -“So you’ve gone back to the amusement of your boyhood, eh?” said Mr. -Blair, as he weighed the nails. - -There had always been pigeons at Larkland, Black Mayo Osborne’s home. -When the house was built, the master, the first Osborne in Virginia, -erected a dovecote and stocked it with birds from the family home in -England. There they had been ever since. Sometimes they were carefully -bred; sometimes they were neglected; but always they were there, -flying, cooing, nesting in the quiet old country place. - -As a boy, Black Mayo took great interest in raising and training them. -And this spring he had sent to a famous breeder for new stock and had -begun again to train carrier pigeons. - -He answered Mr. Blair with a smile and a nod, and started out. “Hey, -Dickon!” he said. “It’s a long time since you came to see the pigeons. -Have you lost interest in them?” - -“No; no, sir,” answered Dick, looking embarrassed. “I--I--that I -haven’t.” - -“Richard is--h’m!--keeping bounds this month,” Red Mayo said austerely. -“He diso----” - -“I understand.” Black Mayo spared Dick a public explanation. “Well, -come when you can. I’ll bring you one of my young birds to-morrow, to -turn loose for a trial flight.” - -“Oh, thank you, Cousin Mayo!” - -Mr. Smith sidled to the door and looked after Mr. Osborne, with a -malignant scowl. - -“He, the one you call ‘Black Mayo,’ is--isn’t he queer?” he said to -Jake Andrews and Mac Hight, who were sitting on the porch. - -“What do you mean?” asked Jake Andrews. - -“He takes up for the Germans; says they are such good, kind people and -he loves them. It sounds to me strange to hear a man call himself now a -friend of the German peoples.” - -“Shucks! Black Mayo ain’t said that; is he, Mr. Tavis?” Jake appealed -to the old man who now came shuffling out on the porch. - -“Yes, he did,” said Mr. Tavis. “He explained at it somehow; but he -certainly said he loved them Germans that are tearing the world to -pieces over yonder.” - -“And here, too,” said Jake. “Ain’t they been blowing up railroad -bridges, and factories, and public buildings? Why, they’ve got soldiers -guarding the warehouses at South City; near us as that!” - -“That’s what South City gets for being on the railroad where all sorts -of folks go traipsing up and down,” said Mr. Tavis. “I stand to what -I’ve always said, I’m glad the railroad don’t come a-nigh The Village.” - -“It’s good that Mr. Osborne so talks here where you permit him what he -pleases to say,” said Mr. Smith. “In New York State a man for that talk -would be arrested and punished.” - -“Shucks!” said Mr. Tavis. “Black Mayo didn’t mean no harm. He always -had a funny way of talking.” - -“You heard him say he loves the Germans; not so?” insisted Mr. Smith. - -“Well, yes; he certainly said that,” admitted Mr. Tavis again. - -“H-m-m! That’s mighty curious talk,” said Jake. - - - - -CHAPTER V - - -The next morning the young folks gathered at Broad Acres. All the -school children were there except Albert Smith and Dick Osborne; and -Dick, poor boy, was toiling sullenly and alone in the garden at home. - -The young war gardeners became so interested in the task they had set -themselves that they returned to it in the afternoon, and there Black -Mayo found them when he came to bring Mrs. Wilson some tomato plants. - -“What is this, Agnes? a Chatterbox Club?” he inquired, setting a basket -carefully in a shaded place. “From the noise I heard at a distance, I -thought crows or blue jays might be holding a caucus in your garden.” - -The young folks were duly indignant at the slander, and asserted that -their hands--most of them, anyway, and--well, most of the time--were -going as fast as their tongues. - -“Come and see what we are doing,” invited Patsy. “Here are our -potatoes; we are giving half of our garden to them. Isn’t the soil -fine, and aren’t the rows pretty and even? Cousin Agnes showed us how -to lay them off, by a string tied to sticks at the ends of the row.” - -“I wish the potatoes would hurry and come up,” said Sweet William, “so -I can get the bugs off them.” - -“Hey, old scout!” said Black Mayo. “Are you in it, too?” - -“Course I am,” was the complacent answer. “I was the first to join. -Wasn’t I, Cousin Agnes? I reckon I’ve walked ten miles--well, I know -I’ve walked a mile--to-day, carrying buckets of potatoes to the -children to plant. Didn’t I, Cousin Agnes?” - -“You’ve been helping, dear. We couldn’t get on without you. Nothing in -The Village could get on without our Sweet William,” said Mrs. Wilson, -kissing him. - -He accepted the caress soberly and then said with a little frown: “I -reckon I’m ’most too big for ladies to kiss.” - -“Ah, Billy boy, you’ll change your mind in a few years,” laughed Black -Mayo. “What’s that bag-of-bonesy thing at your heels?” - -“He’s my dog; he’s Scalawag,” the youngster explained with dignity. - -“A dog, eh? A poor excuse for a dog! Where’d you get it?” - -“I didn’t get him. He came and adopted me,” explained Sweet William. -“He’s a mighty good dog. See! He’s watching me like he wants to help.” - -“Cousin Mayo, look at the bean rows I am laying off,” called Patsy. - -“Really and truly, Cousin Mayo,” said Anne, “don’t you think it’s good -for us to have a garden?” - -“Truly and really, my dear,” he said, “I think it’s splendid. You are -helping--and how much the willing, diligent children all over the -land can help!--in America’s work of saving the world from starving. -The fighters can’t farm, so we must feed the armies; and we have the -people of France and Belgium on our hearts and hands; and there are the -U-boats--we must have food enough to send another shipload for every -one they sink. It’s a big job.” - -“We gardeners will do our part. I’m going to help when I come back in -June,” said Anne. - -“She’s helping while she’s away, Cousin Mayo,” said Patsy. “She -suggested our having a garden. And her Happy Acres, all except the -flower part, is to be put in corn. Our Canning Club is going to can -corn and butterbeans and tomatoes together, to make Brunswick stew. -Cousin Agnes says we can surely sell all we put up.” - -“The girls think pie of their old Canning Club,” said David, jealously. -“We boys are doing real work in our Corn Club, and we are going to have -a real garden; not dawdle around, like a parcel of girls.” - -“Come, come!” chided Mr. Osborne. “You are working for the same cause. -You are in friendly camps, not hostile ones. By the way, what are their -names?” - -“Names? They haven’t any,” said Patsy. - -“Pshaw! They must have names; of course they must. Camp Feed Friend, -isn’t that a good name for yours, Patsy? And the boys’ plot can be Camp -Fight Foe.” - -“All right,” said David; then he laughed. “Maybe the girls will raise -enough to feed Friend Humming Bird!” - -“Here, my boy!” said Mr. Osborne. “It isn’t a sign of wisdom or -experience to be scornful of girls and women. You may do better work -than the girls; and then again you may not. Time will prove. Suppose -you keep a record of your work and have a competitive exhibition of -garden products this autumn. I’ll give a prize, the silver cup I cut my -teeth on, to the best gardeners.” - -“Fine!” said Steve. “That cup is as good as ours.” - - “‘There’s many a slip - ’Twixt cup and lip,’” - -Patsy reminded him, with a saucy tilt of her chin. - -Mr. Osborne laughed. “Well, while I loaf here, my work’s getting no -forwarder. I must go home. By the way, Agnes, I have two or three -bushels of potatoes for you that I’ll send----” - -“But, Mayo, you can’t spare----” - -“Neither could you,” he said, looking at the war-garden rows. “G’by! -Oh, I was forgetting the pigeon I brought Dick.” He picked up his -basket. “Poor hungry bird!” - -“Hungry? Let me feed it,” said Mrs. Wilson. “Here are a few peas left -in my seed box.” - -“Oh, no! no, thank you,” he answered. “It is a racing pigeon that I’m -beginning to train. It must start off hungry, so it will fly home to be -fed.” - -“Let me see it, Cousin Mayo; please let me take it in my hands,” said -Anne. She cuddled the dove against her cheek. “What a pretty, gentle -bird it is! The emblem of peace, isn’t it? Oh, what a shame it seems to -send it from this quiet, sweet place to those terrible battlefields!” - -Mr. Osborne put one caressing hand on the bird and the other on Anne’s -head. - -“These God’s dear creatures bear messages of help and rescue through -the battle cloud; they soar above and beyond it, and their wings catch -the eternal sunshine. Ah! our doves of war are still--are more than -ever--the birds of peace. For this war isn’t just a fight for territory -and undisturbed sea ways; it is a war for freedom and human rights, and -so for true and lasting peace. Agnes,” he turned to Mrs. Wilson, “have -you given our young folks the President’s message?” - -“Not yet,” she answered. - -“Not yet!” he repeated reproachfully. “And already it is being read in -French schools. It is a part of the history of our times, of all time; -it’s like the Declaration of Independence, but wider, higher, grander.” - -“I’m going to read it to my history class,” said Mrs. Wilson. - -“To every one of these young folks, from primer babies up, and -now,” Black Mayo said impetuously. “Get the paper. Let’s sit in -the summerhouse here and fancy it’s the Capitol and this is the -history-making night of April 2d. - -“Here we are, waiting for the President. He’s coming. The throngs on -the streets are cheering him at every step. The floor of the House is -crowded,--its own members, senators, Cabinet officers, judges of the -Supreme Court, representatives of the Allied nations. The galleries, -too, are crowded; people waited at the doors for hours for the precious -privilege of a seat. - -“The President rises, solemn and resolute with a great duty. He stands -there before the House, before the world for all time. He is America -speaking. He gives the message that devotes a hundred million people to -war for American rights and world freedom. - -“It is done. He turns to go. And now, ah! now statesmen are not -Democrats, not Republicans; they are only patriots. Men who have stood -with the President, men who have stood against him, throng shoulder to -shoulder to clasp his hand and pledge themselves to support him in this -sacred cause. Only the ‘little group of willful men’ stands shamefully -apart. - -“Here are the words that expressed and inspired the soul of America.” - -And then Mayo Osborne read the President’s war message. - -“‘The wrongs against which we now array ourselves are no common wrongs; -they cut to the very roots of human life.... - -“‘We are at the beginning of an age in which it will be insisted -that the same standards of conduct and of responsibility for wrong -done shall be observed among nations and their governments that are -observed among the individual citizens of civilized states.... - -“‘The world must be made safe for democracy. Its peace must be planted -upon the tested foundations of political liberty. We have no selfish -ends to serve. We desire no conquests, no dominion. We seek no -indemnities for ourselves, no material compensation for the sacrifices -we shall freely make.... - -“‘The right is more precious than peace, and we shall fight for the -things which we have always carried nearest our hearts--for democracy, -for the right of those who submit to authority to have a voice in their -own governments, for the rights and liberties of small nations, for a -universal dominion of right by such a concert of free people as shall -bring peace and safety to all nations and make the world itself at last -free. - -“‘To such a task we can dedicate our lives and our fortunes, everything -that we are and everything that we have, with the pride of those -who know that the day has come when America is privileged to spend -her blood and her might for the principles that gave her birth and -happiness and the peace which she has treasured. - -“‘God helping her, she can do no other.’” - -There was a minute of silence at the end. - -With eyes shining through tears, Mrs. Wilson turned to her daughter. - -“Oh, Ruth, Ruth!” she said. “If only you were a boy in khaki, and I at -your side!” - -“Oh, mother! I w-w-wish I were!” cried Ruth. - -“It’s wonderful!” Black Mayo tapped the paper with a thoughtful finger. -“He Americanizes the war, and does it by putting aside everything for -which the ‘land of dollars’ is supposed to stand and upholding our old -high ideals. No indemnity, no conquests. The _Lusitania_ was an insult -to our flag; more than that, it was a dishonor to humanity.” - -“He starts us on a high-going road,” said Mrs. Wilson. - -“Please,” broke in David, “let’s finish planting our corn before dark.” - -“Righto, boy!” exclaimed Black Mayo, jumping up. “And my plow’s -standing still. Geminy! how time flies!” - -He hurried away and the war gardeners went back to work. - -“Will you look who’s coming?” Patsy exclaimed presently, glancing -toward the gate. “Jeff Spencer and Will Eppes!” - -Mrs. Wilson hastened to meet the visitors who had been her pupils from -A B C days till they went to university and engineering corps. - -“Why, Jeff! I didn’t know you were at home!” she said, shaking hands -with the boy in front, a pleasant-looking, round-faced fellow, so fat -that he resembled a well-stuffed pincushion. - -“I--I am not at the University any longer, Miss Agnes,” he said soberly. - -“Not at the University!” She looked at him in dismay. He had always -been a mischievous chap, and she had had her doubts and fears about his -college course, but gradually these had subsided. Now he was in his -senior year; and here he was back home. What scrape had he got into? - -Jeff’s light-blue eyes were twinkling, and now he laughed till his -fair, freckled face reddened to the roots of his sandy hair. - -“I always could get a rise out of you, Miss Agnes!” he said. “Here you -are wondering what I’ve done to get sent away from the University, just -as mother did. And it never occurred to you that I’ve left of my own -free will.” A new light came into the bright eyes. “I’ve enlisted. And, -gee! won’t a uniform be full of me!” - -“Enlisted!” she echoed. “But, Jeff, your mother--she always said she -could never consent to----” - -“Oh, she’s a trump, the ace of trumps! Of course she hates war. The War -took so many of her people--her father and both her uncles--and all the -things. She knows what war is. But when I put it up to her, she said -‘Go!’ Of course I’d have had to do it anyway. I couldn’t look myself in -the face in a mirror if I sat safe at home and let others risk their -lives to make the world a decent place for me to live in. So I’ve come -to say good-by to you who”--he returned to his waggish tone--“put me up -to going.” - -“I?” She was amazed. “Why, Jeff, I’ve not seen you even to say -‘how-dye-do’ since war was declared.” - -“Oh, I wasn’t thinking about lately. It was the way you taught us -history; not Jack’s book that was so dry every time we turned a page it -raised dust, but in spite of it you made us know what America stands -for, the things for which a man ought to be willing and glad to risk -his life. Grandmother says”--he grinned--“I’m fighting for Confederate -principles, the right of self-government. Isn’t she a darling, red-hot -old Southerner?” - -“And I’m going, too, Cousin Agnes,” said William Eppes. “I didn’t know -it till yesterday; but father knew it.” - -“Your father knew it?” she repeated. - -“Yes’m. He’d been might quiet lately, and at last he came out with, -‘there never had been an American war without an Eppes in it, and here -are the two of us, and I can take my choice; but he hoped I’d stay at -home and let him go, being a Spanish-American vet.’ I asked him if -he knew what a whopper he was telling. Why, he’d have dropped in his -tracks if I had showed the white feather and said I wasn’t willing to -go. But I just hadn’t thought of it. It didn’t take me two secs to -decide. Of course I’m going.” - -“And so you boys are joining the army; going to France to fight.” - -It seemed but yesterday since they were little fellows in her primer -class. And now they were going, with the bodies and hearts of men, to -do men’s work in the world. Through the mist in her eyes she had a -vision: New pages of the history book opened, heroes walked out, took -form and life; lo! they were her own schoolboys--shy Fayett Mallett, -mischievous Jeff Spencer, slow William Eppes--and others, others would -come. Why, here were the youngsters, even little Sweet William, putting -aside play to do their part. - -“Oh, goody! goody!” Sweet William was saying now, in his high, eager -little voice. “We’ve got soldiers, our own soldiers, to send things -to. Come on, Jeff; you and Will, look at our gardens.” - -And then half a dozen, talking at once, explained about Camp Fight Foe -and Camp Feed Friend. - -“I’m surely glad to see these gardens,” said Jeff. “I always was a -hearty eater, and my ‘stomach for fighting’ needs to be a full one. -We’re going to claim the best food we see over there, aren’t we, Bill? -biggest potatoes and sweetest beans, for I know they’ll come from The -Village straight to us.” - -“We’ll think of you when the weather gets warm, and we’ll work hard and -not loaf on the job,” said Alice Blair. - -“Thank you,” said William. “It seems a shame for you to tan your face -and blister your hands--for us.” - -“I like to do it--for you,” said Alice; and then she blushed. - -“I should think you’d be going to Fort Myer, Jeff,” said David. - -“Well, I did think about the O. T. C.,” answered Jeff; “but I felt -sorry for those poor officers. It seemed to me they need a few privates -under them; so I decided to be in the ranks. And I’m going to try to -get with Northern boys.” - -“Jeff Spencer! Why----” - -“So I can do missionary work,” he explained. “Those Harvard chaps I -met on our last game--bully fellows they were!--thought the old United -States began in 1620 on Plymouth Rock. I broke to ’em the news about -1607 and Jamestown,--that before their _Mayflower_ sailed, Virginia was -here, with a House of Burgesses standing for freemen’s rights, just as -we’re standing to-day. Hurrah for Jamestown and Woodrow Wilson!” - -The enthusiasm excited by the President’s message and the volunteers -extended to the smallest small boys. For weeks they had been carrying -on a war play on their way home from school. Now the game was blocked. -The boys who had composed the kaiser’s forces refused to be Germans; -they were Americans. - -At last, after a whispered consultation with Jeff Spencer, Joe Eppes -said with a grin: “Oh, wait a minute. I’ll be the Germans one more -time; I’ll be them all, kaiser and generals and army.” - -He ran home and soon came back, wearing a German helmet made of an old -derby hat with a tin oil can fastened on top of it. - -He did the goosestep backward down the hill, shouting, “On! on! on! -straight to Paris!” At Tinkling Water, he swaggered on the foot log -and tumbled, with a mighty splash, into the water, to the huge delight -of the other children who loudly applauded the ignominious end of the -German forces. - - - - -CHAPTER VI - - -The first Saturday afternoon in May found a busy group of ladies and -girls in the big parlor at Broad Acres which Mrs. Wilson had given up -to Red Cross work. - -Saturday was usually sacred to needle and broom and cookstove, in -preparation for the quiet, strictly kept Presbyterian Sunday; but -to-day was an exception. A Red Cross box was to be sent off next week, -and everything else was put aside to get it ready. - -Mrs. Wilson was cutting out hospital shirts. - -“This finishes our last piece of cloth,” she said regretfully. “I do -wish we had some money.” - -There was an awkward silence. Money had to be mentioned sometimes -in a shop--asking Mr. Blair the price of shoes and umbrellas, in an -apologetic tone. But to wish for it, in public and aloud! No one had -ever before heard a Village lady do such a thing. - -Miss Fanny Morrison, who had charge of the work, broke the embarrassing -silence. “These shirts ain’t ready to pack,” she said with a frown, as -she pushed aside a bundle she had just opened. “I’ve got to rip ’em -and do ’em over. Every seam is crooked or puckered.” - -“If you would tell whoever did them----” began Mrs. Blair. - -“Course I can’t tell her,” said the seamstress, who was supposed to -have a tongue as sharp as her needle. “It’s Mrs. Tavis. Ain’t she doing -her best, with her dim old eyes and trembly old hands? I can’t tell -her it would save me time for her to sit and twirl her thumbs, and let -me make the shirts instead of unmaking ’em and making ’em over. Well, -we’ve got a lot done. And you girls have certainly worked splendid. I -thought you-all--Alice and Ruth and Patsy and Mary Spencer and Essie -Walthall, the bunch of you--would just be a lot of trouble. But you’re -faithful and painstaking, and you do as good work as anybody.” - -“We like to do it,” said Patsy, whose fingers were flying in the effort -to finish a sweater. - -“This will be six pairs of socks I’ve knit,” said Alice Blair; “and I -thought I’d never get done that first pair!” - -“You’ve learned how,” said her mother; then she chuckled: “Will says he -expects to wake up some night and find me knitting in my sleep!” - -“Ah, dears!” Mrs. Spencer said in her gentle, quavering old voice. -“This takes me back to The War. We used to gather here, in this -very room, to knit socks and make bandages and tear linen sheets and -underwear into lint for our poor, dear, wounded soldiers.” - -“Those awful days!” said Miss Fanny. “I certainly am thankful we are -not really in this war; in it with our men and our homes.” - -“I am beginning to feel,” Mrs. Wilson said quietly, “that we _are_ in -it, and that this _is_ our war. There are Fayett and Jeff and William; -and the President’s war message; and now the draft.” - -“It’s awful to think they may make our boys go to foreign parts to -fight,” groaned Mrs. Blair. - -“They don’t seem to need much making,” remarked Mrs. Wilson. - -“Europe doesn’t seem so far off as it used to,” said Mrs. Red Mayo -Osborne, who had locked herself out of the bookcase for a whole week. -“Who’d have thought, three years ago, we’d be giving up our Saturday -duties to make things to send to France and Belgium?” - -“Europe isn’t so far off,” Mrs. Wilson replied. “The Germans gave us -two object lessons last year, to prove that--sending the _Deutschland_ -and _U-53_ to our very harbors. And next thing we know, aircraft will -cross the ocean.” - -The others laughed at the idea of such a thing. - -“Well, there are other nearnesses,” said Mrs. Wilson. “The ties are -tightening among English-speaking people. Didn’t it thrill you to read -about the Stars and Stripes floating from the highest tower of the -Parliament buildings?--the first time a foreign flag was ever displayed -there.” - -“I didn’t care so much about that.” Miss Fanny tossed up her chin; she -prided herself on being an “unreconstructed rebel” and kept a little -Confederate flag draped over a chromo of “Lee and his generals.” “But,” -she went on, “it did give me a queer feeling to read about that great -service the English had in St. Paul’s, to celebrate America’s joining -in the war. They sang ‘O God! our help in ages past,’ the very hymn we -were singing Sunday morning.” - -“We people of the same tongue and blood, are getting together,” said -Mrs. Red Mayo. - -“I don’t see anything good anywhere outside The Village” declared Mrs. -Walthall. “When my old man comes home and tells the cruel, wicked, -dreadful, terrible things”--Mrs. Walthall’s language was broken out -with adjectives like smallpox--“Will Blair reads in his paper--you feel -as if the world was upside down and something mean and awful might even -happen here!” - -This was such a wild flight of fancy that every one laughed. - -“Why, even during The War,” said Mrs. Spencer, “The War that we were -in, bodies of all the men and hearts of all the women and children, -even that, my dears, didn’t come to The Village, except the one raid -from Sherman’s army marching north that awful April.” - -“I am glad we are shut up here in this safe, quiet little corner,” said -Mrs. Blair; “for, as Mrs. Walthall says, terrible things are happening. -Not only factories and munition plants destroyed in the North, but -railroad bridges and trestles right here in Virginia; a bridge near -Norfolk, a bridge that trains with troops and supplies and munitions -have to cross, was saturated with oil and set afire, by foreigners and -negroes.” Her voice dropped. - -“There is our bridge----” began Mrs. Walthall. - -She was interrupted by a little indignant stir. Mrs. Osborne said -crisply, “That bridge is just as safe as our own doorsteps.” - -“They say,” Mrs. Walthall said, “that in New York poison has been put -in Red Cross bandages and dressings. I declare, I feel like we ought to -inspect our things and keep them locked up.” - -“Nonsense, Anna!” exclaimed Mrs. Red Mayo. “Inspect things! And lock -them up! Who ever locks up anything in The Village? Why, we never lock -our outside doors, and in summer-time they stand wide open every night.” - -“Strange and curious and terrible things are happening in other -places,” said Mrs. Walthall. - -“In other places,” Mrs. Osborne repeated, dryly and emphatically. - -The ladies were so absorbed in work and talk that they did not hear the -click of the front gate and the stumbling and stamping of feet coming -up the steps. - -Susan opened the parlor door. “There’s some menfolks out here, Miss -Agnes,” she said to her mistress. “They say please’m they want to see -the Red Cross ladies.” - -“To see me?” asked Mrs. Wilson. - -“To see the Red Cross ladies; that’s what they say, Miss Agnes.” - -“Ask them to come in,” said Mrs. Wilson. - -Miss Fanny modestly hid a hospital shirt she was ripping and began to -knit a wristlet. Susan opened the door and ushered in nine old men. -They were feeble and broken with years, years not only of age but of -poverty and many hardships. They shuffled in, some on wooden legs, some -dragging paralyzed feet, some supporting rheumatic limbs with canes -and crutches. There were palsied arms and more than one empty sleeve. - -The old fellows came in panting and wheezing from the exertion of -climbing the steps. At the door they took off their hats, baring bald -pates and straggling white locks, and stood in line. - -Mrs. Wilson went forward swiftly and greeted them with gracious -courtesy, but they did not respond as friends and neighbors. - -“We came on an errand to you Red Cross ladies,” Captain Anderson said -formally. “We”--he straightened his old shoulders--“are Confederate -veterans.” - -At the words the ladies came to their feet, in respect and homage. - -“Confederate veterans!” Captain Anderson repeated. - -The bent, stiff forms stirred with a memory rather than a reality of -soldierly bearing; the bleared, dim old eyes brightened. - -Their spokesman went on in his thin, quavering voice: “Ladies, fair -flowers of Virginia womanhood, we, the little remnant surviving of the -gallant defenders of our glorious Lost Cause, greet you. By the noble -generosity of The Village, funds have been raised for us to attend the -Reunion at Washington. - -“It is a grand and glorious place to hold the Reunion. We are glad and -proud that--that our old comrades are to meet there--in the capital -they threatened six times by their dauntless and renowned valor, but -the streets of which they were never to tread in uniform and under -flag until now, after a half century of peace. They are to camp in the -very shadow of the Capitol of our glorious and reunited country, and -their battle-shattered and death-thinned ranks are to parade before the -President and be addressed by him--the first President since The War -born on the sacred soil of old Virginia, and the greatest President -since Washington. Three cheers for President Wilson!” - -They were given with a will by the thin, cracked old voices. - -“And--and----” stammered Captain Anderson. - -“Gettysburg,” said old Mr. Tavis, in a stage whisper. - -“Yes. Gettysburg; Gettysburg. That comes presently.” He mopped his brow -with a bandanna handkerchief. “A-ah! The President to address us. Yes, -yes! No more is needed to make it a grand and perfect occasion. But -more is to be added. The veterans in gray and their brethren in blue -are to make a pilgrimage to Gettysburg, that was the high-water mark -of our glorious and unsuccessful war; there is to be erected a monument -to our brave comrades, the heroes that fell on that bloody field. I -tell you, ladies, we are as glad and proud of it all as if we were -going to that Reunion ourselves.” - -“But you are going!” cried Patsy. - -“And now here’s war again--we don’t count that little skirmish with -Spain--but now the United States is in a real war, and South and North -and East and West are standing shoulder to shoulder together. - -“This isn’t like The War we fought, a decent war of man against man -on the earth God gave them to fight over. This war--it’s like nothing -that ever was before in civilized times--robbing and burning towns by -the hundred, shooting down unarmed people in gangs, killing men with -poisonous gases like you would so many rats, sinking ships without -giving folks a chance for their lives, dropping bombs from airships on -homes and schools and hospitals. - -“It makes our hearts sick for people to suffer such things; and it -makes our blood boil for people to do them. So we’ve talked it over -together, we old Confeds, and we’re all of one mind. We want to help -the women and children and the pieces of men left by this hellish -fighting. So here is the money, please, ma’am”--he held out a purse -to Mrs. Wilson--“that you-all so generously raised to send us to the -Reunion. We bring it to you as our contribution to the Red Cross.” - -“Oh!” cried Patsy, “but you mustn’t miss it, the grandest of all -Reunions. You must go.” - -He shook his head. - -“This is what Marse Robert would do, if he was here to-day,” he said -simply, looking up now in his old age, as to a beacon, to the hero he -had adoringly followed in youth. - -Mrs. Wilson controlled her voice and spoke: “We accept your offering; -don’t we?” She turned to her companions, and every head was bowed. “We -accept it in the noble spirit in which it is given, a spirit worthy of -your peerless leader. And we thank you from our hearts, in the name of -suffering humanity, to whose service it is consecrated.” - -“But for you to give up the Reunion, the Reunion that you’ve looked -forward to!” mourned Miss Fanny. - -The old men glanced at one another with a sort of shy glee. Then -Captain Anderson said: “That isn’t all. We are going to volunteer! -They’re going to have that draft and raise soldiers. Folks said at -first they’d just need American dollars and food and steel; but they’re -calling for soldiers now. And I tell you they’ll need American valor. -As long as war is war, they’ll want _men_. The young soldiers, the -drafted boys, will do their best. But we--well, we are going to write -to the President and tell him we are ready to go, and we seasoned old -soldiers will show those youngsters what fighting is!” - -While the old heroes were making their offering, Dick Osborne was -creeping along the edge of a field near The Village, carrying in his -arms something bundled up in a newspaper. He scrambled through the -churchyard hedge and crept into the woodshed at the back of the church. -Now that its winter uses were over, no one else gave the shed a look or -a thought, and Dick had hidden here his mining tools and a bundle with -something white in it. - -His garden task was off his hands at last, and he had planned to spend -to-day at the old mine; but Patsy had watched him keenly all the -morning, and this afternoon David and Steve were at work in a cornfield -near the road. Usually it would be easy enough to elude them, but not -to-day, burdened with the tools he had to carry. And anyway, he had -devised a plan to lend interest and excitement to the long, weary way -to the mine. In order to carry out his plan and avoid embarrassing -questions, he had obtained permission to spend the night with his -cousin at the mill. - -Safe in the shed, he opened the package he had been carrying so -carefully and chuckled as he looked at its contents. It was a cow’s -skull! - -“Uh, it’s a beauty!” he said, gazing admiringly at the bleached and -whitened old thing. “And when I fix it----!” - -He proceeded to “fix it” by pasting green tissue paper over the -eyeholes and fastening his flashlight inside. Then he stood back and -looked at it. Ah, it was as fearful looking as he had hoped it would -be! He opened the other package and took out a sheet which he smeared -with phosphorus. It was getting dark now; late enough, Dick thought, -for him to venture out. He fastened the tools together with an old -chain and slung them over his shoulder; then he draped the sheet around -him and fastened the skull on his head. He crept out of the shed, -slipped around the corner of the church, and looked up and down the -road. - -The coast was clear, and he took the road to Redville. For a mile he -had it to himself. Then he heard wheels and voices behind him. He -hesitated a minute, then prudently withdrew to the wayside. It might be -people who would accept him as a ghost; or it might not. Ah! It was -Mr. Spencer, trotting homeward from The Village, with his son Joe. Dick -crouched in the bushes. - -“Wait a minute, pa,” said Joe. “There’s something queer in those -chinquapin bushes; something white and light looking. Let’s see what it -is.” - -“Shuh! It’s just Gordan Jones’s old white cow,” replied Mr. Spencer. -“We haven’t time to stop. We’re late for supper already.” - -When they were safely out of sight, Dick came back to the highway and -hurried along till he came to the Old Plank Road and the Big Woods. -From here on, there were only a few negro cabins, and he felt secure in -his ghostly array. - -Isham Baskerfield’s cabin was dark and seemingly deserted, but the door -of the next house was open and from within came a bright light and -loud voices and laughter. Peter Jim Jones was having a “frolic.” The -guests were overflowing on the porch, and the barking of dogs and the -squealing of children mingled with the jovial voices of men and women. - -As Dick stalked down the road toward the cabin, a dog began to bark -and then subsided into a whine. One of the negroes on the porch looked -around and caught a glimpse of the white, tall figure. - -“Wh-what’s dat?” he stammered. - -“What’s what?” - -Dick took a few steps forward, clanking and rattling his chains, and -stood still in an open space, revealed and concealed by the light of a -fading young moon. His white drapery glimmered and gleamed with pale -phosphorescent light, and the green eyes in the ghastly old skull -glared like a demon’s. He uttered a sepulchral moan. - -The negroes rushed pell-mell into the cabin, tumbling over one another. - -“A ha’nt! a ha’nt! a ha’nt!” - -Dick’s moan broke into a laugh, but that came to an abrupt end. For a -dozen dogs ran to investigate the strange appearance which, after all, -had a human scent. Dick in his flowing drapery stood for a moment at a -disadvantage. But he jerked up the sheet and gave a kick that sent one -cur yelping away. And then he laid about him so vigorously with his -bundle of tools that the dogs retreated, yelping and howling, while -their masters crouched indoors, shaking with terror. - -Mightily amused and pleased with himself, Dick went on down the road. -He passed the hollow where Solomon Gabe’s cabin stood, and came to Mine -Creek. He paused to look at his gruesome image in the still, dark -water. Then he turned to follow the path to the mine. - -As he turned, he faced a pile of logs, the ruins of the old -blacksmith’s hut. It was in shadow except for a ray of moonlight at -one side. In that streak of moonshine, there rose, as if the earth -had yawned and let forth a demon, a little, dark, bowed figure with a -black, evil face. It was horribly contorted, the eyes wide and staring, -the lips writhing in terror. - -For a minute Dick and the fiendlike figure stood silent, face to face. -Then the boy stepped back. His foot caught on a root; he stumbled and, -with a wild gesture and an awful clanking of chains, fell flat on the -ground. - -A screech quivered through the air, so sudden, so wild and terrified -that it seemed like a live, tormented thing. The dark form crashed -through the bushes and was gone. - -Dick recovered himself in a minute. He scrambled to his feet and, -clutching his drapery, ran up the hill toward the old mine. He -hurriedly rid himself of his ghostly apparel, took out his flashlight, -and threw the skull and the tools into the mine hole. Then, with the -sheet bundled under his arm, he sped homeward. As he passed Peter Jim’s -cabin, he heard fervent prayers and pious groans; the “frolic” had -been turned into a prayer meeting. - -Dick smiled ruefully. “I don’t reckon they were much worse scared than -I was,” he said to himself. “What--who on earth could that have been?” - - - - -CHAPTER VII - - -At last and at last, school was out! Patsy, free and merry as a bird, -wrote a long letter to Anne Lewis. - -She begged Anne to hurry and come to The Village. There were so many -things to do! Camp Feed Friend was getting on famously; Anne would see -it was better than the boys’ Camp Fight Foe. Happy Acres was a bower -of roses; they would take their knitting to the summerhouse every day. -Anne remembered--of course she remembered--Dick’s dare and double dare -about their following him and finding out what he was doing? They must -certainly do that. He went off every few days, no one knew where. David -and Steve had tried to follow him, but Dick led them a chase--like an -old red fox, Cousin Mayo said--for miles and miles, and then back home. -It was certainly a _secret_, and she and Anne must find it out. And -Patsy ended as she began; begging Anne to hurry and come to The Village. - -It was such an important letter that Patsy took it to the post office -herself to put it into Mr. Blair’s own hand, feeling that would make -it go more surely and safely than if she dropped it into the letter -box. She had to wait awhile, for he was talking to Mr. Spencer who had -come in just before her. - -“We missed you at church yesterday, Joe,” said Mr. Blair. “What’s the -matter? You look seedy.” - -“It’s malaria, I reckon,” Mr. Spencer said in a weak, listless voice. -“I stayed in bed yesterday, but I don’t feel much better to-day.” - -“You ought not to have got up,” said Mr. Blair. - -“I have to crawl around and do all the work I can. Crop’s in the grass, -Will. Give me two plow points and half a dozen bolts; I must start a -plow to-morrow. And I ought to be a dozen hoe hands at the same time.” - -“Can’t you hire hands?” - -Mr. Spencer shook his head. “I never saw labor so scarce and -unreliable. I counted on Jeff to help work the crop after I put it in; -now he’s in the army, you know.” - -“You need him mighty bad at home.” - -“Yes, but we must do without him; there’s where he ought to be. Well, -if I can’t get hands to chop my cotton this week, I’ll have to plow it -up and sow peas or something that I can raise without hoe work. Cotton -is like tobacco, a ‘gentleman crop’ that requires waiting on; it won’t -stand grass. My crop must be worked this week, or it’s lost.” - -Patsy went home, frowning to herself as she thought how sick and -worried Mr. Spencer looked. At the dinner table that day, she told -about seeing him and what he had said about his cotton. - -“Poor fellow!” said Mrs. Osborne. “I hope he can get hands. It would be -a serious thing for him to lose his crop.” - -“I wish----” began Patsy. - -“It would be a severe personal loss,” said Mr. Osborne, “and these -things are national calamities, too; cotton is one of the sinews of -war.” - -“Sinews of war? What do you mean, Uncle Mayo?” asked David. - -“Cotton is one of the great essentials of war,” explained Mr. Osborne. -“Its fiber is used for tents and soldiers’ uniforms and airplane -wings and automobile tires; its seed supplies food products; and -fiber and seed are used in making the high explosives of modern -warfare--guncotton, nitroglycerin, cordite. Cotton is one of the great -essentials of war.” - -“What a lot of things it’s good for!” exclaimed Dick. - -Patsy spoke again, and this time she did not say “I wish.” Instead, she -said: “I know we could help Mr. Spencer, and the war. Mother, father, -please let us do it. I’m sure Ruth and Alice and the other girls will -help; and maybe the boys. We can work rows of cotton as well as rows of -beans.” - -Dick laughed. “H’m! I was just thinking we boys might get together and -help Mr. Spencer. But you girls!” - -“If we all help, the twenty of us, it’ll not take long to chop over Mr. -Spencer’s cotton,” said David. He was more respectful of girls’ work, -since he was seeing their flourishing garden. - -“Good!” cried Patsy, clapping her hands. - -“My dear!” exclaimed Mrs. Osborne. “You don’t mean, Patsy,--are you -suggesting that you girls work a crop, like common field hands?” - -“They’re very uncommon nowadays,” laughed Patsy. “That’s why Mr. -Spencer’s cotton is in the grass. Oh, mother dear! he’s so sick and -miserable looking! We would love to save his crop, and we can, if -you’ll let us. You heard what father said. It will be patriotic as well -as neighborly; with Jeff in the army, too! It’ll not be a bit harder -than gardening. Do say we may, mother.” - -Finally it was agreed that the young folks might undertake the task. -As Patsy said, if they could work rows of vegetables in a garden, they -could work rows of cotton in a field. They would use light hoes, and -the soil was sandy and easy to work. But it was a big job to undertake, -those acres and acres of cotton! - -Patsy and Dick and David went to see all the members of Camps Feed -Friend and Fight Foe, to enlist them in the little army of crop savers. -They were easily persuaded. It was harder to win over their parents. -The Malletts and Walthalls and Joneses were unwilling to let their -girls “do field work like niggers,” but they consented when they -learned that Alice Blair and Ruth Wilson and Patsy Osborne were in the -party; whatever the Blairs and Wilsons and Osbornes did was right and -proper. - -On Tuesday morning, the volunteer workers, with hoes on their -shoulders, presented themselves to Mr. Spencer. - -“Why--why,” he stammered, “it’s awfully kind of you. But I can’t let -you do it, you girls, you young ladies! If the boys will help chop my -cotton, and let me pay them----” - -“Come on, Mr. Spencer, and do your talking while we work,” laughed -Patsy. “Come on! You may be our overseer and boss the job.” - -Before the morning was half over, however, they deposed him. Why, he -wanted them to stop and rest every few minutes; at that rate, it would -be cotton-picking time before they finished chopping the crop! So they -elected David foreman. - -Sweet William, as water boy, trotted back and forth to supply cool -drinks; and about the middle of the forenoon, he proudly invited the -workers to a surprise luncheon, where each had half a dozen delicious -little wild strawberries on a sycamore-leaf plate. - -At noon they rested and ate their picnic dinner in the grove at the -spring. Evening found them healthily and happily tired, and they went -gladly back to work the next day. Thursday brought showers that gave -them a rest and made the freshly worked crop grow like magic. By noon -on Saturday, they finished hoeing the cotton and, for the time at -least, the crop was saved. - -On Saturday afternoon, the young workpeople loafed like real farmers; -for, according to rural custom, that day was a sort of secular Sabbath -on which the men of the community rested from all their labors and -gathered sociably in the post office or on Court-house Green. - -What wonderful things they had to talk about these days! - -Mr. Blair read the account in his daily paper of the Confederate -Reunion at Washington and the President’s Arlington speech. The old -soldiers chuckled at hearing that foreigners, seeing the Stars and -Bars displayed alongside the Allies’ flags, asked wonderingly, “What -flag is that? What new nation has entered the war?” They straightened -their stooped old shoulders at the description of their ten thousand -comrades, in gray suits and broad hats, marching along the Avenue. And -they said, with a sigh, that the story was as good--almost--as being -there. - -Then they rehearsed tales of their battles and marches and sieges, and -compared old feats with new. - -Those brilliant Canadian drives were like Jackson’s charges. And like -one of his messages was Foch’s telegram to Joffre in the battle of the -Marne: “The enemy is attacking my flank; my rear is threatened; I am, -therefore, attacking in front.” - -The heroic, hopeless, glorious Gallipoli campaign--ah! it was the -epitome of their War of Secession. As long as the world honors high -courage and stanch devotion to a desperate cause, it will remember -those men who, like the Franks in the old story of Roland, beat off -army after army and died, defeated by their own victories, “triumphing -over disaster and death.” - -And the trench warfare---- - -“They learned that from us,” chuckled old Captain Anderson; “and iron -ships. Ah! we showed the world a thing or two.” - -But never had they dreamed of trenches like these--stretching in long -lines from the Swiss mountains to the Belgian coast, bent in and out -by great attacks like the British at Neuve-Chapelle, the Germans at -Verdun, and both sides in the bloody battle of the Somme. - -And there were strange, new modes of warfare--U-boats hiding underseas, -aircraft battling miles above the earth, tanks pushing forward and -cutting barbed wire like twine. - -There were many things besides fighting to discuss. - -America was making vast and speedy preparation for its part in the -World War. - -Two weeks after war was declared, Congress without a dissenting voice -voted the largest war credit in the history of the world. And there was -a two-billion-dollar issue of Liberty Bonds. The government must be -trying to gather up all the money in the United States, so as to have -enough to carry on the war many years, so these country people said, -little dreaming of the billions and billions to be raised during the -next two years. - -There was the draft, too, to discuss. The Selective Conscription -Bill had passed. “They” were having men from the ages of twenty-one -to thirty registered, and “they” were to pick and choose soldiers -from these registered men. It was wonderful how calmly this supreme -assertion of the government’s power was accepted. There was a little -opposition here and there--in the Virginia mountains, in Kansas and -Ohio, in New York City--but all plots were promptly and firmly quelled. - -The Draft Act was accepted quietly by The Village. It had its -sentimental, passionate devotion to the past; but now that it was being -tested, it realized the living, sacred strength of the ties that bound -it to the Union. - -It heard, with even more horror than of things “over there,” of -outrages at home--the German plot to get Mexico to declare war against -the United States, factories blown up, railroad bridges destroyed, food -poisoned; even here in Virginia, things were happening. “They” said -loyal citizens everywhere ought to be on the lookout. - -“There’s one safe place in the world; that’s The Village,” said old Mr. -Tavis, who was sitting on the post office porch with Pete Walthall and -Jake Andrews and Mr. Smith. - -Mr. Smith shook his head and smiled. “See who comes there,” he said. - -“It’s Black Mayo,” Mr. Tavis said in a constrained tone. - -Somehow, no one understood how or why, there had grown up a feeling of -constraint about Black Mayo whenever Mr. Smith was present. - -“He’s got a basket,” commented Jake Andrews, “and I bet there are -pigeons in it. Yes, Mr. Smith, it does look foolish for a grown-up man -to be raising birds and carrying them about and playing with them.” - -Dick Osborne, who came out of the post office just then, spoke up -indignantly. “Why, Mr. Andrews! Cousin Mayo’s training those pigeons -for war; they use them to carry messages.” - -“Shucks!” Jake laughed deridingly. - -“Well, they can fetch and carry, you know,” old Mr. Tavis said mildly. -“It’s in the Bible; Noah sent a dove out of the Ark and it came to him -in the evening with an olive leaf pluckt off.” - -“That’s all right--in the Bible,” said Jake. “But we’re talking ’bout -our days. My daddy was in The War; I never heard him tell of using -pigeons. You were in The War yourself, Mr. Tavis. I ask you, is you -ever sent your news by a pigeon?” - -Mr. Tavis had to confess that he never did. - -“And Black Mayo says they can fly a thousand miles. Did you ever see a -pigeon fly a thousand miles, Mr. Tavis?” - -“I never went a thousand miles myself,” Mr. Tavis answered. - -“I never did neither,” said Jake; “and I don’t believe no pigeon ever -did.” - -Black Mayo now came up the porch steps, greeting his neighbors -cordially. - -“Hope your ‘rheumatiz’ is better, Mr. Tavis. Hey, Pete! Jake! How are -folks at home? and your crops? Ah, Dick! You are the boy I was looking -for. Here is the pigeon--a fine fellow he is--that I want you to take -this afternoon for a three- or four-mile flight.” - -“Good! I was just starting,” said Dick. “What are you going to do with -that other bird, Cousin Mayo?” - -“I’m going to send it to Richmond.” - -“To Richmond! What for?” asked Jake Andrews. - -“To be set free there and fly back here, as a part of its training.” - -“Cousin Mayo----” began Dick. - -But Pete Walthall interrupted. “To fly back here? You think it’ll come -all that ways?” He laughed incredulously. - -“A hundred miles!” It was Black Mayo’s turn to laugh. “He’ll make it in -two or three hours. Why, man, I have had birds fly nine hundred miles, -and they have been known to go eighteen hundred, flying over forty -miles an hour.” - -“Whew!” Jake Andrews whistled his unbelief, and Pete Walthall stared -and laughed. - -“That beats the dove in the Ark,” Mr. Tavis said doubtingly. - -Dick now got in his question. “Cousin Mayo, aren’t carrier pigeons -useful in war?” - -“Certainly and indeed they are,” Mr. Osborne answered. Then, as Mr. -Tavis still looked doubtful, he gave an instance. “At Verdun a company -of Allied troops was cut off from the main line, and one man after -another, who tried to go back for help, was shot down. At last a basket -of pigeons was found beside a dead soldier. The birds were weak, almost -starved; but the men, as a desperate last chance, started them off -with notes fastened to their legs. Off they flew, through that curtain -of fire no man could pass. The message was delivered; forces came to -rescue the trapped soldiers--saved by those birds.” - -Pete and Jake shook their heads incredulously. - -Mr. Tavis pondered a while, and then said: “Well, they could carry that -note just as good as that other dove could carry the olive leaf for -Noah. _I_ am going to believe it, Mr. Mayo.” - -“Of course,” said Black Mayo. “What’s the matter with you folks? Don’t -you always believe what I say? And why shouldn’t you?” - -No one answered, and he went on into the post office, looking a little -puzzled. - -Mr. Smith raised his eyebrows and glanced around with a disagreeable -smile. “Pe-cu-li-ar amusement; pe-cu-li-ar statements; he himself is -pe-cu-li-ar.” The drawled-out word was unfriendly and sinister. - -“Black Mayo is all right; all right,” old Mr. Tavis said emphatically. - -But Pete and Jake dropped their eyes. Black Mayo Osborne was a queer -fellow. They had known him all their lives. But did they really know -him? Why was he playing about with birds, like a schoolboy, while other -men were working their corn and cotton and tobacco? They looked askance -at him as he came out of the post office and went up The Street toward -The Roost. - -He found Mrs. Osborne sitting on the porch with her eyes on a book -propped on the railing and her hands busily knitting a sweater. - -“Howdy, Miranda! Where’s David?” he asked. - -She looked up with a start. “Oh! it’s you, Mayo,” she said. “David -isn’t here; he’s at his corn acre, I suppose. But, Mayo, come in a -minute. There’s something I want to speak to you about. It’s Dick,” she -went on, as her cousin took off his broad-brimmed straw hat and settled -himself on the porch step. - -“What about Dick?” - -She hesitated a minute. “The other young folks are working splendidly -in their war garden.” - -“Yes; that was a good suggestion of Anne’s. The food question is -serious,” said Black Mayo. “Did you ever know anything like the way -the price of wheat has climbed--and soared? Flour is fifteen dollars a -barrel, and it will go to twenty, if the government doesn’t get those -Food Bills through Congress and take control. I hope it will be a good -crop year. The young folks are doing a splendid work in their war -gardens.” - -“And Dick not in it,” said Dick’s mother, frowning. “He goes off alone -somewhere every chance he gets. We’ve never interfered with their -little secrets; but this looks so selfish! We’ve thought of compelling -him to help, but----” - -“But you’ll not. This gardening is free-will work.” - -“Yes.” Mrs. Osborne agreed. “And we’ve always taken the stand that -after the children do their regular home work, their spare time is -their own. But, if Dick could be persuaded, influenced----” She looked -hopefully at Black Mayo. “You can do anything with him,” she said. -“Your word is law and gospel to all the Village young folks.” - -“I refuse to be flattered into coercing Dick,” laughed Black Mayo. “If -you want him spoken to, my dear Miranda, speak to him yourself.” He -leaned back against the porch post, stretched out his long legs, and -then twisted them comfortably together. “Speak to your own erring boy!” - -“I have done it,” she said. “I tried to shame him just now. I reminded -him how David and Patsy and even little Sweet William are working -to raise food for the hungry, suffering world. I told him about the -Richmond Boy Scouts who are going on farms, to save the potato crop.” - -“And he refused to be shamed?” - -“He cocked up his head, with that superior, self-satisfied air--oh, big -as he is, I want to slap him when he does that!--and said, ‘It’s a nice -little thing David and Patsy and the others are doing--the best they -can, I reckon. But I’d rather do a big thing; something to get a lot -of money, enough to buy a whole Liberty Bond at a whop.’ And before I -could get my wits together to answer that amazing foolishness, he said -he’d finished his tasks, hoed the beans, and brought in stove wood, and -couldn’t he go. And off he went. What would you do, Mayo?” - -“I think I’d do nothing, Miranda,” her cousin replied. “A boy’s got -to have his adventures. And Dick’s a fellow that can stand a lot of -letting alone. If he’s on the wrong track, he’s got sense enough to -find it out and get on the right one. Don’t worry, Miranda. Will you -tell David he can get one of my plows any day he wants it? And don’t -you worry about Dick, Miranda,” he repeated, untwining his long legs -and getting up. - -As he started down the walk, Mrs. Osborne put aside her work and went -out to the kitchen, a one-roomed cabin behind the Roost dwelling-rooms, -to speak to Emma. - -The old woman was standing at the door, looking worried and grum. - -“Why, Emma, you haven’t kindled your fire!” Mrs. Osborne exclaimed. - -Emma started. “Naw’m. My shoe sole was floppin’. I had to go to de shop -to git it sewed on.” - -“De shop” was a shed on The Back Way where shoes were cobbled by Lincum -Gabe, old Solomon Gabe’s son. - -“I’m gwine to start de fire now.” Emma’s voice was mournful, and as -she rattled the stove lids, she shook her head and sighed dolefully. - -“Is anything the matter? Are you sick?” Mrs. Osborne asked anxiously. - -“Naw’m, I ain’t sick, Miss M’randa. I don’t reckon I is. I ain’t got -no out’ard pains. I’m just thinkin’ ’bout my boy, an’ wonderin’ who’ll -git him----” She went off into a confused mumble. Suddenly she turned -to her mistress and said earnestly: “If dey take de colored folks back -in slavery, I’ll belong to you; won’t I, Miss M’randa? Like my folks -always did to yore folks?” - -“What nonsense are you talking, Emma?” Mrs. Osborne asked sharply. “No -one could put you back in slavery. No one wants to. We hate and abhor -it more than you do. Why, we wouldn’t have you back in slavery for -anything in the world. What put such a silly notion in your head?” - -“I ain’t faultin’ you ’bout it, Miss M’randa. It’s dem folks off -yander,” said Emma, vaguely. “Dey done started it. Dey done numbered de -young bucks an’ dey’re goin’ to nomernate ’em to be slaves. Dey’re just -waitin’ for de orders. My boy Tom is one of ’em.” - -Patsy, who had followed her mother, laughed and exclaimed: “Why Aunt -Emma! They numbered all the men, white and colored, from twenty-one to -thirty years old, and they are going to select soldiers from them, to -go and fight the Germans.” - -“Emma, some due has told you a lie, a wicked, silly lie,” said Mrs. -Osborne. “There isn’t a word of truth in it. As Patsy says, the white -boys are going, too. Why, some of them have gone--Fayett Mallett and -Jeff Spencer and Will Eppes--boys that you know, and lots of others. -They need a great many soldiers, and they are going to select them from -that draft list.” - -“Dey say as how dem white ones was took to be offiseers, an’ boss de -colored ones till dey git ’em handcuffed an’ back in slavery,” said -Emma, lowering her voice and glancing fearfully around as if she were -betraying secrets of state. - -Mrs. Osborne laughed. “How silly! Who are ‘they’ that say such foolish -things?” - -“Uh, it’s jest bein’ talked ’round,” Emma answered evasively. - -“It sounds like propaganda,” said Mrs. Osborne, wrinkling her brow. - -“Naw’m, ’tain’t no sort o’ gander. It’s just talk dat’s goin’ ’round. -You-all want some seconds batter-cakes, you say, honey?” - -And Emma went bustling about her work, deaf to all further questions. - - - - -CHAPTER VIII - - -“Come on, Sweet William! Sweet William!” sang Patsy, catching her small -brother by the hand and dancing down the walk. “Let’s go to Broad Acres -for a look around. Alice! uh, Alice!” She called Alice Blair, who was -sitting in the swing, with her knitting. “Come and see how our gardens -are growing. We’ve been so busy being field hands for Mr. Spencer’s -cotton, I’ve not been to our garden for two whole days.” - -“I ran by to look at it this morning,” said Alice. “I feel real -lonesome if I don’t see it every day.” - -“So do I,” agreed Patsy. “I know now how David felt that first year he -had corn at Happy Acres, and he used to ‘go by’ to see it every time he -was sent to the store for the mail or a spool of thread.” - -At the garden gate they paused and called Ruth. She came out on the -back porch, but stopped at the head of the steps. - -“I’ve j-just come in,” she said. “I weeded a row of p-peas. Now I’m -helping mother. I’ll see you p-p-presently.” - -The others went into the garden, admired the flourishing vegetables, -and pulled up a few stray weeds. - -“Isn’t it beautorious?” exclaimed Patsy. “Things have just been leaping -and bounding along these two days.” - -“Scrumptious!” agreed Alice. - -“We-all boys have got the biggest potatoes,” said Sweet William, -wagging his head proudly. - -“You-all boys! Will you look at those beans? What about them, Mr. -William Taliaferro Osborne?” demanded Patsy. “Anne Lewis had a lot to -say about their Washington gardens. They aren’t a bit better than this; -they can’t be. Just think! Anne is coming next week.” - -“Goody, goody, goody!” cried Sweet William, clapping his hands. - -As they went chattering back up the walk, Ruth came out to ask them to -stay to supper; her mother had a strawberry shortcake. - -“I’ll go and ask----” “If mother knew----” began Patsy and Alice. - -“If I had a piece of strawberry shortcake in my hand,” suggested Sweet -William, “I could go home and tell them you were invited. We are going -to have batter-cakes for supper; Emma makes good little batter-cakes -with lacy brown edges.” - -Patsy was properly horrified at her small brother’s greediness, but -Mrs. Wilson laughed and sent him home, munching a generous slice of -shortcake. - -After supper Mrs. Wilson and the girls went out on the front porch. It -was wide and long, set high on brick pillars, with a flight of steps -leading down to the long boxwood-bordered walk. - -“There is a loose railing,” said Mrs. Wilson. “I must nail it in place -to-morrow.” - -“You are as careful about mending and tending Broad Acres as you are -about Ruth’s darning and patching,” laughed Patsy. - -“Yes,” said Mrs. Wilson. “It’s all in the family. Broad Acres is a dear -old part of the family.” - -“How old is it, Cousin Agnes?” - -“The house was built in 1762,” said Mrs. Wilson, with quiet pride. “It -was made strong, to be a fort, in case of Indian attacks. That is why -the shutters are so thick, with the little hinged middle pieces for -loopholes to fire from.” - -“The Yankees came by here in The War,” said Ruth. - -“In April, ’65,” agreed her mother. “The doors and shutters were -closed, with crape hanging from them, in mourning for the dead -Confederacy. Sherman’s men marched past, without disturbing the house, -thinking there was a corpse in it.” - -“This very bench we’re s-s-sitting on is c-called the President’s -bench, because W-W-Washington sat here when he was v-visiting my -way-back-grandfather. Tell about that, mother,” said Ruth. - -But an interruption came before Mrs. Wilson could begin the story, the -more loved because it was old and well known. The front gate clicked. -Patsy glanced toward it and, seeing a negro girl standing there, -exclaimed in surprise, “Why, there’s Lou Ellen!” - -“Go to the side gate, Lou Ellen,” Mrs. Wilson said sharply. “What do -you mean by coming the front way?” - -“I ain’t comin’ in,” said Lou Ellen, in a pert, high voice, as she -lounged on the gate. “I jest come to de store an’ stopped to leave you -a message, Miss Agnes. I was comin’ down de mill path an’ a man--I -reckon he was Van--hollered to me an’ said Mr. Black Mayo say for you -please’m to go an’ spen’ de night wid Miss Polly. He got to go ’way an’ -she was feelin’ sort o’ puny, an’ he didn’t want to left her at home by -herse’f.” - -“It’s strange he didn’t tell me when he was in The Village to-day,” -said Mrs. Wilson. “Van told you, you say?” - -“It sounded like Van,” answered Lou Ellen. “He was in de woods an’ I -didn’t see him good.” - -She tossed her head and strolled away. - -“She’s a horrid thing!” said Ruth. - -“How could she help it?” asked Alice. “Her mother, Louviny, is as -trifling as she can be, and so is her father, Lincum; and his father -is that horrid old Solomon Gabe that they call a trick doctor; all the -other darkies are afraid of him.” - -“Darkies are queer things,” laughed Patsy. And then she told what Emma -had said about the draft. - -“She isn’t the only one who believes that,” said Alice. “Unc’ Isham -told father he’d heard tell they are all going to be put back in -slavery; he said they always told him if the Democrats got strong in -power, they would make the darkies slaves again.” - -“I wonder how they get these foolish notions into their heads?” said -Mrs. Wilson. “Well, chickens, Ruth and I must be starting to Larkland.” - -“Let Ruth spend the night with me, Cousin Agnes,” entreated Patsy. - -Mrs. Wilson consented, and the three girls walked with her as far as -the mill on her way to Larkland. Sweet William did not see them go, -and he was surprised to find the house dark and deserted when he came -running back, with Scalawag at his heels, for his sweater. He went, -with a little feeling of awe, down the somber boxwood walk--it was now -nearly dark--and it was a relief to hear Scalawag, who had run ahead of -him, give a sharp bark. - -“Cats-s! cats-s!” hissed Sweet William urgingly. - -Scalawag ran to a rose arbor at the back of the garden, but his furious -barking changed to a sudden yelp and whine; he ran back to his master. - -“Old tabby cat must have scratched you,” said Sweet William. “Sic her! -sic her, Scalawag!” - -But the dog, bristling and growling, kept at his master’s heels, as -if unwilling to encounter again whatever he had found in that dark, -secluded place. Sweet William groped around for his sweater and ran -home. Then he had his bath and went to bed. The older children followed -soon, as behooved those who must be at Sunday school at half past nine -o’clock and know a Psalm and the story of Gideon and be ready to answer -seven new questions in the Shorter Catechism. - -The next morning, when the Osbornes were at breakfast, Steve came -running into the room, with a tragic face. - -“Our gardens are ruined!” he cried. - -“Oh, Steve! What do you mean?” - -“Ruined?” - -“They can’t be!” - -“Ruined!” he repeated, with doleful emphasis. “I went by there, just -after breakfast, taking our cow to pasture. I saw the gate open----” - -“Who left it open?” demanded David. - -“And Miss Fanny Morrison’s old cow was there, gorging herself on our -corn and peas. Everything is grazed off; trampled down.” - -With no more appetites for breakfast, the war gardeners ran to Broad -Acres, to see the wreck of their gardens. - -“But who left the gate open?” David demanded sternly. - -“We were the last ones here,” said Patsy; “and I know we shut it.” - -“I was here about dark,” Sweet William confessed bravely; “I came for -my sweater. But I shut the gate and I fastened it. I had to climb up on -the garden fence to put the hook in the hole.” - -“You didn’t put it in,” Patsy said severely. “You let it slip to the -side. And our gardens are ruined.” - -“It’s my garden, too. And I did fasten the gate,” sobbed Sweet William. - -He seemed so clearly the culprit that black looks and little pity were -being given him when Mrs. Wilson came up. - -She, too, was horrified and distressed, but she said: “If Sweet William -is sure he fastened the gate, I am sure he fastened it. There is -something strange about this matter. Mayo did not send for me. He is -away, but Polly had told him she would have Chrissy sleep in the house. -She was surprised--but of course pleased--to see me; I would have come -back home, if it hadn’t been so late.” - -“Could Lou Ellen have done it?” suggested Patsy. “She came with that -message; and she’s so pert and horrid.” - -They examined the premises carefully. Near the rose arbor, at the back -of the garden, they found footprints, the track of a big, bare, flat -foot. Dick carefully made a copy of it on a piece of paper, and Mr. -Blair and Mr. Red Mayo Osborne went with the gardeners to Lincum’s -cabin on the Redville road, and confronted Lou Ellen. She stoutly -denied the charge, and when her foot was measured it proved to be much -smaller than the print. Evidently, then, she was not the intruder. Who -could it be? - -That was a doleful Sabbath for the young villagers. They were thinking -more about their wrecked garden than their Sunday school lesson; the -sermon fell on deaf ears; and in the afternoon they stood mournfully -around the scene of their destroyed hopes. - -But with the next morning came cheer and good counsel. Black Mayo, -having come back on an early train, stopped at the post office and was -told about the catastrophe and he went to view the garden. - -“It is pretty bad, but it might be worse,” he said cheerily. “Some of -these things will come up from the roots. Some of the rows will have -to be plowed up and planted in things that will still have plenty of -growing time. The soil is in fine condition. Let’s get to work and make -a garden day of it. One of you boys go to Larkland, and get Rosinante -and a plow.” - -Mr. Tavis came to help them, and so did Mr. Blair, who shut up the post -office, saying casually that any one who came for mail could look him -up or wait till he got back. - -Several hours of diligent, intelligent toil worked wonders. The gardens -would be later, of course, but with a long growing season before them -that was no serious disadvantage; it would require more work, much more -work, but that they were all willing and glad to give. Why, Dick had -offered to help this morning, and he had been just as interested and -busy as any one else. Perhaps he would join the garden club now. But he -did not. When Mr. Osborne went home to dinner, Dick started off with -him, to get a pigeon for a trial flight. - -Patsy looked after him and set her lips firmly. “Just you wait, young -man,” she promised him, “till next week when Anne Lewis comes. We’ll -show you what it means to dare and double dare us.” - -For weeks Dick had been going off alone every few days, and coming back -late, tired and dirty and with a joyful air of mystery. The others were -too busy with gardening and Red Cross and Corn Club work to make any -real effort to find out where he went. - -But he always watched to make sure that he was not followed, and he -never relaxed his precautions at the mine. He pulled his ladder in and -out, blurred his footprints, and stirred up the dead leaves so as not -to make a path. It would take, he proudly thought, a Sherlock Holmes or -a bloodhound to trace his course. - -He had examined the main room without seeing any place that it seemed -worth while to work in the crude fashion possible to him. The most -promising places, he thought, were in the spurs of the lower tunnel, -where there was more clay than rock. If he dug a little farther--a few -inches or some feet--perhaps he would find silver that the miners had -missed. - -He planned to extend each spur a certain distance; at first he said ten -feet, but a little work convinced him that was too far, so he decided -to go six feet--or five--or four. It was too discouraging to compute -how long it would take to go even four feet, at his snail-like rate of -progress. He could not use alone the drill and sledge hammer he had -brought from Mr. Mallett’s shop. So he had to content himself with -digging along a ledge, breaking off rough bits of rock and eagerly -examining them for silver. - -He had inquired furtively about dynamite, but the law made it difficult -for him to get it--fortunately; for in his ignorant, inexperienced -hands there would probably have been an accident which might even have -cost him his life. - -On this pleasant June afternoon, Dick went blithely with his Cousin -Mayo to Larkland. He nearly always went there on his way to the Old -Sterling Mine; it was only half a mile off the road; and the distance -to the mine seemed shorter to him when he had a carrier pigeon for -company. - -Breeding and blood were telling in the Larkland pigeons. Mr. Osborne -showed Dick that afternoon a marked copy of _The Bird World_ telling, -with big headlines, about the thousand-mile flight of a young pigeon -trained by Mr. Mayo Osborne, of Virginia. - -“I bet Snapshot will make a record, too,” said Dick, stroking the -plumage of a petted young bird. - -“Dick,” said Mr. Osborne, suddenly, “I’m glad to have your help and -interest about these birds; I want you to learn all you can about -training them. Your Cousin Polly knows all there is to know about their -feeding and care. But when I go away----” - -“Oh! you are going away?” interrupted Dick. “When, Cousin Mayo?” - -“Early this fall, I hope; as soon as some business matters can be -arranged. I’ve been wanting to be in the army from the first.” - -“I said you would go. It wasn’t true you wanted to stay at home playing -with birds.” - -Mr. Osborne looked at Dick and started to ask a question, but it did -not seem worth while. So he merely said: “When I leave, I’m going to -ask your father to let you stay here at Larkland with your Cousin Polly -and help her with the doves, our doves of war.” - -“Thank you, Cousin Mayo; I’ll do my best,” promised Dick. - -Mr. Osborne wrote a note and fastened it to the bird’s leg--that was -always part of the ceremony; then he put it into a makeshift cage, an -old shoe box with holes punched in it, and gave it to Dick. - -“Where are you going?” asked Mr. Osborne. - -“To the mine--creek,” said Dick, almost telling his secret. It was hard -not to give a forthright answer to his cousin’s direct look. - -“Why don’t you boys--do you?--ever go to the Old Sterling Mine?” - -“Maybe so. Sometimes,” he mumbled. - -Black Mayo did not notice the boy’s conscious air. He was watching his -pigeons fluttering and circling about, white against the woodland, dark -against the shining sky. - -“I used to go there;” he said. “Ah! the hours and days I spent, seeking -its treasure. It was one of the great adventures of my boyhood.” - -“Did you ever find any?--any silver in the mine, I mean,” Dick asked -eagerly. - -His cousin gave a smiling negative. - -“Do you suppose?--perhaps there isn’t any.” Dick’s voice dropped in -disappointment. - -“I believe there is,” said Black Mayo. “Silver was found there by old -Mallett, not long after the Revolution. You’ve heard the tale handed -down in his family. Some years ago, when I was rummaging through old -court records, I found the account of his trial for ‘feloniously -making, uttering, and passing false and counterfeited Coin in the -likeness and similitude of Spanish milled Dollars of the value of six -shillings Current money of Virginia.’ That was in 1792.” - -“But the mine was worked after that, wasn’t it?” asked Dick. - -“Oh, yes! My grandfather Mayo, your great-grandfather, had it worked, -but it never paid. It doesn’t seem reasonable that the old blacksmith -spaded out all the silver that was there. There’s a tale that a -valuable vein was struck and lost. You might take a look around to-day, -and you and I might go prospecting some time,” he said, now looking -keenly at Dick. - -The boy reddened to the roots of his hair. “Yes, sir,” he said. “It’s -time I was gone.” - -Mayo Osborne looked after him with a whimsical smile. “Straight to the -Old Sterling Mine, I’ll wager my head!” he laughed. - - - - -CHAPTER IX - - -Anne Lewis had come, and that was a jubilee for her and her Village -cousins. She and Patsy and Alice and Ruth wanted to go to every place -at once and to tell in one breath everything that had happened since -they had parted in the spring. - -There was Happy Acres to be visited, and its budding and blossoming -beauty to be welcomed. There was the mill, Larkland mill that was loved -almost as dearly as the miller, Mr. Giles Spotswood. There were all the -cousins at Larkland, Broad Acres, and The Roost. And there was the dear -outside host, Tavises and Morrisons and Walthalls, and the old servants -and their families, for whom Anne had gifts and greetings. The girls -made a round of visits, with their tongues going like bell clappers. - -“And haven’t you found out yet where Dick is going--not yet?” Anne -asked Patsy, privately. “Oh, I’m so glad! It’ll be so much fun to -follow him up!” - -“If we can. We’ll certainly do it, if we can,” said Patsy, with less -assurance. “Anne, even Dick has never kept a secret like this.” - -“I don’t see why you haven’t found out, in all these weeks,” said Anne; -“though I’m glad you haven’t, so we can do it together.” - -“Dick isn’t so easy to catch up with,” answered Patsy. “And then there -are our gardens. The boys won’t stop working for fear we’ll get ahead -of them, and we won’t stop for fear they’ll get ahead of us. No one has -time--and time it would take!--to follow Dick.” - -“You must win out in the gardening; we must certainly beat those boys,” -said Anne. “I’m so glad I’m here to help.” - -They were on their way now to inspect Camp Feed Friend and Camp Fight -Foe, that were thriving wonderfully after being replanted and reworked -ten days before. Black Mayo said Jack’s famous beanstalk must surely -have grown in the deep, fertile soil of Broad Acres garden; no other -place could produce such magic results. - -Patsy and Anne found most of the war gardeners already at Broad Acres, -at work. Black Mayo had lent them Rosinante, and David was plowing -while the others were weeding and hoeing the rows of vegetables. Anne -and Patsy set to work, side by side. - -“Don’t you think our garden is the better?” Patsy asked for the dozenth -time. - -And for the dozenth time, Anne--partial judge!--answered emphatically: -“I certainly do. Your potatoes are taller than theirs. And your peas -are better; I’ve counted the pods on the biggest vines in both gardens. -It’s just splendid what you’ve done--all but Dick.” - -“Oh!--Dick.” Whatever Patsy herself might say about Dick, she could -never bear to have others find fault with her twin brother. “He -helps Cousin Agnes in her garden. He would work here sometimes--real -often--but the boys call him ‘slacker’ because he won’t join them. He’s -working hard over his secret, whatever it is. He comes home so dirty! -And--well, Anne, I know it’s something big, from the way he acts.” - -“We’ll find out what it is,” Anne said confidently. - -“I hope so,” sighed Patsy. - -“But now,” said Anne, “this garden is the most important thing. Oh! -it’s awful to think of all those people with nothing to eat except what -we send them across these thousands of miles of ocean.” - -“We’ve been saving our flour and sugar for a long, long time; looks -like they might have enough to eat now,” Sweet William said, frowning. -“Oh! I did want them all to have enough, and leave me sugar for a -birthday cake. It’s such a so-long time since I’ve seen a real cake!” -He sighed. “I don’t reckon we’ll ever have another one; not till I get -old as Miss Fanny Morrison and don’t have any birthdays.” - -“Father says conditions are terrible along the Hindenburg Line,” said -Alice. “Cousin Mayo, what is the Hindenburg Line?” she asked her cousin -who, having finished some errands in The Village, was waiting to take -Rosinante home. - -He explained. “The first of this year, the Germans realized that they -could not repel Allied attacks in the position they then held. So in -March they drew back and entrenched themselves in northern France in a -position as strong as the nature of the country and their science could -make it; that is their ‘impregnable Hindenburg Line.’ The Allies began, -with the battle of the Aisne in April, the attacks they will continue -till that great Hindenburg Line is smashed. - -“Well! The Huns laid waste the country that they left; robbed and -burned homes and villages in that rich farming country, and kidnapped -men and women and children and set them to work in Germany. And -they left behind wrecks of people in wrecks of homes, many of them -little fellows like Sweet William here, half starved and crippled and -shell-shocked.” - -Anne put a comforting arm around Sweet William. “Don’t cry, dear,” she -said. - -He stiffened his lips bravely. “I--I’m not crying,” he announced. “I--I -think I caught a cold. I’ve got a frog in my throat. I wish I could -find a lot of potato bugs! I want to work _hard_ to help all those poor -people.” - -He set to work very diligently, but presently David called out: “You -Bill! You’re wearing out those potato plants, looking for the bugs you -caught yesterday. And every row I plow, you’re in my way.” - -“I isn’t not moved since I got out your way the other time you told me -to,” complained Sweet William, stumbling over a furrow. - -“Well, get out of the patch and stay out till I finish this plowing, if -you please,” said David, who was warm and tired and getting cross. - -The little fellow turned away with injured dignity and went into -the back yard. He sat on the porch steps for a while, then he began -rummaging around. Presently he came back into the garden, with his arms -full of little sticks, and busied himself in a corner where the war -gardeners had a bed of radishes for work-day refreshment. - -“What are you doing now?” Anne stopped to ask. - -“Playing this is my garden. I’m building a fence ’round it,” explained -Sweet William. - -“Phew! What a horrid smell! It smells like--why, I smell kerosene oil,” -said Anne, sniffing and frowning. - -“I reckon it’s these little sticks,” he said. “They’re all smelly.” - -“Where did you get them?” asked Anne. - -“From under the back-porch steps.” - -“That’s queer!” said Anne. “I wonder----” - -“Come on, Anne, and let’s start our next rows at the same time, so we -can race--and talk,” called Patsy. - -Anne went her way and forgot the little sticks that smelled of oil. - -Sweet William put them aside presently and had a party--filling some -oyster shells with make-believe dainties and setting them out on a flat -stone. - -Mrs. Mallett, who came to consult Mrs. Wilson about some Red Cross -work, paused to watch the youngster who was the Village pet. - -“You are having a fine party, ain’t you?” she said. - -“It’s a birthday party,” he said. “But I’m just having ash-cake. I -reckon Mr. Hoover wouldn’t want me to have fruit cake and pie. Mother -says he wants us to save everything we can, so as to feed our armies -and our Allies.” - -“Bless your heart!” she said. “I wish the grown folks ’round here -would act that way. You know,” she said, turning to Mrs. Wilson, “those -Andrewses and Joneses and Walthalls aren’t making a mite of change in -the way they eat, for all the government tells them ‘food will win the -war’ and ‘if we waste at home, our boys over there will go hungry.’” - -“I know. Food has become sacred; it means life,” said Mrs. Wilson. “It -is dreadful that some of our own people are so slow to realize the -situation and their duty. Miranda Osborne and I carried the government -pamphlets to the Andrewses and Joneses and Walthalls and talked to -them, but they listened as if their minds were shut and locked. They -think, as Gordan Jones said, those who raise wheat and corn and hogs -have a right to use all the flour and meal and meat they please.” - -“A right! Who with a heart and conscience wants the right to use -victuals extravagant when other folks are starving? Well, I must go and -take this wool to the women that said they would knit.” - -“I’ll go with you,” said Sweet William, scrambling to his feet. “I’d -rather go visiting with you than to stay here and play party by myself.” - -Mrs. Mallett gladly accepted his company, and, with Scalawag at his -heels, he trotted along with her, to collect knitted garments and -dispense wool. - -Suddenly Scalawag, usually a well-mannered dog that did not interfere -with people on the public road, ran at a negro boy, barking furiously. -The boy jerked up a stone, and Scalawag came back to Sweet William’s -heels, whimpering and growling. As soon as they were at a safe -distance, he again barked angrily. - -“I never saw him do that way before,” said Sweet William; “never, but -that night in the garden.” - -“Who was he barking at then?” asked Mrs. Mallett. - -“I don’t know,” said Scalawag’s master; and then he told about his trip -to Broad Acres the night before the gardens were destroyed and about -the dog’s queer behavior. - -“H’m!” Mrs. Mallett said thoughtfully. “Who was that boy we passed?” - -“Kit, Lincum Gabe’s boy,” said Sweet William. “Scalawag’s met him a -hundred times, I reckon, and never noticed him before.” - -“H’m!” Mrs. Mallett repeated. “Sweet William, you tell Mr. Black Mayo -how this dog acted to-day, and about that night. Some dogs have got a -lot of sense, and some are pure fools; they’re just like folks. Well, -here’s a place we’ve got to stop,” she said, frowning at the pea-green -gabled and turreted house that was the outward and visible sign of -Gordan Jones’s prosperity. - -The door was wide open, and in response to Mrs. Mallett’s knock there -was a hearty “Come in!” She and Sweet William walked through the hall -and turned into the dining room where Mr. and Mrs. Jones were sitting -at the dinner table. - -“O--oh!” Sweet William stared at the table. It was strangely unlike -what he was used to at home these days. Why, it was loaded with food, -vegetables swimming in sauces and gravies, two or three kinds of meat, -hot biscuits, cakes, and pies. “O-o-oh!” he said again. - -“Howdy, folks!” called Mr. Jones, a stout man in shirt sleeves. “Come -in, come in, you-all, and set down to dinner.” - -“Howdy, Mrs. Mallett,” said Mrs. Jones, getting up to greet the guests. -“And howdy, little man. It’s Mr. Red Mayo’s little boy, ain’t it?” - -“Yes; it’s William, Sweet William Osborne,” said Mrs. Mallett, stiffly. -“I just come to bring you the wool you said----” - -“Here, here!” interrupted Mr. Jones’s big voice. “Eat first and then -do your talking. We’ve got plenty victuals for you.” He laughed and -surveyed the table with pride. “Come and eat with us, Mrs. Mallett. -Come on, little boy, and set right here by me.” - -“Oh, the little French and Belgians!” exclaimed Sweet William, whose -eyes had never moved from the table. - -“No, thank you, Mr. Jones,” said Mrs. Mallett, drawing her lips into a -tight line. “Now, Mrs. Jones, this wool----” - -“Aw, come along and set and eat,” urged Mr. Jones, hospitably. “I want -you to sample this old home-cured ham; and that’s prime good bacon with -the greens.” - -The little woman’s face flushed and her eyes snapped. “Mr. Jones,” she -said, “them victuals would choke me.” - -“Wh-what?” He gazed at her with blank astonishment. - -“I can’t set down to a gorge like that,” she said. “I’d be thinking -’bout them hungry mouths over there.” - -“Starving Belgians and French,” interjected Sweet William. - -Mrs. Mallett hurried on: “Yes, them and our other Allies; they’ve got -no time to raise wheat and such; their farmers are fighting their war -and ours, and the women are working in munition factories and taking -the men’s places at home. And there are our boys--my boy--going over -there, depending on us at home to send them food. If we are lazy and -selfish and don’t raise it, or if we are greedy and selfish and use it -wasteful and extravagant, what’s to become of them?” - -“Why, why”--Mr. Jones was bewildered--“I raised all that’s on this -table, ’cept a little sugar and such, that if I didn’t buy somebody -else would. I always was a good provider; we’re used to a good table, -and nobody’s got a right to ask me to live stinting,” he said, with -rising anger. - -“They’ve got a right to ask me to give my son, my own flesh and blood,” -said Mrs. Mallett, with a fire of righteous wrath that paled Mr. -Jones’s flicker of temper. “And yet you think they haven’t got a right -to ask you to give up your hot biscuits and meat three times a day! -S’pose you _are_ used to being a good provider? Ain’t I used to going -to bed easy in mind about my boy Fayett--and any day I may hear he’s -dead.” - -“They oughtn’t to have sent him, your boy,” mumbled Mr. Jones. “They’ve -got no business to send our men over there to fight, and maybe----” - -“They’ve got all the right to send him to fight for his country. But -Fayett didn’t wait for any draft. He went of his free will--I’m glad -and proud of it--to fight for liberty. And if he dies, I want it to be -the Germans that kill him. I don’t want you, that have known him since -he was a curly-headed baby boy, to be the ones to help kill him.” - -“Why, Mrs. Mallett!” Mrs. Jones said in a hurt, amazed voice. “We -wouldn’t harm a hair of his head; not for the world, we wouldn’t.” - -“I’d do anything I could to bring him back safe home,” said Mr. Jones. - -“That’s what you say,” the little woman cried passionately. “But words -don’t count. And you are doing your part to starve him. They can’t get -food over there, unless we send it to them. It’s being rationed out to -folks in France and Italy. The English ships that used to go to South -America to get wheat are busy taking over our soldiers and munitions -and food, food, food. And there’s just so-o much and all the world to -feed--the world and my soldier boy. If we use it wasteful, there won’t -be any to send. Yes, sir! I say your good dinner would choke me. I’d -feel I was helping to kill my own son. You may not mean it, but it’s -true that every time you set down to a meal like this you are helping -kill my son, beat our armies, make the Germans win.” - -“I don’t want your cake, your pie,” sobbed Sweet William. “I’m hungry, -but I--I want to be hungry.” - -Mrs. Jones pushed back her plate and sobbed with him. “I can’t swallow -a morsel,” she declared. “I can just see Fayett, like when he was a -little boy playing with my Tommy”--her own son who was dead--“when -they’d come in and say, ‘We’re hungry; give us a snack!’ I ain’t never -said ‘no’ to them.” She buried her tear-wet face in her apron. - -Mr. Jones winked hard and cleared his throat loudly. “Come, come, -mother,” he said. “Don’t you cry. We hadn’t thought ’bout things like -she put ’em. I reckon you are right, Mrs. Mallett. Yes, you are! A man -that won’t work at home for them that’s fighting over there for him -ain’t much of a man. The world to feed--and Fayett! I’ll double the -crop of wheat I was going to put in, and I’ll--say, Mrs. Mallett, if -you won’t take a feed with me, won’t you and the little boy set and -have a bite?” - -“That I will, thank you,” said Mrs. Mallett, smiling through tears. “I -didn’t mean to fault you too rough, Mr. Jones. But when I think ’bout -them things, it’s like I had a pot in me that was boiling over.” - -“That’s all right,” answered Mr. Jones. “You put it strong to me; and -we’ll put it strong to other folks. We must see Jake Andrews and Pete -Walthall, and make ’em know what they’ve got to do. We won’t have men -here in our neighborhood that are so low-down and greedy and selfish -they won’t do their part. We’ll see to them! What’ll you have, Mrs. -Mallett? some corn bread and greens and a bit of bacon? Folks have -got to eat, you know, so they can work. Um, um! What’ll I do ’bout my -hounds?” - -“Come now, Willie, you’ll have a cake and a piece of pie, being as -they’re here and got to be et,” said Mrs. Jones, bustling about to get -plates and chairs. - -Sweet William gravely and wistfully considered the matter. “We don’t -have cakes at home,” he said. “But these cakes are already made--with -icing tops and raisins! I reckon it won’t hurt for me to eat one--maybe -two, to save them. The little Belgians couldn’t get this sugar anyway.” -He sighed, not altogether sad, and fell to with a will. - - - - -CHAPTER X - - -The war gardeners went home at noon, but they came back late in the -afternoon. When they finished the tasks they had set themselves, Mrs. -Wilson suggested that they take eggs and radishes and lettuce, and meal -to make ash-cakes, and have a picnic supper at Happy Acres; they might -find some berries to add to the feast, and the boys were always hoping -to catch fish in Tinkling Water, though they seldom did. - -The plan was welcomed with enthusiasm, and they had a merry time and -came home in the twilight. Anne, who was to spend the night at Broad -Acres, sat on the porch with Mrs. Wilson and Ruth, knitting and talking. - -“Wasn’t it dear of our old soldiers,” said Ruth, “to g-g-give up going -to the Reunion, and have just the little service and parade here, and -give their money to the Red Cross, to help in the war?” - -Anne laughed. “Oh, Ruthie! You said ‘the war’ about this war,” she said. - -“Well, why not?” Having used the word inadvertently, Ruth now defended -it. “There never was such a big war in the world. And we are in it; it -is our war; some Village b-boys are there and others are going. It is -The War, isn’t it, mother?” - -“Yes,” her mother answered slowly. “This is The War. The other--we’ve -been living in its shine and shadow all these years--it is history now; -a war. Why, our old soldiers put in acts what none of us before have -put in words--that this is The War, our war.” - -Presently the girls yawned and their fingers went more and more slowly -with their knitting. Mrs. Wilson said an early bed hour would be the -fitting end to their strenuous day. So they went upstairs, and Ruth -escorted Anne to a spacious guest chamber. - -“This is the room W-Washington stayed in,” said Ruth. - -“I love it,” said Anne, looking around. “Oh! I love Broad Acres. Don’t -you?” - -Ruth laughed. “Love it? Why, it’s a part of us. The -way-back-grandfather that c-c-came from England built it like his home -there, and all our people since have lived here. It’s home.” Her voice -lingered and thrilled on the word. Then she threw her arms around Anne -and kissed her. - -Anne had left her own old home early in her orphaned childhood, and -now lived, as an adopted daughter, with friends in Washington. She was -happy there and dearly loved; but Ruth, with her intense devotion to -home and family, was always distressed when she remembered that Anne -“didn’t belong to her own folks.” - -“I w-wish you lived with us,” she said, kissing Anne, again and again. - -“Then I wouldn’t have the fun of coming to see you,” her cousin -reminded her, returning the caresses. - -“Sweet William says having you all the time would be like having -Christmas all the year.” - -Anne laughed. - -“Anne darling,” said Ruth, “I was g-going to stay with you to-night, -but mother has a headache and may want a hot-water bottle or something. -You’ll not mind my staying with her? We’ll be across the hall, at the -other end.” - -“Oh! I’m used to staying alone,” said Anne. “My room at home is across -the hall from Aunt Sarah’s.” - -Ruth went out and Anne undressed and climbed into the great bed. She -lay there, looking out into the soft summer night, listening to a -mocking bird’s joyous melody. There was a magnolia tree in blossom near -the front window and the night breeze wafted in the delicious odor of -the blossoms. How beautiful and peaceful it all was! Could anything be -lovelier than those great white magnolia blossoms, shining like moons -in the dark foliage? Blossom-moons--fragrant white moons--moons---- The -moons came nearer and nearer. And as they drew nearer, they changed. -They were no longer white and fragrant. They were red and hot. Why, -they were bombs, bombs that Germans were throwing. They exploded with a -great noise and blinding flame and thick, pungent, choking smoke. - -“Whizz-bangs, that’s what they are,” Anne thought, recalling something -she had read about bombs that exploded time and time again, like -Chinese firecrackers. - -She wanted to get away from them, but she could not. She was in the -thick of the battle. - -Suddenly she sat up in bed and opened her eyes. The room was filled -with smoke and there was a glare and a roar around her. Were the -Germans here, attacking The Village? Then her senses awoke. The sounds -that she heard were not the bursting of bombs, but fire crackling and -voices shouting. - -She sprang up and ran to the door. Smoke poured in, and through it she -saw leaping flames, a great column of fire rising from the stairway -between her and her cousin’s room. - -“Cousin Agnes! Cousin Agnes! Ruth! oh, Ruth!” she called at the top of -her voice. - -There was no answer. There was only the horrible roar of the mounting -flames. She slammed the door to shut out the noise which was more -terrifying than the smoke and the flames. She ran to a front window. -The yard was full of people, her friends and cousins, who seemed very -far away and strange, with their excited, anxious faces lighted by the -red glare of the conflagration. - -Some one saw her as soon as she opened the shutter and raised a shout -of relief. “There she is! There’s Anne!” - -“Anne, Anne! Oh, Anne!” - -There was an agonized screech from old Emma. The words were lost in the -roar of the fire or unheeded in the excitement; but Dick knew afterward -that he heard her yell, “That old devil! he’s burnin’ up little Miss -Anne!” - -For a minute Anne stood dazed and motionless at the window. But now the -fire had eaten through the door; the air was stifling with lurid smoke; -the roaring, crackling flames came nearer. She was gasping, choking. -She climbed on the window sill. - -“Don’t jump! don’t jump! We’ll get you in a minute!” called Dick. - -She stood still. It was a fearful distance; she might break her arm, -leg, neck; but--she moved restlessly--anything would be better than -being caught by those awful flames. - -“Wait, Anne, wait!” called Mrs. Osborne. “Wait! They are bringing a -ladder.” - -A group of men came around the corner of the house, dragging a ladder. -They raised it, but in their haste it was pushed too far to one side -and caught on the window blind. Anne clutched at a swaying rung. - -“Stop, Anne! Steady, old girl, steady!” - -Dick pushed past Mr. Mallett, went like a cat up the ladder, steadied -the upper end of it against the window sill, while Anne climbed down. - -Explanations came by degrees, piecemeal, in ejaculations. When Mrs. -Wilson and Ruth awakened, the flames had made a wall across the hall -which they could not cross. They called and called Anne, but she did -not answer. - -“Oh! that’s what I heard in my sleep!” exclaimed Anne. “I thought you -were the Germans.” - -At last they had to shut the door as a temporary barrier to the fire. -When it blazed, they climbed on a trellis below one of the windows. -There they clung till help came. - -Miss Fanny Morrison, who lived in the cottage next door, had awakened -at last and she ran out, screaming and beating at doors, and aroused -The Village. - -As soon as Mrs. Wilson and Ruth and Anne were rescued, people set to -work to save the contents of the house. But the upper floor was cut off -by the burning of the staircase, and the fire had now made such headway -that they succeeded in getting only a few articles from the lower -rooms. The rapidly advancing flames drove them back and they stood, in -helpless, sorrowful groups, like watchers at a deathbed. - -“Oh, my home! my home!” sobbed poor Mrs. Wilson. - -Mrs. Osborne threw her arms around her. “Thank God, you and Anne and -Ruth are safe.” - -“Yes, yes! Thank God for that. But my home, my precious home!” - -“Go with Miranda, Agnes; go to The Roost,” urged Red Mayo. “Don’t -distress yourself staying here. We will put your things in the -schoolhouse; that’s safe, I’m sure.” - -But the poor lady stood and watched, with fascinated horror, the flames -racing through the house and thrusting fierce, demonlike tongues out of -the windows. - -“Stand back! out of the way!” shouted Red Mayo and Will Blair. The roof -had caught; there was a great burst of flame, burning shingles soared -through the air. Fortunately, it was a windless night and the Village -houses were far apart, in lawns and groves. - -After that great upflare, the fire subsided. When the east wall toppled -and crashed down, there was another fierce spurt of flame. Then the -fire died down. And at last they all went sadly home. - -In the gray morning, an old, bent, black negro man crept out of a shed -on The Back Way and looked with a curious mixture of triumph and terror -at the smoldering ruin, the blackened walls with the windows like -ghastly loopholes. That was all that was left of Broad Acres, which had -been for over a hundred years a home and a landmark. - -“Of course you’ll stay right here with us,” said Mrs. Red Mayo Osborne -to Mrs. Wilson, the next morning. - -“Undoubtedly!” Mr. Osborne was surprised that his wife considered it -necessary to say so. - -“You and Ruth.” “Of course you will.” “Oh, yes!” and “Sure!” exclaimed -Patsy, Sweet William, David, and Dick. - -“Why, dears, you haven’t room for us,” said Mrs. Wilson. - -“Certainly, there is plenty of room,” said Mrs. Osborne. “I have it -all planned. You and Ruth will stay in ‘the bedroom,’ Patsy will move -out of it, into the dressing room that Sweet William will give up. He -can sleep on a pallet in ‘the chamber’ or go into the ‘tumble-up room’ -with Dick and David. Of course you will stay here.” - -“What’s that you are saying?” asked Black Mayo, who came up the walk -just then. “‘Stay here?’ You aren’t hoping you can have Agnes and Ruth -with you?” - -“Yes, indeed!” said Patsy. “Now, don’t you come and try to hog them -away. They are going to live with us.” - -“Indeed they are not,” declared Black Mayo. “They’re going to Larkland. -Van is on the way with the wagon, Agnes, to carry your things. Of -course you are coming to us. Why, we really need you. Think of all -those big empty rooms. And you’ll be such company for Polly when I’m -away.” - -While he was arguing the matter, the Miss Morrisons came up the walk, -followed by Mr. Tavis and Mr. Mallett. - -Miss Elmira was an invalid, but she had hobbled across The Street with -Miss Fanny to invite Mrs. Wilson and Ruth to come to their cottage. - -“It is so convenient, with just the grove between it and Broad--the -schoolhouse,” said Miss Fanny. “And it’s just right for two families; -there are two rooms on each side, with the hall between, like a street, -and we’ll be just as particular about crossing it, we assure you.” - -“We spoke for them first. Stay with us, Cousin Agnes, you and Ruth; -please do,” pleaded Sweet William. - -“No; they want a home of their own,” said Mr. Mallett. “Miss Agnes, I -ain’t got a house to ask you to, not to call it a house; it’s just a -hole to put my gang of children in. I come to say we-all are going to -build you a house. We’ve been talking it over, Joe Spencer and Benny -Hight and a bunch of others; everybody wants to help. There’s the -sawmill in the Big Woods, and we’ll cut trees and haul lumber and----” - -“Shucks!” said Mr. Tavis, in his high, wheezy voice. “Ain’t no sense -in building a house, when there’s one all ready for Miss Agnes and her -gal to live in. I built a big house with upstairs and all that, ’cause -I had the money and I wanted a place like you-alls. My old woman and me -are used to living in one or two rooms, and it comes awkward to have -so much house ’round us. We’re going to move in the little room next -to the kitchen, and, Miss Agnes, you’re to take the rest of the house; -you’re used to having room to spread yourself. We cert’n’ly will be -thankful to you.” - -“Dear people! my people! my own family, all of you!” Mrs. Wilson said; -it was some minutes before she could speak between sobs. “I can’t tell -you--I never can say--how grateful I am--how I love you all, for--for -being so dear and good to me.” - -“Dear Agnes!” Mrs. Osborne’s arms were around her. - -Mr. Mallett cleared his throat loudly. “Good to you!” he said. “Ain’t -you taught my children and every Village child, never asking if you’d -get pay or not, and beating sense in them that ain’t got no sense, -and----” - -“Ain’t I seen you grow up from a baby, age of my girl that’s dead?” -said Mr. Tavis, blowing his nose like a trumpet. - -Sweet William wailed aloud. - -“Sh, sh, son!” His mother soothed him. “Why are you crying?” - -“I don’t know,” sobbed Sweet William. “I--I just got to cry.” - -“I didn’t know I could love you all better than I did!” exclaimed Mrs. -Wilson. “Oh, you are so good, so dear! But we’ve made up our minds, -Ruth and I, what we are going to do. We are going to live in the -schoolhouse.” - -“But, Agnes----” began Red Mayo. - -“But, Mayo!” she said. “It was the Broad Acres ‘office,’ just as The -Roost here where you live was the ‘office’ of Osborne’s Rest, and it’s -almost as large. There are two big rooms and a little one. Oh! there is -room and room enough for Ruth and me.” - -“But, Miss Agnes----” - -“Oh! Cousin Agnes----” - -“Agnes dear----” - -“But me no more buts,” she said, laughing through her tears. “It is -best; I know it is best for us to make our home there. There’ll not be -room for the Red Cross work----” - -“We’ll take that,” said Miss Fanny, hastily. - -“You wont! I will,” asserted Mr. Tavis. - -It was at last decided that the Red Cross workers were to occupy the -Miss Morrisons’ spare rooms, and Mr. Tavis was comforted with the -promise of furnishing a schoolroom in the autumn. - -Mrs. Wilson had her way about living in the cottage in Broad Acres -yard, but The Village had its way about furnishing the rooms. At -first people came pell-mell, haphazard, with their best and filled -the cottage to overflowing. Then Polly Osborne, who was the soul of -order and common sense, took charge of things. She made a list of -house furnishings that had been saved and of those that were needed, -and accepted and rejected offerings accordingly. She sent back several -center tables and big clocks and three or four dozen parlor chairs, and -asked for kitchen utensils and bed linen. - -By nightfall, the little home-to-be contained the choicest offerings -of The Village. In the bedroom were the Blairs’ best mahogany wardrobe -and bureau, and the Black Mayo Osbornes’ four-poster bedstead arrayed -with the Red Mayo Osbornes’ lavendered linen sheets. The kitchen stove -had been saved and a procession of housewives had piled up utensils and -pantry supplies. In the living room Mr. Tavis’s red plush rocking-chair -reposed on the Miss Morrisons’ best rag rug. - -Beside the window was a bookcase full of books, clothbound and -sheepskin old volumes that had been read and loved, and that had old -names in them, like Mrs. Wilson’s own dear lost volumes which had -belonged to the forefathers of The Village. There was a note from Black -Mayo, saying of course it did not make any real difference whose house -the books were in, because they belonged to any one who wished to read -them, but he’d rather they’d be in her home so his wife would not have -them to dust. - -Mrs. Wilson laughed and cried as she read the note. - -A procession of people came in with food that broke all conservation -rules--beaten biscuits, batter-yeast bread, fried chicken, baked ham, -and countless varieties of jams and jellies and pickles and preserves. - -It was bedtime when at last Mrs. Wilson and Ruth were left alone. They -undressed and hand in hand, they knelt at their bedside, and then they -lay down to rest in the new home, shadowed by the ruins that had been -home the night before. - -Who would have thought it possible for so sad a day to be so happy? - - - - -CHAPTER XI - - -Like most Southern communities, The Village had not the habit of -celebrating the Fourth of July. It had its fireworks and jollifications -at Christmas, which was the gala season of its year, a whole week of -holiday and feasting. - -But now that the United States was in the World War, Independence Day -acquired a new and deeper meaning. There were flags and addresses -in the Court-house, and they sang “The Star-Spangled Banner” after -“Dixie.” Then there was a picnic dinner, with plenty of fried chicken -and a hooverized amount of ice cream and cake. - -The pleasant new patriotic enthusiasm about the Fourth was tremendously -deepened two days later when Black Mayo came to the war gardens and -told the workers about that wonderful American Fourth of July in France. - -The American Expeditionary Force had crossed the submarine-infested -ocean and had landed, every man safe, at “a seaport of France.” On the -Fourth, the splendid, brave, eager fellows in khaki and blue jackets -marched along the streets of Paris, hundreds and thousands of them, -forerunners of hundreds of thousands who were coming. - -Paris went wild with joy. The streets were strewn with flowers; -the Stars and Stripes waved a welcome; French bands played “The -Star-Spangled Banner” and American bands responded with the -“Marseillaise.” - -“_Vive l’Amérique! vive l’Amérique!_” - -“Pershing’s boys are here!” - -Ah, what a day it was! - -The Americans were sorely needed in 1917. - -In the west, British and French and Belgians were bravely holding the -entrenched long line from the Alps to the Channel. But alas! for the -east. There was a revolution in Russia, beginning with bread riots in -Petrograd. Patriots echoed anxiously the prayer of the abdicating Czar: -“May God help Russia!” as she dropped from the ranks of fighting Allies -and became the battleground of warring factions. - -German submarines continued to take their toll on the seas. And German -air raids grew more frequent. Night after night Zeppelins swept down, -like huge, evil birds of prey; day after day airplanes darted and dived -like swallows. People heard the whir of motors, the explosion of -bombs, the rattle of anti-aircraft guns; in a few minutes it was over, -all but the counting of the wounded and the dead, chiefly women and -children. - -The Village listened with interest to all news from overseas as a part -of “our war.” Then it turned to the work at home. - -In June men registered in obedience to the Draft Act. One day in July -the Secretary of War, blindfolded, drew one capsule out of a great jar; -it was opened; on a slip of paper in it was a number. Another capsule -was drawn out; and another; and another. All day and until long after -midnight went on that drawing of capsules containing numbers. - -And the numbers, when they came to The Village and to all the country -places and little towns and great cities of the whole nation, were no -longer mere numbers, but names; and when they went to the homes of the -community they were neither numbers nor names, but sons, brothers, -sweethearts, friends--men who had to go to fight, perhaps to die, for -the nation. - -The end of the summer found nearly a million men under arms and in -training camps scattered over the country. A great brave, efficient -army of soldiers was being formed. And everywhere men and women and -children were enrolled in the nation’s greater army of service, as -patriotic and brave and efficient and as necessary as soldiers. - -The Second Liberty Loan was under way, and people who had thought they -had not a dollar beyond their needs found they could “buy a bond to -help Uncle Sam win the war.” - -There was Red Cross work to do--feeding the hungry, clothing the naked, -caring for the sick and wounded; millions of people were helping with -money and service, at home and overseas. - -Millions, too, were enrolled in the work of food conservation. During -that spring and summer and autumn of 1917, crop reports were watched as -anxiously as news from the war front, for even the children knew that -“armies march on their feet and on their stomachs.” - -At family worship, night and morning, in that little old-fashioned -Presbyterian Village, voices prayed God to bless our homes and soldiers -and Allies, and thanked Him for great ideals and wholesome food, for -President Wilson and bounteous crops. - -The crops were, indeed, bounteous. There were record-breaking yields -of corn and oats, and an abundant yield of potatoes. The wheat crop -was smaller; we must stint at home, to send supplies to Europe. But -the country, going calmly through its sugar famine, was ready for -“meatless Tuesdays” and “wheatless Wednesdays”--anything, everything to -help win the war. - -The members of Camp Fight Foe and Camp Feed Friend went -enthusiastically to Broad Acres, one pleasant day in early autumn, to -harvest their crop of white potatoes. - -Mr. Mallett, who had volunteered to help with his horse and plow, ran a -furrow beside each row; potato diggers had never been heard of in The -Village. Behind him came the young gardeners--collecting the tubers -turned up by the plow, picking them out of the soft soil, or raking out -those that were more deeply embedded. Not one must be overlooked and -left behind, for close was the contest between the rival gardeners. -The bucket- and basketfuls of potatoes were emptied into a half-bushel -measure, over which Mrs. Wilson presided, and then put into bags. The -gardeners were jubilant over the results of their labors, and with -reason. Mrs. Wilson said that Broad Acres had never yielded a better -crop than the one they were harvesting. - -“Isn’t this a crackerjack?” cried David, holding up a huge tuber. - -“Here’s a better one. It’s just as big as yours, and it’s smooth, -instead of being all bumpy,” Patsy said critically. - -“O-oh!” wailed Ruth. “J-just see this lovely one that the plow c-cut in -two. It would have been best of all. Isn’t it a pity?” - -“These nice little round ones are loverly,” said Sweet William, who -was making a collection of the tiny, smallest potatoes. “The little -Belgians can play marbles with them first, and then eat them.” - -“Alice, empty your basket in the measure and let’s see if we haven’t -another bushel,” called Patsy. - -“You girls! Make haste and put your potatoes in a bag, so we can have -the measure,” urged Steve. “We’ll fill it in a hurry.” - -When the last measureful was emptied, it was found that the boys had a -half peck more than the girls. - -“Yah! yah! Of course we beat you!” cried Steve. - -“By measuring all Sweet William’s marbles,” Anne Lewis said scornfully. -“Our potatoes are bigger. And anyway you had four more hills on your -last row.” - -“Yes, sirree! And this is the first crop out of our gardens. You wait -till we come to the last,” said Patsy, confidently. - -“Our gardens will feed a lot of soldiers,” Sweet William said proudly. -“They’ll take care of our Village boys a year--or a while, anyway. -Jeff’s such a big eater! We’re all working our hardest; and Scalawag’s -helping.” - -Sweet William never tired of singing Scalawag’s praises, since by his -aid the destroyer of the war gardens had been discovered and punished. - -Kit, closely questioned by Mr. Black Mayo Osborne, confessed that he -had gone into the garden, and had hidden behind the arbor when he heard -some one coming; he had kicked Scalawag, to drive him away; and--he -finally owned--he had driven in the cow from the adjoining pasture. - -He gave no reason except “because”; and Mr. Osborne shook his head and -frowned. There was something back of this, he felt sure. What was it? -Were there wanton mischief-makers in The Village? The burning of Broad -Acres--was it an accident, caused by rats and matches, as was generally -believed? He wondered, but he got no clews, and other matters were -disturbing him. For the present, things went on their usual quiet way -in The Village. - -When the gardeners started to dig potatoes, Dick shrugged his shoulders -and started off whistling, as if he were having a grand good time. -But, to tell the truth, he was getting tired of these excursions to -the mine. He continued them, at more and more infrequent intervals, -chiefly to plague Anne and Patsy. - -Time after time they had left gardening and Red Cross work and -followed him. Sometimes he had turned across a field, and twisted and -doubled--like an old red fox, to which Black Mayo compared him--and -made a successful get-away. - -Sometimes, in a teasing humor, he kept just far enough ahead to -encourage them to continue the pursuit and led them over miles of -rough country and back to The Village; then he would ask, with an -exasperating grin, “Haven’t we had a lovely walk?” - -Anne looked after him to-day and said, as often before, “Oh! I wish we -could find out Dick’s secret.” - -“If just we could!” Patsy replied; “but--well, sometimes I think we -might as well give up. We can’t keep on forever trotting after him, -with the Red Cross and Camp Feed Friend and the Canning Club and Happy -Acres and all the other things there are to do.” - -“Oh, no, Pats-pet! We’ll not give up,” Anne said decidedly. “There’s -some way to manage it. But of course we mustn’t take time from the -garden; not now, while there’s so much to do. The main thing is to make -our garden beat those bragging boys’. Oh! I’m so glad I’m going to -stay here this winter and see it through.” - -On account of the housing shortage in Washington, Anne’s adoptive -parents had given up their home to war workers, and Anne was to -continue her studies this winter with her cousins in The Village; Mrs. -Wilson was as good as a university for scholarship. - -Dick went by Larkland as usual. His Cousin Mayo was silent and seemed -preoccupied as they went to the pigeon cote. - -“Here’s a bird for you,” he said, taking one at random. - -Dick stood a minute with the caged pigeon in his hand, then said -abruptly: “Cousin Mayo, you told me that you were going in the army. -When?” - -“Hey?” Black Mayo gave a start. - -Dick repeated his question. - -His cousin frowned. “I don’t know,” he said. “I don’t know. There are -things here. I don’t see how I can get away.” - -Couldn’t get away! Why, Cousin Mayo had always been footloose; he -picked up, on a day’s notice, and went to Alaska or Mexico or the South -Sea Islands, for a month or two, or a year or two. And now to say he -couldn’t get away! People were saying he stayed at home because he was -a coward and a slacker. It was not true. And why were they saying it -about Cousin Mayo and not about other men who didn’t go to war? - -Dick went on toward the mine, feeling mystified and worried. He -proceeded cautiously as usual, varying his route and making cut-offs -and circuits to avoid possible observation and pursuit. The door of -Solomon Gabe’s cabin was open, as it often was, revealing nothing in -the gloomy interior. Dick circled behind the hovel, going rather close -to keep away from a little swamp. The place was usually as silent as -the grave. But now he heard two voices--Solomon Gabe’s old monotone and -another voice that he felt he might have recognized if it had been a -little louder. He scurried along the edge of the swamp, and in a minute -he was out of sight and hearing. - -He paused at Mine Creek as usual to set free his bird. It perched on -his shoulder a moment; then it soared up and wheeled and was off. - -Dick went on to the mine and stood several minutes on the lookout -before he put his ladder into the hole and descended. He always took -precautions against stray passers-by, although in all these months he -had never seen any one thereabouts. - -Down in the mine, he lighted a candle and went to one of the lower -spurs and set to work, following the line between a layer of clay and -rock. After a while he came to a projecting ledge of rock and, using -pick and sledge hammer with difficulty, he broke off a piece. He picked -it up--it was very heavy--and looked at it. On the broken surface there -were bright specks and streaks. How they shone and sparkled in the -candlelight! Silver! Ah, he had found it at last! - -He sped to the mine opening to examine his find by daylight, and his -eager confidence was confirmed. How beautifully the specks and streaks -glinted and glittered! He climbed out and hid his ladder, and went -homeward on winged feet. He was too hurried and eager to take his usual -roundabout course; but he saw no one as he sped along the Old Plank -Road except Mr. Smith, whom he passed on the hill beyond Peter Jim’s -cabin. - -Dick dropped from a trot to a walk when he came to The Village, and -sauntered up The Street to The Roost, where his father was sitting -on the porch reading a _Congressional Record_. With an elaborate -assumption of carelessness, Dick held out the shining stone. - -“See what I’ve found, father,” he said. “What do you reckon it is?” - -Mr. Osborne examined the stone deliberately. - -“H-m! It is----” - -A vagrant breeze caught the _Congressional Record_ and tossed it on the -floor. - -“Pick up that paper, son,” said Mr. Osborne, “and smooth out the pages; -gently, so as not to tear them. You know I file----” - -“Yes, sir. But my rock, father!” Dick interrupted in uncontrollable -impatience. - -“It is quartz,” said his father; “quartz with a little silver in it. -These minute particles and streaks are free silver, such as is found -occasionally in the quartz in this section. This looks like a poor -specimen from the Old Sterling Mine. Where did you get it?” - -“Oh! I found it,” Dick said vaguely. - -“Somewhere along Mine Creek, I presume, my son?” - -“Yes, sir.” - -“Well, don’t venture too close to the old mine,” cautioned his father. -“Of course you wouldn’t think of entering it. The timbers are probably -all decayed; there might be a cave-in any time. It is a dangerous -place.” - -“Yes, sir,” Dick answered meekly. - -And forthwith he went to Mr. Blair’s store and invested his last dime -in two candles. He was very zealous about going to the mine for some -time after that, but he only succeeded in chipping off a few bits -rather worse than better than the one he had first secured. - -The glow of that little success died away, and he felt discouraged and -ashamed of himself when his schoolmates held their garden exhibit in -the Tavern parlor. - -All The Village and the surrounding country gathered there on the -evening of that crisp autumn day, the last Saturday in October. The -big parlor that had been a gathering place since stagecoach days had a -gala air. It was decorated with American flags, and the vegetables were -piled in pyramids on tables covered with red, white, and blue tissue -paper. Every withered leaf had been cut from the cabbages. Each potato -and onion and tomato had been washed as carefully as a baby’s face. The -ears of corn had the husks turned back and tied, and were fastened in -great bunches on the wall with tri-colored streamers. By the side of -each pile of vegetables was a card saying how many bushels or gallons -or quarts the garden had yielded. The girls had jars and jars of -tomatoes, peas, beans, corn, berries--canned, pickled, preserved. - -On a neatly lettered card above the door were the President’s words: -“Every bushel of potatoes properly stored, every pound of vegetables -properly put by for future use, every jar of fruit preserved, adds -that much to our insurance of victory, adds that much to hasten the end -of this conflict.” - -“I tell you, dears,” quavered Mrs. Spencer’s gentle old voice, as she -looked around, “this exhibition would be a credit to grown-up farmers -anywhere. I don’t believe,” she added thoughtfully, “that people worked -during The--that other war, like they are working now. Of course that -was at home, and all our men were in it and our women all felt it as a -personal thing. But people--well, they weren’t organized. Did you ever -know children do anything like this, all this gardening and Red Cross -work? Oh, it’s wonderful, wonderful! And they’ve all worked--even that -dear little dove, Sweet William.” - -“Oh, Sweet William! I always knew you’re a bird,” laughed Anne Lewis, -who was standing near. “Now I know the kind. You are a dove; oh, you -are a dove of war, like Cousin Mayo’s birds!” - -“Good, Anne!” said Black Mayo. “Sweet William is a dove of war, and so -are all you dear children and all you good and lovely people here and -everywhere. Doves of war, harbingers of real peace that can only come -from winning this war and securing freedom and human rights.” - -“Come, come, Mr. Osborne!” called Mr. Martin, who was in charge of the -County Corn Clubs: “Mr. Jones and I are waiting for you. We judges must -get to work. And we’ve got no easy job,” he said, looking around at the -exhibits. - -The garden produce was arranged in two groups. No one except the -contestants knew which was the girls’ and which was the boys’. The -judges went from one to the other--looking, admiring, considering, -reconsidering. At last they announced their decision: Both exhibits -were highly creditable, but this was the better. - -There was a shout of joy from the girls. They had won, they had won! -After a little pause, the boys--for they were generous rivals--joined -in the applause and congratulations. - -Anne Lewis, who had suggested the war gardening, was deputed by the -girls to receive the silver cup presented by Black Mayo Osborne, and -the blue ribbon; and David received the red ribbon for the boys. - -Dick Osborne looked so forlorn that David said: “Cheer up, old boy! If -you hadn’t been busy about something else when we started the garden, -you’d have been in it with us.” - -“I’m not much forwarder about that than I was in April,” Dick -confessed. “I’m going to keep on trying, though. But if there’s a war -garden next year I’ll be in it.” - -“There isn’t any ‘if’ about it,” declared David. “We are going to keep -on gardening, to help win the war. And we’ll get that cup back from the -girls next year; see if we don’t.” - -“We’ll see--you don’t,” said Patsy. - -Just then there was a little stir at the door. Mr. Mallett, who had -been to Redville on business, came in and said something in an excited -undertone to Black Mayo Osborne. Mr. Osborne asked a quick question or -two, and then jumped on a table and caught the big flag draped over the -mantelpiece and waved it above his head. - -“Hurrah! hurrah!” he said. “News, great news!” - -“The Liberty Loan has gone over the top,” guessed Red Mayo. - -“Of course, of course! But something else is going over the top. Our -American boys! They are facing the Germans in ‘No Man’s Land.’ To-day, -to-day for the first time, our American boys were in the first-line -trenches on the French front. Hurrah! hurrah! We are in The War!” - -Every voice joined in a cheer that rang and rang again. Mr. Tavis and -the other old Confederates raised the “rebel yell,” their old valiant -battle cry. The children clapped their hands and shouted: “We are in -it! We are in it! We are in The War!” - -Sweet William clapped and cheered with the best. Then he turned to his -mother. “What does it mean, mother, our men ‘in the trenches’?” he -asked. “Does it mean we’ve beat the war?” - -“It means our soldiers are over there, fighting side by side with -our Allies against the Germans,” explained his mother. “I don’t know -whether it’s defeat or victory to-day; but we Americans will stay there -till we win The War--if you and I have to go to help, little son--to -conquer the world for peace and freedom.” - - - - -CHAPTER XII - - -In his Christmas sermon, the Village minister gave thanks that the -British, in this twentieth-century crusade of liberty, had accomplished -the purpose of the old Crusades and had wrested Jerusalem, the Holy -City, from the Turks who had held it for nearly seven hundred years. -And a few Sundays later, he charged each citizen to take, as his New -Year’s resolution for the nation, the “fourteen principles of peace” -formulated by the first citizen of America and of the world. - -Thanksgiving and peace terms! Those were the things people were taking -as matters of course, feeling sure, that now America was in the war, -the victorious end would come, and that soon. But days began to darken. -The spring of 1918 was a tragic, anxious time. - -Germany had failed to clear the seas and win the war with submarines. -Every few minutes a wooden or steel or concrete ship left the New -World, bearing soldiers and food and munitions, and ninety-nine per -cent of them came safe to harbor; soon there would be millions of -trained and equipped doughboys in Europe. Germany’s one chance was to -strike a decisive blow on the Western Front before those fast-coming -Americans were there in full force. - -And Germany was ready to strike that blow. The Reds’ shameful peace at -Brest-Litovsk enabled her to mass armies in the west. She had there -Von Hindenburg and Ludendorff and six million soldiers. And having the -inner lines, she could concentrate troops and outnumber the Allies two -or three to one in every attack, although they had eight million men. - -Late in March, the great German offensive began. - -The first drive was on a fifty-mile front. It swept onward with -terrible force, capturing vast numbers of prisoners and guns. The -monster guns in the St. Gobain Forest dropped shells on a church in the -heart of Paris. Late in April, that drive was checked, but the Germans -had thrust forward thirty-four miles on their way to the French capital. - -Before that first drive was halted, the second drive began in Flanders; -its purpose was to reach the Channel ports and to cut off the British -Army from the French and Americans. The British held their broken -ranks and stood “with their backs to the wall.” The Germans were again -checked, but they had advanced ten long, hard-fought miles. - -The Village received with growing dismay the tidings from the battle -front. Months ago the older men had offered themselves for war service -and formed a company, and now they drilled regularly on Court-house -Green. They might as well be ready, in case they were needed, said Red -Mayo Osborne. - -Black Mayo Osborne did not join the company. Nor did he enter the army -as he had said months before he was going to do. He spent a great deal -of his time wandering about the countryside, with baskets of pigeons, -seemingly unconscious of the sneers at his expense--that came most -frequently and openly from men who were leaving no stone of political -influence unturned, to keep themselves and their sons and brothers out -of the army. - -One of Black Mayo’s favorite walks was toward the high bridge, eight -miles from The Village, where frequent trains bearing soldiers and -supplies crawled across the long, high trestle far above the river and -the lowlands. - -One day as he was sauntering near the bridge, he saw a man and boy who -were following a by-path through the woods. Circling through a pine -thicket, he came near enough to hear part of their conversation. - -The man was not speaking English, but Black Mayo understood what he -was saying: “Not train time. You walk the bridge and”--there Black Mayo -missed some words. - -“No,” the boy said curtly. - -The man insisted. - -“That will I not!” declared the boy, speaking in English. “Nothing to -hurt, all to help!” - -“Coward that you are!” the man cried in his guttural language. “You, a -boy as at play, could do it without suspicion. Must I risk, not only -myself, but the Cause?” - -Then he discovered Black Mayo, almost at his elbow, apparently intent -on the pigeons--scrawling a line and affixing it to a bird. He released -it; it soared, circled, and was gone. - -Mr. Smith knew that, at that nearness, Mr. Osborne must have heard his -words and understood probably his purpose. With an oath he jerked out -a pistol. Albert caught his arm, and before he could free it and take -aim, Black Mayo said: “Look out! That pigeon carried my message home: -‘High bridge. Threatened by Smith.’” - -For a minute the two men stood silent, face to face. - -Smith thought quickly. To shoot down this unarmed man whom he -hated--only to be arrested as a murderer---- The game was not worth -the candle. He spoke with an angry laugh: “You did startle me. _Ach!_ -I was talking nonsense with my nephew. Go, with your little birds! -But if”--he scowled, and his evil left eye became a mere glinting -spark--“if you make harm where there is none, I will shoot you with my -last act.” - -Black Mayo considered a moment before he answered: “I will go home and -receive my own message. But I will put another where it will be found -the minute harm comes to me.” - -Mr. Smith laughed and put his pistol into his pocket. “Go, save your -skin,” he sneered. Then he said to his nephew: “_Ach!_ That is the man -you adore, a coward who dares not tell on me for fear of himself. It is -well. The German victory is a matter now of the days.” - -Was that indeed true? Every day brought new Allied losses; guns and -men and miles; on the north the English were being forced back; in the -south the French were being forced back. - -But in that time of dire need, two new factors entered the war. One was -Foch as commander-in-chief; the other was the Americans. - -Instead of being many, the Allied armies became one; American Pershing, -British Haig, French Pétain, Italian Diaz, Belgian Albert, served under -Foch, whom all the world knew as a brilliant strategist. - -So far the American troops had been in training and held in reserve. -But late in May newspapers had two news items. One announced, in -glaring headlines, that the Germans had advanced ten miles, crossed -two rivers, and taken twenty-five thousand prisoners; the other said, -in small type, that the Americans had advanced their lines and taken -the village of Cantigny and two hundred prisoners. A big advance and a -little one. Ah! but in that day at Cantigny the Americans were tried -and not found wanting. - -The Germans, already talking of a “hard peace,” pushed forward on their -“Victory Drive” toward Paris. Hundreds of square miles were taken, -and thousands of prisoners and guns. They crossed the Marne River and -reached Château-Thierry, only forty miles from Paris. - -Had Foch and the Americans come too late? - -Ah! now they moved, swiftly and successfully, both of them. Foch had -let the Germans advance so as to make flank attacks. The Americans, -given the post of honor at Château-Thierry, drove back the best of -the Germans and carried positions deemed impregnable. Up and down the -long battle line from the Alps to the North Sea, went the tidings: -“The Americans have held the Germans. They are as good as our best. A -million of them are here, and there are millions ready to come.” - -The Germans made their last great offensive, a desperate drive on a -sixty-mile front toward Paris. They were checked. They retreated. The -Allies took the offensive. - -During these stirring days, The Village could not wait the leisurely -roundabout course of the mail rider and accept day-old papers as -“news.” Some one rode every day to Redville and brought back the -morning _Dispatch_ and then the war news was read aloud in the post -office. - -There was a deep personal as well as patriotic interest now, for -Village volunteers and drafted soldiers were overseas. All the -community mourned with the Spencers when Jeff’s name was among the -“missing” after Château-Thierry. They looked every day for news of him, -but hope died as weeks and months passed and none came. - -One September Saturday brought an overseas letter for Mrs. Mallett. -Dick Osborne ran to deliver it, and then they waited for her to come as -usual and share its tidings. - -An hour passed and she did not come. Then she walked swiftly down The -Street and passed the post office, without turning her head. Her face -was pale and she was biting her lips to keep them steady. - -“It’s bad news,” they whispered one to another. - -“Awful!” groaned Dick, as she went straight to the pastor’s study at -the back of the church. No one knocked at that door on sermon-sacred -Saturday afternoon unless the need were extreme. - -Mr. Harvie met her with grave, kind, questioning eyes. “My dear Mrs. -Mallett----” he began. - -Then she broke down and sobbed as if her heart would break. - -“It’s Fayett,” she said as soon as she could speak. “He’s in hospital.” - -“The Great Physician can heal our dear boy. Let us----” - -“He says he’s all right; it was a flesh wound; he was starting back to -the army. It--it isn’t that!” - -“Not that? Then what----” - -Mrs. Mallett again burst into tears. - -“My dear woman, what _is_ it?” asked Mr. Harvie. - -“Oh!” she gasped out the awful news. “They’ve got him; those terrible -Catholics. Read--you read for yourself.” - -She handed him the letter and sat there sobbing with her face buried in -her apron. - -As Mr. Harvie read Fayett’s letter, his face cleared and he set his -lips to keep back a smile. - -“Don’t cry, Mrs. Mallett,” he said gently. “You’ve reason to be glad -and proud of your son. And I’m sure he’s just as good a Presbyterian as -when he was here in the Village Sunday school. He----” - -“But they’ve give him their cross; he too-ook it!” she sobbed. - -“It was given not as a symbol of religion, but as a token of valor,” he -explained. “Don’t you see what he says in this sentence or two?--that -he went under fire from his refuge in a trench to the rescue of two -wounded men in a disabled tank.” - -“He had to help them out; they couldn’t get away,” she said. - -“Just so; and he saved them at the risk of his own life. That is why -this _Croix de Guerre_ was given. Fayett is a hero.” - -“Course he is. Did they think he was a coward?” she asked indignantly. -“But he ain’t any better’n Jack. And Jack, my little Jack, is in this -new draft.” - -Jack’s eighteenth birthday was just past, and so he came in the second -draft that included men between eighteen and forty-five. For the most -part, this draft, like the first one, was met frankly and bravely. But -if any one had observed carefully, which no one seemed to be doing, he -might have found two little Village groups where sentiment seemed to -drift away from the current of loyalty. - -One was in the shed on The Back Way where Lincum had his cobbler’s -bench. His father, Solomon Gabe, was there oftener than formerly; -perhaps he was lonely now that his other son, Cæsar, had been drafted -for service. The old man sat far at the back of the shed, mumbling to -himself or throwing a sharp sentence into his son’s conversations with -other negroes. They talked in lower tones and laughed less than usual; -and when they went away, they sometimes let fall curious misstatements -and misunderstandings about the war and the draft, like that of Emma’s, -which the white people who heard them laughed at, tried to explain, and -then forgot. - -But one would have felt more disturbed at the other group that lounged -on the Tavern porch on Saturday afternoons, chewing and smoking and -whittling. Mr. Charles Smith was generally there, and the most ignorant -and least public-spirited of the men about The Village. - -“Now what do you fellows think--” Jake Andrew was saying fiercely -one day. Mr. Smith nudged him, Jake turned, saw Black Mayo Osborne -approaching, and concluded in an entirely different tone, “of--of the -weather?” - -Mr. Osborne laughed. “You fellows spend a lot of energy -discussing--weather and crops,” he said, speaking lightly but glancing -keenly about him, “Don’t you ever talk about public affairs, this great -war we are in?” - -There was a little embarrassed silence. Mr. Smith’s suave voice broke -it. “We are poor and hard-worker farmers, Mr. Osborne. About crops and -weather we are interested to talk. We have not the gentleman’s time to -amuse with pretty little doves.” - -The other men snickered or guffawed. Black Mayo seemed about to speak, -then turned on his heel and walked away. - -“Doves! He’ll send them to war; but he ain’t so ready to give his -folks,” said Jake Andrews, who had done a deal of political wirepulling -to get off his drafted sons. - -“Or himself,” growled Zack Gordan, a young ne’er-do-well, who had made -the widowed mother who supported him an excuse for evading war service. -“What business have we got in this war anyway? What harm have them -Germans ever done us?” - -“Now what?” inquired Mr. Smith. He darted a look of pure venom after -Black Mayo. “That fellow is a queer one. Can one believe he goes, -comes, comes, goes about the little birds?” He gave a scornful, -incredulous laugh. “And you say he had the years of absences? Where?” -He made the question big and condemning. - -Ever since the April day that Charles Smith had lain in the mud and -looked up at Black Mayo Osborne’s mocking face, his heart had been full -of hate. For a few weeks after the incident at the bridge, he had been -cautious, perhaps a little fearful. But as time passed and Black Mayo -kept silence, Mr. Smith grew contemptuously bold and missed no chance -for slur and insinuation against the man he hated. - -And slur and insinuation were not in vain. The community had always -accepted Black Mayo’s roving habits without question, never surprised -when he went away, welcoming him warmly when he turned up at home a -week or a month or a year later. But now--not one of them could have -said why--they were suspicious of those unknown weeks and months and -years. - -“And no one can question him or seek to know his goings, for _he_ is an -a-ris-to-crat.” Mr. Smith’s voice was silky. - -Jake Andrews uttered an oath. “’Ristocrat! I’m sick and tired of this -old ’ristocrat business. He ain’t no more’n any other man, for all his -being a Mayo and a Osborne. I’m a law officer, and so’s my Cousin Bill -at Redville. I’m going to look into things. Seems to me----” - -“Easy, friend!” Mr. Smith chuckled and pulled at his fingers, making -his knuckles snap in a way he had when he was pleased. “Those girls -come.” - -The girls were Anne and Patsy. Mrs. Osborne had asked them to carry a -basket of food to Louviny, Lincum’s wife. He had said she had a “misery -in her back” and was “mightly porely,” so she could not come to help -about Mrs. Osborne’s house-cleaning. - -Anne and Patsy gave casual glances and greetings to the group on the -porch. - -“Isn’t that Mr. Smith horrid?” said Patsy. “I despise a man like -that--with a mouth that runs up on one cheek when he grins.” - -“And I despise a man that’s so hateful about Cousin Mayo--laughing -about his pigeons and saying things about his not being in the army.” - -“Cousin Mayo used to speak so often of going; now he never says -anything about it. He looks awfully worried.” - -“Dear Cousin Mayo!” Anne said affectionately. “He’s in this draft, and -he may have to go. I don’t want him not to go, but, oh, how we’d miss -him! Even when you don’t see him, you feel The Village is a happier -place to live in because he’s here. It’s a kind of adventure to meet -him on the road.” - -“Yes,” said Patsy, “he sets your mind traveling to all sorts of lovely, -unexpected places.” - -“Don’t his doves make you feel excited?” said Anne. “Oh, I hope some of -his birds were with our boys fighting at St.-Mihiel. There must have -been! For Cousin Will read in the paper that they had three thousand -carrier pigeons.” - -Chattering thus, the girls beguiled their way to Lincum’s cabin, on -the edge of the old Tolliver place. They took a short cut across a -field, and then as they came close to the cabin they heard loud voices -and laughter that was more spiteful than merry. They paused at the old -rail fence. There was a tangle of blackberry vines and sassafras bushes -between them and the house. - -“That’ll be a grand day for us.” - -They could not see the speaker, but they recognized her voice. She was -Betty Bess, a “trifling” negro girl whom Cæsar had been “going with” -before he was drafted. - -“You’re right, honey,” agreed Louviny. She was bustling about, with -no sign of the “misery” that her husband said was keeping her bedrid. -She threw aside the broom and sat down in a splint-bottomed chair. -“I’ve been like old Bet mule in de treadmill--go, go, go, an’ nuver git -nowhar. But now I’m gwine in de promised land. I’m gwine to eat turkey -an’ cake. An’ I’m gwine to have six silk dresses an’ a rockin’-cheer. -An’ Monday mornin’ I’m gwine to put on my blue silk dress an’ set my -cheer on de porch an’ rock--an’ rock--an’ rock!” - -She swayed back and forth as she spoke and her voice was shrill and -jubilant. - -“An’ Chewsday mornin’ I’m gwine to put on my purple silk dress, an’ -Wednesday my green silk dress, an’ Thursday I’ll dress in red, an’ -Friday in yaller, an’ Sat’day I’ll put on my pink silk dress. An’ -Sunday,” she concluded triumphantly, “I’m gwine to lay out all six my -silk dresses an’ look ’em up an’ down an’ take my ch’ice.” - -Patsy laughed. “Did you ever hear such foolishness?” she asked. - -“What’s that? Who’s out thar?” queried Betty Bess, sharply. - -“I reckon you hearn dat old dominecky hen a-squawkin’,” said Louviny, -bringing her chair down with a thump. - -Patsy, followed by Anne, came out of the thicket and went to the door. - -“Howdy, Aunt Louviny,” said Patsy. “Lincum said you were mighty bad -off with a misery in your back, and so mother asked us to come to see -you. But we ought to have waited till you had on one of your six silk -dresses.” - -She laughed, but the woman looked confused--frightened, Anne would have -said, if that had not been too absurd a thought. - -“Wh-what--what you mean, Miss Patsy?” Louviny stammered. “What--what is -you talkin’ ’bout?” - -“About what I heard you say,” responded Patsy. - -“You--you ain’t hear me say nothin’--nothin’ much,” Louviny said -defensively. - -“Oh! yes, I did. I heard you say you were tired working like a mule -in a treadmill, and you are going to have six silk dresses and a -rocking-chair,” said Patsy, laughing. - -Louviny, still confused, looked relieved. “Shuh, Miss Patsy! You -mustn’t mind my foolishness. I was just talkin’ ’bout what I would do, -if I had all them things.” - -“Lincum said you were ‘mighty porely,’” said Anne. “And so we brought -you some soup and rolls.” - -“But you don’t deserve them,” said Patsy; “for you aren’t sick.” - -“Lawsy, honey! I’ve been havin’ sech a misery in my back I couldn’t -lay still, neithermore move,” whined Louviny. “Uh, it was turrible, -turrible! I got a little easement just now, an’ I crope out o’ bed to -clean up de house.” - -“Here are the soup and rolls,” Patsy said shortly, and she turned away. - -“Wasn’t it queer the way Louviny was talking?” Anne said presently. “It -sounds so--so impertinent.” - -“Um, h’m,” agreed Patsy. “She’s a trifling thing, and made up that -excuse about being sick, to keep from working for mother.” - -“She’s a silly thing!” laughed Anne. “Where’d she expect to get six -silk dresses? Oh, Patsy! Let’s go by Larkland and help Cousin Mayo feed -the pigeons.” - -This was evidently their day for appearing where they were not expected -or wanted. As they went up the walk, they saw, through the open front -door, two men in the hall--Cousin Mayo and a stranger, a tall, fair, -youngish man. They had only a glimpse of him, however, for Cousin -Mayo opened the parlor door, ushered him in, and shut the door. Then -Mr. Osborne came forward to greet the girls, went with them into the -sitting room, and looked about for Cousin Polly. He did not mention -the guest shut up in the parlor, and the girls--for the first time at -Larkland--felt themselves in the way. They soon started home, wondering -who the stranger was. - -“Oh, I know; I’m sure I know,” Anne exclaimed. “It’s Kuno Kleist, -Cousin Mayo’s German friend. Fair and light-haired; he’s a real German.” - -“But what would he be doing here?” asked Patsy. - -Anne’s imagination was equal to the occasion. “You know he’s a -Socialist, and he doesn’t like war. Cousin Mayo has brought him here to -hide, to keep the kaiser from making him be a soldier, and he doesn’t -want any one to know he’s here.” - -“He might have told us. We’d never let any one know,” said Patsy. - -“Never!” Anne agreed emphatically. - -The girls took the path by Happy Acres. If they had gone by the mill, -they would have met Dick, who had chosen this afternoon for one of -his visits to the mine that were now rare because of failing interest -and because this year he was heart and hand with the others in war -gardening. But there was nothing to do in the garden now, and this was -too good an outdoors day not to go adventuring. His hopes and spirits -rose with the crisp, brilliant weather. He had found some silver; he -might find a great deal. He had as good tools as the old blacksmith. -How grand it would be to find a big lump of solid silver! He would buy -a Liberty Bond and give a lot of money to the Red Cross. How all the -other boys would envy him! And the girls would know he was “some boy!” - -He scurried along the Old Plank Road until he reached Mine Creek, -where the path turned off to the Old Sterling Mine. Suddenly he -stopped stock-still, listening intently. Yes, there were voices; and -coming nearer. A dozen steps away was the tumbled-down cabin, the old -blacksmith shop. He crept into the rubbish pile--it was little more--to -wait till the people passed by. But they did not pass. They stopped at -the creek. Dick, peeping between the logs, could see them plainly; they -were two negro men, Solomon Gabe and his son Lincum. - -Old Solomon Gabe, with wild, wandering eyes, was rocking back and -forth, mumbling to himself. - -Lincum had a furtive, excited look. He was trying to fix his father’s -attention. “I told him you knowed dat old place. Hey?” he said. “You -c’n tell him all ’bout it, can’t you? Hey? He axed me to come wid him -last night, but I wa’n’t gwine to project on dis road in de dark, not -atter seem’ dat ha’nt so nigh here; up on dat hillside. Um-mm! It was -graveyard white; higher’n de trees; wid gre’t big green eyes!” - -For the first time the old man seemed to regard what his son was -saying. He chanted over his last words: “Green eyes; gre’t green eyes; -ghos’ white! Not on de hillside. Right here. I seed it.” - -So it was Solomon Gabe Dick had run upon that night he was playing -“ha’nt!” He had been so startled by the sudden appearance and the old -man’s face was so distorted by terror that he had not recognized him. -Of course it was Solomon Gabe! - -The old negro was still speaking. “I seed it dat fust night I come to -meet dat man. Right here. Down it went--clank-clankin’ like gallows -chains--in de groun’; right whar yore foot is.” - -Lincum moved hastily. “I don’t like dis-here place,” he said. “An’ -I don’t like dat white man. If de white folks ’round here finds -out----Thar he is!” - -A man was coming down the road. It was Mr. Smith. - -“Come!” he said quickly. “Let’s get where we are to go. Some one might -come and see us.” - -“Don’t nobody travel dis-here road but we-all colored folks an’ dat -venturesome Dick Osborne,” said Lincum. “An’ don’t nobody pester ’round -de place I tol’ you ’bout.” - -“Where is it?” Mr. Smith asked impatiently. - -“Up de hill a little piece,” replied Lincum. “Daddy knows all ’bout -it. But his mind’s mighty roamin’ to-day. Looks like he’s done tricked -folks so much he’s gittin’ tricked hi’self.” - -“Nonsense!” said Mr. Smith, sharply. “Here! Come, old coon! If you want -that gallon bucket of money to open, you must do what I say.” - -Mumbling to himself, “Money! money! money!” the old man took the lead -and went up the path toward the Old Sterling Mine. - -Dick came from his hiding place and crept through the woods. The men -were standing by the mine, talking earnestly in low tones. - -Had these negroes brought Mr. Smith here to seek its treasure? Gallon -buckets of money! That was queer talk. He would go to Larkland and tell -Cousin Mayo what he had heard. - - - - -CHAPTER XIII - - -As Dick went up the hill, he saw on the porch a spot of blue with an -expanse of white beside it,--Mrs. Osborne in blue gingham, with a dozen -hospital shirts that she was basting, ready for machine work. - -Suddenly there was a commotion, a frightened fluttering and squawking -among the fowls in the side yard. Mother hens were warning their -young that a chicken hawk was near. It had alighted in a tall locust -tree, ready to pounce on some defenseless creature. Mrs. Osborne rose -quickly, but unhurriedly, went into the house, and reappeared in the -door with an old shotgun. As the bird poised for its downward dive, she -winged it with a quick, sure shot; it dropped in the midst of the young -things that were to have been its prey. - -“Whew! that was a fine shot, Cousin Polly!” Dick said admiringly. “A -hawk on the wing!” - -“I am glad to get the rascal,” Mrs. Osborne said quietly. “It has been -raiding my poultry yard, and I was afraid it would get some of Mayo’s -pigeons.” - -“Where’s Cousin Mayo?” Dick asked, beginning to feel embarrassed as -soon as he got over the thrill of the hawk-shooting. - -Mrs. Osborne always made the boys feel clumsy and untidy and ill at -ease. She was as different as possible from her dark, rugged, merry -husband. Everything about her was neat and prim and small. She had a -pretty little mouth, a little thin nose, little round blue eyes; her -fair glossy hair was plaited and coiled around her small well-shaped -head. - -“Mayo has gone away,” she answered. “He may not come back to-night. -Will you come in? Is there any message?” - -“No. No, thank you.” - -And Dick made his escape. - -After all, he was glad Cousin Mayo was not at home and he had not -yielded to the impulse to tell the tale which would have involved the -telling of his own secret. He would watch the mine himself and find out -if Mr. Smith and the two negroes were trying to get its treasure. - -At the mill Dick saw the mail hack coming from Redville and ran to get -a ride. Jim Walthall, the driver, had news to tell. - -“Three of them drafted niggers from Charleburg County run away from -Camp Lee; deserted, by jinks!--Bill and Martin Toole from the lower -end of the county and Cæsar Gabe. They traced them to a freight -train, and folks think maybe they come back here. I’ve got printed -descriptions of them, to put up at the post office. The sheriff’s on -the search for them.” - -“Oh! I hope he’ll find them,” said Dick. - -“He won’t,” declared Jim. “Those fellows wouldn’t think of coming back -here where everybody knows them; why, they’d be caught right away. No, -they’ve gone to Richmond or New York, a city somewhere.” - -When Dick got home Anne and Patsy were sitting in the swing in the yard. - -“There’s Dick! He’s been ‘secreting’ again,” laughed Anne. - -“I’ve just come from Larkland,” Dick said shortly. “And at the mill I -met----” - -They stopped swinging, and interrupted him before he could tell his -news about the deserter. - -“Did you see him?” Patsy asked excitedly. - -“Isn’t it Kuno Kleist?” demanded Anne. - -“I just saw Cousin Polly. Cousin Mayo’s gone away.” - -“With Kuno Kleist, that German friend of his, the one he was in Mexico -with. He was at Larkland. We saw him. And now Cousin Mayo’s gone away -with him and----” - -Patsy pinched Anne’s arm. Mr. Jake Andrews was coming up the walk, -was, in fact, close to them before any one saw him. On being told that -Mr. Osborne was not at home, he turned and went away. - -“I’m sure he heard me, and I’m awful sorry,” Anne said. “It’s a secret, -Dick, for Cousin Mayo didn’t----” And then she told the whole story. - -“Oh, well! What you said didn’t make any difference,” said Dick. “Jake -doesn’t know what you were talking about; he wouldn’t care if he did.” -And then he told them about the deserters. - -Anne and Patsy and Dick would have been dismayed if they could have -followed Jake Andrews. He left The Village and went straight along the -Redville road to the old Tolliver place. He gave a shrill whistle, and -a minute later Mr. Smith sauntered out of the back door toward a clump -of trees on a hillock. Andrews cut across the field and joined him on -the wooded eminence where they were secure from observation. - -“It’s like you said, Smittie,” declared Andrews; “them dog-gone -old ’ristocrats need watching. Black Mayo Osborne knows a German -spy”--Smith started violently--“friends with him, staying in his house. -Them gals saw him; that German he was with down in Mexico.” - -Mr. Smith had regained his composure. “He’s there, you say?” - -“Gone now; that mischeevious Dick Osborne was at Larkland after the -gals was there. The man’s gone away, and Black Mayo with him.” - -Mr. Smith knit his brows. “To have known this before! What the -devil----” He looked at Jake Andrews and adjusted his face and words. -“You have acted with the wisdom and patriotism in coming to me. It is -service to Government. And there are rewards; much money. But it is -of the most importance that you keep cemetery stillness.” He paused -and his lips writhed and set themselves in a hard, cruel line. Then he -said: “We shall not be surprised now to hear of the outrages. But what -happens, keep you silence except to me.” - -The week went by quietly, in spite of Mr. Smith’s prediction. Black -Mayo came home, without a word about his guest or his journey, and went -here and there more busily than ever with his pigeons for trial flights. - -And then things did happen. - -The Home Guard at Redville had received orders months before to patrol -the high bridge over which troops and supplies were constantly passing -on their way to Camp Lee or to Norfolk. Day and night the youths in -khaki paced to and fro, with guns on their shoulders. And then--what -a thrill of horror it sent through the community!--one of the bridge -guards was killed. The shot came from the heart of a black, rainy night -that hid the criminal. He went free, ready to strike again--where? -whom?--at any minute. Was it one of the deserters? Probably not. Their -one aim would be to “lay low” and avoid arrest; and probably they were -far away; the community had been thoroughly searched without finding -them. - -A few days after the bridge guard was killed, Sweet William came -running from the mill in great distress. - -“It’s poisoned, mother!” sobbed the little fellow. “There’s glass in -it; the flour we were saving for the Belgians.” - -“What’s the matter, dear? What is it, Patsy?” exclaimed Mrs. Osborne. - -“It’s so, mother,” cried Patsy. “Oh, mother! Cousin Giles found glass -in a lot of flour. Some one got in and put glass there, to poison it; -in our mill, our own mill here at Larkland.” - -The finding of glass in flour at Larkland mill was the one subject -of conversation in The Village that Saturday night. And on Sunday--a -day that in the little Presbyterian town seemed stiller and sweeter -than other days--people stood in troubled groups at the church door, -discussing the matter. The minister even referred to it in his -prayer--not directly, that would have been regarded as irreverent--but -with the veiled allusions considered more acceptable to the Almighty. - -Glass in flour at the mill, Larkland mill! The people resented it -with a vehemence that would have puzzled outsiders. Larkland mill was -not merely a mill. It was one of the oldest, most honored, most loyal -members of the community. As the quaint inscription on its wall said, -“This mill was finished building by Hugh Giles Osborne his men, 8 June, -in year of our Lord 1764, ye third year of his gracious majesty King -George III.” On its oaken beams were marks of the fire set to it by -Tarleton’s men because that Hugh Giles Osborne’s sons were fighting -side by side with Washington. Nearly a century later, soldiers in -blue marching from Georgia had taken toll of its stores. And then -Colonel Osborne, coming back in defeat to poverty, had laid aside his -Confederate uniform and become a miller, as his son was to-day. - -Larkland mill had served the whole community in peace and war, and it -was loved with a personal feeling. Had not the children even had a -birthday party in its honor at Happy Acres, not so long ago? For it to -deal out poison was like a father’s giving it to his children. - -Not that the mill was to blame. Of course not. - -Who could have taken advantage of it and put glass in its flour? No -one could even guess. Mr. Spotswood had not seen any suspicious person -around--only the usual frequenters of the mill, which included all the -men of the community, white and black. The evildoer, a stranger and an -outsider of course, must have come in the shielding twilight or the -covering night. Nothing easier. The mill was near the highway; the -doors stood wide open all day, and shutting them at night was a mere -matter of form; there were a dozen easy ways of ingress. - -Day after day passed and brought no trace of the criminals. There was -a growing feeling of uneasiness throughout the community. Whispers -went about, tales circulated among the Village loafers, the source and -foundation of which no one could give, but which were repeated, at -first doubtingly; but they were told over and over again and gained -credence with each repetition until they were believed like gospel -truth. These tales were about Black Mayo and his guest. - -Dick was in the back room of Mr. Blair’s store one morning, picking -over apples to pay for some candles. He was daydreaming about the mine, -and at first was only conscious of voices in the front room, without -really hearing the conversation. But presently he heard Mrs. Blair -ask excitedly, “Agnes, have you heard these shameful tales about Black -Mayo?” - -Shameful tales about Cousin Mayo! Dick listened now. - -“What do you mean?” asked Mrs. Wilson. - -“People are saying---- Oh, Will! tell her. I am too furious to talk!” - -“Jake Andrews is accusing Mayo of being disloyal, a suspicious -character that ought to be watched, arrested.” - -“Mayo watched, arrested! Mayo! Jake Andrews accuses him! And, pray, who -is Jake Andrews?” - -“A common fellow from the upper end of the county, who schemed to keep -his sons out of the draft. This Andrews and some other fellows went -to Larkland and actually asked Mayo about a guest of his and what his -business was. Mayo refused to tell, and when Andrews persisted, why, he -settled the matter----” - -“‘Settled the matter,’ how?” asked Mrs. Wilson. - -“Knocked him down, of course. That was all right. The idea of Andrews -catechizing him! It was infernally insolent.” - -“I wonder he dared do it,” said Mrs. Blair. - -“Oh! The fellow is a justice of the peace or a deputy sheriff or some -sort of little officer,” conceded Mr. Blair. “It seems that Andrews has -been sneaking around, watching Mayo. And he’s found out, he claims, -that Mayo has been harboring an enemy alien, a German----” - -“I don’t believe any one at all has been there,” said Mrs. Blair. - -“So the thing has gone on, but----” Mr. Blair paused and frowned. - -“But what?” asked Mrs. Wilson. - -“Why doesn’t Mayo explain?” he exploded. “I gave him the opportunity, -deuce take it! I was so sure he would make it all right that I brought -up the subject yesterday when there was a crowd here in the office, -waiting for the mail. But instead of saying where he went or who his -guest was--I’m a Dutchman if he didn’t walk out of the office without a -word!” - -“And that makes it worse than if you had not given him the chance to -explain,” said Mrs. Wilson. - -“Of course. But I was so sure of him,” said Mr. Blair. Then he asked -impatiently: “Why doesn’t he tell where he goes and why?” - -“Because he doesn’t want to,” said Mrs. Blair. “He thinks people -haven’t any right to ask, and so he won’t tell.” - -“But he ought to tell,” said Mr. Blair. “Of course it’s all right; we -know that. But some people---- Dog-gone it!” he said vehemently. “I -wish I had knocked Andrews down when he came drawling his ‘suspicions’ -to me. I will beat the scoundrel to a pulp if he comes in my store with -another question. Of course Mayo’s all right.” - -“Of course!” said his wife, more vehemently than absolute certainty -required. “I--I wonder why--what--he wouldn’t tell you.” - -“Whatever Black Mayo does is right,” Mrs. Wilson said serenely. “He has -some good reason for silence.” - -“Of course!” “Of course!” Mr. and Mrs. Blair said, avoiding her eyes -and each other’s. - -“I know about it,” Dick thought, with a thrill of pride. “It is all -right. It was Kuno Kleist.” Kuno Kleist! He remembered with dismay Mr. -Blair’s words, “A German, an alien enemy he’s concealing.” Why, that -was what Kuno Kleist was, and for his Cousin Mayo to hide him was not -“all right,” in the eyes of the law, but a crime. “They’ll never find -out from me,” said Dick to himself, gritting his teeth. “I’ll be hanged -and drawn and quartered, like men in ‘The Days of Bruce,’ before I’ll -tell anything to get Cousin Mayo in trouble.” - -“Black Mayo feels--oh! we know how he feels,” said Mrs. Wilson. “But -in these times there are things we owe to ourselves, and to others. -Mayo ought to tell about his perfectly proper journeys and perfectly -proper guest, and I am going to ask him.” - -“Agnes!” - -“I know. I never thought I would interfere, would ask a question about -any one’s private affairs,” she said. “But I can’t help it. I am going -to do it. I must. Black Mayo suspected of treason! Black Mayo that -we’ve known and loved all our lives! Why, it is as if some one should -say my Ruth was a thief.” - -Mrs. Wilson was not one to postpone a disagreeable duty. She put on -her bonnet and gloves and started at once to Larkland. It was a path -familiar to her childish feet. How often she, like her own child, had -roamed about this dear, quiet country--playing in the mill, roaming -about Larkland, fishing in Tinkling Water. Miranda and Giles Spotswood, -Anne Mayo, Polly Spencer, Beverley Wilson, and Red and Black Mayo -Osborne had been her comrades; Black Mayo, the leader in all their -sports, was the chum of Beverley Wilson whom she married the very June -that Black Mayo married Polly Spencer. The friendship of early days had -lasted and deepened with the years. It was stronger than the tactful -habit of never asking personal questions. - -She found Polly Osborne on the porch, busy, as usual, with Red Cross -sewing. She dropped her work and set a comfortable chair in a pleasant -corner of the porch while she called greetings to the approaching -visitor. “How good of you to brave the heat and come to see me!” she -said. “Here is a fan. Take off your bonnet. I’ll get you a glass of -raspberry vinegar. It is so refreshing on a warm day!” - -Mrs. Wilson put a protesting hand on her arm. “Don’t, Polly. I can’t -sit down, not now. Where is Mayo? I want to see him--about something -important.” - -“Mayo? I reckon he’s in the garden. He has some pigeons there in the -old summerhouse. I’ll find him and tell him you want to see him.” - -“No, please, Polly. Let me go there and speak to him. Then I will come -back and see you.” - -“Certainly; just as you wish,” said Mrs. Osborne. “You know the -way--all the ways here--as well as I do.” - -Mrs. Wilson went along the flagstones across the yard, through the -garden gate, down the boxwood-bordered walk. She turned across the -huge old garden to the summerhouse embowered in microfila and Cherokee -roses, with their dark foliage starred with creamy blossoms. She heard -a merry voice whistling “Dixie,” the only tune that Black Mayo had ever -mastered. There he was in overalls, hard at work, putting up boxes for -nests. - -“How do you do, Mayo?” she said, speaking before he saw her. - -He dropped his hammer and caught both of her hands in his. - -“I wished you on me,” he said gleefully. “I was thinking so hard about -the rainy days when we children used to play here! I found a box with -some of our dominoes in that closet when I was clearing it out to make -a place to keep feed for my pigeons. Don’t you remember----” - -“I remember everything, Mayo,” she interrupted, with her lovely clear -eyes meeting his, “from the mud-pie days to the generous sending of -your books when mine were burned. And because I do, I have come to ask -you some questions. Who was your guest three weeks ago? Where did you -go, on what business, when you left home with him?” - -He looked her straight in the eyes. “You ask, Agnes----” - -He hesitated and she took up his words. “I ask, Mayo, about -your private affairs”--her voice did not falter, but her cheeks -flamed--“because people are saying things about you that I--we--want -you to disprove.” - -“Oh!” he said sharply. Then he dropped his voice and his eyes, and -answered: “I--I can’t do it, Agnes.” - -“Mayo!” she exclaimed. There was a little silence. Then she said, “Oh, -Mayo!” in a tone that implored him to answer. - -He looked away. “If you were asking me for yourself, Agnes,” he said, -“I--I ought not, but I might--probably I should--tell you.” - -“I do not ask for myself,” she said. “I trust you utterly. If there -were one little doubt in the thought of my heart, I could not come to -you with this question.” - -“A question I must leave unanswered,” he said with a wry smile. - -“Oh, no, Mayo!” she said. “You know I don’t wish to force your -confidence, but it seems to me that when people ask--how dare they -ask!--we have no right to refuse to prove our loyalty.” - -“Are they asking Giles Spotswood or Will Blair to prove theirs?” he -inquired a little bitterly. - -“They say--you can guess what they say, Mayo.” She could not make -herself give words to their suspicions. - -“Oh, yes!” he answered quickly. “I know. They’ve been questioning me -about Kuno Kleist, my friend in Mexico. Being a German, he was probably -a Prussian; being a Prussian, he was probably sent by the kaiser to -incite the Mexicans against the United States; being a German and a -Prussian and the kaiser’s emissary, he probably perverted me. Good -reasoning! - -“And they want to know about my comings and goings. My old absent -days rise up and damn me with my dear stay-at-home county people. And -I’ve had a guest and I’ve taken a few little trips and I haven’t put -a bulletin in the post office to say who and where and why. And so -they want me to explain. I can’t explain.” His voice grew harsh and -he laughed mirthlessly. “Let them roll their doubts and suspicions -like sweet morsels under their tongues.” Then his voice softened. “It -was like you, Agnes, to come to me in the spirit of our old loyal -friendship, and I thank you----” - -She put out her hand to stop him, turning away her head. She could not -give him at that minute the sight of her grieved face. - -“Don’t, Mayo,” she said unsteadily. “Not ‘thanks’ between us. You--you -understand why I came. I--I am sorry----” - -She walked slowly back across the fair, fragrant garden, taking time to -get control of herself before she went through the gate and along the -flagged walk and around the house corner. There was Polly on the porch, -still busy with her sewing. Mrs. Wilson compelled herself to sit down -and chat a few minutes about gardens and fowls and Red Cross work. Then -she said good-by and started home. - -Near the mill she met Dick Osborne and he looked at her with eager -eyes. Then his face fell. Cousin Mayo had not told her; Dick was sure -of that as soon as he saw her face. Why not? It must be a tremendous -secret if Cousin Mayo couldn’t tell Cousin Agnes--and she asking him -to! He remembered uneasily the conversation that Jake Andrews had -overheard; he was sorry that fellow had happened to come along just -then. He must tell Anne and Patsy to keep their lips glued up. Alas! It -was too late now for caution. The secret was out. - - - - -CHAPTER XIV - - -“Cousin Polly dear,” called Anne Lewis, tripping up the Larkland path a -few days later, “here’s the wool you said you’d need to-day. And where -is Cousin Mayo? David wants to know if he’ll lend us a wagon Saturday, -to haul up our potatoes.” - -“Mayo will let David know about it. He is away from home now,” said -Mrs. Osborne, in her quiet voice. - -“Those pigeons keep him on the go, don’t they?” said Anne. - -Mrs. Osborne answered only with a smile. “Come, dear; sit down,” she -said. “Stay to dinner.” - -“No, thank you, Cousin Polly. We want to can a lot of butterbeans -to-day,” said Anne. “I’ll just run to the kitchen and say ‘howdy’ to -Chrissy; I haven’t seen her for a long time.” - -Anne went to the kitchen, which, according to Village custom, was a -cabin back of the dwelling house, and stopped at the door. - -“Well, Chrissy, how are you?” she said pleasantly. - -The old woman, usually good-humored and talkative, turned a glum face -toward her young visitor. “Uh! I ain’t nothin’ to-day,” she groaned. -“’Scuse me a minute, Miss Anne. I got to git a dish out de dinin’ -room.” She went out of the back kitchen door and took the long way -around to the house. - -“Goodness, Chrissy!” Anne said when she came back. “Why did you go that -roundabout way? Why didn’t you come out this door?” - -Chrissy looked around, and then said in a cautious undertone, “Miss -Anne, dat doorstep’s cunjered.” - -“Cunjered!” laughed Anne. - -“Cunjered,” Chrissy repeated solemnly. “Solomon Gabe was here yestiddy. -He tol’ Miss Polly he come to bring her shoes dat Lincum patched, but -I knows better. He come grumblin’ an’ mumblin’ ’roun’ here; an’ he was -puttin’ a spell on dat step, dat’s what he was doin’.” - -“What kind of spell?” asked Anne, still mirthful. - -“A spell to hurt me, Miss Anne; to give me a misery, maybe to kill me, -if I tromp on it.” - -“But I came in this door and it didn’t hurt me,” said Anne. - -“Naw’m. It can’t hurt you, ’cause ’twa’n’t laid in yore name. ’Twas put -dar for me.” - -“Why do you think Solomon Gabe--he looks mean enough for anything!--put -a spell for you?” - -“He’s mad with me, Miss Anne. I--I can’t tell you de why an’ de -wherefore. Dey say de birds o’ de air will let ’em know if I tell -anything. Miss Anne, don’t you breath what I done said.” The old woman -groaned. “Uh, dese is trouble times, trouble times! Who is dem folks -comin’ up de walk, Miss Anne? Dey ain’t de kind o’ folks dat come -visitin’ to Larkland.” - -Anne had joined her Cousin Polly in the hall when the three rough, -loud-talking men--Jake Andrews, Bill Jones, and Joe Hight--came -stamping up the front steps. Mrs. Osborne met them with the cordiality -that a Virginia country house has for any guest, even the unexpected -and unknown. Wouldn’t they come in and let Chrissy bring them some -fresh water? She was sorry her husband was not at home. - -“We saw him go away,” said Andrews, shortly. “They said he was carrying -pigeons to Richmond, to fly back home.” - -“Oh! Yes,” she said in a noncommittal way. - -“Was he?” asked Andrews, fixing his beadlike black eyes on her face. - -Anne saw her cousin flush; the rude manner of the men was enough to -bring an indignant color to her cheeks. - -Mrs. Osborne hesitated a minute, then said quietly: “That is the way -pigeons are trained. They are taken away hungry, and they fly back to -the place where----” - -Andrews cut short her explanation. “How fast do they fly?” - -“My husband had a bird come six hundred miles last week,” she said. “It -made that flight in fifteen hours.” - -“H’m! What made you think so--that it came in that time?” - -“Oh! my husband knows all his birds. And there is always a note -fastened to the leg, telling where it came from and where it is going, -so if any one catches it he will turn it loose to finish its flight.” - -“Ah!” said Andrews. “If a pigeon was coming from Richmond, it would be -here now. We’ll see if any of them have notes fastened to their legs, -to prove what you say.” - -Mrs. Osborne’s eyes blazed in her white face. “What have you to do with -my husband’s birds?” she demanded. - -“What I please, with him and them,” answered Andrews, throwing back his -coat and showing a badge. “I’m an officer of the law, I am. And I’m -dog-tired of the old ’ristocrats that been running Charleburg County, -and ain’t no better than other folks--and friends with Germans, in all -sorts of meanness. Now, ma’am, are you ready to prove what you said -about them pigeons?” - -There was a brief silence. Mrs. Osborne’s face went from white to -red and back again. At last she said quietly: “You need not wait, -gentlemen. No birds will come home to Larkland to-day. There are none -to come. My husband did not take them with him.” - -“Where did he go?” demanded Andrews. “And who’s that strange man that’s -been here with him?” - -“I refuse to answer your impertinent questions,” she said, looking over -his head. “Gentlemen, I bid you good day. Come, Anne.” - -She marched like a royal procession through the hall, with Anne -following her. They went into the sitting room, and Mrs. Osborne, with -a red patch on each cheek, sat stiffly erect in a straight-backed chair -and talked to Anne, jumping from one subject to another--Red Cross -work, war gardens, Mr. Tavis’s rheumatism, Miss Fanny Morrison’s new -hat--anything and everything except the one subject she and Anne had in -mind. - -“Which of your studies do you like best?” she asked. - -“Pigeons,” answered Anne. “Oh!” she gasped, and hastily said, “Math,” -which she hated. - -Then, very embarrassed and puzzled and troubled, she went back to -The Village. In the midst of her task and the merry chatter of her -companions, her thoughts wandered often to that strange scene at -Larkland. What did it, what could it mean? There was evidently some -secret; so she must not discuss it with any one, not even Patsy. But -what? and why? - -By the middle of the afternoon, the task they had set themselves was -finished. Anne went home with Patsy, and they dropped down on the shady -lawn to enjoy their well-earned rest. - -“I’m thirsty!” said Anne. - -Patsy laughed. “That’s the first time you’ve seemed to know what you -were saying to-day!” Then she called Emma, who brought fresh water, -and filled and refilled for them the big old “house” dipper, a coconut -shell rimmed with silver. - -“Oh, for some lemonade!” sighed Patsy. “Sweet and cold, with ice -tinkling in the glass!” - -“Hush! You make me so thirsty!” said Anne. “We could get the lemons at -Cousin Will’s store, but we ought not to use the sugar. Mr. Hoover -says we must save more than we’ve been saving.” - -“Dat Mr. Hoover shore is stingy wid his sugar,” grumbled Emma. “How -come folks let him have it all, anyway?” - -“He wants us to use less so there will be some for our Allies,” -explained Anne. - -“H’m!” snorted Emma. “I’ve always been havin’ all de sugar I could buy -an’ pay for. Why can’t dem ’Lies git on like dey always done?” - -Anne knew; she had read Mr. Hoover’s appeals. She said: “Our Allies -used to get most of their sugar from Germany and Austria, the countries -we are at war with. Now they can’t get that, so we must divide with -them the sugar from Louisiana and Cuba and the Hawaiian Islands.” - -“Wellum, course what you say is so; but I don’t believe a word of it,” -said Emma. “An’ here Miss M’randa come this mornin’ an’ say I can’t -have no sugar to make a cake for Sweet William’s birthday. Um, um, um! -If my old man was livin’, he’d git sweetenin’ for dat cake an’ for -you-all’s lemonade, too.” - -“How could he get sugar?” asked Patsy. - -“I ain’t say sugar,” answered Emma; “I say sweetenin’. I was talkin’ -’bout honey.” - -“But we haven’t any honey,” said Anne. - -“He’d git it, Amos would. He was a powerful hand for findin’ bee -trees.” - -“What is a bee tree?” “How did he find them?” asked Patsy and Anne. - -“Shuh, Miss Patsy! You-all know what a bee tree is. It’s a tree whar -bees home an’ lay up honey.” - -“Oh, yes! But how can you find it?” inquired Anne. - -“My old man was a notable bee courser,” said Emma. “Dis here’s de way -he done: He put some sirup on a chip an’ he took some flour----” - -“Flour! What for?” interrupted Patsy. - -“I’m a-tryin’ to tell you what for,” said Emma. “Well’m, he’d go wid -dat chip, like out yander whar de bees is on dem white clover blooms; -an’ thar he’d stand. Presen’ly de bees come an’ sip de sirup. Whiles -a bee’s a-sippin’, Amos takes an’ dusts it wid de flour, and den he -watches to see whichaway it goes. It flies ’long home, an’ den comes -back to git more sirup, an’ Amos he takes noticement how long it’s -gone; dat gives him a sort o’ noration ’bout how fur off de tree is. -Well, he follows Mr. Dusty-back fur as he c’n see it, an’ waits; an’ -follows, an’ waits; takin’ de course twel he comes smang to de bee -tree. An’ lawdy! de honey he got! We used to sell it, an’ give it ’way, -an’ eat honey an’ honey cakes. Um-mm!” - -She smacked her lips reminiscently. - -“Oh, Patsy!” said Anne, and “Oh, Anne!” said Patsy; and then both -together, “Let’s do it!” - -“Let’s go right away!” said Anne. - -Heat and fatigue were forgotten. They ran into the house, and Anne -scooped up a handful of flour while Patsy was getting sirup out of a -preserve jar. They did not have enough confidence in the amiability of -the bees to put the sirup on a chip; instead, they took a long stick, -and Patsy held it with some trepidation while Anne stood by with the -flour. - -“Dust that big one; that big fat one!” Patsy whispered excitedly. - -The bee buzzed and flirted its wings, and flew away from what must have -seemed to it an avalanche of white dust. Anne and Patsy, on tiptoe to -follow, watched eagerly to see the direction of its flight. It circled -aimlessly about, and then buzzed back to the clover blossoms. The girls -selected another fat bee and dusted it liberally; it flew off, buzzed -about the clover field, and came back to sip the sirup. - -“It’s all nonsense!” Patsy said crossly. “Let’s give up.” - -“I don’t want to give up,” said Anne. “I reckon Amos did something Emma -doesn’t know about. I wonder----” - -“We certainly can’t chase all the bees in the field,” said Patsy. “We -might as well be trying to follow Dick. Come on! I want to scold Emma -for sending us on a wild-goose chase.” - -“Wild-bee chase,” corrected Anne, laughing. - -Patsy was too warm and tired and cross to laugh. She went to the -kitchen door and said sharply: “Emma, what made you tell us that -foolishness about following bees to a tree? We’ve tried it, and the -bees don’t go anywhere; they just buzz around on the clover and come -back and eat some more sirup.” - -“Ump-mm, Miss Patsy. You just ain’t done it right. Maybe you was -coursin’ a bumbler or de wrong kind o’ bee.” - -“It was a honey bee. Don’t you reckon I know honey bees?” Patsy replied -indignantly. “Come out here and I’ll show you the kind it was. There! -It was like that.” - -“Um-hmm! Dat big fuzzy-end bee; dat’s a droner. You’ve got to chase a -honey-maker. Thar’s one, Miss Anne; dat little fellow. Dust it wid de -flour. Now you follow it.” - -Ah! this little creature was no loitering drone. Instead of buzzing -about the field, it took a straight, swift course, a “bee line,” to -the northeast. Anne and Patsy followed as far as they were sure of its -course, and then waited--waited what seemed a very, very long time, and -then dusted another honey bee. A minute later, the first flour-coated -little creature came flying back, to sip and fly away again. Again they -followed, in growing excitement and glee. It led them across a field, -through a swamp that they waded recklessly, across another field, and -into woods where their progress was slow because they could see only a -short distance ahead. They made up for it, however, by dusting several -bees, and at last they had a line of little messengers going in the -same direction. - -They followed the swift-flying, busy creatures to--of all lovely, -suitable places in the world--Happy Acres! Happy Acres, their dear -garden plot in an old field surrounded by woodland. There was a big oak -tree at the edge of that charming, beloved place, to which bees were -coming from all directions. The girls forgot caution and ran close to -the tree; there was a hole near the ground, and about eight feet up was -a larger hole black with bees crawling in and out. - -“Listen, Patsy!” exclaimed Anne. “It’s humming! the whole tree is -humming like a beehive!” - -Oh, there was no doubt of its being a bee tree! - -They made their discovery a great sensation in The Village. Mr. -Mallett, whose father had kept bees and who had a charm against stings, -volunteered to get the honey. - -The Village turned out that evening to watch the performance. - -Mr. Mallett set to work calmly and like a veteran. He stopped the upper -hole and started a smoldering fire of dry leaves and tobacco stalks -near the lower opening. After the smoke stupefied the bees, he sawed -and cut the upper hole, brushed aside the deadened bees by handfuls, -and got out the honey stored in the great hollow tree; there were -bucketfuls and bucketfuls of it. Anne and Patsy had a happy, important -time dividing it among their friends and neighbors. - -“They’re welcome to the honey,” laughed Anne. “But, O Patsy! aren’t you -glad you and I had the glory of finding the bee tree?” - -“That I am! And now hey for lemonade--cool, and tinkly with ice, and -sweet, sweet, sweet!” rejoiced Patsy. - -“Oh, goody! we can’t send this to the Belgians and Frenches,” said -Sweet William. “Anne, I wish you and Patsy’d find a bee tree every -week. Then I wouldn’t mind saving all my sugar. Emma says she’s going -to make me a cake, a real cake. And I am going to eat honey, and eat -honey, and eat honey!” He heaved a sigh of blissful content. - -While Anne and Patsy were coursing the bees, Dick was on his way to the -Old Sterling Mine. He had been there several times lately, looking -about jealously to see if Mr. Smith were investigating the mine. He had -not seen any one there again, and he had about decided that Mr. Smith -was looking over the timber in the Big Woods and had merely stopped to -see the old mine as a curiosity. - -And so, on this pleasant autumn afternoon, Dick went up the hill from -the creek, carefree and whistling merrily. Suddenly his tune changed to -a sharp, dismayed exclamation, and he stopped to gaze at the ground; -yes, there were footprints; and the tracks led--he followed swiftly and -anxiously--to the mine opening. - -“They’ve been here! They’ve been back to my mine!” he exclaimed. - -Instead of pulling his improvised ladder from its hiding place beside -the fence, he went to the mine hole and looked in. An old dead pine -branch was hanging on the edge; it might have been tossed there by a -gust of wind. Dick pulled it aside. It covered a ladder made of rough -timber. Some one had been in the mine; might be there now! - -Dick stood very still for several minutes, listening intently and -looking sharply around. Then he descended the ladder, with a shivery -feeling that some one might tumble a rock or send a shot on him from -above or drag him down by the legs or thrust a knife through him from -below. Nothing happened. He descended safely, and the tunnel ahead of -him was black and silent. He lighted his candle and went to the main -room. The odor of stale tobacco smoke hung about the place and there -were a few scraps of torn newspaper here and there. - -He went on toward the lower tunnel. At a sudden little noise, he jumped -and put out his candle and stood on the alert. There was no glimmer in -the murky darkness. All was still. The noise--if he had really heard -any noise--was probably outside, the fall of a dead bough or the cawing -of a crow. - -He relighted his candle and went on and set to work, but his spade made -a horribly loud noise. He felt as if some one were listening; creeping -down the tunnel; slipping behind him. Cold chills ran over him; he -peered into the darkness outside his little circle of light; he dropped -his spade and crouched behind a projecting rock. - -Oh, it was useless to try to work! He put his tools under a pile of -old timbers and went back. Just as he was starting up the ladder, he -noticed a pile of leaves between the foot of the ladder and the wall. -It was not there the last time he was in the mine. He kicked the -leaves aside. Under them was an old iron mortar and pestle. - -Something in the mortar glittered in the candlelight. Silver; silver, -of course! Dick picked up some of the particles to examine. There was a -little sharp pain and his finger began to bleed. Why, those particles -were glass! And there were bottles and pieces of bottles. What on earth -was any one doing here with a mortar and pestle, breaking up glass? It -was the strangest, silliest, most absurd thing! Why, what---- Oh, the -glass in the flour at Larkland mill! Had Germans, who put that glass in -the flour, been hiding in the mine? Suppose they should come back and -find him here! - -He hastily pushed the leaves over the mortar and climbed out. It never -entered his head then to question how German strangers would know of -this deserted place almost forgotten by the community. He sped down the -path, through the woods, took the path to Larkland, and hurried to the -hayfield where he saw Mr. Osborne at work. - -“Cousin Mayo!” Dick hardly had breath to speak. “I’ve been in the Old -Sterling Mine and I found----” - -“Silver!” his cousin interrupted, in humorous excitement. - -“A mortar with broken glass in it. There were the pestle and some -bottles.” - -“What!” exclaimed Black Mayo, the fun leaving his face and voice. - -“Some one had put a ladder in the hole. I found the mortar and pestle -and bottles at the foot, covered with leaves. They weren’t there last -week. Then I went down on my ladder.” - -“You may have got on the track of something of far more importance than -the silver in or out of that old mine,” Mr. Osborne said, frowning -thoughtfully. “Have you seen or heard anything else that might mean -mischief, at any time? Think! and think!” - -“No, sir,” said Dick; then he exclaimed: “Oh, Cousin Mayo! I’d -forgotten, but it was queer. The night before Broad Acres was burned, -when Sweet William was undressing, mother asked him how he got oil -on his blouse, and he said he reckoned it was from the little smelly -sticks he got under the steps at Broad Acres. And that night, Emma--she -was standing by me--let out a screech, ‘The devils--burning little Miss -Anne!’” - -“I wish you had told me these things before,” said Mr. Osborne. “Now, -keep a still tongue and open eyes.” - -“I certainly will,” promised Dick. - - - - -CHAPTER XV - - -That night Patsy was awakened by a hand on her arm, an excited voice in -her ear. - -“Patsy, Patsy!” whispered Anne. “Wake up! I’ve something to tell you. -Wake up and listen. I can’t wait till morning. Oh, Patsy! I know how we -are going to find out Dick’s secret!” - -“What? How?” Patsy was wide awake at once. - -“We’ve failed and failed; it did almost seem as if he could outdo us. -Oh, he would have held it over our heads the rest of our lives!” - -“But how----” interrupted Patsy. - -“We--it came to me in a flash--we are going to course him,” said Anne. - -“Course him?” Patsy made the words an amazed question. - -“As we did the bees,” Anne explained. “We’ll follow him as far as -we can see him; and then we’ll take up his course from that place -next time; and so on, till we get to Redville or the end of the -world--wherever he goes!” - -“I don’t see how we’ll manage it,” said Patsy. - -“Oh, yes you do! Or you will when I tell you from A, B, C to X, Y, Z,” -Anne exclaimed impatiently. “You see, Pats, we’ve got to watch him and -follow him.” - -“We’ve tried that dozens of times,” was Patsy’s despondent interjection. - -“Will you listen to me? I say we’ll follow him. He nearly always goes -by Larkland, to get a pigeon; then he comes back to the public road and -he goes up Jones’s hill. We know that, for we’ve followed him that far. -Well! Next time we see him getting ready to go, we’ll stroll to the -mill and stop, as if we just meant to visit Cousin Giles; then, while -Dick’s at Larkland, we’ll run along and hide in the pines where he gave -us the slip that first time. You remember?” - -Patsy emphatically did. - -“And then we’ll follow him. He’ll not be expecting us there, and we’ll -be careful to keep out of recognizing distance. If he gets away, we’ll -come back home and not let him know we followed him. And the next time, -we’ll race ahead and hide at the place where we lost sight of him, and -follow him from there.” - -“Oh! I see!” said Patsy. “We are to course him just like the bees.” - -“Oh! you see; at last!” laughed Anne. “Maybe we’ll find out the very -first time; or we may have to follow him again and again. Oh, it’ll be -lots and loads of fun!” - -The girls were on tiptoe with impatience, and rejoiced mightily when -they saw Dick put a candle into his pocket the next Saturday afternoon. -They went at once to the mill; presently they saw him take the path -to Larkland, and they ran ahead and dived into the pine woods where -he had hidden on that well-remembered April day. Half an hour later, -Dick came whistling along the road, and they crept from their hiding -place and followed at a cautious distance for about three quarters of a -mile; then they lost sight of him at a turn of the Old Plank Road. Anne -stopped. - -“Come on,” said Patsy, keen on pursuit. “There aren’t any paths here; -of course he went on down the road.” - -“He may have turned off in the woods,” said Anne. “The thing to do is -to course him, follow him as far as we see him. Oh, it’s such fun!” - -“It certainly is,” agreed Patsy. “We’ve followed him a long way. Why, -we’re over two miles from The Village. It’s out here somewhere in the -Big Woods that Solomon Gabe lives.” - -“Oh! the old ‘cunjer’ darky the others are so afraid of?” asked Anne. - -“Yes. And his son Cæsar is one of the deserters they’re looking for. -Oh, Anne! suppose we should walk up--zip, bang!--face to face with a -real deserter?” - -“Nonsense! Everybody says those men went to New York or somewhere; they -wouldn’t dare come back here, where people know them. Now, Pats-pet, -next time Dick starts off, we’ll run ahead and come here and--oh, -Patsy! that clump of chinquapin bushes will make a splucious hiding -place.” - -“If he sees us, we can just be looking for chinquapins. Anne, this was -a splendid plan of yours.” - -“It certainly was,” agreed Anne. “Oh! I do hope next time we’ll get -there--wherever it is--and find out Dick’s secret.” - -A few days later, they followed Dick again. He went toward Larkland, -and they hid in the chinquapin bushes as they had planned. And there -they stayed, weary hour after hour. No one passed except a negro man -who went slinking down the road. - -“Anne,” whispered Patsy, “that man looks like--I believe it is--Cæsar!” - -“Any darky you saw would look like Cæsar to you, now he’s a deserter,” -giggled Anne. “You don’t see anybody that looks like Dick, do you?” - -“No; and don’t let’s wait any longer. We’re so crazy to find out about -Dick we’re getting to be real slackers in Red Cross and gardening.” - -They “went by” Larkland, and there they found Dick, busy stretching -wire and driving staples, helping Cousin Mayo wire in a new pigeon cote. - -The next Saturday was perfect outdoor weather, with blue skies and -crisp air that invited one to the gorgeous October woodlands. Early in -the afternoon, Anne, who was spending the day with Alice Blair, came -running to The Roost. - -“Patsy! Patsy! Where’s Patsy?” she called. - -“I sent her to carry Mrs. Hight some wool,” said Mrs. Osborne. “She’ll -be back in an hour or so.” - -“Oh, dear!” Anne exclaimed. “I can’t wait. Tell her I’ve gone--she -knows where--about _the secret_. Tell her to follow to the last place, -please, Cousin Miranda. She’ll understand. I must run.” - -Away she sped, to pass the mill while Dick was at Larkland and get to -the chosen covert on the Old Plank Road. Near the mill the mail hack -passed her, with passengers that excited a sensation when they came to -The Village. They were the sheriff and a deputy with two of the negro -deserters, Bill and Martin Toole. - -“Where d’you catch them?” asked Mr. Blair, neglecting his mail bags. - -“Not so far from you folks,” answered the sheriff. “Lewis Jones saw two -men sneaking ’round that old sawmill place in the Big Woods; he came -and told me, and Tom Robson and me went and nabbed these fellows. We’ve -brought them here to jail to-night; to-morrow we’ll deliver them to -army folks.” - -Just then Mrs. Red Mayo Osborne came in, hurried and anxious looking. - -“Will,” she called to Mr. Blair, “have you seen Anne Lewis this -afternoon?” - -“Not since directly after dinner,” he answered. “She passed the post -office then.” - -“Yes,” said Mrs. Osborne. “She came running in and asked for Patsy. -Patsy was away, at the Hights’, and Anne ran off, saying Patsy would -know where she was going. As soon as Patsy came home, she followed, but -she came back half an hour ago; she had looked and looked, and seen no -sign of Anne--on the Old Plank Road, where she expected to find her.” - -“Anne ought not to wander off that way,” said Mr. Blair. - -“Indeed not,” agreed Mrs. Osborne. - -“I’d send the boys to look for her,” suggested Mr. Blair. - -“They’ve gone,” said Mrs. Osborne. “David and Steve and Dick. It’s Dick -that made me so uneasy. When Patsy came back and found him at home, she -asked him where Anne was. He said he hadn’t seen her. And Patsy said -she had followed him, as far as the Old Plank Road, she was sure; and -farther. He looked startled, positively frightened. And he asked what -color her dress was; and when I said blue, a blue gingham, he said, -‘Oh, I’m afraid I saw her!’ He was off like a shot before I could ask a -question. He seemed so upset and excited that--well, it frightened me.” - -“Nonsense, Miranda!” laughed Mr. Blair. “You let your imagination run -away with you. Anne ought not to roam the woods alone, but she is safe, -perfectly safe.” - -Dick had, as his mother said, gone hurriedly in search of Anne. He did -not share Mr. Blair’s feeling of security; he was uneasy, alarmed. - -On his way to the Old Sterling Mine that afternoon, he had seen two -negroes going up the path from the creek toward the mine. He crept -into the bushes and followed a little way, but the undergrowth was so -straggling that he could not get near them. One of the negroes was -Solomon Gabe, he was sure; the other negro, a stout, youngish figure, -had his back toward him and was screened by bushes. Dick caught only -a word here and there of their mumbled speech--“hide,” “get away,” and -oaths and oaths. - -He crept back to the road, and then, to avoid Isham Baskerfield whose -oxcart was going up the hill, he went down the creek and cut through -the woods. He ran to Larkland to tell his Cousin Mayo what he had seen -and heard. The house was shut up. Perhaps he would find Cousin Mayo in -The Village. - -And so Dick ran home--to be greeted by the news that Anne was off alone -somewhere; had followed him, Patsy said, along the Old Plank Road. Then -he remembered something that filled him with vague terror; if that were -Anne, and she should wander to the Old Sterling Mine, and encounter -those men---- He turned and ran to seek her. It was nearly dark when he -came to Isham’s cabin. The old negro was on the porch with his wife, -who was talking in a rapid, excited voice. - -“Hey, Unc’ Isham!” Dick called. “Have you seen Anne?” - -The man started and the woman was suddenly silent. - -Dick called again; then he sprang over the fence and started toward the -cabin. - -Lily Belle said something sharply to Isham, who turned and said: “Hey? -Why, it’s little Marse Dick. Was you calling me?” and hobbled down the -path. - -“Have you seen Miss Anne Lewis?” - -“See who? What you say, Marse Dick? Laws, I’m gittin’ deef!” - -“Anne, Anne Lewis,” Dick said impatiently. “Which way did she go?” - -“How I know which way she go? I ain’t see her,” mumbled Isham. - -“What!” Dick said sharply. “I saw you going up the road in your cart, -and she was there at the top of the hill--in a blue dress.” - -Isham looked terribly confused. Then he said: “Was that her? Was that -Miss Anne? My old eyes ain’t no good nowadays. I knowed somebody -passed me, but I was studyin’ ’bout my business, an’ I ain’t took no -noticement who ’twas.” - -“But I thought she stopped and spoke to you,” said Dick. “It looked -like---- Didn’t she speak to you?” - -As Dick became uncertain, Isham grew positive. “Who? Miss Anne? I don’t -riccermember her speakin’ to me. Naw, Miss Anne ain’t spoke to me.” - -After all, Dick was not sure it was Anne. He had only seen a far-off -figure in blue. He thought--he was not certain--it paused by Isham’s -cart. He had not thought of Anne then, but now the conviction grew -that it was she; and he was curiously disturbed by Isham’s manner, -though he was sure the old negro would not hurt Anne. - -Perhaps she had gone back, straying in the woods to get chinquapins, -and was now safe at home. Oh! surely she was at home. Twilight was -deepening. He would go home. He started back, examining the road -closely. There in the sand were footprints, slim little tracks, Anne’s -footprints! - -So it _was_ Anne that Isham had met. Why did he say he had not seen -her? And why did he look so confused, frightened? - -All the tracks led in one direction. There were no homeward-going -footprints. Anne had passed this way, but she had not gone back. Where -was she now? Did Isham know? - -Dick ran to the cabin. No one was in sight, and door and shutter were -closed; but--for it was now dusk--he caught glimpses of flickering -firelight. He was just about to bang on the door when he heard a -voice,--not Isham’s and not Lily Belle’s. He peeped through a knothole. -There was a man sitting at the table. His back was turned. Dick crept -to the side of the cabin and looked through a crack. Now Lily Belle was -between him and the man. Isham threw a lightwood knot on the fire and -the blaze flared up. And Lily Belle moved. The man was Cæsar Gabe, the -deserter! - -This news ought to go at once to The Village. But Anne! He could not go -back without one effort to find her. He ran down the road to the ford. -There he stopped. After listening intently and hearing nothing but -the usual wood noises, he took out the candle he had brought for his -mining, lighted it, and looked about. There, on the soft, damp ground, -the footprints were distinct; and they went, not up the road, but along -the path toward the mine. - -Dick blew out the candle, squared his shoulders, and started up the -hill. If Anne had gone to the Old Sterling Mine, if she had encountered -the deserter-- - -Close to the mine he lighted his candle and saw rough, heavy tracks and -again that slim little footprint. - -Should he go into the mine to search for her? Or should he hurry back -for help--not because of the danger to himself, but because he only -could guide aright the search for Anne; and to tell about the deserter. - -As he stood there, trying to decide what was best to do, he heard--he -thought he heard--a faint cry. Anne? Was it Anne? Was she there, in -terror, in danger? He forgot his sober second thoughts about going back -for help. Anne there in need! He must go to her. - -He scrambled down the ladder and stumbled along the tunnel to the main -room, not daring to light his candle. There was no glimmer in the -darkness before him, and now he heard no sound; perhaps he had never -heard anything, had just imagined he had. He lighted his candle and -examined the ground, but he could not distinguish footprints, Anne’s or -others. Was he wasting precious time here, when he ought to be on the -way home to give the alarm? - -Anyway, he would go on to the second tunnel. - -There, about the height of his head, was something hanging on one of -the rough timbers that supported the roofing. It was a piece of blue -ribbon, the gay bow that he had seen on Anne’s hair. He sprang forward, -in certainty and terror now, going straight to the pit at the end of -the tunnel. He stumbled against something and almost fell; it was the -ladder that some one had pulled out of the pit. He pushed it to the -edge, slid it in, and scrambled down. - -As he reached the bottom, his arm was clutched, so suddenly that his -hand was jerked upward and his candle was extinguished. For a second -he was frozen with terror, awaiting he knew not what--a pistol at his -brow, a knife at his throat. - -And then to him, expecting any terrible thing, came a dear, familiar -voice. “Oh, Dick! Dick!” gasped Anne. “I was so scared! I didn’t dare -look or move! And when I saw it was you---- Oh! I thought no one would -ever come. I thought they were coming back to kill me!” - -“They? Who?” - -“I don’t know. They threw a hat over my face from behind and -blindfolded me. Then they put me here.” - -“Let’s get away, quick as we can,” said Dick. “I saw two men here this -afternoon. That’s why I went back.” - -They climbed out of the pit and hurried along the tunnel. - -Anne giggled hysterically. “O Dick!” she said. “I did find out your -secret. I said I would, and I did. But--I wish I hadn’t!” - -He started to answer, and then--they were now at the foot of the -ladder--he stopped in terror. He heard voices. The men were returning. - -“They’ve got us,” he said. - -“Go on, go on,” gasped Anne. “Let’s get out anyway.” - -“We’d just meet them,” replied Dick. - -“Oh, come on out!” Anne said desperately. “Don’t let them kill us in -this awful hole.” - -“A hole!” Dick exclaimed. “Oh! there’s one. Come here!” - -He caught Anne by the arm and pulled her along the tunnel, into the -main room, to the pit into which he had fallen on his first visit to -the mine. - -“Here’s a hole,” he explained in a rapid whisper; “behind this pile of -dirt. Wait a sec till I move these poles. Now! Grab that pole and slip -in. Feel for the log with your feet. There!” - -Instead of following Anne, he poised on the crosswise timber. - -“Hold the candle a minute,” he said. “Quick! And steady!” - -He dragged back the poles he had pulled aside. - -“Put out the light,” he said. “I’ll stay here and watch. If they don’t -step on the poles, they’ll never find us.” - -“Oh, Dick! If----” - -“Hush! They’re coming!” - -They crouched down in silence, listening fearfully to the footsteps -and voices that came nearer and nearer. Three men, the foremost one -carrying a lantern, stopped in the main room of the mine. Dick saw them -clearly; they were Solomon Gabe, Cæsar, and Isham. - -Solomon Gabe was moaning over and over: “Uh, my boy! Dey’ll git you, -dey’ll git you! My boy! my boy!” - -Cæsar spoke with impatient harshness: “Shet up! Is all yore senses -wandered off, so you can’t see nothin’ but chain gangs an’ gallowses? -I tell you, I’m goin’ to git off. If you’d got any spondulix from dat -white man dat said he had gallon tin buckets o’ money---- Well, I’m -gwine in dat post office to-night. I’m bleeged to have money. Den dat -daybreak train.” - -“What you drug me here for?” asked Isham’s frightened voice. “I got -nothin’ to do wid you an’ yore desertin’. You come to my house an’----” - -“You reckon I was gwine to stay here an’ starve?” snarled Cæsar. - -“An’ makin’ me tell dat lie ’bout not seein’ Miss Anne,” grumbled -Isham. “When dey finds out----” - -“If you tell on me I’ll kill you, if it’s my last livin’ act,” Cæsar -said fiercely. - -“Uh, I ain’t gwine to tell; I ain’t nuver gwine to tell,” promised -Isham, hastily. “But it don’t need me. Thar’s Miss Anne. What c’n you -do to----” - -“Kill her,” said Cæsar. - -“Uh, my boy! my boy! Trouble! trouble!” moaned his father. - -“Cæsar! Cæsar!” Isham’s voice was shocked and deprecating. - -“Killin’ is saftest,” insisted Cæsar. “If you-all’s feered, leave it to -me.” - -“Naw! naw!” protested Isham. “Boy, if you do a killin’---- I know dese -here white mens. Dey’re mighty soft an’ easy-goin’ long as you don’t -make ’em mad. But if harm comes to dat gal, dey’ll grub thar way down -to hell wid thar bare hands to git de man dat done it. You’ll nuver git -away. I--I’ve heerd bloodhounds run,” he quavered. - -Cæsar cowered. “You want to turn her loose, to start a search an’ git -me cotch?” he asked sullenly. - -“Naw. Just left her in dat hole awhile,” said Isham. “She don’t know -yore name or nomernation. An’ ’fore folks find her, you’ll be gone.” - -Cæsar thought it over. “Well,” he agreed. “If she stays thar two-three -days---- Le’s take a look ’round to make shore thar ain’t no way she -c’n climb out.” - -“Thar wa’n’t nothin’ but de ladder, an’ you done took it out,” said -Isham. - -“Le’s make shore. If she come here to de openin’, folks mought hear -her.” - -Cæsar, followed by Isham and Solomon Gabe, went down the tunnel toward -the pit. - -Anne clutched Dick’s arm. “They’ll miss me and find us here,” she -whispered. “Let’s get out. Let’s run.” - -“Too near. Not time enough. Sh-sh!” Dick answered hurriedly. - -Even then the negroes were coming back, in great excitement. - -“Who put dat ladder thar? Who got her out?” Isham was saying wildly -over and over. - -“Come on!” Cæsar was urging, between oaths. “We got to ketch her ’fore -she gits to de Village. Hit’s her life now; or mine!” - -“Yas, yas! An’ I’ll stan’ by you!” Old Solomon Gabe ended with an -awful, sobbing shriek. - -Anne and Dick, cowering in the hole, felt as if wild, bloodthirsty -beasts were on their trail. The fierce voices, the hurrying feet were -close at hand. But they passed by. They went toward the ladder. And -then voices and footsteps died away in the distance. - - - - -CHAPTER XVI - - -As the voices died away, Dick sprang up and pushed aside the poles. - -“Come on, Anne!” he said. “Here! Take my hand. Now! We must get -home--quick!” - -“Oh, Dick! What if they come back? What if we meet them?” - -“We’ll not meet them,” he answered. “They’re going to The Village, -looking for you. And he’s planning to rob the post office. He may shoot -Cousin Will. We must hurry and let them know at home.” - -He took Anne’s hand and they groped through the tunnel and into the -mine opening. - -“Why, it’s night!” Anne whispered. - -“Late,” said Dick. “It was dark when I came. The moon’s up.” - -They crept up the ladder. Dick put his hand on Anne’s arm and they -stood still a minute, straining their eyes and ears into the woodland -night. Above the whir and chirp of insects and the murmur of the little -stream, they heard a trampling on the hillside; no voices. - -“Suppose just Cæsar and Isham have gone on?” whispered Anne, terrified. -“Suppose that awful old man is waiting to grab us?” - -“Oh, no!” Dick tried to soothe her; then he warned her: “Don’t talk. -Listen. And be on the lookout.” - -They went cautiously down the path, starting whenever a twig cracked or -a pebble rolled underfoot. Now and then they stopped to listen and peer -ahead. Thus they went on--across the creek, along the path, on the Old -Plank Road, up the hill by Isham’s cabin. - -The door was open, and by the brilliant blaze of the lightwood knots on -the hearth Anne and Dick saw Lily Belle moving restlessly about. She -came to the door and peered out; but she did not see the two figures -that slipped past in the darkness and hurried along the Old Plank Road -to the highway. - -At the path that turned off to the mill and Larkland, Anne caught Dick -by the arm. “Wait, Dick!” she said. - -“We haven’t time to stop,” he said impatiently. “Come on!” - -“But, Dick,” she said, “I’ve been thinking---- Suppose they’re -watching. If we go the straight road home, they’ll be sure to catch us.” - -“It’s a chance we’ve got to take, to get home to tell them,” he said. -“I must. Do you want to----” - -“If we turn off here and go to Larkland,” said Anne, “we can tell -Cousin Mayo. He’ll know what to do. It isn’t much farther this way, and -it’s a million times safer.” - -“Righto!” agreed Dick, turning into the path. “I’d been wondering if -we’d get past them.” - -They hurried along the path through the woods and splashed through -Tinkling Water, not taking time to grope for the stepping-stones. The -mill loomed before them, a huge, dark shadow on the shadows. - -Dick and Anne ran along the road to Larkland. Presently they heard -horse’s hoofs clattering down the road. There was a pause at the big -gate, and a familiar voice said, “Steady, Rosinante, steady!” as the -rider bent to open the gate. - -“Cousin Mayo! Cousin Mayo!” cried Dick and Anne, running toward him. - -“Hey! Who’s there?” he called sharply. - -“It’s just us,” said Anne; and Dick said, “Anne and me.” - -“Anne!--here at this time of night! Why, everybody in The Village is -distracted about you. Get on Rosinante behind me. I’ll take you to The -Roost.” - -“Cousin Mayo----” - -“Who’s that with you? Dick? Is this one of your fool pranks?” - -Mr. Osborne’s indignation for the instant dominated his relief. The -search for Anne had been growing hourly in intensity and uneasiness. -After walking about for hours, he had come home to get his horse, and -was starting off again. And here the girl for whom the community was -searching came strolling up the road to Larkland. - -“Aren’t you ashamed of yourself?” he exclaimed. - -“We were afraid to go home,” said Anne. “They are looking for me.” - -“Of course we are looking for you,” Black Mayo said impatiently. “They -are horribly uneasy about you.” - -“I mean, Cæsar’s looking for me,” Anne explained in a hurried, scared -undertone. “The deserter!” - -“What!” - -“They put her in the Old Sterling Mine. I found her,” said Dick. - -“We thought we’d better tell you about it. I ran up on that deserter, -and he’s afraid I’d tell. They’re looking for me, and---- Oh! what’s -that?” Anne gave a stifled cry. The noise that she heard was only--as -she realized on the instant--the crackling fall of a dead bough, but -it left her white and quivering. - -“Here, here!” said Black Mayo. “Let’s know what this is all about.” - -He sprang from his horse, threw the bridle rein over the gatepost, and -led Anne up the walk and into the house. - -“Why, Mayo! I thought you were gone. Anne! Where did you find her, -Mayo? And what is the matter?” asked Mrs. Osborne, as they hurried into -the room where she was sitting. - -There was no direct answer to her questions. Mr. Osborne put Anne in -a big chair and knelt down before her, grasping her cold, trembling -hands. “Tell me what happened. Quick!” he commanded. - -“I feel as if they are peeping in,” Anne said with a shuddering glance -at the windows. - -Mrs. Osborne drew the curtains close, and she and her husband listened -with exclamations and quick questions to the girl’s story. As Mr. -Osborne listened and questioned he was moving about--taking firearms -out of a closet, loading a gun with buckshot, oiling and loading a -revolver, getting out boxes of shells and cartridges. - -“They didn’t see you,” he said; “they don’t know where you are--or you -wouldn’t be here. Polly, you and Anne and Dick go into the chimney -room----” He nodded toward a small room opening out of the sitting -room, and called “the chimney room” because it was only the width of -the big old chimney. “Fasten the shutters; nail down the window and -put a blanket over it, so that not a ray of light can get out. Leave -the door ajar and a dim light in the sitting room, so you can see both -doors. Don’t answer any call unless it’s my voice.” - -“Your voice? You are going----” - -“To The Village. To warn Will and help there. If any one enters the -house, keep still till they open the sitting-room door, and then aim -straight and shoot to kill, Polly, as you do at the chicken hawks.” - -“Yes, Mayo; I will.” Her voice was as calm as if she were answering a -request to sew on a button. With an unfaltering hand she took the gun -she was accustomed to use with deadly execution on birds of prey. - -“God bless you, dear!” Her husband took her in his arms and kissed her -still, colorless face again and again. “Dick,” he said, “keep the gun -and pistol loaded for your Cousin Polly. She’s better than the best man -I know, in time of need.” - -He turned to go. - -“But, Mayo,” said his wife. “You must have firearms. Take a gun, the -pistol.” - -“No,” he said. “If that villain traces Anne here, you’ll need firearms. -Anyway, the pistol would be mighty little use to me; I’d be an easy -mark--on horseback, for them sneaking along in the dark. But I count on -getting safe to The Village. They aren’t after me, you know. And what’s -a man’s life for but to take in his two hands and put where it is -needed?” He unclasped her hands that clung to him. “If all goes well, -I’ll be back---- Oh! as soon as I can come.” - -He went out unarmed into the hostile night. The tense listeners heard -his firm, light tread on the flagged walk, the restive mare’s whinny, -and his soothing, “Whoa there! Gently, girl!” Then he galloped down the -hill, whistling “Dixie.” - -Hour after hour passed. Anne tumbled down on the bed, to rest a while, -and Dick, too, fell asleep. Mrs. Osborne sat there alone, very still -and heedful, with the firearms at her hand. - -Once the collie sleeping on the porch gave a quick, short bark, yelping -in a dream or at some little meaningless noise. Mrs. Osborne’s face -brightened. “Mayo!” she breathed, bending to listen. But no horse hoofs -rang on the road, no footsteps sounded on the walk; and gradually the -light faded from her face, leaving it bleak and sharp. - -At last the early-morning farm noises began to be heard. Roosters -crowed, a restless calf bawled and was answered by its lowing mother, -the collie whined and scratched at the door. The east lightened for -dawn. The gray sky became saffron and brightened to orange. Catbirds -and thrushes sang, wrens twittered and crows cawed. There was the -sweet, melancholy sound of cooing doves. Then came the pause when day -seems to “stand tiptoe.” - -Mrs. Osborne went into the sitting room. She looked through the front -window, down the road; quiet and untraveled, it lay there in the -brightening morning light. - -“If nothing had happened,” she said to herself; “if he were safe----” - -She turned from the window, with her lips pressed tightly together. - -Now sunrays were creeping through the eastern shutters, and the farm -creatures were growing insistent in their calls. Mrs. Osborne wakened -Anne and Dick, who were amazed and mortified to find that they had -slept so long and left her to watch alone. - -“Why, it’s day, broad day!” exclaimed Anne. “Hasn’t Cousin Mayo come -back?” - -“No.” - -“Isn’t that queer? I should think he’d be here,” said Dick. - -He and Anne ran to look out of the window, but Mrs. Osborne sat silent, -with averted face. - -“You look so tired, Cousin Polly!” said Anne. “Do lie down a little -while. We’ll watch.” - -“No,” Mrs. Osborne said quietly. “I am not tired. I must go out and -feed the stock, and the pigeons.” - -“Let me do it,” said Dick. - -“We’ll help you,” said Anne. - -“No. You mustn’t go outdoors and risk being seen. I’ll be back in a -little while.” - -Mrs. Osborne made the rounds of the farmyard. Last of all, she carried -a bucketful of small grain to the pigeon cote, and scattered it on the -ground. The pretty, gentle birds fluttered around her and alighted on -her arms and shoulders. She stroked the shining plumage of one of her -husband’s pets. Then her lips quivered and she dropped her face in her -hands. - -“God help me!” she said. “If he were alive, he would have come back to -me.” - -A few painful tears trickled between her fingers. But soon she regained -her self-control and went indoors. - -“Anne, Dick,” she said, “if something had not happened, Mayo would have -been back. I’ve stayed here all these hours because he said we must. -Now I’m going to look for him.” - -“And we are going with you,” Anne exclaimed. - -Mrs. Osborne considered a minute. “You’ll be just as safe, I reckon,” -she said. “Come on.” - -Dick ran ahead and opened the door. - -“Oh, Cousin Polly!” he cried. “There are people--two men--coming up the -hill. It’s father and----” - -“Cousin Giles!” said Anne. - -She and Dick ran down the path, followed more slowly by Mrs. Osborne. -She did not even hope to see her husband again, and it was with calm -misery that she met Red Mayo and Giles Spotswood. At least she would -have certainty instead of the terrible suspense of these long hours. - -Red Mayo Osborne ran forward and threw his arms around his son and -Anne, and kissed first one and then the other. - -“Dick, my boy! Anne, dear little Anne! Thank God, you are safe!” -exclaimed Red Mayo. “Mayo said you were safe with Polly.” - -“Where is Cousin Mayo?” asked Anne. “We’ve been looking and looking for -him to come back.” - -Red Mayo glanced away. He answered in a queer, hesitating voice. -“He--he couldn’t come now.” - -Polly Osborne’s face was as pale as death and drawn with anguish. Red -Mayo, keeping his eyes still averted, did not see it. She spoke in a -firm, low voice: “What about Mayo?” - -“The fact is,” Mr. Spotswood said, “Mayo--he told me to tell you, -Polly--Mayo--Mayo has been arrested.” - -“Arrested!” she repeated blankly. - -“Arrested,” Red Mayo said. “Jake Andrews came with a warrant. Arrested -as--as a pro-German, or something. But--he ran away.” - -“What!” exclaimed Anne, in amazement. - -By degrees they got the story. Mr. Osborne had ridden to The Village, -without seeing Cæsar or Solomon Gabe or Isham. He quickly told his -tale to the men who were waiting for him to start an organized search -for Anne; had she and Dick reached Larkland a few minutes later, the -deserter would have found all the Villagers away in search of Anne, and -the post office would have been easily rifled. As it was, the Village -men hid in the post office and waited till Cæsar came through a window -and seized him. Only one of the older negroes, probably Solomon Gabe, -came with Cæsar to The Village; he stayed outside the office, and ran -away when the fracas began inside. They sent a few shots after him in -the darkness, but evidently without effect. - -They carried Cæsar to the jail and locked him in a cell, to await the -officer who was to take him back to Camp Lee. - -And then in the early morning, just as Black Mayo was starting home, -Jake Andrews rode up The Street. - -“Huh! You’re the man I’m looking for,” he said to Black Mayo, without -any courtesies of greeting. “I was on my way to your house.” - -Black Mayo looked him up and down, without speaking. - -“I’ve got a warrant for your arrest,” Andrews said, producing a paper. - -“My arrest! On what charge, pray?” - -“Oh, there are charges enough; having traitors in your house, and being -one yourself likely, and----” - -“Who preferred these charges against me?” inquired Mr. Osborne. - -“A good citizen, if he ain’t none of you-all’s aristocrats. You’ll find -out who and what when your trial comes.” - -A dozen voices rose in protest. - -“That’s high-handed!” - -“Come, come, Jake! There’s a mistake somewhere. Why, we all know Mayo -Osborne. He’s all right.” - -“I know my duty, and I’ve got my warrant,” Andrews responded doggedly. - -Mayo Osborne looked perplexed. “We’ve got to submit to law -and officers,” he said, “Red, you and Giles go to Larkland, -please--Polly’ll be uneasy--and tell her about this arrest business--” -He laughed--“and get Anne and Dick.” - -“We’re going to stand by you, you know, Mayo,” said Red Mayo. “We know -it wasn’t--wasn’t an intentional crime. It was perfectly natural you -should not consider that your old friend was an enemy alien and that -you should shelter Kuno Kleist----” - -“Kuno Kleist! What do you mean?” demanded Black Mayo. - -“He was--wasn’t he?--the man who visited you secretly, who----” - -“That tall, fair man with a little pointed beard. If he wasn’t Kuno -Kleist, who was he?” - -“I can’t tell you. I submit to arrest. But, Mr. Law Officer, will you -explain why you are such an early bird, out at daybreak?” - -“I’m on my job,” replied Andrews. “A good citizen came to me in the -night and said you were fixing to skip the country and----” - -Black Mayo considered this with a frown. Suddenly he gave a startled -exclamation. “Charles Smith told you that?” he demanded sharply. - -“Yes; he----” - -“That express! Redville at seven-thirty!” exclaimed Black Mayo. - -Before any one had the ghost of an idea what he was going to do, he was -out of the group, at the horse rack where Rosinante was tied, on her -back, and galloped down the road. Andrews with an oath, jumped on his -horse and pounded after him. - -Without a word, the little group watched the fleeing and the pursuing -man till they were out of sight. Then they looked around at one another. - -“What on earth’s the meaning of it all?” Will Blair asked everybody. - -No one tried to answer. - -But David Spotswood said: “I know two things: Cousin Mayo’s all right, -and Jake Andrews will never catch him.” - -Red Mayo laughed. “Never! As Emma would say, he might as well try to -plant a rose bush on the tail of a comet. Well, we must go and tell -Polly.” And then his face grew sober. - - - - -CHAPTER XVII - - -Black Mayo did not spare his good horse, but the train whistled long -before he reached Redville, and a desperate spurt of speed only brought -him to the station as the train was pulling out. He flung himself off -Rosinante and ran down the platform--just too late to clutch the rear -railing of the last coach. - -There was no one in sight; the station agent did not meet this early -train, and the telegraph office would not be open for another hour. - -Mr. Osborne stood a moment, looking after the departing train. Then, -frowning, he got on Rosinante and rode slowly homeward. Half a mile -from the station he met Jake Andrews, coming on merely because he had -started, and much surprised at seeing the fugitive whom he had long ago -given up hopes of overtaking. - -“Andrews,” Mr. Osborne said crisply, “come with me to Smith’s place. We -must make certain----” - -“Come with you!” Andrews recovered himself enough to sneer. “You’ll -come with me, under arrest.” - -“Nonsense, man!” Black Mayo threw open his coat and displayed a badge -that made Andrews stare. “Don’t make yourself a bigger laughingstock -than you’re bound to be when people find out you let yourself be that -scoundrel’s tool.” - -“Wh-what do you mean, Mr. Mayo?” stammered Andrews. - -“Come and find out,” commanded Mr. Osborne. - -Down the road they met a party of horsemen; Mr. Tavis, Mr. Blair--oh! -the whole Village, astonished at Black Mayo’s arrest, was following -after, hoping to have the mystery explained. - -But for the moment Black Mayo made no explanation. - -“Come!” he said, hurrying on to the old Tolliver place. - -Albert Smith came out to meet them. His eyelids were red, and he looked -lonesome and miserable, but he met Mr. Osborne’s eyes bravely and -frankly answered his questions. His uncle had gone away very early that -morning. - -“Exit Karl Schmidt, alias Charles Smith, German propagandist, bridge -destroyer, et cetera!” said Black Mayo, looking around at his -companions. - -There was a chorus of surprised exclamations. - -“Where has he gone?” thundered Andrews, turning to Albert. - -“I do not know, I do not want to know. I have nothing to tell you about -my uncle,” the boy answered in a low, firm voice. - -“You’d better--” - -“Stop that!” Black Mayo checked Andrews’ blustering, and put a -protecting hand on Albert’s shoulder. “But what are you to do, my boy?” - -Albert’s lip quivered. “My uncle said I might go to our cousin in New -York. But I do not want that. I like it here. I like to study and -war-garden and help liberty. I want to be American.” - -“Well, you can make plans later,” Mr. Osborne said kindly. “Now get -your horse and come home with me and let’s have our breakfast.” - -Albert went to the stable, watched suspiciously by Jake Andrews, who -began a mumbling which Black Mayo interrupted. “Oh, I forgot! Mr. -Andrews has a warrant to serve against me. Shall we----” - -Andrews, turning fiery red, jerked out his warrant and tore it in two. -“And I let that man make a fool of me!” - -“Yes,” Black Mayo agreed tranquilly. - -“But if you knew all this--you had authority, being a Secret Service -man--why didn’t you arrest him?” demanded Andrews. - -“Because there were things we wanted to find out, details of a plot, -proof against its leaders. I don’t mind telling now--you’re an officer -of the law and these others are friends--the tall, fair man who came to -Larkland was Thomas Milner. You’ve heard of him?” - -“Not the big Secret Service chap?” exclaimed Andrews. - -“Yes. I was in Washington, to make a report to him, when Smith sent you -fellows to Larkland to nose about.” - -“If Mrs. Osborne had told me----” Andrews began to mumble. - -“She didn’t know; and she wouldn’t have told you if she had known.” - -“But why did Smith set us on you?” - -“Oh! partly revenge for a beating I gave him last year and a fracas -we had later, and partly, no doubt, to shield himself from suspicion -by turning it on me and my guest. If he had suspected who that guest -was----” Black Mayo chuckled. - -“But what was Smith doing?” asked Mr. Blair. - -“This little out-of-the-way corner was a good place for him to -lie quiet between jobs. He didn’t do much right here except some -mischief-making among foolish negroes and silly whites.” Jake Andrews -reddened, but Mr. Osborne did not look at him. “Instead of being a -chewing-gum salesman, as he pretended, Smith had a nice little business -of directing bomb throwers. He got plans of all the railroad bridges in -this section, with a view to their destruction, so as to hinder troop -movements. The high bridge was such a tempting mark that he wanted a -whack at it himself, preferably with a troop train on it. I found out -that just in time. - -“Now, Andrews, you’d better go to Redville; the telegraph office will -be open. Mr. Jones comes down on that 8.45 train, and he must wire up -and down the road, and see that Smith is arrested.” - -“I’ll do whatever you say, Mr. Osborne,” Andrews said humbly. - -“Here comes Albert. Well, folks, let’s go home. A fine morning for an -early ride.” - -It was, indeed, a glorious day, early November in Southside Virginia. -The sunshine lighted up the bright gold of hickory and the pale gold -of down-fluttering locust leaves and the tawny purple of black haw and -the rich or flaming reds of oaks and Virginia creeper, all the more -splendid against the steadfast green of pines. - -“Our woods look like an army with banners,” said Black Mayo. “Banners -of victory! It’s at hand,” he said confidently. - -Ever since Château-Thierry, the Allies had been on the offensive. The -_mittel-Europa_ dream of Germany faded as Bulgaria and Turkey and -Austria-Hungary fell. Only Germany was left now. And all the world, and -none better than the kaiser and Von Hindenburg and Ludendorff, knew -that she soon must yield. “Retreat! retreat! retreat!” was the one -order. Never again, “Forward!” - -The victory news came two days later. David had ridden to Redville for -the daily _Dispatch_, and he came galloping up The Street, waving a -paper that had a big black headline: - -“ARMISTICE SIGNED!” - -The President had gone before Congress and given it the great tidings. -“My fellow countrymen: The armistice was signed this morning. -Everything for which America fought has been accomplished. The war thus -comes to an end.” - -For over four years Europe had been a battlefield for the nations of -the world. The conflict was less between nations than between two -principles: The right of kings to govern through armies, and the right -of people to govern themselves by law and justice. When the fate of the -world seemed in doubt, America turned the scale for right and justice. - -A day or two after the great armistice news, Black Mayo went with the -Village young folks to the Old Sterling Mine; they were all curious to -see the scene of Anne and Dick’s perilous adventure. - -“I wish Albert had come with us,” said David. - -“He preferred to stay at home,” said Mr. Osborne. “Naturally he feels -badly about his uncle’s arrest; the fellow’ll probably have a long term -in a federal prison.” - -“What’ll become of Albert?” asked Anne. - -“Oh, he’ll get on all right. He’s a good little American,” replied Mr. -Osborne. He did not say that he and his wife were planning to adopt the -little fellow who had endeared himself to them both. - -“Our boys will be coming back soon,” rejoiced David. - -“Those who are left of them,” Anne said soberly. - -Alas! there was a gold star for Mrs. Hight’s son William, and Jeff -Spencer was still missing. But the other Village boys would have -honorable discharges, and Fayett Mallett was bringing back a _Croix de -Guerre_. - -“If only I had been older----” David began enviously. - -“Well,” Mr. Osborne said, “I wanted to go, too, but if I had and we had -lost our bridge and perhaps a trainload of soldiers or supplies---- -Ah, David, we stay-at-homes can look our soldier boys in the face and -say, ‘We, too, did our part.’ Those brave fellows over there would have -been helpless if we here hadn’t been brave enough to do our duty.” - -Anne had been walking quietly along beside Mr. Osborne. Now she said in -an undertone, “Cousin Mayo, I----” Then she stopped. - -“Well, Anne?” - -“Cousin Mayo, I--I----” Then she blurted out, “I was to blame about -their thinking--about your arrest.” - -“You to blame? Of course not!” - -“The stranger I saw at Larkland that morning--I thought--I said it was -Kuno Kleist. And Jake Andrews heard me.” - -“It was Mr. Milner. As I did not present you to him, you ought not to -have mentioned him or guessed his name. The lips of an honorable guest -are sealed to the secrets of a house.” Mr. Osborne spoke gravely; The -Village had its standard of good breeding not to be lowered for its -young people; they must rise to it. - -“Yes, Cousin Mayo,” said Anne. “I’m awful sorry. I was so excited, -thinking it was Kuno Kleist.” - -“I thought so, too,” said Patsy. - -“You will never see Kuno, my dears,” Mr. Osborne said sadly. “He is -dead.” - -“Dead!” - -“Murdered. His sister wrote to me from Switzerland. He came home -once on a furlough, and she asked him if the tales were true about -brutalities to conquered people. He said: ‘I hope those things will not -be required of me; I am a human being before I am a German.’ - -“A month later came the news that he had been shot for refusing to obey -orders. She learned the details later from a comrade. An old Frenchman -had fired on a drunken German soldier who insulted his daughter, -and Kuno was one of a squad ordered to shoot a dozen citizens in -retaliation--men and women and children drawn by lot. Kuno refused. He -was put in front of the firing squad and was shot by his own comrades.” - -“I am so sorry,” Anne said softly. - -“I am so glad,” Black Mayo said, with a tender smile. “Death was his -only gate to freedom from the wicked tyranny of Prussia.” - -“Old Prussia’s beat at last, thanks be!” said Patsy. “What will the -Allies do to the Germans, Cousin Mayo?” - -“Say to them, as Julius Cæsar said to the Germans two thousand years -ago: ‘Go back whence you came, repair the damage you have done, and -give hostages to keep the peace for the future!’” - -“Peace!” said Anne. “Your doves are birds of peace now, Cousin Mayo.” - -“And again they find a deluged world.” - -“Oh, sound gladder, Cousin Mayo!” cried Dick. “We’ve won the war; -and--thanks to Albert and me helping this year--we walloped the girls -in garden work and took the silver cup. Oh, it’s a fine old world!” He -danced a jig on the roadside. - -His cousin smiled in sympathy. “I don’t want to be a wet blanket, young -uns,” he said. “We did splendid work in war. When I look ahead, I see -such stupendous peace tasks that--well, it makes me solemn. Oh, well! -we’ll grope and stumble a little, but we are on an upward path, with -old ideals and new vision ahead of us--and thank God for the leader -with vision.” - -This talk brought them to the top of the long hill that led to Mine -Creek. - -“There’s Unc’ Isham’s cabin, still as a graveyard,” remarked Dick. “I -wonder where he and Aunt Lily Belle are?” - -“They ran away because they’re scared of being punished,” said Steve. - -“They’d better be scared; mean things!” exclaimed Patsy. - -“Oh! Unc’ Isham didn’t want to hurt me,” said Anne. “He was just afraid -to tell where I was. It was mighty comforting to hear the way he -talked.” - -“I say it was!” Dick agreed emphatically. “The old nig was in a tight -place, with Cæsar threatening to kill him.” - -“And there’s Solomon Gabe’s house,” said David. - -The door was open; but the house was a mere shell from which its -occupant had gone forever. When his son was captured, the half-crazed -old negro had rushed back to his poor little home and, overcome by -haste and terror, he had fallen dead on the threshold. There the -officers of the law had found him. - -“It was Solomon Gabe--poor old misguided wretch!--who set fire to Broad -Acres,” said Mr. Osborne. - -“What! Did he burn Broad Acres?” exclaimed Patsy. - -“Oh, Cousin Mayo! How do you know?” asked Alice. - -“Dick heard Emma say that night that ‘the old devil was burning little -Miss Anne.’ At first I couldn’t get anything out of her; she insisted -it was Satan she meant. But, now that Solomon Gabe is dead, she -confesses that he told her the night before not to let Mary Jane sleep -at Broad Acres; ‘the torch of the Lord was lit for that house.’ She -kept her daughter at home; and then she was afraid to tell, partly for -fear of being blamed herself and still more from fear of Solomon Gabe. -I’m pretty sure he put the glass in the flour at Larkland. He was at -the mill that day, I remember.” - -“Do you reckon any of the other darkies knew about it?” asked Anne. - -“They probably knew a little and suspected more; like Emma they were -afraid to tell.” - -“Louviny talked mighty queer one day when Patsy and I were there,” said -Anne. - -“Smith had made all sorts of promises and threats to her and Lincum,” -said Mr. Osborne. “When Kit destroyed the war gardens, he was merely -acting in the spirit of what he heard at home. Scalawag told us about -that; didn’t he, Billy boy?” - -“Yes, sirree!” said Sweet William, waggling his head proudly. “Hasn’t -anybody helped war gardens more than me and Scalawag.” - -“Look here, Anne! Here’s where I found your footprints, turning from -the road up to the path,” said Dick. - -“I saw somebody through the bushes; I thought it was you, and I -followed, down that ladder; and then that man--I didn’t know who he -was--pushed me in the pit and pulled out the ladder. Oh, Dick! here’s -where I thought they had us, on the way out. I stepped on a twig, and -it snapped--like a pistol shot it sounded.” Anne shuddered at the -memory. - -“What--who’s that?” Dick exclaimed, looking earnestly into the woods at -the left. - -“Nothing; nobody,” David said carelessly. “Well, here’s your mine hole, -with the ladder in it still.” - -They all went into the mine and examined it with a great deal of -interest, especially the hole in which Anne and Dick had hidden. Black -Mayo lingered there after the others were ready to go. - -“This place looks as if it had been intentionally and carefully -concealed,” he said; “the hole was covered with poles and then a layer -of dirt over it. I wonder why? Suppose we investigate a little. We have -plenty of time.” - -“Mother says she never expects us back till night when we go off with -you,” laughed Patsy. - -“Righto!” said Mr. Osborne. “Dickon, haven’t you some mining tools -hereabouts, a spade and pick and shovel?” - -“Yes, sir.” Dick grinned. - -“Well, we’ll get ready to use them. I’ll show you mining methods used -by the old Phœnicians and by the Mexicans to-day. Let’s pile these -poles and logs against the face of the rock.” - -The old timbers were piled as Black Mayo directed. Then he put leaves -and twigs under the dry wood. - -“It’s your party, Dick,” he said, when all was ready. “You may stick -a match to the kindling, and then we’ll flee to the open. We couldn’t -stand the smoke. Besides we’ve work to do out there.” - -As the bonfire flared and roared, they went scrambling up the ladder. - -“Now,” said Black Mayo, “we’ll go to Peter Jim’s cabin and borrow all -his buckets and tubs. We must fill them with water and have it ready.” - -“Ready for what?” inquired Dick. - -“I’ll show you presently,” said Black Mayo. - -The wondering young folks carried out his instructions, and then sat -around the old mine from which smoke poured as from a chimney. - -All at once Dick again said sharply, “What’s that?” He looked down the -wooded, rocky slope to the left. “I knew I saw somebody!” he exclaimed, -and ran down the hill. - -There was a rustle and stir in a clump of chinquapin bushes. The -foliage parted and a black face peered out, a man’s frightened, -pathetic old face. Suddenly a pair of bony black arms were thrust out -wildly from behind, clutched the woolly head, and dragged it back. -There was a violent struggle, and screeches and sobs and loud, excited -talking. - -“Oh, Dick, Dick! Come back!” Patsy screamed in terror. - -For Dick had vanished in the thicket, the scene of that strange -commotion. Mr. Osborne and David and Steve ran to find him and to see -what was the matter. - -Just then Dick reappeared, followed by an old negro man with a woman -tugging at his coat tails. It was Isham and Lily Belle. - -“Come on away!” she was wailing. “Uh, what you let ’em see you for? My -old man, my old man! Dey got to kill me, too, when dey kill you.” - -“Hush that racket. You’re all right,” said Dick. - -Isham went to Anne and put up appealing hands. “I didn’t mean you no -harm, Miss Anne,” he sobbed. “I wouldn’t ’a’ teched a hair o’ yore -head.” - -“I know you wouldn’t, Unc’ Isham,” said Anne. “Oh, don’t cry! Do stop -crying! Oh! we’re so glad to see you. We’ve wondered where you were.” - -“We runned away,” said Lily Belle. “We--we started to runned -away--an’--an’----” - -“Den we crope back,” said Isham. “We done lived here all our lives, -an’ we couldn’t go traipsin’ ’round strange neighborhoods. We ruther -you-all would kill us here at home.” - -“Nobody’s going to hurt you,” Anne assured them. “We know you didn’t -mean any harm. Oh, Uncle Isham! Dick and I were hiding in a hole in the -mine, and we heard you telling Cæsar he mustn’t hurt me. We are all -your friends, and you’re just as safe as we are.” - -Lily Belle forgot her fears. “I told you so, old man,” she cried; “I -told you to come on out them bushes. Ain’t nobody gwine to hurt us. Our -white folks is gwine to take keer of us. Um, um! Come on home, old man; -an’ ain’t we glad to git back!” - -By this time the smoke came in lessening swirls from the mine hole. Mr. -Osborne and the boys carried the tub into the mine and set it at the -edge of the hole, and filled it with water. - -“Now for a smotheration!” he said. - -He poured bucketful after bucketful of water on the hot rock. It filled -the air with choking, blinding steam; and through its hissing came time -after time, like pistol shots, the popping of the rock. - -As soon as the steam cleared away a little, Black Mayo and the boys set -to work with pick and hammer. In a few minutes a large piece of the -split rock was broken off. The gray-green mass was full of glittering -specks and streaks. - -“Well, my boy, you found it!” said Mr. Osborne, turning to Dick. - -“Found it?” echoed the boys and girls who were crowding around. - -“Found the lost vein of silver. It was true, then, that tale about the -rascally mine manager. Evidently he concealed this place, hoping to get -possession of the mine and work it. But he died without being able to -carry out his plan. And now the mine comes back to its rightful owners.” - -“Its rightful owners!” stammered Dick. He had not thought of any right -except the right of discovery. “Rightful owner!” he repeated in dismay, -remembering that this land had been bought by Mr. Smith. - -“Yes; to your father and me, among other heirs,” said his cousin. “Our -grandfather never lost faith in the mine, and when he sold the land he -reserved the mineral rights. Your tumbling into this hole was a lucky -accident. But for that, the secret of the old mine’s treasure might -have remained hidden another half century, and you and I might have -died without knowing it.” - -“We surely might.” Dick’s eyes grew grave, then he turned with a -shining face to his young cousin. “Ah, Anne! that’s a real treasure -hole. Silver isn’t the”--he went closer to her and dropped his -voice--“the dearest thing it’s kept hidden and safe. But for it--oh! -what would have become of you that awful night?” - - - - -TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES: - - - Italicized text is surrounded by underscores: _italics_. - - Obvious typographical errors have been corrected. - - Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been standardized. - - Archaic or variant spelling has been retained. - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OLD MINE'S SECRET *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/69146-0.zip b/old/69146-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 79c7eac..0000000 --- a/old/69146-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/69146-h.zip b/old/69146-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 64f479e..0000000 --- a/old/69146-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/69146-h/69146-h.htm b/old/69146-h/69146-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 6f446d7..0000000 --- a/old/69146-h/69146-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10412 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html> -<html lang="en"> -<head> - <meta charset="utf-8"> - <title> - The old mine’s secret, by Edna Turpin—A Project Gutenberg eBook - </title> - <link rel='icon' href='images/cover.jpg' type='image/x-cover'> - <style> - - /* <![CDATA[ */ - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - - h1,h2 { - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -p { - margin-top: .51em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .49em; -} - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - margin-left: 33.5%; - margin-right: 33.5%; - clear: both; -} - -hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;} -@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} } - -div.chapter {page-break-before: always;} -h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;} - -.pagenum { - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-variant: normal; - text-indent: 0; -} - -.center {text-align: center;} - -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - -.ph1 {text-align: center; font-size: large; font-weight: bold;} -.ph2 {text-align: center; font-size: xx-large; font-weight: bold;} - -div.titlepage {text-align: center; page-break-before: always; page-break-after: always;} -div.titlepage p {text-align: center; font-weight: bold; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: 2em;} - -.xxlarge {font-size: 175%;} -.xlarge {font-size: 150%;} -.large {font-size: 125%;} - -.antiqua { - font-family: Blackletter, Fraktur, Textur, "Old English Text MT", "Olde English Mt", "Olde English", Gothic, serif, sans-serif;} - -.caption {font-weight: bold; text-align: center;} - -.x-ebookmaker .hide {display: none; visibility: hidden;} - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; - page-break-inside: avoid; - max-width: 100%; -} - -p.drop-cap { - text-indent: -0.35em; -} -p.drop-cap2 { - text-indent: -0.75em; -} -p.drop-cap:first-letter, p.drop-cap2:first-letter -{ - float: left; - margin: 0em 0.15em 0em 0em; - font-size: 250%; - line-height:0.85em; - text-indent: 0em; -} -.x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap, .x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap2 { - text-indent: 0em; -} -.x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap:first-letter, .x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap2:first-letter -{ - float: none; - margin: 0; - font-size: 100%; -} - -.poetry-container {text-align: center;} -.poetry {display: inline-block; text-align: left;} -.poetry .verse {text-indent: -2.5em; padding-left: 3em;} -.poetry .indent {text-indent: 1.5em;} -.poetry .first {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;} - -@media print { .poetry {display: block;} } -.x-ebookmaker .poetry {display: block;} - -.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA; - color: black; - font-size:smaller; - margin-left: 17.5%; - margin-right: 17.5%; - padding: 1em; - margin-bottom: 1em; - font-family:sans-serif, serif; } - - /* ]]> */ </style> -</head> -<body> -<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The old mine's secret, by Edna Turpin</p> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online -at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you -are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this eBook. -</div> - -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The old mine's secret</p> -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Edna Turpin</p> -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Illustrator: George Wright</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: October 13, 2022 [eBook #69146]</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Carla Foust, David E. Brown, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive)</p> -<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OLD MINE'S SECRET ***</div> - -<div class="figcenter hide"><img src="images/coversmall.jpg" width="450" alt=""></div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> -<div class="chapter"> -<h1>THE<br> -OLD MINE’S SECRET</h1> -</div> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_logo.jpg" alt=""></div> - -<p class="ph1">THE MACMILLAN COMPANY</p> -<p class="center">NEW YORK · BOSTON · CHICAGO · DALLAS<br> -ATLANTA · SAN FRANCISCO</p> - -<p class="ph1">MACMILLAN & CO., <span class="smcap">Limited</span></p> -<p class="center">LONDON · BOMBAY · CALCUTTA<br> -MELBOURNE</p> - -<p class="ph1">THE MACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA, <span class="smcap">Ltd.</span></p> -<p class="center">TORONTO</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_frontis.jpg" alt=""></div> -<p class="caption">“There was Dick, waving his hand tauntingly”—<i>page <a href="#Page_18">18</a></i></p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> -<div class="titlepage"> - -<p><span class="xxlarge">THE<br> -OLD MINE’S SECRET</span></p> - -<p>BY<br> - -<span class="xlarge">EDNA TURPIN</span><br> - -AUTHOR OF “HONEY SWEET,” “PEGGY OF<br> -ROUNDABOUT LANE,” “TREASURE<br> -MOUNTAIN,” ETC.</p> - -<p>FRONTISPIECE BY<br> -GEORGE WRIGHT</p> - -<p><span class="antiqua">New York</span><br> -<span class="large">THE MACMILLAN COMPANY<br> -1921</span><br> - -<i>All rights reserved</i></p> -</div> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center">PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA<br> -<br> -<span class="smcap">Copyright</span>, 1921,<br> -<span class="smcap">By</span> THE MACMILLAN COMPANY.<br> -<br> -Set up and electrotyped. Published September, 1921.<br> -<br> -Press of<br> -J. J. Little & Ives Company<br> -New York, U. S. A.</p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center">TO<br> -<span class="large">REBECCA BROCKENBROUGH</span><br> -AND<br> -<span class="large">TERRY LEE ROBERTS</span></p> -</div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">[1]</span> - -<p class="ph2">THE OLD MINE’S SECRET</p> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER I</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">“O-O-OH! oh me-e!” Dick made the sigh -very sad and pitiful.</p> - -<p>His father did not seem to hear it. -He tilted his chair farther back, perched his feet -on the porch railing, and unfolded his newspaper.</p> - -<p>It was a mild April morning, and the Osborne -family had drifted out on the porch,—Mr. Osborne -with his papers and Mrs. Osborne with her -sewing; Sweet William was playing jackstraws -with himself, Patsy sat on the steps with her -back to the others, especially Dick, who, however, -was pitying himself too much to notice her.</p> - -<p>“I always get blamed for everything I do,” -he said mournfully, “but David——”</p> - -<p>“‘House for War: Vote 373 to 50.’” Mr. -Osborne read the headline. “That is the answer -to the President’s message four days ago. Now -the Senate——”</p> - -<p>“Father! If you’ll just let me off to-day, I’ll -work from school-out till dark every day next -week. I certainly will. Father, please——”</p> - -<p>“Richard Randolph Osborne! You are to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">[2]</span> -work your assigned part of the garden to-day, <i>to-day</i>, -without further pleas for postponement.” -Mr. Osborne’s mild voice and red flabby face -stiffened with determination. This was not the -first week that Dick had neglected his garden -task.</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir,” Dick answered meekly, wriggling -a little. That was all he could do—wriggle a -little—because he was made into a sort of merman -by having an old Persian shawl wrapped -about him, from the waist down. “I think you -might let me off,” he persisted in an undertone; -“just this one more time. If mother had patched -my trousers last night—if she’d let me put on my -Sundays now—I could get that hateful old garden -worked this morning. I’ve got something -else to do to-day, something awfully important.”</p> - -<p>“I’m sorry I forgot, son,” said his mother. “I -certainly meant to mend them last night. I was -reading, and forgot. I wish you had reminded -me.” She took quicker stitches and her thread -snarled so that she had to break it and begin -again. “I am so sorry,” she repeated in the delicious -voice that made her words seem as fresh -and sweet as the red roses that fell from the -mouth of the fairy-tale maiden.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne was a dear, sunny-hearted little -woman with dark hair, irregular features, and a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[3]</span> -vivid, eager face. She loved to read; indeed, she -could no more resist a book than a toper could -refuse a drink, but she was always so sorry and -so ashamed when she neglected home duties that -every one except the person who suffered from it -forgave her freely.</p> - -<p>Patsy, Dick’s twin sister, came now to her -mother’s defense. “It’s your fault, Dick,” she -said. “It’s all your own fault. If you had locked -the bookcase door, it would have reminded her -there was something to do. And then she would -have thought of the trousers.”</p> - -<p>“I forgot,” Dick confessed. That put him -clearly in the wrong, and made him the crosser. -He turned on his sister, growling: “What business -is it of yours, miss? You please let my -affairs alone and attend to your own. What are -you doing, Patsy?”</p> - -<p>He tried to wriggle near enough to see, but -Patsy made a face at him and ran into the yard. -Dick was such a tease! She was not going to tell -him that she had decided to be a poet and was -composing a wonderful ballad. How surprised -he would be when it came out in the <i>Atlantic</i> or -<i>St. Nicholas</i>, with her name in big black letters—Pocahontas -Virginia Osborne, as it was in the -family Bible. Or would she have a pen-name, -like ‘Marion Harland’? If she could think of a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[4]</span> -lovely original name—— But perhaps she had -better finish the poem first.</p> - -<p>She perched herself in the swing and chewed -her pencil and read over the four lines she had -written:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="first">“Johnny was a sailor,</div> -<div class="indent">He was brave and bold;</div> -<div class="verse">He thought he would make an adventure</div> -<div class="indent">To find the North Pole.”</div> -</div></div> - -<p>She could not think of anything else to say, so -she read that over again; and then again. While -inspiration tarried, an interruption came. It -took the shape of her small brother William with -two of his followers—Hop-o-hop, a lame duck -that he had adopted when its hen mother pecked -it and cast it off, and Scalawag, a sand-colored, -bob-tailed stray dog that had adopted him.</p> - -<p>“Hey, Patsy! I think I’ll give you a kiss,” -announced Sweet William, raising his fair, serious -face to hers. “I think I might give you two -kisses. You are so sweet. Patsy,” he went on -coaxingly, “wouldn’t you want to lend me a pencil? -Just one little minute, to make you a picture -of a horse.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, Sweet William, you’re such a nuisance!” -said Patsy. “I’m awfully busy. How can I ever -finish this, if you bother me?”</p> - -<p>But she gave him pencil and paper, and sat<span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[5]</span> -swinging back and forth, looking idly about the -spacious yard where the budding oaks made -lacelike shadows, on that April morning.</p> - -<p>In the center of the yard was a great heap of -bricks. That was the remains of Osborne’s Rest, -the family mansion that had been burned in a raid -during The War, as those southern Virginians -called the War of Secession from which they -dated everything. Since then, two generations -of Osbornes had dwelt in The Roost, a cottage -in one corner of the yard. It was now the home -of Patsy, her father and mother, her two -brothers, Dick and Sweet William, and a motherless -cousin, David Spotswood.</p> - -<p>The big front gate opened on The Street, the -one thoroughfare of The Village. There were a -church, a tavern, two shops, a dozen frame and -brick dwellings set far back in spacious grounds, -and the county Court-house in a square by itself. -Behind the Court-house rambled The Back Way -which had once expected to become a street, but -remained always The Back Way with only a -blacksmith’s shop, a basket-maker’s shed, and a -few cabins on it.</p> - -<p>A century and a half before, three royal-grant -estates, Broad Acres and Larkland and Mattoax, -cornered at a stone now on Court-house Green. -These plantations had long ago been divided into<span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[6]</span> -small farms; but in The Village still lived Wilsons -and Mayos and Osbornes who counted as -outsiders all whose grandfathers were not born -in the neighborhood and the kinship.</p> - -<p>While we have been looking about, Sweet William -lay flat on the ground, holding his tongue -between his teeth, to assist his artistic efforts.</p> - -<p>“Look at my horse, Patsy!” he crowed, holding -up the paper.</p> - -<p>“Hm-m! I don’t call that much like a horse,” -observed Patsy.</p> - -<p>Sweet William’s face clouded, and then brightened. -“Tell you what!” he said. “It’ll be a cow. -I’ll kick out one hind leg and put a bucket here. -Now! She’s spilt all the milk.”</p> - -<p>Patsy laughed; and then one knew that she -was pretty, seeing the merry crinkles around her -twinkling hazel eyes, and the upward curve of -her lips that brought out dimples on her freckled -pink cheeks.</p> - -<p>“I love you when you laugh, Patsy!” exclaimed -Sweet William, hugging her knees. “You -may have my picture. And I’ll sit in the swing -with you.”</p> - -<p>“You and Scalawag and Hop-o-hop may have -the swing,” said Patsy. “I’m going in. I’ll finish -my poem to-morrow. I want to find out—I think -Dick has a secret.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[7]</span>She jumped out of the swing, gave Sweet William’s -ear a “love pinch,” and strolled back to the -porch.</p> - -<p>“Dick,” she asked in an offhand way, “what -are you going to do with that candle you got this -morning?”</p> - -<p>Dick’s gloom relaxed and he winked tantalizingly.</p> - -<p>“You wish you knew,” he said. “But—you’ll—never—find—out. -Ah, ha-a-a!”</p> - -<p>“Don’t you tell, Mister Dick!” said Patsy. “I -don’t want you to tell. I’d rather find out for -myself. And I certainly will find out, sir. You -just see if I don’t.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne still had his nose in his day-old -paper; news younger than that seldom, came to -The Village. “‘Army plans call for a million -men the first year.’ That is a gigantic undertaking, -Miranda, and—”</p> - -<p>“It certainly is,” she agreed placidly. “Mayo, -Black Mayo has bought some more pigeons; and -Polly says he’ll not tell what he paid for them, so -she knows it’s some absurd sum that he can’t -afford.”</p> - -<p>“Yes.” Her husband agreed absently. “And -a million men means not only men, but arms, -equipment, food. Bless my life! Is that clock -striking—it can’t be!—is it ten? And I here<span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[8]</span> -instead of at the Court-house.” He got up and -stuffed the newspaper and a <i>Congressional Record</i> -in his pocket.</p> - -<p>“What are you going to do, dear?” asked his -wife.</p> - -<p>“We want to find out if the Board of Supervisors -can appropriate money to send our Confederate -veterans to the Reunion in June. There -have been so many unusual expenses, bridges -washed away and that smallpox quarantine, that -funds are low. I hope they can raise the requisite -amount.”</p> - -<p>“Of course they will. They must,” Mrs. -Osborne said quickly and positively. “Why, -the yearly reunion—seeing old comrades, being -heroized, recalling the glorious past—is -the one bright spot in their gray old -lives.”</p> - -<p>“Mr. Tavis and Cap’n Anderson were talking -about the Reunion at the post office yesterday,” -said Dick. “They are just crazy about having -it in Washington. Cap’n has never been there. -But he was telling how near he and old Jube -Early came to it, in ’64.”</p> - -<p>“What an experience it will be, taking peaceful -possession in old age of the Capital they campaigned -against when they were soldier boys, -over fifty years ago!” said Mrs. Osborne. “Certainly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[9]</span> -they must go. How many are there, -Mayo?”</p> - -<p>“Nine in our district,” answered her husband. -“Last year there were sixteen. Three have died, -and four are bedridden.”</p> - -<p>“Ah! so few are left; so many have passed on.” -Mrs. Osborne glanced through the open door at -a portrait, her father in a colonel’s gray uniform. -“Of course they must go, our nine old -soldiers.”</p> - -<p>“Sure!” said Dick. “If there isn’t money -enough, we boys can help raise it. Mr. Tavis -says he’ll pay me to plant corn, afternoons and -Saturdays. I wasn’t thinking about doing it. -But our old Confeds mustn’t miss their Reunion.”</p> - -<p>“Good boy! that’s the right spirit,” exclaimed -Mrs. Osborne.</p> - -<p>She adored the memory of her gallant father -and of the Confederate cause to which he had devoted -himself. The quiet, uneventful years had -brought no new deep, inspiring interests to the -little Southern community. Its love and loyalty -clung to the past. To the children the Lost Cause -was a tradition as heroic and romantic as the -legends of Roland and Arthur; but it was a tradition -linked to reality by the old gray-clad men -who had fought with Lee and Jackson. As Jones -and Tavis and Walthall, they were ordinary old<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[10]</span> -men, rather tiresome and absurd; but call them -“Confederate veterans” and they were transformed -to heroes whom it was an honor to serve. -Dick, shirking the work that meant food for -his family, would toil gladly to send them to their -Reunion.</p> - -<p>“They must have this, perhaps their last—”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne paused, and her husband said: -“We’ll manage it; we’ll manage it somehow. If -there is a deficit, we may be able to make it up -by private subscription. Perhaps I’ll get a case -next term of court, and can make a liberal contribution.” -He laughed.</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne—called Red Mayo to distinguish -him from a dark-haired cousin of the same name, -called Black Mayo—was a lawyer more by profession -than by practice; there were not enough -law crumbs in The Village, he said, to support a -sparrow.</p> - -<p>He strolled toward the Court-house while Mrs. -Osborne took her last hurried stitches. Then she -handed the patched trousers to her son, who rolled -indoors and put them on. He went into the -garden and gloomily eyed the neglected square -where peas and potatoes and onions were merely -green lines among crowding weeds.</p> - -<p>“I certainly can’t finish it this morning,” he -growled. “There’s too much to do.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[11]</span>“If you work hard, you can finish by sundown,” -said his cousin, David Spotswood, who -was planting a row of beets on the other side of -the garden.</p> - -<p>“I can’t work after dinner,” said Dick. “I’ve -got something else to do. I just can’t finish it -to-day.”</p> - -<p>“You’d better,” said Patsy, who had followed -him into the garden. “When father says ‘Richard’ -and shuts his mouth—so! he means business. -Say, Dick! What were you getting that -candle for? What are you going to do? Let us -go with you, Anne Lewis and me, and I’ll help -you here.”</p> - -<p>“You help!” Dick spoke in his most superior -masculine manner. “Girls haven’t any business -in gardens. They ought to stay in the house and -make bed-quilts. They’re too afraid of dirty -hands and freckled faces.”</p> - -<p>Patsy flared up and answered so quickly that -her words stepped on one another’s heels. -“That’s mean and unfair! You know I hate -gloves and bonnets, and I just wear them because -mother makes me. But anyway, sir, I think -they’re nicer than great-grandmother’s shawl for -trousers.”</p> - -<p>She went back up the boxwood-bordered -walk.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[12]</span>“I’ll keep my eyes on you, Mr. Richard Randolph -Osborne,” she said to herself. “Where -you go to-day, I’ll follow.”</p> - -<p>Halfway up the long walk, she came upon -Sweet William, sitting on the ground, holding a -maple bough over his head.</p> - -<p>“Won’t you come to our picnic, Patsy?” -he said. “Me and Scalawag are having a -loverly picnic in the woods down by Tinkling -Water.”</p> - -<p>“No, thank you,” said Patsy. “I want to see -Anne Lewis about going somewhere after dinner.”</p> - -<p>“Where?” asked Sweet William.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know—till I find out,” laughed Patsy. -“But Anne and I will do that; we certainly will.”</p> - -<p>“I wish Anne was staying here,” Sweet William -said wistfully.</p> - -<p>“So do I,” agreed Patsy. “Easter holiday is -too short to divide with Ruth. Oh! I’ll be so glad -when it’s summer and Anne comes to stay a long -time.”</p> - -<p>“It isn’t ever a long time where Anne is,” said -Sweet William. “I’m going with you to see -her, Patsy, and I’ll have my picnic another -day.”</p> - -<p>They went off and left Dick raking and weeding -and hoeing very diligently; but, working his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[13]</span> -best, he had not half finished his task when the -dinner bell rang. He surveyed the garden with -a scowl.</p> - -<p>“It’ll take hours and hours to get it done,” he -said. “And then it would be too late to go where -I’m going. Maybe I can work the potato patch -after supper.”</p> - -<p>“You can’t,” said David, who had a straightforward -way of facing facts.</p> - -<p>“Oh! maybe I can,” said Dick, who had a picturesque -way of evading them. “You might -help me. You might work on it awhile after -dinner.”</p> - -<p>“Thank you! I’ve something else to do. I’m -going to harrow my corn acre. I want to plant -it next week,” said David, who was a blue-ribbon -member of the Boys’ Corn Club.</p> - -<p>At the dinner table the boys were joined by -Sweet William, Patsy, and Anne Lewis, a cousin -who was spending her Easter holiday in The Village. -The two girls watched Dick like hawks, -and jumped up from the table as soon as he went -out of the dining room. He hurried to the little -upstairs room he shared with David that was -called the “tumble-up room” because the steps -were so steep. Presently he came down and -showed off the things he was putting in his -pockets—a candle, a box of matches, and a ball of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[14]</span> -stout twine. He sharpened his hatchet and fastened -it to his belt.</p> - -<p>“Yah! You wish you knew what that’s for,” -he said, with a derisive face at Patsy and then at -Anne.</p> - -<p>He strutted across the yard toward the front -gate, but he was not to march off in undisturbed -triumph.</p> - -<p>“Dick! uh Dick!” called his mother. “Remember -you’ve your garden work to finish.”</p> - -<p>“Yes’m.” He scowled, then he said doggedly: -“There’s something else I’ve promised myself -to do first.”</p> - -<p>Anne and Patsy waited only to see that he -turned up, not down, The Street; then they -ran around The Back Way and came out just -behind him at the church; there The Street -turned to a road which led past the mill and -on to Redville. Dick walked quickly, and the -girls hurried after him; then he walked slowly, -and they loitered so as to keep just behind -him.</p> - -<p>“Where are you going?” he turned and challenged -them.</p> - -<p>“Oh! we might go to the mill to see Cousin -Giles, or to Larkland to look at Cousin Mayo’s -new pigeons, or to Happy Acres,” answered -Patsy.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[15]</span>Dick strode on, and the girls trotted behind -him, making amicable efforts at conversation.</p> - -<p>“Steve Tavis has gone fishing with John and -Baldie Eppes,” Anne remarked. “He said we -girls might go, too. But Patsy and I thought -there might be something—something more fun -to do.”</p> - -<p>No answer.</p> - -<p>Patsy made an effort. “Dick,” she said, “I -hope you’ll finish your garden work to-day. -Father’s tired of excuses and he’s made up his -mind for punishing. But even if we do get home -late, I can help you.”</p> - -<p>Silence.</p> - -<p>“It’s a mighty nice day,” Patsy went on pleadingly, -“to—to do outdoor things. You say yourself -I’m as good as a boy to have around. I -wouldn’t be in the way at all; and I could hold -the candle for you.”</p> - -<p>By this time they were at the mill where the -Larkland road and the Happy Acres path turned -from the highway. Dick kept to the main road -and the girls followed. He stopped and faced -them.</p> - -<p>“You said you were going to the mill, or Larkland, -or Happy Acres. Trot along!”</p> - -<p>“I said we might go there,” Patsy amended.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[16]</span> -“Or we might go—’most anywhere. Do let us -go with you; please, Dick.”</p> - -<p>“Where?”</p> - -<p>“Oh! wherever you are going. We’ll not tell.”</p> - -<p>“You certainly will not,” he declared; “for a -mighty good reason: you are not going to know -anything to tell.”</p> - -<p>Patsy’s eyes flashed. “We’ll show you,” she -said. “We are going to follow you, like your -shadow. You know good and well I can run as -fast as you. Now take your choice, sir; let us -go with you, or give up and toddle home and -finish your task so as not to get punished.”</p> - -<p>“Hm!” he jeered. “If I’ve got something on -hand good enough to take punishment for, it’s -too good to spoil with girls tagging along.”</p> - -<p>He walked briskly up the road. Anne and -Patsy followed him for a silent mile—up and -down hills scarred with red gulleys, through -woods, by brown plowed fields and green grain -land. They passed several log cabins; the Spencer -place, an old mansion amid tumbled-down out-buildings; -Gordan Jones’s trim new house gay -with gables and fresh paint. Then they came to -an old farmhouse surrounded by neglected fields.</p> - -<p>“Why, that door’s open!” Anne remarked with -surprise. “Is somebody living at the old Tolliver -place?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[17]</span>“A new man; Mr. Smith. He came here last -winter,” explained Patsy.</p> - -<p>“Somebody new in the neighborhood!” laughed -Anne. “Doesn’t that seem queer? What sort -of folks are they?”</p> - -<p>“Um-mm; unfolksy,” said Patsy. “There’s -just Mr. Smith, and his nephew Albert that goes -to our school. We’ve never got acquainted with -Albert. He’s sort of stand-offish; not as if he -wanted to be, but as if he were afraid.”</p> - -<p>“Afraid of what?” asked Anne.</p> - -<p>“Oh! I don’t know. Nothing. I reckon he’s -just shy.”</p> - -<p>“What sort of man is Mr. Smith?” inquired -Anne.</p> - -<p>“Ugly; and grins. He’s away from home most -of the time. He’s a salesman or agent of some -kind. Dick,” Patsy returned to a more interesting -subject, “do please tell us what you are going -to do.”</p> - -<p>“We-ell,” Dick began as if he were about to -yield reluctantly; then he interrupted himself -eagerly: “Oh! look at that squirrel!”</p> - -<p>Their eyes followed his pointing finger, and -crying, “Easy marks!” he darted into a dense -thicket of pines on the other side of the road. -The girls followed quickly, but he made good use -of his moment’s start and they caught only<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[18]</span> -glimpses of him here and there behind the trees.</p> - -<p>“Run, Anne!” Patsy called presently. “To the -left. Here! Let’s head him off!”</p> - -<p>They ran around a thick clump of pines to -meet him—and he was not there. He did not -seem to be anywhere. He had vanished as completely -as if the earth had opened and swallowed -him.</p> - -<p>“We may as well give up,” Anne sighed at -last.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” Patsy agreed reluctantly. “I reckon -he’s miles away by this time.”</p> - -<p>Crestfallen and disappointed, they went back -to the road and started slowly down the hill.</p> - -<p>Then a red-brown head rose out of a heap of -pine brush, so cautiously that it did not disturb -the woodpecker drumming on a nearby stump. A -pair of merry brown eyes watched the girls till -they were at a safe distance; then Dick, to the -terror and hasty flight of the woodpecker, -scrambled out of the brush heap.</p> - -<p>“Cock-a-doodle-doo-<i>oo-oo</i>!” he called deridingly.</p> - -<p>Anne and Patsy started and looked back.</p> - -<p>“There he is!” groaned Patsy.</p> - -<p>Yes, there he was, standing in the middle of -the road, waving his hand tauntingly.</p> - -<p>“Shall we chase him again?” asked Anne.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[19]</span>“Yes,” said Patsy; and then: “No, it’s no use. -He’s too far away; before we could get halfway -up the hill, he’d be out of sight again.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, well!” laughed Anne. “We don’t care, -Patsy-pet. Let’s go to Happy Acres and see -what flowers are in bloom.”</p> - -<p>They went back to Larkland mill that had been -a mill ever since The Village had been a village; -crossed a foot bridge over Tinkling Water; and -followed the path to the woodland nook they -called Happy Acres. Long ago a house had been -there, and persistent garden bulbs and shrubs -gave beauty and fragrance to the place. One -spring, Anne had adopted it and christened it -Happy Acres, and she and her friends had made -it a little woodland park that was a joy to all the -neighborhood. It was fragrant now with a -blossoming plum-tree and gay with the pink and -scarlet of flowering almond and japonica.</p> - -<p>Anne and Patsy plucked a few sprays to carry -home the beauty of it, and started down the path -for a little visit to their cousin, Giles Spotswood, -the miller.</p> - -<p>Patsy, who was in front, stopped suddenly. -“What’s that?” she whispered.</p> - -<p>“It sounds like men quarreling,” Anne whispered -back. “Who on earth—”</p> - -<p>“Look there!”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[20]</span>Anne crept to Patsy’s side and peeped through -the bushes. There were two men on the roadside. -One was their cousin, Black Mayo Osborne.</p> - -<p>“Who’s that man?” asked Anne.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Smith; the new man at the Tolliver -place.”</p> - -<p>“Ugh! he’s horrid! snarling like a spiteful cur -dog!” exclaimed Anne.</p> - -<p>The stranger was indeed odd and unpleasant-looking. -He had long loose-jointed limbs and -such a short body that it seemed as if its only -function was to hold his head and limbs together. -The two sides of his blond face were quite unlike. -The left side was handsome with its straight -brow and wide blue eye; but the right eye, half -hidden by its drooping lid, slanted outward and -down, the tip of the nose turned toward the bulging -right nostril, and the mouth drooped at the -right corner and ended in a heavy downward -line.</p> - -<p>“Easy! go easy, my German friend!” Black -Mayo’s voice rang out clear and mocking.</p> - -<p>“I am not a German; that am I not!” screamed -Smith. “I am an American citizen. I can my -papers show. I am more American than you. -What are your peoples here? <i>Ach!</i> what do they? -This morning they did the last cent out of their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[21]</span> -treasury take, the expenses of old traitors and -rebels to pay—”</p> - -<p>The sentence was not finished. A quick blow -from the shoulder stretched him on the ground.</p> - -<p>“Hey! lie there a minute!” cried Black Mayo, -with an impish light twinkling in his dark eyes. -“Listen! Here’s a tune you’ve got to respect in -this part of the world.” He whistled “Dixie” -with vim and vigor, over and over again. Then -he stepped aside and held out his hand, saying: -“Ah, well! You didn’t know any better. Forget -it!”</p> - -<p>The man glared up at him, without a word.</p> - -<p>“Oh! if that’s the way you feel about it—” -Mr. Osborne laughed, shrugged his shoulders, -and, still whistling “Dixie,” took the road that -led to his home at Larkland.</p> - -<p>Mr. Smith scrambled to his feet and looked -after Black Mayo, from under down-drawn -brows, with his thin wide lips writhing like serpents; -then he went limping up the road.</p> - -<p>The girls turned white amazed faces to each -other.</p> - -<p>“Ugh!” said Patsy. “Let’s go home. Do—do -you reckon he’ll hurt Cousin Mayo?”</p> - -<p>“Of course not. He can’t. How can he?” -said Anne. After a pause she added: “He certainly -will if he can.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[22]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER II</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">EXULTING at the way he had diddled -the girls, Dick pranced along the Redville -road. He did not meet any one, for -it was a fair spring day and the country people -were busy; but he saw men and boys he knew, -plowing and grubbing, hallooing to their teams -and to one another.</p> - -<p>About two miles from The Village, Dick -turned off on the Old Plank Road. Twenty years -before, this had been a highway going through -The Village, on its long way to Richmond. Then -the railroad was built. It wanted to come through -The Village, between court-house and church, -but the people rose up in arms. They did not -want shrieking, grinding trains, to scare horses -and bring in outsiders, nor an iron track parting -their homes from their graves in the churchyard. -So the railroad went by Redville that was six -miles from The Village in summer and three or -four times as far in the winter season of ruts -and red mud.</p> - -<p>After the railway was built, however, the road -by Redville station became the thoroughfare;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[23]</span> -the Old Plank Road was seldom traveled except -by negroes who lived in clearings in the Big -Woods that covered miles of the rocky, infertile -ridge land.</p> - -<p>Dick was near one of these clearings, a patch -of stumpy land around a log cabin, when he heard -a voice calling loudly, “Whoa! Gee! Whoa, I -say!”</p> - -<p>An old negro was coming up the hill, in a cart -drawn by bony, long-horned oxen.</p> - -<p>“Hey, Unc’ Isham!” said Dick. “What are -you making such a racket for?”</p> - -<p>Isham Baskerfield jumped nervously; but when -he recognized the speaker, he grinned and said: -“Howdy, little marster! howdy! I was jest -talkin’ to my oxes. I tuk ’em down to de creek -to gin ’em some water.”</p> - -<p>“You sounded scared,” commented Dick. -“And you looked scared, too.”</p> - -<p>“Skeered? Course I aint skeered. Huccome -I be skeered?” Isham replied loudly. Then he -mumbled: “I aint nuver liked to go down dis -road since dat old man—Whar you gwine, Marse -Dick?” he interrupted himself. “Don’t you fool -’round dat lowermos’ cabin. Dat’s”—he -breathed the name in a whisper—“Solomon -Gabe’s house, dat is. An’ he can shore cunjer -folks.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[24]</span>Dick laughed. “So that’s what you are afraid -of. You—”</p> - -<p>“Sh—sh, little marster!” The old negro looked -around, as if afraid of being overheard. He -stopped his oxcart in front of his cabin. “I got -to git my meal bag,” he said. “Lily Belle emptied -it to make a hoecake for dinner, so I got to -go to mill an’ git some corn ground ’fore supper -time. I don’t worry ’bout nothin’ long as my -meal bag can stan’ up for itself, but when it lays -down I got to stir about. What you doin’, -Marse Dick, strayin’ so fur from home?”</p> - -<p>“Oh! I’m just strolling ’round,” Dick answered -vaguely.</p> - -<p>“Umph! When I fust see you, I thought you -mought be gwine fishin’; but you aint got no -fishin’ pole.”</p> - -<p>“No use to carry a pole in the woods, when -you’ve got a knife,” said Dick. “Where is a good -place to go?”</p> - -<p>“Uh! any o’ dem holes in Mine Creek below -de ford,” said the old man; “taint good fishin’ -’bove thar.”</p> - -<p>“O. K.!” said Dick. “If I catch more fish than -I can carry, I’ll leave you what I can’t tote home.”</p> - -<p>“Yas, suh; yas, suh! I reckon you will,” -chuckled the old negro.</p> - -<p>Dick went on down the road. But his merry<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[25]</span> -whistle died on his lips as he passed Solomon -Gabe’s cabin.</p> - -<p>It stood, like a dark, poisonous fungus, under -low-branching evergreens in a dank, somber hollow -a little away from the road. The squat old -log hovel had not even a window; the door stood -open, not hospitably, but like the yawning mouth -of a pit.</p> - -<p>Dick ran on down the road and came presently -to Mine Creek, a little stream straggling -along a rocky, weed-fringed bed. Near the ford, -there was a pile of rotting logs and fallen stones -that had once been a cabin. He left the road -here, but he did not take Isham’s advice and go -down Mine Creek. Instead, he went up stream, -following a vague old path that presently crossed -the creek and climbed a little hill. There was a -small enclosure fenced in with rotting rails. In -and around the enclosure were piles of earth -and broken stones of such ancient date that saplings -and even trees were growing on them.</p> - -<p>Dick paused on the hilltop and looked around -cautiously. No one was in sight; and all was still -except for the chatter of squirrels and the drumming -of woodpeckers. He jumped over the old -fence and advanced to the edge of a well-like -opening. Again he stopped and looked around. -Then he took out of his pocket a ball of string.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[26]</span> -He tied a stone to one end of it; dropped the stone -into the hole; played out his line until it rested -on the bottom; and tied a knot in the string at the -ground level.</p> - -<p>Then he went into the woods and cut down a -hickory sapling; he measured it with his line and -cut it off at the top; and trimmed the branches, -leaving stout prongs at intervals of about -eighteen inches. Every now and then, he stopped -and looked about, to make sure that he was not -observed. After nearly an hour’s work, he -finished an improvised ladder which he carried -to the hole and slid over the edge. Then with a -final sharp lookout, he descended.</p> - -<p>He found himself in a pit about ten feet in diameter, -heaped knee-deep with twigs and leaves -swept there by winds of many winters. At one -side there was an opening four feet wide and -five or six feet high, the mouth of a tunnel that -was roofed with logs supported on the sides by -stout rough timbers.</p> - -<p>Dick lighted his candle and started down this -tunnel. But after a few steps he turned back, set -down his candle, and pulled his ladder into the -hole.</p> - -<p>“Now,” he said. “Anybody’s welcome to -look in here. I reckon they’ll not find little -Dick.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[27]</span>He picked up his candle and went along the -tunnel. Now and then it dropped down abruptly, -but there were timbers and old ladders that made -the way passable. At last the tunnel broadened -into a room about thirty feet square and high -enough to stand upright in. This room also was -roofed with logs and poles propped by stout timbers -of white oak. Here and there were heaps of -earth and stones and piles of rotting timbers; -on the left side there was another tunnel.</p> - -<p>Dick hesitated a minute, then he muttered: -“I reckon I’ll find <i>it</i> here. But I’ll look around -first.”</p> - -<p>He followed the lower tunnel. It, too, slanted -downward, but it was longer than the upper one -and had several short spurs. It ended in a pit a -dozen feet deep, that had an old ladder in it. -Dick climbed down and looked around, then he -went back to the main room and began examining -the clay and stone between the supporting -timbers.</p> - -<p>“It certainly seems as if they would have left -some,” he said earnestly to himself. “I ought to -see little bits sparkling somewhere. If they were -ever so little, they would show me where to -work.”</p> - -<p>His tour of investigation brought him at last -to a corner where there was a heap of earth and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[28]</span> -stones. He scrambled on top of the mound,—and, -in a twinkling, he landed at the bottom of a -hole.</p> - -<p>For a minute he was stunned. Then he -staggered to his feet, lighted the candle which -had been extinguished in his fall, and looked -around. He had fallen into a pit ten or twelve -feet deep—probably an opening of the mine that -had been abandoned with the failure of a vein -that was being followed. The place had been -covered with a layer of logs and poles on top of -which earth and stones had been thrown. The -rotting timbers—how many years they had been -there!—had given way under his weight.</p> - -<p>How was he to get out? The walls of the pit, -stone in one place and clay on the other sides, -were steep, almost perpendicular.</p> - -<p>After considering awhile, he set his candle on -a projecting rock, took out his knife, and dug -some crannies for finger-holds and toe-holds, to -serve as a ladder. But when he put his weight -in them and tried to climb up, the clay -slipped under his feet and he slid back. He made -the holes larger and deeper, but after he mounted -two or three steps he slid back again; and again; -and again. At last he gave up this plan. Anyway, -if he could climb to the top, how could he -get out? He had crashed through the middle of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[29]</span> -the pit, and the broken downward-slanting poles -barred the sides.</p> - -<p>Must he stay here and wait for help to come? -Help? What help? No one knew where he was. -Oh! how he regretted now his careful plans to -put every one off the trail. Anne and Patsy could -only say that they had last seen him on the main -road to Redville. And Isham thought he had -gone down Mine Creek.</p> - -<p>If only he had left the ladder in place, there -would be a chance that when they missed him -and made search, they would look in the mine. -But he had taken that chance away from himself -by pulling the ladder into the pit.</p> - -<p>He must dig his way out. He <i>must</i>! There -was no other way of escape. He selected a place -that seemed free from rocks, and began to hack -at the wall. He toiled till his arms ached and -his hands were sore and blistered. It was a slow -and painful task, but he was making progress. -He piled up loose rocks and stood on tiptoe, so -as to reach higher on the wall. In spite of his -weariness and his tormented hands, his spirits -rose.</p> - -<p>“A tight place like this is lots of fun—after -you get out. Won’t Dave and Steve pop their -eyes when I tell ’em about it?”</p> - -<p>He laughed and, with renewed vigor, drove his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[30]</span> -knife into the hard clay. There was a sharp -scratch and a snap. Something fell, click! on a -stone. It was his knife blade, broken against a -rock that extended shelf-like above him, and -formed an impassable barrier. All these hours of -work and pain were wasted. He must begin -again and dig out in another place; or try to, -and perhaps run against rock again. And with -this broken knife!</p> - -<p>He groaned and looked around.</p> - -<p>“O-oh!” he gave a sharp, startled cry. His -candle! Only an inch of it was left. Oh! he -<i>must</i> get out! How terrible it would be here in -the pitch-black, shut-in dark!</p> - -<p>He seized a broken bit of timber for a makeshift -spade, and gave a hurried stroke. Alas! -The old timber snapped in two, bruising and cutting -his hands cruelly. He threw aside the useless -fragment and then, as if he had lost the -power of motion, he stood staring at his bit -of candle that shortened with every passing -second.</p> - -<p>He pulled himself together. He must view -every foot, every inch of the pit, so that he could -work to purpose in the dark, not just dig, dig, -dig, and get nowhere. He scrutinized the wall, -noting every angle and projection; then he looked -up, and studied the position of every log, every<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[31]</span> -broken pole. For the first time, he observed a -log that did not extend across the pit; its end was -about two feet from the wall. Ah! perhaps, perhaps—</p> - -<p>He jerked the string out of his pocket, made a -slip noose, and threw it at the end of the log; the -noose fell short. He threw it again; and again it -went aside. The next time, it caught a broken -pole, and to get it off he had to poke and push -with a piece of timber for two or three minutes—minutes -that seemed hours as he glanced fearfully -at the flickering candle. He threw the noose -again; and at last it went over the log. He tried -to pull it along. He wanted to get it near the -middle, free of the broken poles, and pull himself -up by it, if—oh! how he prayed it was!—stout -enough to bear his weight; but now it was fast on -a knot and he could not move it.</p> - -<p>He glanced at the candle. It was a mere bit -of wick in a gob of grease; every flicker threatened -to be its last. He could not wait any longer! -he must do something! something! He would -pull himself up to the end of the log and try to -break through the poles.</p> - -<p>As he pulled, the log began to move. Ah! If -he could pull the end into the pit, it would be -a bridge to climb out on. He jerked with -all his might, and it moved, slid, slipped downward;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[32]</span> -the end caught against a projecting -rock about four feet from the top; there it held -fast.</p> - -<p>The candle flame flared and dropped and—no, -it was not out; not yet.</p> - -<p>Dick jumped up and caught hold of the log. -The movement fanned the failing light; it spurted -and went out. No matter now! He had firm -hold of the log. He scrambled up on it and managed -presently to push and pull himself between -the broken poles. At last, at last, thank Heaven! -he was out of that awful pit.</p> - -<p>He staggered along, feeling his way by the -wall, making one ascent after another, until a -light glimmered before him and he reached the -entrance well. He raised his ladder and climbed -out. Then his strength gave way. He dropped -down on a pile of leaves at the mine entrance, -and lay there, gazing blankly at the blue -sky shining beyond the fretwork of budding -branches.</p> - -<p>Suddenly he began to laugh. He sat up and -slapped his knees. “I’ll pass it on to them,” he -said. “I’ll cover up that hole, and I’ll take Dave -and Steve there—after I find <i>it</i>—and let them -tumble in without a light. Then I’ll go off and -pretend I don’t hear them, and—oh! I’ll let them -stay there long enough for them to think, to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[33]</span> -feel—” His face was suddenly solemn. “I might -have stayed there and died. Died!”</p> - -<p>He got up and dragged the ladder out, and hid -it under the leaves piled against the fence.</p> - -<p>“I reckon I ought not to expect to find it right -away,” he sighed. “I’ve got to keep on looking -and looking and looking. And I say I will! But -I need some real tools. A knife, specially a -broken one, isn’t much force for mining.”</p> - -<p>He went toward home, but he was in no hurry -to complete the journey at the end of which were -his unfinished task and his father. Instead of -going down The Street, he took The Back Way -behind the Court-house, and slipped around the -corner of the blacksmith shop.</p> - -<p>Mr. Mallett, the blacksmith, with only his corncob -pipe for company, was sitting in a chair tilted -against the door jamb of the grimy log cabin. He -was a vivacious little man with blue eyes and -dark hair, and a face that would have been sallow -if it had been visible under the grime. All the -Village boys liked to loaf at his shop, but Dick -had now a special reason for visiting him.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Mallett—” Dick began.</p> - -<p>The smith started. “You young imp!” he exclaimed. -“What do you mean by jumping at me, -sudden as a jack-in-the-box? I wasn’t thinking -’bout you—and here you are, close enough to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[34]</span> -hear my very thoughts. I never see such a boy. -Why, what’s the matter with your face?”</p> - -<p>“I fell down. It got scratched,” Dick explained -briefly. “Mr. Mallett, I was thinking -about the Old Sterling Mine, near your great-grandfather’s -shop. Do you reckon it was silver, -real silver, he got there?”</p> - -<p>“Do I reckon? No, I don’t! I know it, sure -and certain as I’m setting here in this chair, -smoking my corncob pipe. Aint I heard my -father tell time and again what his granddad -told him? Why, my father could remember him -good. He was a little quick man with blue eyes -and black hair—we all get our favor from him. -He never did learn to talk like folks over here; -he always mixed his words and gave ’em curious-sounding -twists. He come from France, one of -Lafayette’s soldiers he was.”</p> - -<p>“Why didn’t he go back with Lafayette?” -asked Dick. “I should think he’d have been lonesome -here, away from his own home and folks.”</p> - -<p>“Certainly he was lonesome,” said Mr. Mallett. -“My father said, when he was old and child-like, -he’d set in the corner, jabbering French by -the hour, with tears dripping down his face.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t see why he stayed here,” persisted -Dick.</p> - -<p>“He just stayed and kept staying,” said the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[35]</span> -smith. “Maybe that old silver mine had something -to do with it. He was always expecting to -get out a fortune. He come with the Frenchers -to chase Cornwallis, and they stopped here, two -or three days, to mend shoes and get victuals.</p> - -<p>“The old Mr. Osborne that owned Larkland -in them days see what a good blacksmith my -great-grandad was, and told him when the war -was over to come back here and he should have a -home. So he did, and the squire helped him get -some of the old glebe land, and he married Mr. -Osborne’s overseer’s daughter. He had a smithy -on the Old Plank Road by Mine Creek. I reckon -you know the place.”</p> - -<p>Dick nodded. He did not say he had been -there that very afternoon.</p> - -<p>“And he found silver on that hill. My grand-daddy -used to tell us children about seeing his -father getting silver out of the ground and beating -it on his anvil with his sledge hammer. And -Black Mayo that’s always finding out something -’bout everything, he found them old <i>ree</i>cord -papers.”</p> - -<p>“And they proved about the silver mine?” -asked Dick.</p> - -<p>“Certainly they did,” asserted Mr. Mallett. -“Would folks try a man in law court for making -money out of silver he didn’t have? Great-granddad<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[36]</span> -didn’t deny making of it. He just said he -wasn’t making no false coins. He was hammering -out sterling pure silver. That’s why they call -it the Sterling Mine. And he was making pieces -like Spanish six shilling pieces—our folks counted -money by shillings in them days—and was giving -them, in place of what they called alloy; he was -giving better and purer money than the law. And -what could folks say to that? Why, nothing; for -it was the truth.”</p> - -<p>“And so they didn’t punish him?” asked Dick.</p> - -<p>“Punish him? What for? For doing better -than the law of the land? No, sirree!”</p> - -<p>“I don’t reckon he got out all the silver,” said -Dick, more to himself than to Mr. Mallett.</p> - -<p>“Course not! Some was got out in my father’s -day, by the Mr. Mayo that owned the land before -The War.”</p> - -<p>“How did they get it out?” asked Dick.</p> - -<p>“Dug it out with tools, of course. Aint there -the old picks and sledges and things, setting there -in that shed, that my father made for them? -And Mr. Mayo—”</p> - -<p>“Are they—”</p> - -<p>Dick tried to interrupt, but Mr. Mallett went -on with what he had to say: “He aint made -much out of it. They say it was what they call -‘free silver’, and great-granddad chanced to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[37]</span> -strike where it was rich. It petered out, and -silver was so scarce and the rock so hard it didn’t -pay to work the mine. Some folks say that. -There was a tale that the manager wasn’t trying -to make it pay; he wanted to get the mine for -himself. He tried to buy it. But he didn’t. He -died. Anyway, The War came, and ’twasn’t -worked any more.”</p> - -<p>“Yes.” Dick accepted the fact that The War -ended everything, even the worth of the silver -mine. “It does seem, if it was real silver, we -could see it there now,” he said thoughtfully.</p> - -<p>“Shucks!” Mr. Mallett got up and knocked -the ashes out of his pipe. “Course they took out -all in sight. Folks would have to dig for any -more they got.”</p> - -<p>“And the tools; will you—” Dick checked -himself. If he asked for the tools now, Mr. Mallett -would guess what he was planning to do and -somehow all The Village would know before sunset. -He must wait and manage to get them, without -betraying his purpose.</p> - -<p>Mr. Mallett was looking at the westering sun. -“Fayett ought to be home,” he said. “He went -to Redville, and he was to be back in time to help -me with a little work.”</p> - -<p>“Fayett!” exclaimed Dick. “Why, I didn’t -know he came home for Easter.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[38]</span>“Yes,” said Mr. Mallett. “He’s mighty stirred -up ’bout this war. What have we got to do with -Europe’s war that started with the killing of a -little prince in a country I’d never heard tell of? -But Fayett’s got a notion in his head— Here! -I’ve got to fix some rivets. Don’t you want to -blow the bellows?”</p> - -<p>“I wish I had time,” said Dick. “I’ve got to go -home. I—I haven’t finished my garden work.”</p> - -<p>“Then I reckon you’ll save it for another day,” -said the smith. “Sun’s ’most down.”</p> - -<p>Its long rays lay like a red-gold band across -The Street, as Dick started home, wishing—too -late!—that he had finished his garden task and -postponed his adventuring to another day. Seeing -his father on the porch, the truant slipped behind -the boxwood at the edge of the walk. But -Mr. Osborne called, “Dick!” and then more -sternly, “Richard!”</p> - -<p>It was useless to pretend not to hear.</p> - -<p>“Sir!” Dick answered meekly.</p> - -<p>“Have you completed your garden work?”</p> - -<p>“Not—not quite, sir,” said Dick. “I am just -going to it now, sir. I can get a lot done before -dark. And I’ll get up soon Monday morning, -and finish it, sir, indeed I will.”</p> - -<p>“My son,—” Mr. Osborne spoke in a magisterial -voice and took Dick by the arm.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[39]</span>Just then the front gate clicked, and Black -Mayo came up the walk.</p> - -<p>“War has been declared,” he said without a -word of greeting. “War! The United States -has declared war with Germany.”</p> - -<p>Red Mayo dropped Dick’s arm. “How’d you -hear?”</p> - -<p>“I met Fayett Mallett coming from Redville. -He’d heard the news, if we can call it news. We -knew it was coming.”</p> - -<p>“Of course; it was inevitable. We knew that -the minute we read the President’s War Message. -He held off as long as he could.”</p> - -<p>“Yes. Now the War Resolution has passed -Congress and the President has signed it.”</p> - -<p>Dick stood listening a minute, then slipped indoors -just as his mother came out.</p> - -<p>“What are you talking about?” she asked. -“What is the matter?”</p> - -<p>“War!” said her husband. “The United States -is in the War, Miranda.”</p> - -<p>Sweet William was at his mother’s elbow. He -spoke in a puzzled little voice. “I thought The -War was done. I thought the Confedacy was -overrun.”</p> - -<p>“This is another war, son,” laughed Mr. Osborne. -“This is war with Germany.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[40]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER III</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">JUST then Emma came to the door. Emma -was the Osbornes’ old servant, brown and -plump as one of her own baked apple dumplings, -and as much a part of the family as the -tall clock in “the chamber.”</p> - -<p>“Supper is ready, Miss M’randa, an’ you-all -come right away, please’m,” she said. “De muffins -is light as a feather. Come on an’ butter -’em. If you-all will live on corn bread, please’m -eat it hot.”</p> - -<p>“Poor Emma!” laughed Mrs. Osborne. “She -cannot reconcile herself to our food program.”</p> - -<p>“I tell Emma ’bout the Belgians,” complained -Sweet William. “But she says ‘them folks is too -far off for her to bother ’bout; corn bread don’t -set good on her stomach; and she’s going to eat -what she likes, long as she can get it.’ And, -mother, she has light bread and hot biscuits for -herself every day, and—”</p> - -<p>“Sh-sh, son boy!” said Mrs. Osborne. “Emma -doesn’t know any better, and we do. Come, -Mayo, and Mayo. Come to the hot corn muffins!”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[41]</span>“I ought to go home,” said Black Mayo. -“Polly’ll be expecting me.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed she will not,” said Mrs. Osborne. -“Polly never expects you till she sees you coming -in the gate. How is she, and how are your -pigeons? I understand they are a part of your -family now. Of course you’ll stay to supper, -Mayo. Patsy, tell Emma to put another plate on -the table.”</p> - -<p>A visit from their Cousin Mayo, always a delight, -was now especially welcome to Dick because -it postponed, perhaps prevented, a disagreeable -interview with his father. He slipped to his place -and quietly devoted himself to the hot muffins, -cold ham, and damson preserves.</p> - -<p>“Why, Dick! What have you done to your -face?” asked his mother.</p> - -<p>“Nothing. It got scratched,” he mumbled, -glancing at his father.</p> - -<p>But Mr. Osborne was not thinking of the -garden; he was about to present to his family an -amazing piece of news. He prepared for it by -an impressive “Ahem!” with his eyes fixed on -Black Mayo.</p> - -<p>“A client came to my office to-day,” he said -solemnly.</p> - -<p>“Really, Mayo!” exclaimed his wife.</p> - -<p>“What is a client?” asked Sweet William.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[42]</span>“Who disturbed the hoary dust of your -sanctum?” asked Black Mayo.</p> - -<p>“Well may you inquire!” said the Village -lawyer. “You are responsible for his coming.”</p> - -<p>“I?” There was a look of blank astonishment, -followed by a peal of laughter. “You don’t mean -to say that scoundrel Smith—”</p> - -<p>“Yes. He wants to take action against you for -assault and battery.”</p> - -<p>“What is a client?” Sweet William asked -again.</p> - -<p>“What in the world are you talking about?” inquired -Mrs. Osborne.</p> - -<p>“Oh, I reckon I know.” Patsy eagerly aired -her knowledge. “That Smith, the new man at -the Tolliver place, quarreled with Cousin Mayo, -and Cousin Mayo knocked him down. We saw it, -Anne and I.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, Princess Pocahontas! Are you and Lady -Anne taking the witness stand against me?” -Black Mayo said in mock reproach. “Well, it’s -true.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne gave a little exclamation of -horror. “Oh, Mayo!” she said, frowning at her -husband. “I’ve begged you not to let outside -people buy land around here. And now Mayo’s -had to knock one of them down.”</p> - -<p>“But, Miranda dear, when a man sells his farm<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[43]</span> -and the purchaser comes to get me to look up -the title—”</p> - -<p>“You just ought to tell him we don’t want him -here,” said Mrs. Osborne. “What is the use of -being a lawyer if you can’t put some law on outsiders -to keep them from spoiling The Village?”</p> - -<p>The two men laughed.</p> - -<p>Then Black Mayo said: “I suppose he told you -about it, Mayo. The ‘I saids’ and ‘he saids’?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; oh, yes!”</p> - -<p>“H’m! I hope you’ll make him pay you a good -fat fee for the case.”</p> - -<p>“Fee!” Red Mayo stared in amazement. “Assuredly -you don’t think I’d accept his dirty -money! Case! I informed him he had none.”</p> - -<p>“But I did knock him down.”</p> - -<p>“Of course you did. When he repeated what -he said, I’d have knocked him down myself, if -he hadn’t been in my own office. I told him if The -Village heard such talk, he’d be tarred and -feathered and drummed out of the community. -Then I ordered him out of my office.”</p> - -<p>“And that is how you treat your <i>rara avis</i>, a -client!” said Black Mayo.</p> - -<p>“What is a client?” repeated Sweet William, -whose questions were always answered because -he never stopped asking till they were.</p> - -<p>“A client, young man, is the golden-egg goose<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[44]</span> -that a lawyer tries to lure into his coop,” Black -Mayo explained. “One fluttered to your father -and he shooed it away.”</p> - -<p>“I wish I had a goose that laid gold eggs,” said -Sweet William. “I wouldn’t kill it, like the silly -man in that story.”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps I can find one and trade it to you for -Hop-o-hop,” suggested his cousin.</p> - -<p>Sweet William considered and shook his head. -“Hop-o-hop couldn’t get on without me,” he said -gravely.</p> - -<p>“Ah, it’s a family failing,” laughed Black -Mayo, as they left the table. “None of you is -willing to pay the price for the goose.”</p> - -<p>The evening was so mild that they settled -themselves again on the porch. The men resumed -their discussion of the war; David pored -over a bulletin about corn; Dick snuggled down -in a corner with “The Days of Bruce”; Anne and -Patsy brought out their Red Cross knitting, and -whispered and giggled together. Sweet William -put a stool beside his mother’s chair and cuddled -against her knee, with Scalawag at his feet.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne left the discussion of public affairs -to the menfolks. She was intent on her own -task, the making out of a program for the Village -Literary Society. What pleasant meetings they -would have, reading about the Plantagenet kings,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[45]</span> -supplementing Hume’s history with Waverley -novels and Shakespeare plays. She smiled and -folded her paper.</p> - -<p>As the twilight deepened, Dick shut his book -and grinned at the girls.</p> - -<p>“Too bad not to have your company on my -walk to-day, after you promised it, too!”</p> - -<p>“Oh! we thought of a nicer place to go, where -we wouldn’t scratch our faces,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“We’ll go with you some day, after you tear -down all the barbed wire and briers,” said Patsy.</p> - -<p>“I dare you!” Dick defied them.</p> - -<p>“You say that because you know I’m going -away so soon,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“You’re coming back in June. I dare and -double dare you for then,” replied Dick. “I’ll be -going to this place—oh! right along.”</p> - -<p>“All right,” said Anne. “We’ll follow you; -see if we don’t. We’ll not take a dare; will we, -Patsy-pet?”</p> - -<p>Their bickering was interrupted by the approach -of guests. Three men strolled across the -yard—Giles Spotswood, the cousin from the -mill; Will Blair, another cousin, who kept the -Village post office; and old Mr. Tavis, a villager -outside the cousinship.</p> - -<p>“We saw Black Mayo here, and we dropped in -to talk over the news,” said Mr. Blair. “Giles<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[46]</span> -says Fayett Mallett heard at Redville that the -United States has declared war. That’s what -comes of sinking American ships; eh, Mayo?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” answered Black Mayo; “the German -sinking of American ships was the overt act -which brought on this war, just as the Stamp -Tax brought on the Revolution. But at bottom, -in both cases, the real cause is the same: it’s a -fight against a despotic government for liberty -and human rights.”</p> - -<p>“It’s strange the Germans kept up submarine -fighting after the United States’ protests,” said -Mr. Blair; “getting another powerful enemy.”</p> - -<p>“I reckon they count on winning the war with -U-boats before the United States gets over there -with both feet,” answered Black Mayo. “But -I’ll bet on the British Navy; it’s saved the Allies -so far.”</p> - -<p>“You said the Belgians saved them by that -ten days of defense that gave the French and -British time to come,” said David.</p> - -<p>“You told me the French saved them by driving -the Germans back at the battle of the Marne,” -said Dick.</p> - -<p>“Oh! but you said the stubborn retreat of that -first little British army was a real victory that -made possible the Marne victory,” Patsy reminded -him.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[47]</span>“Well, well! a good deal of saving is necessary; -and maybe the old United States will jump in and -do the final saving.”</p> - -<p>“The French and British are pushing forward -now,” said Mr. Blair. “Yesterday’s paper -says——”</p> - -<p>The men discussed the war news in an interested -but remote way, just as they had discussed -plagues in India, famines in China, the -Boer War. Their sympathies were as wide as -humanity; but, after all, these things did not -touch them, really and personally, as did the -death of Joe Spencer’s little daughter or the -burning of a negro cabin with a baby in it. No -one said “we” about the war; it was always -“they.”</p> - -<p>“What do you reckon they will do?” asked Mr. -Spotswood. “Will they send an army over, do -you think?”</p> - -<p>“Oh, no!” Red Mayo answered confidently. -“The war will be over before they could send men -abroad, even if they had a trained army ready to -start. They’ll lend the Allies money; they’ll -give some—large amounts, millions, no doubt. -And they’ll supply food and munitions; they must -hustle around and get ships.”</p> - -<p>“The main job will be to get the food to send,” -said Mr. Spotswood. “There’s an alarming<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[48]</span> -shortage of grain. I never saw it so scarce and -high, since I’ve been milling. The first war work -is the farmers’, to raise a bumper crop.”</p> - -<p>“Then I’m in war work, father,” said David. -“I’m going to beat the record on my corn acre -this year.”</p> - -<p>Dick laughed. “A poor war worker! Not -even a one-horse farmer, just a one-acre boy!”</p> - -<p>“My one-acre boy multiplied by hundreds of -thousands makes the Boys’ Corn Club a big -thing,” said Mr. Spotswood. “Why aren’t you -in it, Dick?”</p> - -<p>“I’ve got something better to do,” said Dick, -confidently and mysteriously.</p> - -<p>“Isn’t it strange the Germans don’t see they -are beaten?” said Mr. Blair.</p> - -<p>“Man, man! What are you talking about?” -Black Mayo exclaimed. “Beaten? In three -years of war, German soil has been trampled by -enemy feet only once, those few days in that first -August when the French invaded Alsace. I fear -there’s a hard struggle and dark days ahead.”</p> - -<p>This speech amazed every one.</p> - -<p>“Why, Cousin Mayo! Can’t the United States -whip the world?” exclaimed David.</p> - -<p>“Aren’t most of the nations against Germany?” -asked Dick.</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes! A score of nations are united<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[49]</span> -against Germany and her sister autocracies, Austria-Hungary -and Turkey and Bulgaria.”</p> - -<p>“Is Germany so much the best fighter?” David -wanted to know.</p> - -<p>“No! But she has the inside lines, and she was -ready for war. For nearly forty years she was -preparing for ‘the day,’ while the rest of the -world was busy with works of peace.”</p> - -<p>“Didn’t the other countries have armies and -navies, too?” David persisted.</p> - -<p>“No country ever built up such a perfect war -machine as Germany,” said Mr. Osborne. “Every -point was prepared. Optical and dye experts -produced an inconspicuous gray-green uniform; -engineers constructed the Kiel Canal and a network -of railroads leading to Belgium and France; -scientists captured nitrogen from the air for explosives -and fertilizers, and devised Zeppelins, -huge guns, submarines, and poison gas; experts -made war plans; officers were drilled to carry -them out with soldiers trained by years of service. -And the minds of people were prepared—abroad -by propaganda, and at home by patriotic-sounding -talk about ‘the seas must be free’ and -‘we demand our place in the sun.’ Even Kuno——” -He paused and then said to himself, “I -wonder where Kuno is!”</p> - -<p>“Kuno?” said Red Mayo, questioningly.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[50]</span>“Kuno Kleist, a German friend of mine with -whom I tramped through Mexico. He was -coming home with me, but he had news that his -mother was ill, so he went back to Germany. -Such a clever, merry, kind-hearted fellow he was; -confident that the eternal jubilee of peace and -brotherhood was at hand, ‘made in Germany,’ by -his Socialist brethren.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Blair laughed. “Now we are seeing what -is really ‘made in Germany’ by your friend Kuno -Kleist and the others.”</p> - -<p>Black Mayo shook his head. “Not Kuno, not -the will and heart of him. They may have his -body—I hope not, I hope not—as a cog in this terrible -military machine, crushing helpless nations -and people with its awful policy of frightfulness.”</p> - -<p>“They ought all to be killed, them German -scoundrels ought,” wheezed old Mr. Tavis. -“They ought to be treated like they treat the -Belgians and them other people Will Blair reads -us about in his newspaper.”</p> - -<p>“No and no!” Black Mayo said emphatically; -then he went on, looking not at Mr. Tavis, but -at David and Dick: “The worst thing that could -happen to the world, to us, would be to be infected -by the germ of hate.”</p> - -<p>“But the Germans do such mean things, Cousin -Mayo. How can we not hate them?” Patsy<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[51]</span> -looked up with a frown. “Father read in the paper -to-day that two more relief ships have been sunk, -ships loaded with food for the starving Belgians.”</p> - -<p>“And I gave all my money to buy it,” said -Sweet William, indignantly. “I’m saving my -sugar for the poor little Belgians. Do you reckon -the Germans’ll sink that, too?”</p> - -<p>“Relief ships!” said David. “Why, they sink -hospital ships, with wounded soldiers and doctors -and nurses; and ships with women and babies. -Remember the <i>Lusitania</i>!”</p> - -<p>“I think we ought to hate them,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“No, dear, no,” said Black Mayo. “We ought -to fight fair and hard and without hate, for our -own rights and the rights of all people, the Germans, -too. Why, the German people had no voice -in making this war. It was declared by the -kaiser without consulting the <i>Reichstag</i> in which -the people are represented.</p> - -<p>“Remember, children, most wars are made by -governments, against the wishes and interests of -the people. War is a disaster, a scourge; war, -more than famine, is the seven blasted ears of -corn, the seven lean-fleshed kine, destroying the -full and the well-favored. All the waste and woe -of this World War will be worth while if they -make people realize the horror and wickedness -of war and put an end to it forever.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[52]</span>“You are talking over their heads,” laughed -Red Mayo.</p> - -<p>“I am not sure of that,” said Black Mayo, -looking at David’s thoughtful face. “And if I -am, it is not a bad thing for young folks to have -things above them to grow up to.”</p> - -<p>“Dick, get a chair for Cousin Alice Blair,” -said Mrs. Osborne, as a fat, smiling woman -waddled up the path. “She likes the big rocker. -Get two chairs, son. There’s Miss Fanny coming -down The Street, and she’ll stop to find out -what we are talking about.”</p> - -<p>Sure enough, Miss Fanny Morrison turned in -at the gate. She was the Village seamstress, a -blunt-featured, blunt-mannered, kind-hearted -woman who lived with an invalid sister in a -cottage across the street from the Osborne -home.</p> - -<p>“I saw you-all out here and I just had to come -in,” she said. “Oh! you’re talking about this -war. Is it really true that the United States is -in it? Isn’t it awful? War is a terrible thing. -I certainly am glad I don’t live in a country that -is in it, I mean, really in it. My mother said -that during The War they used to——” She -carried the conversation away from the war that -was convulsing the world, to their “The War,” -fought before they were born.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[53]</span>“Did the supervisors appropriate money for -our veterans to go to the Reunion, Mayo?” Mrs. -Osborne asked presently.</p> - -<p>“The treasury’s almost empty,” answered her -husband. “They gave what they had. And -we started a subscription to make up the -deficit.”</p> - -<p>“We can raise part of the money by selling -lunches on the Green during court week,” said -Mrs. Osborne.</p> - -<p>Patsy spoke quickly. “Oh, no, mother! You -forget I told you the school’s going to serve -lunches that week for the Red Cross.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne turned a surprised, indignant -face to her daughter. “Why, my dear! Aren’t -you patriotic enough to give up any other plans -for the sake of our dear old Confederate soldiers?”</p> - -<p>Patsy hung her head, with a submissive -mumble.</p> - -<p>Sweet William, now nestling against his -mother’s knee, put a caressing hand on her cheek -to demand attention.</p> - -<p>“Mother, is Virginia the United States, too?” -he inquired.</p> - -<p>“Virginia the United States?” repeated his -mother.</p> - -<p>“Virginians used to be accused of thinking so,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[54]</span> -son,” said Mr. Osborne, laughing. “It is the -general opinion that our State is a part of the -Union; it’s so on the map.”</p> - -<p>“Then if Virginia is in the United States, we -are, too; aren’t we, father?”</p> - -<p>“We certainly are, son; we are whatever Virginia -is,” declared Mr. Osborne.</p> - -<p>“Then we are in this war.” Sweet William -imparted the information solemnly, as his own -special discovery. “Virginia’s the United States, -and we are Virginia; and so we are in the war!”</p> - -<p>“It sounds reasonable, son,” remarked his -father, with a dry chuckle, “but you are the first -of us who has thought of it.”</p> - -<p>While they were laughing over Sweet William’s -great discovery, two men, one leading a -horse, turned from The Back Way into The -Street and came toward the Osborne home.</p> - -<p>Black Mayo jumped up.</p> - -<p>“There’s Jack Mallett bringing Rosinante,” -he said. “I left her at the shop to be shod, and -told him I’d be back in ten minutes.”</p> - -<p>“We all know the length of your ‘ten -minutes,’” laughed Mrs. Osborne.</p> - -<p>“It’s your fault, Miranda, all your fault,” -Black Mayo turned on her. “You asked me to -stay to supper; and you know I never know when -to go home.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[55]</span>By this time, Mr. Mallett and his son were -at the steps, receiving a cordial greeting. They -were a little circle of friends, gentlefolks and -seamstress and blacksmith, who had grown up -together in The Village.</p> - -<p>As children and men and women, in school and -shop and church, they played and worked and -worshipped together. Each stood on his own -merits, and only old negroes spoke slightingly -of “poor white trash.” But the class lines were -there, as deep or even deeper than when they -were marked by wealth and land and slaves. An -Osborne or Wilson or Mayo was—oh, well! an -Osborne or Wilson or Mayo, and not a Tavis -or Jones or Hight.</p> - -<p>“I’m awfully sorry, Jack——” began Black -Mayo, going to get his horse.</p> - -<p>“Oh! that’s all right,” interrupted Mr. Mallett. -“I was shutting up the shop and I saw you here, -so I thought I’d bring the mare. She don’t like -to stand tied.”</p> - -<p>“Thank you, Jack.”</p> - -<p>“Come in, Jack; come in, you and Fayett, and -sit awhile,” said Red Mayo, heartily.</p> - -<p>“No, Red; no, Miss Miranda, thank you,” replied -Mr. Mallett. “I can’t set down. I’ve got -to go straight home. I promised my old woman I -would.” But he tarried to share his news with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[56]</span> -them. “You’ve been talking ’bout the war, I -reckon. Fayett heard to-day at Redville the Congress -has voted for it. And—what do you think?—he’s -going to give up agricultural school and -be a soldier.”</p> - -<p>“Fayett a soldier!” exclaimed Dick, looking -at his neighbor with amazement and a sort of -awe.</p> - -<p>The elders, too, were exclaiming and questioning, -looking at the boy whom they had known -all his life as if he had suddenly become a -stranger. That a Village boy was going as a soldier -did not bring home to them the fact that -the World War had become an American war; -it merely seemed to carry him away from them, -making him a part of that mighty overseas conflict.</p> - -<p>“Is Fayett really going?” asked Miss Fanny -Morrison.</p> - -<p>“Well, he wants to, and my old woman and -me’ve been talking it over and we’ve done both -give our consent; so I reckon it’s settled,” was the -answer.</p> - -<p>“How could his mother agree?” As Mrs. Osborne -asked the question, her hold tightened on -the man child drowsing at her knee.</p> - -<p>“He told us he felt he ought to go, and she -says she wouldn’t stand in the way of anything<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[57]</span> -he thought he ought to do,” Mr. Mallett said -quietly. “And if his mother can give him up, -I’ve got no right to hold him back.”</p> - -<p>“But, Fayett,—” Mr. Blair turned to the boy—“I -don’t understand your wanting to go. You -were always such a peaceable fellow.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir,” said the lad, as if that were a reason -for him to fight in this war. “And now that the -United States is in it, it seems like I must go. Of -free will. Not waiting to be sent.”</p> - -<p>He spoke as an American, but those listening -remembered that he was the great-great-grandson -of a Frenchman.</p> - -<p>Black Mayo turned to Mr. Mallett. “Well, -well, well! Your great-grandfather came here -to fight for American liberty, and now your son -is going to France to fight for freedom there. -Wouldn’t that old Mallett of the mine be proud -of Fayett? Ah, it’s fine to act so that our ancestors -might be proud of us! God bless you, -boy!”</p> - -<p>He wrung Fayett’s hand, man to man, and -then took his bridle rein.</p> - -<p>“Thank you, Jack,” he said again. “Good -night, folks. It’s ten minutes to eight. Polly is -locking the back door this minute, and when I get -there she’ll be settled with her knitting. Come to -see us, all of you.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[58]</span>He paused in the yard and said, “Mayo, a -word with you.” Then he said in an undertone: -“It’s best to keep quiet about what happened to-day. -Tell Anne and Patsy so. That fellow -Smith doesn’t understand how we feel about -things. If his foolish speech gets abroad, it will -injure him. Maybe I was a little too quick on the -trigger.”</p> - -<p>He swung into the saddle and the roan mare -galloped away.</p> - -<p>While the other guests were saying good night, -Dick slipped to his bedroom, avoiding a private -interview with his father.</p> - -<p>“He won’t punish me to-morrow,” he said. -“It’s Sunday, Easter Sunday.”</p> - -<p>Easter Sunday! And America, that had -striven so hard for peace, had been whirled into -the red World War.</p> - -<p>But it was not of the nation that Mrs. Osborne -was thinking as she put Sweet William to bed.</p> - -<p>“Poor Mrs. Mallett!” she said to herself. -“What if it were my boy that is going?” And -she kissed her little son so fiercely that he stirred -and opened his eyes.</p> - -<p>“Mother,” he said drowsily, “will my sugar -be enough——”</p> - -<p>He was asleep before the question was finished.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[59]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER IV</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">DICK was up early Monday morning, -meekly and diligently hoeing the potato -patch. But his father had seen this humility -and industry follow too many offenses to -overlook Saturday’s disobedience; so the culprit -received a severe lecture ending with the command -to spend his Saturday afternoons for a -month working in the garden.</p> - -<p>A month! A whole month before he could -go back to the Old Sterling Mine! All that he -could do, in the meantime, to help carry out his -plan of working the mine and making a fortune, -was to get tools and collect candles.</p> - -<p>He rummaged among the old irons in the blacksmith’s -shed on several afternoons, under pretense -of finding horseshoes.</p> - -<p>“What’s this old tool; and that one?” he asked -with assumed carelessness, pulling out one after -another, until he identified and set aside some that -the miners had used.</p> - -<p>Then he chose an occasion when Mr. Mallett -was busy shoeing a fractious mule and said in -an offhand way: “Mr. Mallett, I want to dig a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[60]</span> -hole, where I reckon there’s rock. May I take -some of the old tools out of your shed?”</p> - -<p>“Help yourself.”</p> - -<p>“And I needn’t bring them back right away?”</p> - -<p>Mr. Mallett did not look up from his task. -“Keep ’em long as you please. They’re there to -sell for old iron. Whoa, you brute!”</p> - -<p>“Thank you!” Dick went away then, but at -dusk that evening he slipped back to the shop and -got the pick and spade and sledge hammer he had -set aside, and sped down the unlighted street and -deposited them under the churchyard hedge.</p> - -<p>Many an hour, during the days that followed, -while he sat with a textbook in his hand, he -was in fancy unearthing vast treasures and displaying -them to the envy and admiration of his -comrades. Slowly, oh! very slowly, the days -went by that kept him chained to his tasks at -home.</p> - -<p>One pleasant afternoon in mid-April, the children -drifted out of school, in the usual merry -chattering groups. The Village schoolhouse was -across The Street from The Roost. It was a -quaint, ivy-mantled brick cottage, the old “office,” -in the corner of the yard at Broad Acres. Broad -Acres, once a lordly estate, was now “broad -acres” in name only. Farm after farm, field -after field, had passed from the family ownership<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[61]</span> -until the mansion, with the rambling yard and -garden, was all that was left.</p> - -<p>The house was a stately red-brick building with -wide halls and spacious, high-ceilinged rooms. -Mrs. Wilson, who lived there with her daughter -Ruth, spent her days teaching A B C’s to babies -and preparing Dick and the older boys for the university. -People who were able paid her in money -or wood or meal or shoes, and she accepted their -pupils and fees, but oh! how she struggled to get -the children whose parents were too poor to pay -for schooling or to realize its value.</p> - -<p>“I wish and I wish you weren’t going away, -Anne, you precious darling Anne!” Patsy wailed -for the twentieth time, giving Anne Lewis a -frantic embrace.</p> - -<p>“It’s a horrid shame!” exclaimed Ruth -Wilson.</p> - -<p>“But I’m coming back in the summer,” Anne -said, to comfort them and herself. “Oh! and, -Patsy, won’t we have a lovely time, going around -with Dick!” she said, with a mischievous glance -at Patsy’s twin.</p> - -<p>“Bet you will—not!” declared Dick.</p> - -<p>“And think what a good time we’ll all have -at Happy Acres.”</p> - -<p>“Let’s go to Happy Acres now,” suggested -David Spotswood. “We boys will catch some<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[62]</span> -fish—maybe, and you girls can get flowers, and -we’ll come home by the mill.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes! let’s do that,” exclaimed Anne. “You -can go, can’t you, Patsy? Ruth? Alice?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t see how I can, to stay all afternoon,” -Patsy said regretfully. “Our Red Cross box is -to go off next week and I’m not half done my -sweater.”</p> - -<p>“I’ve got to f-finish my scarf,” stammered Ruth.</p> - -<p>“I want to knit another pair of socks, if I have -time,” said Alice.</p> - -<p>The Village was working and denying itself -to help stricken France and Belgium. If the contributions -were not large in dollars and cents, -they were great in the efforts and self-sacrifice of -the little country neighborhood. But the offerings -came from the hands of good Samaritans, -not of patriots. America had accepted the war; -it had not yet come home to The Village. Later -on, it was to—but we shall see what we see.</p> - -<p>“Oh, you girls!” grumbled Stephen Tavis. -“You are doing that Red Cross stuff all the time.”</p> - -<p>“And you boys are playing while we work,” -said Patsy, tossing her head.</p> - -<p>“We are saving flour and sugar for the Belgians. -Do you want us to knit and sew?” laughed -Dick.</p> - -<p>“Some of the boys in Washington are knitting,”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[63]</span> -Anne said gravely; “and lots of men, real -men, like firemen and soldiers. And they—we—are -all making gardens, so there will be more food -to send to hungry France and Belgium.”</p> - -<p>“Father read from the paper last night something -the President said,” said Patsy. “‘Every -one who makes or works a garden helps to solve -the problem of feeding the nations.’”</p> - -<p>“Yes, the President says the fate of the nation -and the world rests largely on the farmer,” said -David, importantly. “He wants them to plant -food crops; and that’s what I am doing.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, your old corn acre! You’re so biggity -about it,” jeered Dick.</p> - -<p>“I wouldn’t mind a little farm work or gardening; -but I certainly draw the line at knitting,” -said Steve.</p> - -<p>“Oh! oh! oh!” Anne jumped up and down, uttering -little squeals of excitement. “Steve! David! -Dick! Why don’t you have a school war garden?”</p> - -<p>“A school garden?” questioned Steve.</p> - -<p>“Yes; like we have in Washington, that all the -pupils work in,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“Thank you! I get enough gardening at -home,” said Dick, sourly. “I don’t want to spend -all my life hung to one end of a stick with a hoe -at the other end.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! but this is fun, and good war work too.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[64]</span> -It takes just a few hours a week from each of us. -The more there are to help, the less there is for -each one to do.” Then Anne went on indignantly: -“It seems to me you’d want to help, you -boys, when you think about all those poor people -over there, old folks and children and women -with babies, homeless and without food. Hundreds -and thousands of them stand in line for -hours every day to get a little soup and a piece -of bread; and if we in America don’t provide that -bread and soup, they’ll starve.”</p> - -<p>“I’ll make a garden for them,” said a high, -sweet voice, quavering on the verge of tears. -“If I had a hoe and a place to work, I’d begin -right away. I ain’t quite as big as Dick, but -father says I’ve got mighty good muscle. Just -you feel it, Anne,” said Sweet William. “Where’s -a hoe? And where’s the garden going to be?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; where could we have a garden?” said -Steve. “I don’t mind working a little, enough -to keep up with Sweet William, if we had a good -place.”</p> - -<p>There was a pause.</p> - -<p>“There isn’t any place. You see we can’t have -it,” Dick said triumphantly.</p> - -<p>“There is; you can,” Anne declared vehemently. -“You may have my Happy Acres that -Cousin Rodney gave me. I’ll—yes, I’ll be willing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[65]</span> -and glad to dig up the flowers for potatoes and -things.” Her voice broke and she winked back -her tears.</p> - -<p>“O-oh!”</p> - -<p>“Why, Anne!”</p> - -<p>“Of course you wouldn’t!”</p> - -<p>“What’s this about digging up flowers?” Mrs. -Wilson, coming out of the schoolroom, with her -hands full of papers, heard Anne’s last words and -the horrified exclamations they excited. “Surely -you aren’t talking about dear Happy Acres?”</p> - -<p>“Anne wants us to have a garden, a sort of -war garden,” explained Patsy.</p> - -<p>“We have them in Washington, you know, -Cousin Agnes,” Anne said. “We raise lots of -vegetables, and it isn’t hard work, with so many -to help; and anyway, it’s worth working hard -for, to help feed the world when it’s hungry and -starving.”</p> - -<p>“And Steve asked where the garden could be,” -Patsy continued her explanation. “Anne says -it can be Happy Acres, even if they have to dig -up the flowers.”</p> - -<p>“That would be dreadful!” exclaimed Alice -Blair.</p> - -<p>“It’s dreadfuller for people to be starving,” -said Anne.</p> - -<p>“Shucks! We couldn’t work a garden at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[66]</span> -Happy Acres,” said Dick. “By the time we -walked there after school, it would be time to -walk back to do our home work.”</p> - -<p>“We could run,” suggested Sweet William.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson laughed with the others; then she -said: “Possibly you are right, Dick; and certainly -Anne is. Let me think a minute. If you -boys are willing to give part of your time to work -for the hungry, I will give part of my garden -and my help. What do you say?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, ma’am, thank you!” screeched Sweet -William.</p> - -<p>“I’m Sweet William’s partner,” said Steve.</p> - -<p>“I’ll help,” said Tom Walthall, “if you don’t -ask me to do too much.”</p> - -<p>“So will I,” said Tom Mallett.</p> - -<p>“I’ll help when pa can spare me,” promised Joe -Spencer.</p> - -<p>“I will, if Baldie will,” said John Eppes, who -never wished to do anything without his brother -Archibald.</p> - -<p>“Oh! I’ll be in it with the others,” said -Archie.</p> - -<p>“Of course you will, David?” Anne appealed -to the silent boy whose voice she had expected to -hear first.</p> - -<p>“There’s my corn acre——” David began -hesitatingly.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[67]</span>“Of course!” laughed Dick.</p> - -<p>“That’s just it,” Anne said eagerly. “You’ve -done such splendid work, raising such fine corn -and winning prizes. You know so much more -than the rest of us about working crops that—why, -we need you dreadfully.”</p> - -<p>David tried not to look pleased. “I’ll do what -I can,” he agreed. “But I just tell you, I’m not -going to neglect my corn acre for anything; that -I’m not.”</p> - -<p>“Of course not,” said Mrs. Wilson. “And -you, Dick—you’ll help, of course?”</p> - -<p>“No; no, Cousin Agnes,” Dick answered positively. -“I’m getting enough garden work to last -my lifetime. And besides, I’ve got something -else to do, if I ever get a chance at it.”</p> - -<p>“What part of the garden are you going to -give us, Cousin Agnes?” asked David.</p> - -<p>“Let’s go and look over the ground,” said Mrs. -Wilson. “I’ve just had it plowed and harrowed, -ready for planting.”</p> - -<p>She led the way to the big, old-fashioned garden. -In front were beds of hardy flowers, and -arbors and summerhouses covered with roses -and jasmine and honeysuckle. Back of the flowers -were vegetable beds and rows of raspberries -and gooseberries and fig bushes. And in a far -corner, hedged by boxwood and carpeted with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[68]</span> -blue-starred periwinkle, rose the lichened marble -slabs of the family burying-ground.</p> - -<p>David, the star member of the county Corn -Club, looked admiringly at the fertile vegetable -beds. “Gee!” he exclaimed. “I’d beat the record -if my corn acre was like this; it’s rich as -cream.”</p> - -<p>“It has been a garden more than a hundred -years,” said Mrs. Wilson. “Broad Acres was -the first clearing in the wilderness where The -Village is now. Here, boys, I am going to give -you this sunny southeast square. Now, let’s see -who are our gardeners. You’ll join, won’t you, -Albert?” she said kindly to Albert Smith, who -stood uncomfortably apart from any of the -friendly groups.</p> - -<p>“No. I can’t,” he said abruptly. Then he -turned his head with a queer little gesture as if -he were listening to hear how his speech sounded. -He added confusedly: “My uncle needs me to -come home. I came to ask the arithmetic page -lesson.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson indicated the page and then, as -he slipped away, she turned to the other boys. -All except Dick Osborne enrolled as members -of The Village War-Garden Club. Meanwhile, -the girls were whispering together, and Patsy -became their spokeswoman.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[69]</span>“Cousin Agnes,” she said, “we want to war-garden, -too.”</p> - -<p>“Y-yes, mother,” said Ruth. “We’ve been -having flower gardens; why c-can’t we raise real -things, beans and potatoes?”</p> - -<p>“You can; of course you can,” said her mother.</p> - -<p>There was a howl from the boys.</p> - -<p>“We don’t want girls bothering around,” said -Archie. “Let them stay in the house and sew.”</p> - -<p>“They’ve got their Red Cross stuff,” said -Steve. “That’s enough for them.”</p> - -<p>“We girls have Red Cross work in Washington, -and we do war gardening, too. And who -suggested this garden, I’d like to know?” Anne -asked.</p> - -<p>“That’s all right; suggest,” said Joe. “Girls -are good at talking; but we don’t want them -around in our way when we are working.”</p> - -<p>There was a clamor of indignation from the -girls.</p> - -<p>“Boys! Girls!” Mrs. Wilson said in her schoolroom -voice. In the silence that it brought, she -went on: “Of course the girls may have a garden, -if they wish. I’ll give them the strip of land by -the rose garden.”</p> - -<p>But the girls scornfully rejected this offer.</p> - -<p>“We don’t want a little ribbon like that,” said -Patsy. “We want a real garden or none at all.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[70]</span> -We don’t care if you give us a bigger place than -the boys have—I’m sure we can manage it—but -we don’t want an inch less. There are more of -us than there are of them; two more, counting -Anne, who’s coming back in June.”</p> - -<p>“Give us the square by the one the b-b-boys -have,” said Ruth.</p> - -<p>“Oh, you greedy!” said David. “That would -be taking nearly all of Cousin Agnes’s garden, -these two big squares.”</p> - -<p>“Make the boys divide their square with us, -Cousin Agnes,” suggested Patsy.</p> - -<p>“No! no! no!” the boys objected loudly.</p> - -<p>“Who’s greedy now?” Patsy inquired scornfully.</p> - -<p>“G-g-give us that s-southwest square, mother,” -urged Ruth. “You and I don’t need such -a big garden. Let’s l-l-let the Belgians have it.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” Mrs. Wilson agreed. She and Ruth -did need the garden; it was their main support; -but in this time of world need, they must give -not only all they were able, but more and still -more. She and Ruth would get on, somehow. -“You girls may have the square next to the -boys,” she said.</p> - -<p>There were groans and cheers.</p> - -<p>“We’ll see which do the best work. To-morrow -morning let’s meet here and start the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[71]</span> -planting. Bring hoes and rakes. I,” she added, -“will supply seeds.”</p> - -<p>That meant another sacrifice. She and Ruth -would stint themselves to give for seed the peas -and beans and potatoes they had stored for food.</p> - -<p>On the way home, Dick and some of the others -stopped at the post office. It occupied a corner -of Mr. Blair’s general merchandise shop and it -was, Black Mayo said, the Village club where -young and old gathered in the afternoons for -mail and gossip.</p> - -<p>When Dick went in, there were a dozen villagers -and countrymen lounging in the room, -Mr. Blair was sorting the mail, and Black Mayo -was perched on the counter, reading the news in -Mr. Blair’s paper the only daily that came to The -Village.</p> - -<p>“The British are holding Vimy Ridge,” he -said.</p> - -<p>“What about Congress and army plans?” -asked Red Mayo.</p> - -<p>“Congress is still discussing, discussing. Why -doesn’t it go ahead and put a draft bill in shape? -The President’s right; that’s the way to raise an -army.”</p> - -<p>“Hey, Black Mayo! Here’s a letter for Polly,” -said Mr. Blair. “And here are two letters for -Mr. Carl Schmidt.” He looked around.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[72]</span>The man who lived at the old Tolliver place -came forward. “I guess they are for me,” he -said, “from somebody that did not know my -name; it’s Smith, good American Charley -Smith.”</p> - -<p>“Carl Schmidt; that’s a queer-sounding name. -What is it?” asked Mr. Jones, a stout, red-faced -countryman.</p> - -<p>“It is a German name,” Black Mayo said -crisply.</p> - -<p>“My father did from Germany come,” the man -who called himself Smith said hastily, darting -an angry glance at Black Mayo and then looking -around without meeting any one’s eyes. “He -was sensible, and he did come to America. I -was here born. I am an American citizen.”</p> - -<p>“I’d hate to be one of them low-down Germans,” -said Pete Walthall, taking a chew of -tobacco.</p> - -<p>“<i>Ach!</i> so would I,” Smith proclaimed loudly. -“They are bad people. Awful bad people.” He -met defiantly Black Mayo’s quizzical eyes. “I -got no use for them German peoples.”</p> - -<p>“Nobody has,” said Mr. Tavis.</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes!” Black Mayo declared. “I have. -One of my best friends is a German, a fine fellow -named Kuno Kleist that I spent months with, in -Mexico, helping him collect bugs and butterflies.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[73]</span>“Why, Mr. Mayo!” said Pete. “You mean to -say you don’t hate Germany?”</p> - -<p>“I hate the Germany of Prussianism, power-mad -Junkerism, the ‘blood and iron’ of Frederick -the Great and Bismarck and Kaiser William,” -said Black Mayo; “but I love the Germany of -Goethe and Schiller and Luther and Beethoven.”</p> - -<p>“Germany is one!” Mr. Smith’s voice rang out. -“It is one, I say.”</p> - -<p>“So are we all, all one.” Black Mayo looked -around with a sudden winning smile. “Remember -that first Christmas when German and British -soldiers came out of the trenches to exchange -food and to talk together. ‘You are of the same -religion as we, and to-day is the Day of Peace,’ -a German said to a Scottish officer. And those -men had to be transferred to other parts of the -line; they were enemies no longer, but friends; -they could not fight one another.</p> - -<p>“Facts come out now and then that show the -difference in spirit between people and war lords. -A German paper recently announced that the -people of a certain town had been jailed for improper -conduct to prisoners and their names were -printed, to make their shame known to coming -generations.</p> - -<p>“An American consul investigated the case. -He found that a trainload of Canadian prisoners<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[74]</span> -had been sidetracked in the little town, and the -citizens had found out they were thirsty and -starving; so they brought food and drink. This -was the crime for which they were imprisoned -and held up to shame!</p> - -<p>“Oh! the war lords are trying to carry out -their policy of frightfulness. But they have -studied history to little purpose if they think -Edith Cavell and the <i>Lusitania</i> victims and the -murdered Belgians and the tortured prisoners are -dead.”</p> - -<p>“What do you mean, Cousin Mayo,” asked Dick.</p> - -<p>“Are the Greeks of Thermopylæ dead? Or -Roland and King Arthur, who perhaps never -lived?” Leaving Dick to make his own explanation, -Mr. Osborne turned to Mr. Blair. “Will, -give me two pounds of nails, please. I must be -going.”</p> - -<p>“Going!” said Mr. Blair, in surprise. It was -an unwritten law that when a man came to the -post office he was to loaf there until night drove -him home.</p> - -<p>“I’m busy making a new pigeon cote.”</p> - -<p>“So you’ve gone back to the amusement of -your boyhood, eh?” said Mr. Blair, as he weighed -the nails.</p> - -<p>There had always been pigeons at Larkland, -Black Mayo Osborne’s home. When the house<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[75]</span> -was built, the master, the first Osborne in Virginia, -erected a dovecote and stocked it with -birds from the family home in England. There -they had been ever since. Sometimes they were -carefully bred; sometimes they were neglected; -but always they were there, flying, cooing, nesting -in the quiet old country place.</p> - -<p>As a boy, Black Mayo took great interest in -raising and training them. And this spring he -had sent to a famous breeder for new stock and -had begun again to train carrier pigeons.</p> - -<p>He answered Mr. Blair with a smile and a nod, -and started out. “Hey, Dickon!” he said. “It’s -a long time since you came to see the pigeons. -Have you lost interest in them?”</p> - -<p>“No; no, sir,” answered Dick, looking embarrassed. -“I—I—that I haven’t.”</p> - -<p>“Richard is—h’m!—keeping bounds this -month,” Red Mayo said austerely. “He -diso——”</p> - -<p>“I understand.” Black Mayo spared Dick a -public explanation. “Well, come when you can. -I’ll bring you one of my young birds to-morrow, -to turn loose for a trial flight.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, thank you, Cousin Mayo!”</p> - -<p>Mr. Smith sidled to the door and looked after -Mr. Osborne, with a malignant scowl.</p> - -<p>“He, the one you call ‘Black Mayo,’ is—isn’t<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[76]</span> -he queer?” he said to Jake Andrews and Mac -Hight, who were sitting on the porch.</p> - -<p>“What do you mean?” asked Jake Andrews.</p> - -<p>“He takes up for the Germans; says they are -such good, kind people and he loves them. It -sounds to me strange to hear a man call himself -now a friend of the German peoples.”</p> - -<p>“Shucks! Black Mayo ain’t said that; is he, -Mr. Tavis?” Jake appealed to the old man who -now came shuffling out on the porch.</p> - -<p>“Yes, he did,” said Mr. Tavis. “He explained -at it somehow; but he certainly said he loved them -Germans that are tearing the world to pieces over -yonder.”</p> - -<p>“And here, too,” said Jake. “Ain’t they been -blowing up railroad bridges, and factories, and -public buildings? Why, they’ve got soldiers -guarding the warehouses at South City; near us -as that!”</p> - -<p>“That’s what South City gets for being on the -railroad where all sorts of folks go traipsing -up and down,” said Mr. Tavis. “I stand to what -I’ve always said, I’m glad the railroad don’t come -a-nigh The Village.”</p> - -<p>“It’s good that Mr. Osborne so talks here -where you permit him what he pleases to say,” -said Mr. Smith. “In New York State a man for -that talk would be arrested and punished.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[77]</span>“Shucks!” said Mr. Tavis. “Black Mayo -didn’t mean no harm. He always had a funny -way of talking.”</p> - -<p>“You heard him say he loves the Germans; not -so?” insisted Mr. Smith.</p> - -<p>“Well, yes; he certainly said that,” admitted -Mr. Tavis again.</p> - -<p>“H-m-m! That’s mighty curious talk,” said -Jake.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[78]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER V</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">THE next morning the young folks gathered -at Broad Acres. All the school -children were there except Albert Smith -and Dick Osborne; and Dick, poor boy, was toiling -sullenly and alone in the garden at home.</p> - -<p>The young war gardeners became so interested -in the task they had set themselves that they returned -to it in the afternoon, and there Black -Mayo found them when he came to bring Mrs. -Wilson some tomato plants.</p> - -<p>“What is this, Agnes? a Chatterbox Club?” -he inquired, setting a basket carefully in a shaded -place. “From the noise I heard at a distance, I -thought crows or blue jays might be holding a -caucus in your garden.”</p> - -<p>The young folks were duly indignant at the -slander, and asserted that their hands—most of -them, anyway, and—well, most of the time—were -going as fast as their tongues.</p> - -<p>“Come and see what we are doing,” invited -Patsy. “Here are our potatoes; we are giving -half of our garden to them. Isn’t the soil fine, -and aren’t the rows pretty and even? Cousin<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[79]</span> -Agnes showed us how to lay them off, by a string -tied to sticks at the ends of the row.”</p> - -<p>“I wish the potatoes would hurry and come -up,” said Sweet William, “so I can get the bugs -off them.”</p> - -<p>“Hey, old scout!” said Black Mayo. “Are you -in it, too?”</p> - -<p>“Course I am,” was the complacent answer. -“I was the first to join. Wasn’t I, Cousin Agnes? -I reckon I’ve walked ten miles—well, I know I’ve -walked a mile—to-day, carrying buckets of potatoes -to the children to plant. Didn’t I, Cousin -Agnes?”</p> - -<p>“You’ve been helping, dear. We couldn’t get -on without you. Nothing in The Village could -get on without our Sweet William,” said Mrs. -Wilson, kissing him.</p> - -<p>He accepted the caress soberly and then said -with a little frown: “I reckon I’m ’most too big -for ladies to kiss.”</p> - -<p>“Ah, Billy boy, you’ll change your mind in a -few years,” laughed Black Mayo. “What’s that -bag-of-bonesy thing at your heels?”</p> - -<p>“He’s my dog; he’s Scalawag,” the youngster -explained with dignity.</p> - -<p>“A dog, eh? A poor excuse for a dog! -Where’d you get it?”</p> - -<p>“I didn’t get him. He came and adopted me,”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[80]</span> -explained Sweet William. “He’s a mighty good -dog. See! He’s watching me like he wants to -help.”</p> - -<p>“Cousin Mayo, look at the bean rows I am -laying off,” called Patsy.</p> - -<p>“Really and truly, Cousin Mayo,” said Anne, -“don’t you think it’s good for us to have a garden?”</p> - -<p>“Truly and really, my dear,” he said, “I think -it’s splendid. You are helping—and how much -the willing, diligent children all over the land -can help!—in America’s work of saving the -world from starving. The fighters can’t farm, -so we must feed the armies; and we have the -people of France and Belgium on our hearts and -hands; and there are the U-boats—we must have -food enough to send another shipload for every -one they sink. It’s a big job.”</p> - -<p>“We gardeners will do our part. I’m going -to help when I come back in June,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“She’s helping while she’s away, Cousin -Mayo,” said Patsy. “She suggested our having -a garden. And her Happy Acres, all except the -flower part, is to be put in corn. Our Canning -Club is going to can corn and butterbeans and -tomatoes together, to make Brunswick stew. -Cousin Agnes says we can surely sell all we -put up.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[81]</span>“The girls think pie of their old Canning -Club,” said David, jealously. “We boys are -doing real work in our Corn Club, and we are -going to have a real garden; not dawdle around, -like a parcel of girls.”</p> - -<p>“Come, come!” chided Mr. Osborne. “You -are working for the same cause. You are in -friendly camps, not hostile ones. By the way, -what are their names?”</p> - -<p>“Names? They haven’t any,” said Patsy.</p> - -<p>“Pshaw! They must have names; of course -they must. Camp Feed Friend, isn’t that a good -name for yours, Patsy? And the boys’ plot can -be Camp Fight Foe.”</p> - -<p>“All right,” said David; then he laughed. -“Maybe the girls will raise enough to feed Friend -Humming Bird!”</p> - -<p>“Here, my boy!” said Mr. Osborne. “It isn’t -a sign of wisdom or experience to be scornful -of girls and women. You may do better work -than the girls; and then again you may not. -Time will prove. Suppose you keep a record of -your work and have a competitive exhibition of -garden products this autumn. I’ll give a prize, -the silver cup I cut my teeth on, to the best -gardeners.”</p> - -<p>“Fine!” said Steve. “That cup is as good as -ours.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[82]</span></p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="first">“‘There’s many a slip</div> -<div class="verse">’Twixt cup and lip,’”</div> -</div></div> - -<p>Patsy reminded him, with a saucy tilt of her chin.</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne laughed. “Well, while I loaf -here, my work’s getting no forwarder. I must -go home. By the way, Agnes, I have two or -three bushels of potatoes for you that I’ll -send——”</p> - -<p>“But, Mayo, you can’t spare——”</p> - -<p>“Neither could you,” he said, looking at the -war-garden rows. “G’by! Oh, I was forgetting -the pigeon I brought Dick.” He picked up his -basket. “Poor hungry bird!”</p> - -<p>“Hungry? Let me feed it,” said Mrs. Wilson. -“Here are a few peas left in my seed box.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, no! no, thank you,” he answered. “It is -a racing pigeon that I’m beginning to train. It -must start off hungry, so it will fly home to be -fed.”</p> - -<p>“Let me see it, Cousin Mayo; please let me -take it in my hands,” said Anne. She cuddled -the dove against her cheek. “What a pretty, -gentle bird it is! The emblem of peace, isn’t it? -Oh, what a shame it seems to send it from this -quiet, sweet place to those terrible battlefields!”</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne put one caressing hand on the -bird and the other on Anne’s head.</p> - -<p>“These God’s dear creatures bear messages<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[83]</span> -of help and rescue through the battle cloud; they -soar above and beyond it, and their wings catch -the eternal sunshine. Ah! our doves of war are -still—are more than ever—the birds of peace. -For this war isn’t just a fight for territory and -undisturbed sea ways; it is a war for freedom -and human rights, and so for true and lasting -peace. Agnes,” he turned to Mrs. Wilson, “have -you given our young folks the President’s message?”</p> - -<p>“Not yet,” she answered.</p> - -<p>“Not yet!” he repeated reproachfully. “And -already it is being read in French schools. It is -a part of the history of our times, of all time; it’s -like the Declaration of Independence, but wider, -higher, grander.”</p> - -<p>“I’m going to read it to my history class,” said -Mrs. Wilson.</p> - -<p>“To every one of these young folks, from -primer babies up, and now,” Black Mayo said -impetuously. “Get the paper. Let’s sit in the -summerhouse here and fancy it’s the Capitol and -this is the history-making night of April 2d.</p> - -<p>“Here we are, waiting for the President. -He’s coming. The throngs on the streets are -cheering him at every step. The floor of the -House is crowded,—its own members, senators, -Cabinet officers, judges of the Supreme Court,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[84]</span> -representatives of the Allied nations. The galleries, -too, are crowded; people waited at the -doors for hours for the precious privilege of a -seat.</p> - -<p>“The President rises, solemn and resolute with -a great duty. He stands there before the House, -before the world for all time. He is America -speaking. He gives the message that devotes a -hundred million people to war for American -rights and world freedom.</p> - -<p>“It is done. He turns to go. And now, ah! -now statesmen are not Democrats, not Republicans; -they are only patriots. Men who have -stood with the President, men who have stood -against him, throng shoulder to shoulder to clasp -his hand and pledge themselves to support him -in this sacred cause. Only the ‘little group of -willful men’ stands shamefully apart.</p> - -<p>“Here are the words that expressed and inspired -the soul of America.”</p> - -<p>And then Mayo Osborne read the President’s -war message.</p> - -<p>“‘The wrongs against which we now array -ourselves are no common wrongs; they cut to the -very roots of human life....</p> - -<p>“‘We are at the beginning of an age in which -it will be insisted that the same standards of conduct -and of responsibility for wrong done shall<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[85]</span> -be observed among nations and their governments -that are observed among the individual -citizens of civilized states....</p> - -<p>“‘The world must be made safe for democracy. -Its peace must be planted upon the tested -foundations of political liberty. We have no -selfish ends to serve. We desire no conquests, -no dominion. We seek no indemnities for ourselves, -no material compensation for the sacrifices -we shall freely make....</p> - -<p>“‘The right is more precious than peace, -and we shall fight for the things which we have -always carried nearest our hearts—for democracy, -for the right of those who submit to -authority to have a voice in their own governments, -for the rights and liberties of small -nations, for a universal dominion of right by such -a concert of free people as shall bring peace and -safety to all nations and make the world itself -at last free.</p> - -<p>“‘To such a task we can dedicate our lives and -our fortunes, everything that we are and everything -that we have, with the pride of those who -know that the day has come when America is -privileged to spend her blood and her might for -the principles that gave her birth and happiness -and the peace which she has treasured.</p> - -<p>“‘God helping her, she can do no other.’”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[86]</span>There was a minute of silence at the end.</p> - -<p>With eyes shining through tears, Mrs. Wilson -turned to her daughter.</p> - -<p>“Oh, Ruth, Ruth!” she said. “If only you -were a boy in khaki, and I at your side!”</p> - -<p>“Oh, mother! I w-w-wish I were!” cried -Ruth.</p> - -<p>“It’s wonderful!” Black Mayo tapped the -paper with a thoughtful finger. “He Americanizes -the war, and does it by putting aside -everything for which the ‘land of dollars’ is supposed -to stand and upholding our old high ideals. -No indemnity, no conquests. The <i>Lusitania</i> was -an insult to our flag; more than that, it was a -dishonor to humanity.”</p> - -<p>“He starts us on a high-going road,” said Mrs. -Wilson.</p> - -<p>“Please,” broke in David, “let’s finish planting -our corn before dark.”</p> - -<p>“Righto, boy!” exclaimed Black Mayo, jumping -up. “And my plow’s standing still. Geminy! -how time flies!”</p> - -<p>He hurried away and the war gardeners went -back to work.</p> - -<p>“Will you look who’s coming?” Patsy exclaimed -presently, glancing toward the gate. -“Jeff Spencer and Will Eppes!”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson hastened to meet the visitors who<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[87]</span> -had been her pupils from A B C days till they -went to university and engineering corps.</p> - -<p>“Why, Jeff! I didn’t know you were at home!” -she said, shaking hands with the boy in front, a -pleasant-looking, round-faced fellow, so fat that -he resembled a well-stuffed pincushion.</p> - -<p>“I—I am not at the University any longer, -Miss Agnes,” he said soberly.</p> - -<p>“Not at the University!” She looked at him in -dismay. He had always been a mischievous -chap, and she had had her doubts and fears about -his college course, but gradually these had subsided. -Now he was in his senior year; and here -he was back home. What scrape had he got into?</p> - -<p>Jeff’s light-blue eyes were twinkling, and now -he laughed till his fair, freckled face reddened -to the roots of his sandy hair.</p> - -<p>“I always could get a rise out of you, Miss -Agnes!” he said. “Here you are wondering -what I’ve done to get sent away from the University, -just as mother did. And it never occurred -to you that I’ve left of my own free will.” -A new light came into the bright eyes. “I’ve -enlisted. And, gee! won’t a uniform be full of -me!”</p> - -<p>“Enlisted!” she echoed. “But, Jeff, your -mother—she always said she could never consent -to——”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[88]</span>“Oh, she’s a trump, the ace of trumps! Of -course she hates war. The War took so many -of her people—her father and both her uncles—and -all the things. She knows what war is. But -when I put it up to her, she said ‘Go!’ Of course -I’d have had to do it anyway. I couldn’t look -myself in the face in a mirror if I sat safe at -home and let others risk their lives to make the -world a decent place for me to live in. So -I’ve come to say good-by to you who”—he -returned to his waggish tone—“put me up to -going.”</p> - -<p>“I?” She was amazed. “Why, Jeff, I’ve not -seen you even to say ‘how-dye-do’ since war was -declared.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, I wasn’t thinking about lately. It was -the way you taught us history; not Jack’s book -that was so dry every time we turned a page it -raised dust, but in spite of it you made us know -what America stands for, the things for which -a man ought to be willing and glad to risk his -life. Grandmother says”—he grinned—“I’m -fighting for Confederate principles, the right of -self-government. Isn’t she a darling, red-hot old -Southerner?”</p> - -<p>“And I’m going, too, Cousin Agnes,” said -William Eppes. “I didn’t know it till yesterday; -but father knew it.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[89]</span>“Your father knew it?” she repeated.</p> - -<p>“Yes’m. He’d been might quiet lately, and -at last he came out with, ‘there never had been -an American war without an Eppes in it, and -here are the two of us, and I can take my choice; -but he hoped I’d stay at home and let him go, -being a Spanish-American vet.’ I asked him if -he knew what a whopper he was telling. Why, -he’d have dropped in his tracks if I had showed -the white feather and said I wasn’t willing to go. -But I just hadn’t thought of it. It didn’t take -me two secs to decide. Of course I’m going.”</p> - -<p>“And so you boys are joining the army; going -to France to fight.”</p> - -<p>It seemed but yesterday since they were little -fellows in her primer class. And now they were -going, with the bodies and hearts of men, to do -men’s work in the world. Through the mist in -her eyes she had a vision: New pages of the history -book opened, heroes walked out, took form -and life; lo! they were her own schoolboys—shy -Fayett Mallett, mischievous Jeff Spencer, slow -William Eppes—and others, others would -come. Why, here were the youngsters, even -little Sweet William, putting aside play to do -their part.</p> - -<p>“Oh, goody! goody!” Sweet William was saying -now, in his high, eager little voice. “We’ve<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[90]</span> -got soldiers, our own soldiers, to send things to. -Come on, Jeff; you and Will, look at our gardens.”</p> - -<p>And then half a dozen, talking at once, explained -about Camp Fight Foe and Camp Feed -Friend.</p> - -<p>“I’m surely glad to see these gardens,” said -Jeff. “I always was a hearty eater, and my -‘stomach for fighting’ needs to be a full one. -We’re going to claim the best food we see over -there, aren’t we, Bill? biggest potatoes and -sweetest beans, for I know they’ll come from The -Village straight to us.”</p> - -<p>“We’ll think of you when the weather gets -warm, and we’ll work hard and not loaf on the -job,” said Alice Blair.</p> - -<p>“Thank you,” said William. “It seems a -shame for you to tan your face and blister your -hands—for us.”</p> - -<p>“I like to do it—for you,” said Alice; and then -she blushed.</p> - -<p>“I should think you’d be going to Fort Myer, -Jeff,” said David.</p> - -<p>“Well, I did think about the O. T. C.,” answered -Jeff; “but I felt sorry for those poor -officers. It seemed to me they need a few privates -under them; so I decided to be in the ranks. And -I’m going to try to get with Northern boys.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[91]</span>“Jeff Spencer! Why——”</p> - -<p>“So I can do missionary work,” he explained. -“Those Harvard chaps I met on our last game—bully -fellows they were!—thought the old United -States began in 1620 on Plymouth Rock. I broke -to ’em the news about 1607 and Jamestown,—that -before their <i>Mayflower</i> sailed, Virginia was -here, with a House of Burgesses standing for -freemen’s rights, just as we’re standing to-day. -Hurrah for Jamestown and Woodrow Wilson!”</p> - -<p>The enthusiasm excited by the President’s -message and the volunteers extended to the -smallest small boys. For weeks they had been -carrying on a war play on their way home from -school. Now the game was blocked. The boys -who had composed the kaiser’s forces refused to -be Germans; they were Americans.</p> - -<p>At last, after a whispered consultation with -Jeff Spencer, Joe Eppes said with a grin: “Oh, -wait a minute. I’ll be the Germans one more -time; I’ll be them all, kaiser and generals and -army.”</p> - -<p>He ran home and soon came back, wearing a -German helmet made of an old derby hat with -a tin oil can fastened on top of it.</p> - -<p>He did the goosestep backward down the hill, -shouting, “On! on! on! straight to Paris!” At -Tinkling Water, he swaggered on the foot log and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[92]</span> -tumbled, with a mighty splash, into the water, to -the huge delight of the other children who loudly -applauded the ignominious end of the German -forces.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[93]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VI</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">THE first Saturday afternoon in May -found a busy group of ladies and girls -in the big parlor at Broad Acres which -Mrs. Wilson had given up to Red Cross work.</p> - -<p>Saturday was usually sacred to needle and -broom and cookstove, in preparation for the -quiet, strictly kept Presbyterian Sunday; but -to-day was an exception. A Red Cross box was -to be sent off next week, and everything else was -put aside to get it ready.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson was cutting out hospital shirts.</p> - -<p>“This finishes our last piece of cloth,” she said -regretfully. “I do wish we had some money.”</p> - -<p>There was an awkward silence. Money had to -be mentioned sometimes in a shop—asking Mr. -Blair the price of shoes and umbrellas, in an -apologetic tone. But to wish for it, in public and -aloud! No one had ever before heard a Village -lady do such a thing.</p> - -<p>Miss Fanny Morrison, who had charge of the -work, broke the embarrassing silence. “These -shirts ain’t ready to pack,” she said with a frown, -as she pushed aside a bundle she had just opened.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[94]</span> -“I’ve got to rip ’em and do ’em over. Every seam -is crooked or puckered.”</p> - -<p>“If you would tell whoever did them——” -began Mrs. Blair.</p> - -<p>“Course I can’t tell her,” said the seamstress, -who was supposed to have a tongue as sharp -as her needle. “It’s Mrs. Tavis. Ain’t she doing -her best, with her dim old eyes and trembly old -hands? I can’t tell her it would save me time for -her to sit and twirl her thumbs, and let me make -the shirts instead of unmaking ’em and making -’em over. Well, we’ve got a lot done. And you -girls have certainly worked splendid. I thought -you-all—Alice and Ruth and Patsy and Mary -Spencer and Essie Walthall, the bunch of you—would -just be a lot of trouble. But you’re faithful -and painstaking, and you do as good work -as anybody.”</p> - -<p>“We like to do it,” said Patsy, whose fingers -were flying in the effort to finish a sweater.</p> - -<p>“This will be six pairs of socks I’ve knit,” said -Alice Blair; “and I thought I’d never get done -that first pair!”</p> - -<p>“You’ve learned how,” said her mother; then -she chuckled: “Will says he expects to wake up -some night and find me knitting in my sleep!”</p> - -<p>“Ah, dears!” Mrs. Spencer said in her gentle, -quavering old voice. “This takes me back to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[95]</span> -The War. We used to gather here, in this very -room, to knit socks and make bandages and tear -linen sheets and underwear into lint for our poor, -dear, wounded soldiers.”</p> - -<p>“Those awful days!” said Miss Fanny. “I -certainly am thankful we are not really in this -war; in it with our men and our homes.”</p> - -<p>“I am beginning to feel,” Mrs. Wilson said -quietly, “that we <i>are</i> in it, and that this <i>is</i> our -war. There are Fayett and Jeff and William; -and the President’s war message; and now the -draft.”</p> - -<p>“It’s awful to think they may make our boys -go to foreign parts to fight,” groaned Mrs. Blair.</p> - -<p>“They don’t seem to need much making,” remarked -Mrs. Wilson.</p> - -<p>“Europe doesn’t seem so far off as it used to,” -said Mrs. Red Mayo Osborne, who had locked -herself out of the bookcase for a whole week. -“Who’d have thought, three years ago, we’d be -giving up our Saturday duties to make things to -send to France and Belgium?”</p> - -<p>“Europe isn’t so far off,” Mrs. Wilson replied. -“The Germans gave us two object lessons last -year, to prove that—sending the <i>Deutschland</i> -and <i>U-53</i> to our very harbors. And next thing -we know, aircraft will cross the ocean.”</p> - -<p>The others laughed at the idea of such a thing.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[96]</span>“Well, there are other nearnesses,” said Mrs. -Wilson. “The ties are tightening among English-speaking -people. Didn’t it thrill you to read -about the Stars and Stripes floating from the -highest tower of the Parliament buildings?—the -first time a foreign flag was ever displayed -there.”</p> - -<p>“I didn’t care so much about that.” Miss -Fanny tossed up her chin; she prided herself on -being an “unreconstructed rebel” and kept a little -Confederate flag draped over a chromo of “Lee -and his generals.” “But,” she went on, “it did -give me a queer feeling to read about that great -service the English had in St. Paul’s, to celebrate -America’s joining in the war. They sang ‘O -God! our help in ages past,’ the very hymn we -were singing Sunday morning.”</p> - -<p>“We people of the same tongue and blood, are -getting together,” said Mrs. Red Mayo.</p> - -<p>“I don’t see anything good anywhere outside -The Village” declared Mrs. Walthall. “When my -old man comes home and tells the cruel, wicked, -dreadful, terrible things”—Mrs. Walthall’s -language was broken out with adjectives like -smallpox—“Will Blair reads in his paper—you -feel as if the world was upside down and -something mean and awful might even happen -here!”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[97]</span>This was such a wild flight of fancy that every -one laughed.</p> - -<p>“Why, even during The War,” said Mrs. -Spencer, “The War that we were in, bodies of -all the men and hearts of all the women and -children, even that, my dears, didn’t come to The -Village, except the one raid from Sherman’s -army marching north that awful April.”</p> - -<p>“I am glad we are shut up here in this safe, -quiet little corner,” said Mrs. Blair; “for, as Mrs. -Walthall says, terrible things are happening. -Not only factories and munition plants destroyed -in the North, but railroad bridges and trestles -right here in Virginia; a bridge near Norfolk, a -bridge that trains with troops and supplies and -munitions have to cross, was saturated with oil -and set afire, by foreigners and negroes.” Her -voice dropped.</p> - -<p>“There is our bridge——” began Mrs. Walthall.</p> - -<p>She was interrupted by a little indignant stir. -Mrs. Osborne said crisply, “That bridge is just -as safe as our own doorsteps.”</p> - -<p>“They say,” Mrs. Walthall said, “that in New -York poison has been put in Red Cross bandages -and dressings. I declare, I feel like we ought -to inspect our things and keep them locked up.”</p> - -<p>“Nonsense, Anna!” exclaimed Mrs. Red Mayo.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[98]</span> -“Inspect things! And lock them up! Who ever -locks up anything in The Village? Why, we -never lock our outside doors, and in summer-time -they stand wide open every night.”</p> - -<p>“Strange and curious and terrible things are -happening in other places,” said Mrs. Walthall.</p> - -<p>“In other places,” Mrs. Osborne repeated, -dryly and emphatically.</p> - -<p>The ladies were so absorbed in work and talk -that they did not hear the click of the front gate -and the stumbling and stamping of feet coming -up the steps.</p> - -<p>Susan opened the parlor door. “There’s some -menfolks out here, Miss Agnes,” she said to her -mistress. “They say please’m they want to see -the Red Cross ladies.”</p> - -<p>“To see me?” asked Mrs. Wilson.</p> - -<p>“To see the Red Cross ladies; that’s what they -say, Miss Agnes.”</p> - -<p>“Ask them to come in,” said Mrs. Wilson.</p> - -<p>Miss Fanny modestly hid a hospital shirt she -was ripping and began to knit a wristlet. Susan -opened the door and ushered in nine old men. -They were feeble and broken with years, years -not only of age but of poverty and many hardships. -They shuffled in, some on wooden legs, -some dragging paralyzed feet, some supporting<span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[99]</span> -rheumatic limbs with canes and crutches. There -were palsied arms and more than one empty -sleeve.</p> - -<p>The old fellows came in panting and wheezing -from the exertion of climbing the steps. At the -door they took off their hats, baring bald pates -and straggling white locks, and stood in line.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson went forward swiftly and greeted -them with gracious courtesy, but they did not -respond as friends and neighbors.</p> - -<p>“We came on an errand to you Red Cross -ladies,” Captain Anderson said formally. “We”—he -straightened his old shoulders—“are Confederate -veterans.”</p> - -<p>At the words the ladies came to their feet, in -respect and homage.</p> - -<p>“Confederate veterans!” Captain Anderson -repeated.</p> - -<p>The bent, stiff forms stirred with a memory -rather than a reality of soldierly bearing; the -bleared, dim old eyes brightened.</p> - -<p>Their spokesman went on in his thin, quavering -voice: “Ladies, fair flowers of Virginia -womanhood, we, the little remnant surviving of -the gallant defenders of our glorious Lost Cause, -greet you. By the noble generosity of The Village, -funds have been raised for us to attend -the Reunion at Washington.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[100]</span>“It is a grand and glorious place to hold the -Reunion. We are glad and proud that—that our -old comrades are to meet there—in the capital -they threatened six times by their dauntless and -renowned valor, but the streets of which they -were never to tread in uniform and under -flag until now, after a half century of peace. -They are to camp in the very shadow of the -Capitol of our glorious and reunited country, -and their battle-shattered and death-thinned -ranks are to parade before the President and be -addressed by him—the first President since The -War born on the sacred soil of old Virginia, and -the greatest President since Washington. Three -cheers for President Wilson!”</p> - -<p>They were given with a will by the thin, -cracked old voices.</p> - -<p>“And—and——” stammered Captain Anderson.</p> - -<p>“Gettysburg,” said old Mr. Tavis, in a stage -whisper.</p> - -<p>“Yes. Gettysburg; Gettysburg. That comes -presently.” He mopped his brow with a bandanna -handkerchief. “A-ah! The President to -address us. Yes, yes! No more is needed to -make it a grand and perfect occasion. But more -is to be added. The veterans in gray and their -brethren in blue are to make a pilgrimage to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[101]</span> -Gettysburg, that was the high-water mark of our -glorious and unsuccessful war; there is to be -erected a monument to our brave comrades, the -heroes that fell on that bloody field. I tell you, -ladies, we are as glad and proud of it all as if we -were going to that Reunion ourselves.”</p> - -<p>“But you are going!” cried Patsy.</p> - -<p>“And now here’s war again—we don’t count -that little skirmish with Spain—but now the -United States is in a real war, and South and -North and East and West are standing shoulder -to shoulder together.</p> - -<p>“This isn’t like The War we fought, a decent -war of man against man on the earth God gave -them to fight over. This war—it’s like nothing -that ever was before in civilized times—robbing -and burning towns by the hundred, shooting -down unarmed people in gangs, killing men with -poisonous gases like you would so many rats, -sinking ships without giving folks a chance for -their lives, dropping bombs from airships on -homes and schools and hospitals.</p> - -<p>“It makes our hearts sick for people to suffer -such things; and it makes our blood boil for people -to do them. So we’ve talked it over together, -we old Confeds, and we’re all of one mind. We -want to help the women and children and the -pieces of men left by this hellish fighting. So<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[102]</span> -here is the money, please, ma’am”—he held out a -purse to Mrs. Wilson—“that you-all so generously -raised to send us to the Reunion. We bring it -to you as our contribution to the Red Cross.”</p> - -<p>“Oh!” cried Patsy, “but you mustn’t miss it, -the grandest of all Reunions. You must go.”</p> - -<p>He shook his head.</p> - -<p>“This is what Marse Robert would do, if he -was here to-day,” he said simply, looking up now -in his old age, as to a beacon, to the hero he had -adoringly followed in youth.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson controlled her voice and spoke: -“We accept your offering; don’t we?” She -turned to her companions, and every head was -bowed. “We accept it in the noble spirit in which -it is given, a spirit worthy of your peerless leader. -And we thank you from our hearts, in the name -of suffering humanity, to whose service it is consecrated.”</p> - -<p>“But for you to give up the Reunion, the Reunion -that you’ve looked forward to!” mourned -Miss Fanny.</p> - -<p>The old men glanced at one another with a -sort of shy glee. Then Captain Anderson said: -“That isn’t all. We are going to volunteer! -They’re going to have that draft and raise soldiers. -Folks said at first they’d just need American -dollars and food and steel; but they’re calling<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[103]</span> -for soldiers now. And I tell you they’ll need -American valor. As long as war is war, they’ll -want <i>men</i>. The young soldiers, the drafted boys, -will do their best. But we—well, we are going -to write to the President and tell him we are -ready to go, and we seasoned old soldiers will -show those youngsters what fighting is!”</p> - -<p>While the old heroes were making their offering, -Dick Osborne was creeping along the edge -of a field near The Village, carrying in his arms -something bundled up in a newspaper. He -scrambled through the churchyard hedge and -crept into the woodshed at the back of the church. -Now that its winter uses were over, no one else -gave the shed a look or a thought, and Dick had -hidden here his mining tools and a bundle with -something white in it.</p> - -<p>His garden task was off his hands at last, and -he had planned to spend to-day at the old mine; -but Patsy had watched him keenly all the morning, -and this afternoon David and Steve were at -work in a cornfield near the road. Usually it -would be easy enough to elude them, but not to-day, -burdened with the tools he had to carry. And -anyway, he had devised a plan to lend interest -and excitement to the long, weary way to the -mine. In order to carry out his plan and avoid -embarrassing questions, he had obtained permission<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[104]</span> -to spend the night with his cousin at the -mill.</p> - -<p>Safe in the shed, he opened the package he had -been carrying so carefully and chuckled as he -looked at its contents. It was a cow’s skull!</p> - -<p>“Uh, it’s a beauty!” he said, gazing admiringly -at the bleached and whitened old thing. “And -when I fix it——!”</p> - -<p>He proceeded to “fix it” by pasting green tissue -paper over the eyeholes and fastening his flashlight -inside. Then he stood back and looked at it. -Ah, it was as fearful looking as he had hoped it -would be! He opened the other package and -took out a sheet which he smeared with phosphorus. -It was getting dark now; late enough, -Dick thought, for him to venture out. He fastened -the tools together with an old chain and -slung them over his shoulder; then he draped -the sheet around him and fastened the skull on his -head. He crept out of the shed, slipped around -the corner of the church, and looked up and down -the road.</p> - -<p>The coast was clear, and he took the road to -Redville. For a mile he had it to himself. Then -he heard wheels and voices behind him. He -hesitated a minute, then prudently withdrew to -the wayside. It might be people who would accept -him as a ghost; or it might not. Ah! It was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[105]</span> -Mr. Spencer, trotting homeward from The Village, -with his son Joe. Dick crouched in the -bushes.</p> - -<p>“Wait a minute, pa,” said Joe. “There’s something -queer in those chinquapin bushes; something -white and light looking. Let’s see what -it is.”</p> - -<p>“Shuh! It’s just Gordan Jones’s old white -cow,” replied Mr. Spencer. “We haven’t time to -stop. We’re late for supper already.”</p> - -<p>When they were safely out of sight, Dick came -back to the highway and hurried along till he -came to the Old Plank Road and the Big Woods. -From here on, there were only a few negro -cabins, and he felt secure in his ghostly array.</p> - -<p>Isham Baskerfield’s cabin was dark and seemingly -deserted, but the door of the next house -was open and from within came a bright light -and loud voices and laughter. Peter Jim Jones -was having a “frolic.” The guests were overflowing -on the porch, and the barking of dogs -and the squealing of children mingled with the -jovial voices of men and women.</p> - -<p>As Dick stalked down the road toward the -cabin, a dog began to bark and then subsided into -a whine. One of the negroes on the porch looked -around and caught a glimpse of the white, tall -figure.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[106]</span>“Wh-what’s dat?” he stammered.</p> - -<p>“What’s what?”</p> - -<p>Dick took a few steps forward, clanking and -rattling his chains, and stood still in an open -space, revealed and concealed by the light of a -fading young moon. His white drapery glimmered -and gleamed with pale phosphorescent -light, and the green eyes in the ghastly old skull -glared like a demon’s. He uttered a sepulchral -moan.</p> - -<p>The negroes rushed pell-mell into the cabin, -tumbling over one another.</p> - -<p>“A ha’nt! a ha’nt! a ha’nt!”</p> - -<p>Dick’s moan broke into a laugh, but that came -to an abrupt end. For a dozen dogs ran to investigate -the strange appearance which, after -all, had a human scent. Dick in his flowing -drapery stood for a moment at a disadvantage. -But he jerked up the sheet and gave a kick that -sent one cur yelping away. And then he laid -about him so vigorously with his bundle of tools -that the dogs retreated, yelping and howling, -while their masters crouched indoors, shaking -with terror.</p> - -<p>Mightily amused and pleased with himself, -Dick went on down the road. He passed the -hollow where Solomon Gabe’s cabin stood, and -came to Mine Creek. He paused to look at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[107]</span> -his gruesome image in the still, dark water. -Then he turned to follow the path to the -mine.</p> - -<p>As he turned, he faced a pile of logs, the ruins -of the old blacksmith’s hut. It was in shadow -except for a ray of moonlight at one side. In -that streak of moonshine, there rose, as if the -earth had yawned and let forth a demon, a little, -dark, bowed figure with a black, evil face. It -was horribly contorted, the eyes wide and staring, -the lips writhing in terror.</p> - -<p>For a minute Dick and the fiendlike figure -stood silent, face to face. Then the boy stepped -back. His foot caught on a root; he stumbled -and, with a wild gesture and an awful clanking -of chains, fell flat on the ground.</p> - -<p>A screech quivered through the air, so sudden, -so wild and terrified that it seemed like a live, -tormented thing. The dark form crashed -through the bushes and was gone.</p> - -<p>Dick recovered himself in a minute. He -scrambled to his feet and, clutching his drapery, -ran up the hill toward the old mine. He -hurriedly rid himself of his ghostly apparel, took -out his flashlight, and threw the skull and the -tools into the mine hole. Then, with the sheet -bundled under his arm, he sped homeward. As he -passed Peter Jim’s cabin, he heard fervent prayers<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[108]</span> -and pious groans; the “frolic” had been -turned into a prayer meeting.</p> - -<p>Dick smiled ruefully. “I don’t reckon they -were much worse scared than I was,” he said to -himself. “What—who on earth could that have -been?”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[109]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap2">AT last and at last, school was out! Patsy, -free and merry as a bird, wrote a long -letter to Anne Lewis.</p> - -<p>She begged Anne to hurry and come to The -Village. There were so many things to do! -Camp Feed Friend was getting on famously; -Anne would see it was better than the boys’ Camp -Fight Foe. Happy Acres was a bower of roses; -they would take their knitting to the summerhouse -every day. Anne remembered—of course -she remembered—Dick’s dare and double dare -about their following him and finding out what -he was doing? They must certainly do that. He -went off every few days, no one knew where. -David and Steve had tried to follow him, but -Dick led them a chase—like an old red fox, -Cousin Mayo said—for miles and miles, and then -back home. It was certainly a <i>secret</i>, and she -and Anne must find it out. And Patsy ended as -she began; begging Anne to hurry and come to -The Village.</p> - -<p>It was such an important letter that Patsy took -it to the post office herself to put it into Mr. Blair’s<span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[110]</span> -own hand, feeling that would make it go more -surely and safely than if she dropped it into the -letter box. She had to wait awhile, for he was -talking to Mr. Spencer who had come in just -before her.</p> - -<p>“We missed you at church yesterday, Joe,” -said Mr. Blair. “What’s the matter? You look -seedy.”</p> - -<p>“It’s malaria, I reckon,” Mr. Spencer said in -a weak, listless voice. “I stayed in bed yesterday, -but I don’t feel much better to-day.”</p> - -<p>“You ought not to have got up,” said Mr. -Blair.</p> - -<p>“I have to crawl around and do all the work I -can. Crop’s in the grass, Will. Give me two -plow points and half a dozen bolts; I must start -a plow to-morrow. And I ought to be a dozen -hoe hands at the same time.”</p> - -<p>“Can’t you hire hands?”</p> - -<p>Mr. Spencer shook his head. “I never saw -labor so scarce and unreliable. I counted on Jeff -to help work the crop after I put it in; now he’s -in the army, you know.”</p> - -<p>“You need him mighty bad at home.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, but we must do without him; there’s -where he ought to be. Well, if I can’t get hands -to chop my cotton this week, I’ll have to plow it -up and sow peas or something that I can raise<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[111]</span> -without hoe work. Cotton is like tobacco, a -‘gentleman crop’ that requires waiting on; it -won’t stand grass. My crop must be worked this -week, or it’s lost.”</p> - -<p>Patsy went home, frowning to herself as she -thought how sick and worried Mr. Spencer -looked. At the dinner table that day, she told -about seeing him and what he had said about his -cotton.</p> - -<p>“Poor fellow!” said Mrs. Osborne. “I hope -he can get hands. It would be a serious thing -for him to lose his crop.”</p> - -<p>“I wish——” began Patsy.</p> - -<p>“It would be a severe personal loss,” said Mr. -Osborne, “and these things are national calamities, -too; cotton is one of the sinews of war.”</p> - -<p>“Sinews of war? What do you mean, Uncle -Mayo?” asked David.</p> - -<p>“Cotton is one of the great essentials of war,” -explained Mr. Osborne. “Its fiber is used for -tents and soldiers’ uniforms and airplane wings -and automobile tires; its seed supplies food -products; and fiber and seed are used in making -the high explosives of modern warfare—guncotton, -nitroglycerin, cordite. Cotton is one of the -great essentials of war.”</p> - -<p>“What a lot of things it’s good for!” exclaimed -Dick.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[112]</span>Patsy spoke again, and this time she did not -say “I wish.” Instead, she said: “I know we -could help Mr. Spencer, and the war. Mother, -father, please let us do it. I’m sure Ruth and -Alice and the other girls will help; and maybe the -boys. We can work rows of cotton as well as -rows of beans.”</p> - -<p>Dick laughed. “H’m! I was just thinking -we boys might get together and help Mr. Spencer. -But you girls!”</p> - -<p>“If we all help, the twenty of us, it’ll not take -long to chop over Mr. Spencer’s cotton,” said -David. He was more respectful of girls’ work, -since he was seeing their flourishing garden.</p> - -<p>“Good!” cried Patsy, clapping her hands.</p> - -<p>“My dear!” exclaimed Mrs. Osborne. “You -don’t mean, Patsy,—are you suggesting that you -girls work a crop, like common field hands?”</p> - -<p>“They’re very uncommon nowadays,” laughed -Patsy. “That’s why Mr. Spencer’s cotton is in -the grass. Oh, mother dear! he’s so sick and -miserable looking! We would love to save his -crop, and we can, if you’ll let us. You heard -what father said. It will be patriotic as well as -neighborly; with Jeff in the army, too! It’ll not -be a bit harder than gardening. Do say we may, -mother.”</p> - -<p>Finally it was agreed that the young folks<span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[113]</span> -might undertake the task. As Patsy said, if they -could work rows of vegetables in a garden, they -could work rows of cotton in a field. They -would use light hoes, and the soil was sandy and -easy to work. But it was a big job to undertake, -those acres and acres of cotton!</p> - -<p>Patsy and Dick and David went to see all the -members of Camps Feed Friend and Fight Foe, -to enlist them in the little army of crop savers. -They were easily persuaded. It was harder to -win over their parents. The Malletts and Walthalls -and Joneses were unwilling to let their girls -“do field work like niggers,” but they consented -when they learned that Alice Blair and Ruth Wilson -and Patsy Osborne were in the party; whatever -the Blairs and Wilsons and Osbornes did -was right and proper.</p> - -<p>On Tuesday morning, the volunteer workers, -with hoes on their shoulders, presented themselves -to Mr. Spencer.</p> - -<p>“Why—why,” he stammered, “it’s awfully -kind of you. But I can’t let you do it, you girls, -you young ladies! If the boys will help chop my -cotton, and let me pay them——”</p> - -<p>“Come on, Mr. Spencer, and do your talking -while we work,” laughed Patsy. “Come on! -You may be our overseer and boss the job.”</p> - -<p>Before the morning was half over, however,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[114]</span> -they deposed him. Why, he wanted them to stop -and rest every few minutes; at that rate, it would -be cotton-picking time before they finished chopping -the crop! So they elected David foreman.</p> - -<p>Sweet William, as water boy, trotted back and -forth to supply cool drinks; and about the middle -of the forenoon, he proudly invited the workers -to a surprise luncheon, where each had half a -dozen delicious little wild strawberries on a sycamore-leaf -plate.</p> - -<p>At noon they rested and ate their picnic dinner -in the grove at the spring. Evening found them -healthily and happily tired, and they went gladly -back to work the next day. Thursday brought -showers that gave them a rest and made the -freshly worked crop grow like magic. By noon -on Saturday, they finished hoeing the cotton and, -for the time at least, the crop was saved.</p> - -<p>On Saturday afternoon, the young workpeople -loafed like real farmers; for, according to rural -custom, that day was a sort of secular Sabbath -on which the men of the community rested from -all their labors and gathered sociably in the post -office or on Court-house Green.</p> - -<p>What wonderful things they had to talk about -these days!</p> - -<p>Mr. Blair read the account in his daily paper -of the Confederate Reunion at Washington and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[115]</span> -the President’s Arlington speech. The old soldiers -chuckled at hearing that foreigners, seeing -the Stars and Bars displayed alongside the Allies’ -flags, asked wonderingly, “What flag is that? -What new nation has entered the war?” -They straightened their stooped old shoulders -at the description of their ten thousand comrades, -in gray suits and broad hats, marching along the -Avenue. And they said, with a sigh, that the -story was as good—almost—as being there.</p> - -<p>Then they rehearsed tales of their battles and -marches and sieges, and compared old feats with -new.</p> - -<p>Those brilliant Canadian drives were like Jackson’s -charges. And like one of his messages was -Foch’s telegram to Joffre in the battle of the -Marne: “The enemy is attacking my flank; my -rear is threatened; I am, therefore, attacking in -front.”</p> - -<p>The heroic, hopeless, glorious Gallipoli campaign—ah! -it was the epitome of their War of -Secession. As long as the world honors high -courage and stanch devotion to a desperate cause, -it will remember those men who, like the Franks -in the old story of Roland, beat off army after -army and died, defeated by their own victories, -“triumphing over disaster and death.”</p> - -<p>And the trench warfare——</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[116]</span>“They learned that from us,” chuckled old -Captain Anderson; “and iron ships. Ah! we -showed the world a thing or two.”</p> - -<p>But never had they dreamed of trenches like -these—stretching in long lines from the Swiss -mountains to the Belgian coast, bent in and out -by great attacks like the British at Neuve-Chapelle, -the Germans at Verdun, and both sides -in the bloody battle of the Somme.</p> - -<p>And there were strange, new modes of warfare—U-boats -hiding underseas, aircraft battling -miles above the earth, tanks pushing forward -and cutting barbed wire like twine.</p> - -<p>There were many things besides fighting to -discuss.</p> - -<p>America was making vast and speedy preparation -for its part in the World War.</p> - -<p>Two weeks after war was declared, Congress -without a dissenting voice voted the largest war -credit in the history of the world. And there was -a two-billion-dollar issue of Liberty Bonds. The -government must be trying to gather up all the -money in the United States, so as to have enough -to carry on the war many years, so these country -people said, little dreaming of the billions and billions -to be raised during the next two years.</p> - -<p>There was the draft, too, to discuss. The Selective -Conscription Bill had passed. “They”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[117]</span> -were having men from the ages of twenty-one -to thirty registered, and “they” were to pick and -choose soldiers from these registered men. It -was wonderful how calmly this supreme assertion -of the government’s power was accepted. -There was a little opposition here and there—in -the Virginia mountains, in Kansas and Ohio, -in New York City—but all plots were promptly -and firmly quelled.</p> - -<p>The Draft Act was accepted quietly by The -Village. It had its sentimental, passionate devotion -to the past; but now that it was being -tested, it realized the living, sacred strength of -the ties that bound it to the Union.</p> - -<p>It heard, with even more horror than of things -“over there,” of outrages at home—the German -plot to get Mexico to declare war against the -United States, factories blown up, railroad -bridges destroyed, food poisoned; even here in -Virginia, things were happening. “They” said -loyal citizens everywhere ought to be on the lookout.</p> - -<p>“There’s one safe place in the world; that’s The -Village,” said old Mr. Tavis, who was sitting on -the post office porch with Pete Walthall and Jake -Andrews and Mr. Smith.</p> - -<p>Mr. Smith shook his head and smiled. “See -who comes there,” he said.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[118]</span>“It’s Black Mayo,” Mr. Tavis said in a constrained -tone.</p> - -<p>Somehow, no one understood how or why, -there had grown up a feeling of constraint about -Black Mayo whenever Mr. Smith was present.</p> - -<p>“He’s got a basket,” commented Jake Andrews, -“and I bet there are pigeons in it. Yes, Mr. -Smith, it does look foolish for a grown-up man -to be raising birds and carrying them about and -playing with them.”</p> - -<p>Dick Osborne, who came out of the post office -just then, spoke up indignantly. “Why, Mr. Andrews! -Cousin Mayo’s training those pigeons -for war; they use them to carry messages.”</p> - -<p>“Shucks!” Jake laughed deridingly.</p> - -<p>“Well, they can fetch and carry, you know,” -old Mr. Tavis said mildly. “It’s in the Bible; -Noah sent a dove out of the Ark and it came -to him in the evening with an olive leaf pluckt -off.”</p> - -<p>“That’s all right—in the Bible,” said Jake. -“But we’re talking ’bout our days. My daddy -was in The War; I never heard him tell of using -pigeons. You were in The War yourself, Mr. -Tavis. I ask you, is you ever sent your news by -a pigeon?”</p> - -<p>Mr. Tavis had to confess that he never did.</p> - -<p>“And Black Mayo says they can fly a thousand<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[119]</span> -miles. Did you ever see a pigeon fly a thousand -miles, Mr. Tavis?”</p> - -<p>“I never went a thousand miles myself,” Mr. -Tavis answered.</p> - -<p>“I never did neither,” said Jake; “and I don’t -believe no pigeon ever did.”</p> - -<p>Black Mayo now came up the porch steps, -greeting his neighbors cordially.</p> - -<p>“Hope your ‘rheumatiz’ is better, Mr. Tavis. -Hey, Pete! Jake! How are folks at home? -and your crops? Ah, Dick! You are the boy I -was looking for. Here is the pigeon—a fine -fellow he is—that I want you to take this afternoon -for a three- or four-mile flight.”</p> - -<p>“Good! I was just starting,” said Dick. -“What are you going to do with that other bird, -Cousin Mayo?”</p> - -<p>“I’m going to send it to Richmond.”</p> - -<p>“To Richmond! What for?” asked Jake Andrews.</p> - -<p>“To be set free there and fly back here, as a -part of its training.”</p> - -<p>“Cousin Mayo——” began Dick.</p> - -<p>But Pete Walthall interrupted. “To fly back -here? You think it’ll come all that ways?” He -laughed incredulously.</p> - -<p>“A hundred miles!” It was Black Mayo’s turn -to laugh. “He’ll make it in two or three hours.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[120]</span> -Why, man, I have had birds fly nine hundred -miles, and they have been known to go eighteen -hundred, flying over forty miles an hour.”</p> - -<p>“Whew!” Jake Andrews whistled his unbelief, -and Pete Walthall stared and laughed.</p> - -<p>“That beats the dove in the Ark,” Mr. Tavis -said doubtingly.</p> - -<p>Dick now got in his question. “Cousin Mayo, -aren’t carrier pigeons useful in war?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly and indeed they are,” Mr. Osborne -answered. Then, as Mr. Tavis still looked doubtful, -he gave an instance. “At Verdun a company -of Allied troops was cut off from the main line, -and one man after another, who tried to go back -for help, was shot down. At last a basket of -pigeons was found beside a dead soldier. The -birds were weak, almost starved; but the men, as -a desperate last chance, started them off with -notes fastened to their legs. Off they flew, -through that curtain of fire no man could pass. -The message was delivered; forces came to rescue -the trapped soldiers—saved by those birds.”</p> - -<p>Pete and Jake shook their heads incredulously.</p> - -<p>Mr. Tavis pondered a while, and then said: -“Well, they could carry that note just as good -as that other dove could carry the olive leaf for -Noah. <i>I</i> am going to believe it, Mr. Mayo.”</p> - -<p>“Of course,” said Black Mayo. “What’s the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[121]</span> -matter with you folks? Don’t you always believe -what I say? And why shouldn’t you?”</p> - -<p>No one answered, and he went on into the post -office, looking a little puzzled.</p> - -<p>Mr. Smith raised his eyebrows and glanced -around with a disagreeable smile. “Pe-cu-li-ar -amusement; pe-cu-li-ar statements; he himself is -pe-cu-li-ar.” The drawled-out word was unfriendly -and sinister.</p> - -<p>“Black Mayo is all right; all right,” old Mr. -Tavis said emphatically.</p> - -<p>But Pete and Jake dropped their eyes. Black -Mayo Osborne was a queer fellow. They had -known him all their lives. But did they really -know him? Why was he playing about with -birds, like a schoolboy, while other men were -working their corn and cotton and tobacco? They -looked askance at him as he came out of the -post office and went up The Street toward The -Roost.</p> - -<p>He found Mrs. Osborne sitting on the porch -with her eyes on a book propped on the railing -and her hands busily knitting a sweater.</p> - -<p>“Howdy, Miranda! Where’s David?” he -asked.</p> - -<p>She looked up with a start. “Oh! it’s you, -Mayo,” she said. “David isn’t here; he’s at his -corn acre, I suppose. But, Mayo, come in a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[122]</span> -minute. There’s something I want to speak to -you about. It’s Dick,” she went on, as her cousin -took off his broad-brimmed straw hat and settled -himself on the porch step.</p> - -<p>“What about Dick?”</p> - -<p>She hesitated a minute. “The other young -folks are working splendidly in their war garden.”</p> - -<p>“Yes; that was a good suggestion of Anne’s. -The food question is serious,” said Black Mayo. -“Did you ever know anything like the way the -price of wheat has climbed—and soared? Flour -is fifteen dollars a barrel, and it will go to twenty, -if the government doesn’t get those Food Bills -through Congress and take control. I hope it -will be a good crop year. The young folks are -doing a splendid work in their war gardens.”</p> - -<p>“And Dick not in it,” said Dick’s mother, -frowning. “He goes off alone somewhere every -chance he gets. We’ve never interfered with -their little secrets; but this looks so selfish! -We’ve thought of compelling him to help, -but——”</p> - -<p>“But you’ll not. This gardening is free-will -work.”</p> - -<p>“Yes.” Mrs. Osborne agreed. “And we’ve -always taken the stand that after the children -do their regular home work, their spare time is<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[123]</span> -their own. But, if Dick could be persuaded, influenced——” -She looked hopefully at Black -Mayo. “You can do anything with him,” she -said. “Your word is law and gospel to all the -Village young folks.”</p> - -<p>“I refuse to be flattered into coercing Dick,” -laughed Black Mayo. “If you want him spoken -to, my dear Miranda, speak to him yourself.” -He leaned back against the porch post, stretched -out his long legs, and then twisted them comfortably -together. “Speak to your own erring -boy!”</p> - -<p>“I have done it,” she said. “I tried to shame -him just now. I reminded him how David and -Patsy and even little Sweet William are working -to raise food for the hungry, suffering world. -I told him about the Richmond Boy Scouts who -are going on farms, to save the potato crop.”</p> - -<p>“And he refused to be shamed?”</p> - -<p>“He cocked up his head, with that superior, -self-satisfied air—oh, big as he is, I want to slap -him when he does that!—and said, ‘It’s a nice -little thing David and Patsy and the others are -doing—the best they can, I reckon. But I’d -rather do a big thing; something to get a lot of -money, enough to buy a whole Liberty Bond at -a whop.’ And before I could get my wits together -to answer that amazing foolishness, he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[124]</span> -said he’d finished his tasks, hoed the beans, and -brought in stove wood, and couldn’t he go. And -off he went. What would you do, Mayo?”</p> - -<p>“I think I’d do nothing, Miranda,” her cousin -replied. “A boy’s got to have his adventures. -And Dick’s a fellow that can stand a lot of letting -alone. If he’s on the wrong track, he’s got -sense enough to find it out and get on the right -one. Don’t worry, Miranda. Will you tell -David he can get one of my plows any day he -wants it? And don’t you worry about Dick, -Miranda,” he repeated, untwining his long legs -and getting up.</p> - -<p>As he started down the walk, Mrs. Osborne put -aside her work and went out to the kitchen, a one-roomed -cabin behind the Roost dwelling-rooms, -to speak to Emma.</p> - -<p>The old woman was standing at the door, looking -worried and grum.</p> - -<p>“Why, Emma, you haven’t kindled your fire!” -Mrs. Osborne exclaimed.</p> - -<p>Emma started. “Naw’m. My shoe sole was -floppin’. I had to go to de shop to git it sewed -on.”</p> - -<p>“De shop” was a shed on The Back Way where -shoes were cobbled by Lincum Gabe, old Solomon -Gabe’s son.</p> - -<p>“I’m gwine to start de fire now.” Emma’s<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[125]</span> -voice was mournful, and as she rattled the stove -lids, she shook her head and sighed dolefully.</p> - -<p>“Is anything the matter? Are you sick?” Mrs. -Osborne asked anxiously.</p> - -<p>“Naw’m, I ain’t sick, Miss M’randa. I don’t -reckon I is. I ain’t got no out’ard pains. I’m -just thinkin’ ’bout my boy, an’ wonderin’ who’ll -git him——” She went off into a confused -mumble. Suddenly she turned to her mistress -and said earnestly: “If dey take de colored folks -back in slavery, I’ll belong to you; won’t I, Miss -M’randa? Like my folks always did to yore -folks?”</p> - -<p>“What nonsense are you talking, Emma?” -Mrs. Osborne asked sharply. “No one could -put you back in slavery. No one wants to. We -hate and abhor it more than you do. Why, we -wouldn’t have you back in slavery for anything in -the world. What put such a silly notion in your -head?”</p> - -<p>“I ain’t faultin’ you ’bout it, Miss M’randa. -It’s dem folks off yander,” said Emma, vaguely. -“Dey done started it. Dey done numbered de -young bucks an’ dey’re goin’ to nomernate ’em -to be slaves. Dey’re just waitin’ for de orders. -My boy Tom is one of ’em.”</p> - -<p>Patsy, who had followed her mother, laughed -and exclaimed: “Why Aunt Emma! They numbered<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[126]</span> -all the men, white and colored, from -twenty-one to thirty years old, and they are going -to select soldiers from them, to go and fight the -Germans.”</p> - -<p>“Emma, some due has told you a lie, a wicked, -silly lie,” said Mrs. Osborne. “There isn’t a -word of truth in it. As Patsy says, the white -boys are going, too. Why, some of them have -gone—Fayett Mallett and Jeff Spencer and Will -Eppes—boys that you know, and lots of others. -They need a great many soldiers, and they are -going to select them from that draft list.”</p> - -<p>“Dey say as how dem white ones was took to -be offiseers, an’ boss de colored ones till dey git -’em handcuffed an’ back in slavery,” said Emma, -lowering her voice and glancing fearfully around -as if she were betraying secrets of state.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne laughed. “How silly! Who are -‘they’ that say such foolish things?”</p> - -<p>“Uh, it’s jest bein’ talked ’round,” Emma answered -evasively.</p> - -<p>“It sounds like propaganda,” said Mrs. Osborne, -wrinkling her brow.</p> - -<p>“Naw’m, ’tain’t no sort o’ gander. It’s just -talk dat’s goin’ ’round. You-all want some -seconds batter-cakes, you say, honey?”</p> - -<p>And Emma went bustling about her work, deaf -to all further questions.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[127]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VIII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">“COME on, Sweet William! Sweet William!” -sang Patsy, catching her small -brother by the hand and dancing down -the walk. “Let’s go to Broad Acres for a look -around. Alice! uh, Alice!” She called Alice -Blair, who was sitting in the swing, with her -knitting. “Come and see how our gardens are -growing. We’ve been so busy being field hands -for Mr. Spencer’s cotton, I’ve not been to our -garden for two whole days.”</p> - -<p>“I ran by to look at it this morning,” said -Alice. “I feel real lonesome if I don’t see it -every day.”</p> - -<p>“So do I,” agreed Patsy. “I know now how -David felt that first year he had corn at Happy -Acres, and he used to ‘go by’ to see it every time -he was sent to the store for the mail or a spool of -thread.”</p> - -<p>At the garden gate they paused and called -Ruth. She came out on the back porch, but -stopped at the head of the steps.</p> - -<p>“I’ve j-just come in,” she said. “I weeded a -row of p-peas. Now I’m helping mother. I’ll -see you p-p-presently.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[128]</span>The others went into the garden, admired -the flourishing vegetables, and pulled up a few -stray weeds.</p> - -<p>“Isn’t it beautorious?” exclaimed Patsy. -“Things have just been leaping and bounding -along these two days.”</p> - -<p>“Scrumptious!” agreed Alice.</p> - -<p>“We-all boys have got the biggest potatoes,” -said Sweet William, wagging his head proudly.</p> - -<p>“You-all boys! Will you look at those beans? -What about them, Mr. William Taliaferro Osborne?” -demanded Patsy. “Anne Lewis had a -lot to say about their Washington gardens. They -aren’t a bit better than this; they can’t be. Just -think! Anne is coming next week.”</p> - -<p>“Goody, goody, goody!” cried Sweet William, -clapping his hands.</p> - -<p>As they went chattering back up the walk, Ruth -came out to ask them to stay to supper; her -mother had a strawberry shortcake.</p> - -<p>“I’ll go and ask——” “If mother knew——” -began Patsy and Alice.</p> - -<p>“If I had a piece of strawberry shortcake in -my hand,” suggested Sweet William, “I could -go home and tell them you were invited. We are -going to have batter-cakes for supper; Emma -makes good little batter-cakes with lacy brown -edges.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[129]</span>Patsy was properly horrified at her small -brother’s greediness, but Mrs. Wilson laughed -and sent him home, munching a generous slice -of shortcake.</p> - -<p>After supper Mrs. Wilson and the girls went -out on the front porch. It was wide and long, -set high on brick pillars, with a flight of steps -leading down to the long boxwood-bordered -walk.</p> - -<p>“There is a loose railing,” said Mrs. Wilson. -“I must nail it in place to-morrow.”</p> - -<p>“You are as careful about mending and tending -Broad Acres as you are about Ruth’s darning -and patching,” laughed Patsy.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Mrs. Wilson. “It’s all in the -family. Broad Acres is a dear old part of the -family.”</p> - -<p>“How old is it, Cousin Agnes?”</p> - -<p>“The house was built in 1762,” said Mrs. Wilson, -with quiet pride. “It was made strong, to -be a fort, in case of Indian attacks. That is why -the shutters are so thick, with the little hinged -middle pieces for loopholes to fire from.”</p> - -<p>“The Yankees came by here in The War,” said -Ruth.</p> - -<p>“In April, ’65,” agreed her mother. “The -doors and shutters were closed, with crape hanging -from them, in mourning for the dead Confederacy.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[130]</span> -Sherman’s men marched past, without -disturbing the house, thinking there was a -corpse in it.”</p> - -<p>“This very bench we’re s-s-sitting on is c-called -the President’s bench, because W-W-Washington -sat here when he was v-visiting my way-back-grandfather. -Tell about that, mother,” -said Ruth.</p> - -<p>But an interruption came before Mrs. Wilson -could begin the story, the more loved because it -was old and well known. The front gate clicked. -Patsy glanced toward it and, seeing a negro girl -standing there, exclaimed in surprise, “Why, -there’s Lou Ellen!”</p> - -<p>“Go to the side gate, Lou Ellen,” Mrs. Wilson -said sharply. “What do you mean by coming the -front way?”</p> - -<p>“I ain’t comin’ in,” said Lou Ellen, in a pert, -high voice, as she lounged on the gate. “I jest -come to de store an’ stopped to leave you a message, -Miss Agnes. I was comin’ down de mill -path an’ a man—I reckon he was Van—hollered -to me an’ said Mr. Black Mayo say for you -please’m to go an’ spen’ de night wid Miss Polly. -He got to go ’way an’ she was feelin’ sort o’ -puny, an’ he didn’t want to left her at home by -herse’f.”</p> - -<p>“It’s strange he didn’t tell me when he was in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[131]</span> -The Village to-day,” said Mrs. Wilson. “Van -told you, you say?”</p> - -<p>“It sounded like Van,” answered Lou Ellen. -“He was in de woods an’ I didn’t see him good.”</p> - -<p>She tossed her head and strolled away.</p> - -<p>“She’s a horrid thing!” said Ruth.</p> - -<p>“How could she help it?” asked Alice. “Her -mother, Louviny, is as trifling as she can be, and -so is her father, Lincum; and his father is -that horrid old Solomon Gabe that they call a -trick doctor; all the other darkies are afraid of -him.”</p> - -<p>“Darkies are queer things,” laughed Patsy. -And then she told what Emma had said about the -draft.</p> - -<p>“She isn’t the only one who believes that,” said -Alice. “Unc’ Isham told father he’d heard tell -they are all going to be put back in slavery; he -said they always told him if the Democrats got -strong in power, they would make the darkies -slaves again.”</p> - -<p>“I wonder how they get these foolish notions -into their heads?” said Mrs. Wilson. “Well, -chickens, Ruth and I must be starting to Larkland.”</p> - -<p>“Let Ruth spend the night with me, Cousin -Agnes,” entreated Patsy.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson consented, and the three girls<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[132]</span> -walked with her as far as the mill on her way -to Larkland. Sweet William did not see them -go, and he was surprised to find the house dark -and deserted when he came running back, with -Scalawag at his heels, for his sweater. He went, -with a little feeling of awe, down the somber -boxwood walk—it was now nearly dark—and it -was a relief to hear Scalawag, who had run ahead -of him, give a sharp bark.</p> - -<p>“Cats-s! cats-s!” hissed Sweet William -urgingly.</p> - -<p>Scalawag ran to a rose arbor at the back of -the garden, but his furious barking changed -to a sudden yelp and whine; he ran back to his -master.</p> - -<p>“Old tabby cat must have scratched you,” said -Sweet William. “Sic her! sic her, Scalawag!”</p> - -<p>But the dog, bristling and growling, kept at his -master’s heels, as if unwilling to encounter again -whatever he had found in that dark, secluded -place. Sweet William groped around for his -sweater and ran home. Then he had his bath -and went to bed. The older children followed -soon, as behooved those who must be at Sunday -school at half past nine o’clock and know a Psalm -and the story of Gideon and be ready to answer -seven new questions in the Shorter Catechism.</p> - -<p>The next morning, when the Osbornes were<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[133]</span> -at breakfast, Steve came running into the room, -with a tragic face.</p> - -<p>“Our gardens are ruined!” he cried.</p> - -<p>“Oh, Steve! What do you mean?”</p> - -<p>“Ruined?”</p> - -<p>“They can’t be!”</p> - -<p>“Ruined!” he repeated, with doleful emphasis. -“I went by there, just after breakfast, taking our -cow to pasture. I saw the gate open——”</p> - -<p>“Who left it open?” demanded David.</p> - -<p>“And Miss Fanny Morrison’s old cow was -there, gorging herself on our corn and peas. -Everything is grazed off; trampled down.”</p> - -<p>With no more appetites for breakfast, the war -gardeners ran to Broad Acres, to see the wreck -of their gardens.</p> - -<p>“But who left the gate open?” David demanded -sternly.</p> - -<p>“We were the last ones here,” said Patsy; “and -I know we shut it.”</p> - -<p>“I was here about dark,” Sweet William confessed -bravely; “I came for my sweater. But -I shut the gate and I fastened it. I had to climb -up on the garden fence to put the hook in -the hole.”</p> - -<p>“You didn’t put it in,” Patsy said severely. -“You let it slip to the side. And our gardens -are ruined.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[134]</span>“It’s my garden, too. And I did fasten the -gate,” sobbed Sweet William.</p> - -<p>He seemed so clearly the culprit that black -looks and little pity were being given him when -Mrs. Wilson came up.</p> - -<p>She, too, was horrified and distressed, but she -said: “If Sweet William is sure he fastened the -gate, I am sure he fastened it. There is something -strange about this matter. Mayo did not -send for me. He is away, but Polly had told him -she would have Chrissy sleep in the house. She -was surprised—but of course pleased—to see -me; I would have come back home, if it hadn’t -been so late.”</p> - -<p>“Could Lou Ellen have done it?” suggested -Patsy. “She came with that message; and she’s -so pert and horrid.”</p> - -<p>They examined the premises carefully. Near -the rose arbor, at the back of the garden, they -found footprints, the track of a big, bare, flat -foot. Dick carefully made a copy of it on a piece -of paper, and Mr. Blair and Mr. Red Mayo Osborne -went with the gardeners to Lincum’s cabin -on the Redville road, and confronted Lou Ellen. -She stoutly denied the charge, and when her foot -was measured it proved to be much smaller than -the print. Evidently, then, she was not the intruder. -Who could it be?</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[135]</span>That was a doleful Sabbath for the young villagers. -They were thinking more about their -wrecked garden than their Sunday school lesson; -the sermon fell on deaf ears; and in the afternoon -they stood mournfully around the scene of their -destroyed hopes.</p> - -<p>But with the next morning came cheer and -good counsel. Black Mayo, having come back -on an early train, stopped at the post office and -was told about the catastrophe and he went to -view the garden.</p> - -<p>“It is pretty bad, but it might be worse,” he -said cheerily. “Some of these things will come -up from the roots. Some of the rows will have -to be plowed up and planted in things that will -still have plenty of growing time. The soil is -in fine condition. Let’s get to work and make a -garden day of it. One of you boys go to Larkland, -and get Rosinante and a plow.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Tavis came to help them, and so did Mr. -Blair, who shut up the post office, saying casually -that any one who came for mail could look him -up or wait till he got back.</p> - -<p>Several hours of diligent, intelligent toil -worked wonders. The gardens would be later, -of course, but with a long growing season before -them that was no serious disadvantage; it would -require more work, much more work, but that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[136]</span> -they were all willing and glad to give. Why, -Dick had offered to help this morning, and he had -been just as interested and busy as any one else. -Perhaps he would join the garden club now. But -he did not. When Mr. Osborne went home to -dinner, Dick started off with him, to get a pigeon -for a trial flight.</p> - -<p>Patsy looked after him and set her lips firmly. -“Just you wait, young man,” she promised him, -“till next week when Anne Lewis comes. We’ll -show you what it means to dare and double dare -us.”</p> - -<p>For weeks Dick had been going off alone every -few days, and coming back late, tired and dirty -and with a joyful air of mystery. The others -were too busy with gardening and Red Cross -and Corn Club work to make any real effort to -find out where he went.</p> - -<p>But he always watched to make sure that he -was not followed, and he never relaxed his precautions -at the mine. He pulled his ladder in and -out, blurred his footprints, and stirred up the -dead leaves so as not to make a path. It would -take, he proudly thought, a Sherlock Holmes or -a bloodhound to trace his course.</p> - -<p>He had examined the main room without seeing -any place that it seemed worth while to work -in the crude fashion possible to him. The most<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[137]</span> -promising places, he thought, were in the spurs -of the lower tunnel, where there was more clay -than rock. If he dug a little farther—a few -inches or some feet—perhaps he would find silver -that the miners had missed.</p> - -<p>He planned to extend each spur a certain distance; -at first he said ten feet, but a little work -convinced him that was too far, so he decided to -go six feet—or five—or four. It was too discouraging -to compute how long it would take to -go even four feet, at his snail-like rate of progress. -He could not use alone the drill and sledge -hammer he had brought from Mr. Mallett’s shop. -So he had to content himself with digging along -a ledge, breaking off rough bits of rock and -eagerly examining them for silver.</p> - -<p>He had inquired furtively about dynamite, but -the law made it difficult for him to get it—fortunately; -for in his ignorant, inexperienced -hands there would probably have been an accident -which might even have cost him his life.</p> - -<p>On this pleasant June afternoon, Dick went -blithely with his Cousin Mayo to Larkland. He -nearly always went there on his way to the Old -Sterling Mine; it was only half a mile off the -road; and the distance to the mine seemed shorter -to him when he had a carrier pigeon for -company.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[138]</span>Breeding and blood were telling in the Larkland -pigeons. Mr. Osborne showed Dick that -afternoon a marked copy of <i>The Bird World</i> -telling, with big headlines, about the thousand-mile -flight of a young pigeon trained by Mr. -Mayo Osborne, of Virginia.</p> - -<p>“I bet Snapshot will make a record, too,” said -Dick, stroking the plumage of a petted young -bird.</p> - -<p>“Dick,” said Mr. Osborne, suddenly, “I’m glad -to have your help and interest about these birds; -I want you to learn all you can about training -them. Your Cousin Polly knows all there is to -know about their feeding and care. But when I -go away——”</p> - -<p>“Oh! you are going away?” interrupted Dick. -“When, Cousin Mayo?”</p> - -<p>“Early this fall, I hope; as soon as some business -matters can be arranged. I’ve been wanting -to be in the army from the first.”</p> - -<p>“I said you would go. It wasn’t true you -wanted to stay at home playing with birds.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne looked at Dick and started to ask -a question, but it did not seem worth while. So -he merely said: “When I leave, I’m going to ask -your father to let you stay here at Larkland with -your Cousin Polly and help her with the doves, -our doves of war.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[139]</span>“Thank you, Cousin Mayo; I’ll do my best,” -promised Dick.</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne wrote a note and fastened it to -the bird’s leg—that was always part of the ceremony; -then he put it into a makeshift cage, an -old shoe box with holes punched in it, and gave -it to Dick.</p> - -<p>“Where are you going?” asked Mr. Osborne.</p> - -<p>“To the mine—creek,” said Dick, almost telling -his secret. It was hard not to give a forthright -answer to his cousin’s direct look.</p> - -<p>“Why don’t you boys—do you?—ever go to -the Old Sterling Mine?”</p> - -<p>“Maybe so. Sometimes,” he mumbled.</p> - -<p>Black Mayo did not notice the boy’s conscious -air. He was watching his pigeons fluttering -and circling about, white against the woodland, -dark against the shining sky.</p> - -<p>“I used to go there;” he said. “Ah! the hours -and days I spent, seeking its treasure. It was -one of the great adventures of my boyhood.”</p> - -<p>“Did you ever find any?—any silver in the -mine, I mean,” Dick asked eagerly.</p> - -<p>His cousin gave a smiling negative.</p> - -<p>“Do you suppose?—perhaps there isn’t any.” -Dick’s voice dropped in disappointment.</p> - -<p>“I believe there is,” said Black Mayo. “Silver -was found there by old Mallett, not long after the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[140]</span> -Revolution. You’ve heard the tale handed down -in his family. Some years ago, when I was rummaging -through old court records, I found the -account of his trial for ‘feloniously making, -uttering, and passing false and counterfeited -Coin in the likeness and similitude of Spanish -milled Dollars of the value of six shillings Current -money of Virginia.’ That was in 1792.”</p> - -<p>“But the mine was worked after that, wasn’t -it?” asked Dick.</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes! My grandfather Mayo, your great-grandfather, -had it worked, but it never paid. It -doesn’t seem reasonable that the old blacksmith -spaded out all the silver that was there. There’s -a tale that a valuable vein was struck and lost. -You might take a look around to-day, and you -and I might go prospecting some time,” he said, -now looking keenly at Dick.</p> - -<p>The boy reddened to the roots of his hair. -“Yes, sir,” he said. “It’s time I was gone.”</p> - -<p>Mayo Osborne looked after him with a whimsical -smile. “Straight to the Old Sterling Mine, -I’ll wager my head!” he laughed.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[141]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER IX</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap2">ANNE LEWIS had come, and that was a -jubilee for her and her Village cousins. -She and Patsy and Alice and Ruth -wanted to go to every place at once and to tell in -one breath everything that had happened since -they had parted in the spring.</p> - -<p>There was Happy Acres to be visited, and its -budding and blossoming beauty to be welcomed. -There was the mill, Larkland mill that was -loved almost as dearly as the miller, Mr. Giles -Spotswood. There were all the cousins at Larkland, -Broad Acres, and The Roost. And there -was the dear outside host, Tavises and Morrisons -and Walthalls, and the old servants and their -families, for whom Anne had gifts and greetings. -The girls made a round of visits, with their -tongues going like bell clappers.</p> - -<p>“And haven’t you found out yet where Dick is -going—not yet?” Anne asked Patsy, privately. -“Oh, I’m so glad! It’ll be so much fun to follow -him up!”</p> - -<p>“If we can. We’ll certainly do it, if we can,” -said Patsy, with less assurance. “Anne, even -Dick has never kept a secret like this.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[142]</span>“I don’t see why you haven’t found out, in all -these weeks,” said Anne; “though I’m glad you -haven’t, so we can do it together.”</p> - -<p>“Dick isn’t so easy to catch up with,” answered -Patsy. “And then there are our gardens. -The boys won’t stop working for fear we’ll get -ahead of them, and we won’t stop for fear they’ll -get ahead of us. No one has time—and time it -would take!—to follow Dick.”</p> - -<p>“You must win out in the gardening; we must -certainly beat those boys,” said Anne. “I’m so -glad I’m here to help.”</p> - -<p>They were on their way now to inspect Camp -Feed Friend and Camp Fight Foe, that were -thriving wonderfully after being replanted and -reworked ten days before. Black Mayo said -Jack’s famous beanstalk must surely have grown -in the deep, fertile soil of Broad Acres garden; -no other place could produce such magic results.</p> - -<p>Patsy and Anne found most of the war gardeners -already at Broad Acres, at work. Black -Mayo had lent them Rosinante, and David was -plowing while the others were weeding and hoeing -the rows of vegetables. Anne and Patsy set -to work, side by side.</p> - -<p>“Don’t you think our garden is the better?” -Patsy asked for the dozenth time.</p> - -<p>And for the dozenth time, Anne—partial<span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[143]</span> -judge!—answered emphatically: “I certainly do. -Your potatoes are taller than theirs. And your -peas are better; I’ve counted the pods on the -biggest vines in both gardens. It’s just splendid -what you’ve done—all but Dick.”</p> - -<p>“Oh!—Dick.” Whatever Patsy herself might -say about Dick, she could never bear to have -others find fault with her twin brother. “He -helps Cousin Agnes in her garden. He would -work here sometimes—real often—but the boys -call him ‘slacker’ because he won’t join them. -He’s working hard over his secret, whatever it -is. He comes home so dirty! And—well, Anne, -I know it’s something big, from the way he acts.”</p> - -<p>“We’ll find out what it is,” Anne said confidently.</p> - -<p>“I hope so,” sighed Patsy.</p> - -<p>“But now,” said Anne, “this garden is the -most important thing. Oh! it’s awful to think of -all those people with nothing to eat except what -we send them across these thousands of miles of -ocean.”</p> - -<p>“We’ve been saving our flour and sugar for a -long, long time; looks like they might have -enough to eat now,” Sweet William said, frowning. -“Oh! I did want them all to have enough, -and leave me sugar for a birthday cake. It’s such -a so-long time since I’ve seen a real cake!” He<span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[144]</span> -sighed. “I don’t reckon we’ll ever have another -one; not till I get old as Miss Fanny Morrison -and don’t have any birthdays.”</p> - -<p>“Father says conditions are terrible along the -Hindenburg Line,” said Alice. “Cousin Mayo, -what is the Hindenburg Line?” she asked her -cousin who, having finished some errands in The -Village, was waiting to take Rosinante home.</p> - -<p>He explained. “The first of this year, the Germans -realized that they could not repel Allied -attacks in the position they then held. So in -March they drew back and entrenched themselves -in northern France in a position as strong -as the nature of the country and their science -could make it; that is their ‘impregnable Hindenburg -Line.’ The Allies began, with the battle -of the Aisne in April, the attacks they will continue -till that great Hindenburg Line is smashed.</p> - -<p>“Well! The Huns laid waste the country that -they left; robbed and burned homes and villages -in that rich farming country, and kidnapped men -and women and children and set them to work in -Germany. And they left behind wrecks of people -in wrecks of homes, many of them little fellows -like Sweet William here, half starved and -crippled and shell-shocked.”</p> - -<p>Anne put a comforting arm around Sweet William. -“Don’t cry, dear,” she said.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[145]</span>He stiffened his lips bravely. “I—I’m not -crying,” he announced. “I—I think I caught a -cold. I’ve got a frog in my throat. I wish I -could find a lot of potato bugs! I want to work -<i>hard</i> to help all those poor people.”</p> - -<p>He set to work very diligently, but presently -David called out: “You Bill! You’re wearing out -those potato plants, looking for the bugs you -caught yesterday. And every row I plow, you’re -in my way.”</p> - -<p>“I isn’t not moved since I got out your way the -other time you told me to,” complained Sweet -William, stumbling over a furrow.</p> - -<p>“Well, get out of the patch and stay out till I -finish this plowing, if you please,” said David, -who was warm and tired and getting cross.</p> - -<p>The little fellow turned away with injured -dignity and went into the back yard. He sat on -the porch steps for a while, then he began rummaging -around. Presently he came back into -the garden, with his arms full of little sticks, -and busied himself in a corner where the war -gardeners had a bed of radishes for work-day -refreshment.</p> - -<p>“What are you doing now?” Anne stopped to -ask.</p> - -<p>“Playing this is my garden. I’m building a -fence ’round it,” explained Sweet William.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[146]</span>“Phew! What a horrid smell! It smells like—why, -I smell kerosene oil,” said Anne, sniffing -and frowning.</p> - -<p>“I reckon it’s these little sticks,” he said. -“They’re all smelly.”</p> - -<p>“Where did you get them?” asked Anne.</p> - -<p>“From under the back-porch steps.”</p> - -<p>“That’s queer!” said Anne. “I wonder——”</p> - -<p>“Come on, Anne, and let’s start our next rows -at the same time, so we can race—and talk,” -called Patsy.</p> - -<p>Anne went her way and forgot the little sticks -that smelled of oil.</p> - -<p>Sweet William put them aside presently and -had a party—filling some oyster shells with make-believe -dainties and setting them out on a flat -stone.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Mallett, who came to consult Mrs. Wilson -about some Red Cross work, paused to watch the -youngster who was the Village pet.</p> - -<p>“You are having a fine party, ain’t you?” she -said.</p> - -<p>“It’s a birthday party,” he said. “But I’m just -having ash-cake. I reckon Mr. Hoover wouldn’t -want me to have fruit cake and pie. Mother says -he wants us to save everything we can, so as to -feed our armies and our Allies.”</p> - -<p>“Bless your heart!” she said. “I wish the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[147]</span> -grown folks ’round here would act that way. -You know,” she said, turning to Mrs. Wilson, -“those Andrewses and Joneses and Walthalls -aren’t making a mite of change in the way they -eat, for all the government tells them ‘food will -win the war’ and ‘if we waste at home, our boys -over there will go hungry.’”</p> - -<p>“I know. Food has become sacred; it means -life,” said Mrs. Wilson. “It is dreadful that -some of our own people are so slow to realize -the situation and their duty. Miranda Osborne -and I carried the government pamphlets to the -Andrewses and Joneses and Walthalls and talked -to them, but they listened as if their minds were -shut and locked. They think, as Gordan Jones -said, those who raise wheat and corn and hogs -have a right to use all the flour and meal and -meat they please.”</p> - -<p>“A right! Who with a heart and conscience -wants the right to use victuals extravagant when -other folks are starving? Well, I must go and -take this wool to the women that said they would -knit.”</p> - -<p>“I’ll go with you,” said Sweet William, -scrambling to his feet. “I’d rather go visiting -with you than to stay here and play party by -myself.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Mallett gladly accepted his company, and,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[148]</span> -with Scalawag at his heels, he trotted along with -her, to collect knitted garments and dispense -wool.</p> - -<p>Suddenly Scalawag, usually a well-mannered -dog that did not interfere with people on the -public road, ran at a negro boy, barking furiously. -The boy jerked up a stone, and Scalawag came -back to Sweet William’s heels, whimpering and -growling. As soon as they were at a safe distance, -he again barked angrily.</p> - -<p>“I never saw him do that way before,” said -Sweet William; “never, but that night in the -garden.”</p> - -<p>“Who was he barking at then?” asked Mrs. -Mallett.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know,” said Scalawag’s master; and -then he told about his trip to Broad Acres the -night before the gardens were destroyed and -about the dog’s queer behavior.</p> - -<p>“H’m!” Mrs. Mallett said thoughtfully. “Who -was that boy we passed?”</p> - -<p>“Kit, Lincum Gabe’s boy,” said Sweet William. -“Scalawag’s met him a hundred times, I -reckon, and never noticed him before.”</p> - -<p>“H’m!” Mrs. Mallett repeated. “Sweet William, -you tell Mr. Black Mayo how this dog acted -to-day, and about that night. Some dogs have -got a lot of sense, and some are pure fools; they’re<span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[149]</span> -just like folks. Well, here’s a place we’ve got to -stop,” she said, frowning at the pea-green gabled -and turreted house that was the outward and -visible sign of Gordan Jones’s prosperity.</p> - -<p>The door was wide open, and in response to -Mrs. Mallett’s knock there was a hearty “Come -in!” She and Sweet William walked through the -hall and turned into the dining room where Mr. -and Mrs. Jones were sitting at the dinner table.</p> - -<p>“O—oh!” Sweet William stared at the table. -It was strangely unlike what he was used to at -home these days. Why, it was loaded with food, -vegetables swimming in sauces and gravies, two -or three kinds of meat, hot biscuits, cakes, and -pies. “O-o-oh!” he said again.</p> - -<p>“Howdy, folks!” called Mr. Jones, a stout man -in shirt sleeves. “Come in, come in, you-all, and -set down to dinner.”</p> - -<p>“Howdy, Mrs. Mallett,” said Mrs. Jones, getting -up to greet the guests. “And howdy, little -man. It’s Mr. Red Mayo’s little boy, ain’t it?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; it’s William, Sweet William Osborne,” -said Mrs. Mallett, stiffly. “I just come to bring -you the wool you said——”</p> - -<p>“Here, here!” interrupted Mr. Jones’s big -voice. “Eat first and then do your talking. -We’ve got plenty victuals for you.” He laughed -and surveyed the table with pride. “Come and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[150]</span> -eat with us, Mrs. Mallett. Come on, little boy, -and set right here by me.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, the little French and Belgians!” exclaimed -Sweet William, whose eyes had never -moved from the table.</p> - -<p>“No, thank you, Mr. Jones,” said Mrs. Mallett, -drawing her lips into a tight line. “Now, Mrs. -Jones, this wool——”</p> - -<p>“Aw, come along and set and eat,” urged Mr. -Jones, hospitably. “I want you to sample this -old home-cured ham; and that’s prime good bacon -with the greens.”</p> - -<p>The little woman’s face flushed and her eyes -snapped. “Mr. Jones,” she said, “them victuals -would choke me.”</p> - -<p>“Wh-what?” He gazed at her with blank astonishment.</p> - -<p>“I can’t set down to a gorge like that,” she -said. “I’d be thinking ’bout them hungry mouths -over there.”</p> - -<p>“Starving Belgians and French,” interjected -Sweet William.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Mallett hurried on: “Yes, them and our -other Allies; they’ve got no time to raise wheat -and such; their farmers are fighting their war -and ours, and the women are working in munition -factories and taking the men’s places at -home. And there are our boys—my boy—going<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[151]</span> -over there, depending on us at home to send them -food. If we are lazy and selfish and don’t raise -it, or if we are greedy and selfish and use it -wasteful and extravagant, what’s to become of -them?”</p> - -<p>“Why, why”—Mr. Jones was bewildered—“I -raised all that’s on this table, ’cept a little sugar -and such, that if I didn’t buy somebody else -would. I always was a good provider; we’re used -to a good table, and nobody’s got a right to ask me -to live stinting,” he said, with rising anger.</p> - -<p>“They’ve got a right to ask me to give my son, -my own flesh and blood,” said Mrs. Mallett, with -a fire of righteous wrath that paled Mr. Jones’s -flicker of temper. “And yet you think they -haven’t got a right to ask you to give up your hot -biscuits and meat three times a day! S’pose you -<i>are</i> used to being a good provider? Ain’t I used -to going to bed easy in mind about my boy Fayett—and -any day I may hear he’s dead.”</p> - -<p>“They oughtn’t to have sent him, your boy,” -mumbled Mr. Jones. “They’ve got no business to -send our men over there to fight, and maybe——”</p> - -<p>“They’ve got all the right to send him to fight -for his country. But Fayett didn’t wait for any -draft. He went of his free will—I’m glad and -proud of it—to fight for liberty. And if he dies, -I want it to be the Germans that kill him. I don’t<span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[152]</span> -want you, that have known him since he was a -curly-headed baby boy, to be the ones to help -kill him.”</p> - -<p>“Why, Mrs. Mallett!” Mrs. Jones said in a -hurt, amazed voice. “We wouldn’t harm a hair -of his head; not for the world, we wouldn’t.”</p> - -<p>“I’d do anything I could to bring him back -safe home,” said Mr. Jones.</p> - -<p>“That’s what you say,” the little woman cried -passionately. “But words don’t count. And you -are doing your part to starve him. They can’t -get food over there, unless we send it to them. -It’s being rationed out to folks in France and -Italy. The English ships that used to go to South -America to get wheat are busy taking over our -soldiers and munitions and food, food, food. And -there’s just so-o much and all the world to feed—the -world and my soldier boy. If we use it wasteful, -there won’t be any to send. Yes, sir! I say -your good dinner would choke me. I’d feel I -was helping to kill my own son. You may not -mean it, but it’s true that every time you set down -to a meal like this you are helping kill my son, -beat our armies, make the Germans win.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t want your cake, your pie,” sobbed -Sweet William. “I’m hungry, but I—I want to -be hungry.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Jones pushed back her plate and sobbed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[153]</span> -with him. “I can’t swallow a morsel,” she declared. -“I can just see Fayett, like when he was -a little boy playing with my Tommy”—her own -son who was dead—“when they’d come in and -say, ‘We’re hungry; give us a snack!’ I ain’t -never said ‘no’ to them.” She buried her tear-wet -face in her apron.</p> - -<p>Mr. Jones winked hard and cleared his throat -loudly. “Come, come, mother,” he said. “Don’t -you cry. We hadn’t thought ’bout things like she -put ’em. I reckon you are right, Mrs. Mallett. -Yes, you are! A man that won’t work at home -for them that’s fighting over there for him ain’t -much of a man. The world to feed—and Fayett! -I’ll double the crop of wheat I was going to put -in, and I’ll—say, Mrs. Mallett, if you won’t take -a feed with me, won’t you and the little boy set -and have a bite?”</p> - -<p>“That I will, thank you,” said Mrs. Mallett, -smiling through tears. “I didn’t mean to fault -you too rough, Mr. Jones. But when I think -’bout them things, it’s like I had a pot in me that -was boiling over.”</p> - -<p>“That’s all right,” answered Mr. Jones. “You -put it strong to me; and we’ll put it strong to -other folks. We must see Jake Andrews and -Pete Walthall, and make ’em know what they’ve -got to do. We won’t have men here in our neighborhood<span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[154]</span> -that are so low-down and greedy and -selfish they won’t do their part. We’ll see to -them! What’ll you have, Mrs. Mallett? some -corn bread and greens and a bit of bacon? Folks -have got to eat, you know, so they can work. Um, -um! What’ll I do ’bout my hounds?”</p> - -<p>“Come now, Willie, you’ll have a cake and a -piece of pie, being as they’re here and got to be -et,” said Mrs. Jones, bustling about to get plates -and chairs.</p> - -<p>Sweet William gravely and wistfully considered -the matter. “We don’t have cakes at -home,” he said. “But these cakes are already -made—with icing tops and raisins! I reckon it -won’t hurt for me to eat one—maybe two, to save -them. The little Belgians couldn’t get this sugar -anyway.” He sighed, not altogether sad, and -fell to with a will.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[155]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER X</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">THE war gardeners went home at noon, -but they came back late in the afternoon. -When they finished the tasks they -had set themselves, Mrs. Wilson suggested that -they take eggs and radishes and lettuce, and meal -to make ash-cakes, and have a picnic supper at -Happy Acres; they might find some berries to -add to the feast, and the boys were always hoping -to catch fish in Tinkling Water, though they seldom -did.</p> - -<p>The plan was welcomed with enthusiasm, and -they had a merry time and came home in the twilight. -Anne, who was to spend the night at -Broad Acres, sat on the porch with Mrs. Wilson -and Ruth, knitting and talking.</p> - -<p>“Wasn’t it dear of our old soldiers,” said Ruth, -“to g-g-give up going to the Reunion, and have -just the little service and parade here, and give -their money to the Red Cross, to help in the -war?”</p> - -<p>Anne laughed. “Oh, Ruthie! You said ‘the -war’ about this war,” she said.</p> - -<p>“Well, why not?” Having used the word inadvertently, -Ruth now defended it. “There never<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[156]</span> -was such a big war in the world. And we are in -it; it is our war; some Village b-boys are there -and others are going. It is The War, isn’t it, -mother?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” her mother answered slowly. “This is -The War. The other—we’ve been living in its -shine and shadow all these years—it is history -now; a war. Why, our old soldiers put in acts -what none of us before have put in words—that -this is The War, our war.”</p> - -<p>Presently the girls yawned and their fingers -went more and more slowly with their knitting. -Mrs. Wilson said an early bed hour would be -the fitting end to their strenuous day. So they -went upstairs, and Ruth escorted Anne to a spacious -guest chamber.</p> - -<p>“This is the room W-Washington stayed in,” -said Ruth.</p> - -<p>“I love it,” said Anne, looking around. “Oh! -I love Broad Acres. Don’t you?”</p> - -<p>Ruth laughed. “Love it? Why, it’s a part of -us. The way-back-grandfather that c-c-came -from England built it like his home there, and -all our people since have lived here. It’s home.” -Her voice lingered and thrilled on the word. -Then she threw her arms around Anne and -kissed her.</p> - -<p>Anne had left her own old home early in her<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[157]</span> -orphaned childhood, and now lived, as an adopted -daughter, with friends in Washington. She was -happy there and dearly loved; but Ruth, with her -intense devotion to home and family, was always -distressed when she remembered that Anne -“didn’t belong to her own folks.”</p> - -<p>“I w-wish you lived with us,” she said, kissing -Anne, again and again.</p> - -<p>“Then I wouldn’t have the fun of coming to -see you,” her cousin reminded her, returning the -caresses.</p> - -<p>“Sweet William says having you all the time -would be like having Christmas all the year.”</p> - -<p>Anne laughed.</p> - -<p>“Anne darling,” said Ruth, “I was g-going to -stay with you to-night, but mother has a headache -and may want a hot-water bottle or something. -You’ll not mind my staying with her? -We’ll be across the hall, at the other end.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! I’m used to staying alone,” said Anne. -“My room at home is across the hall from Aunt -Sarah’s.”</p> - -<p>Ruth went out and Anne undressed and -climbed into the great bed. She lay there, looking -out into the soft summer night, listening to a -mocking bird’s joyous melody. There was a -magnolia tree in blossom near the front window -and the night breeze wafted in the delicious odor<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">[158]</span> -of the blossoms. How beautiful and peaceful it -all was! Could anything be lovelier than those -great white magnolia blossoms, shining like -moons in the dark foliage? Blossom-moons—fragrant -white moons—moons—— The moons -came nearer and nearer. And as they drew -nearer, they changed. They were no longer white -and fragrant. They were red and hot. Why, -they were bombs, bombs that Germans were -throwing. They exploded with a great noise and -blinding flame and thick, pungent, choking smoke.</p> - -<p>“Whizz-bangs, that’s what they are,” Anne -thought, recalling something she had read about -bombs that exploded time and time again, like -Chinese firecrackers.</p> - -<p>She wanted to get away from them, but she -could not. She was in the thick of the battle.</p> - -<p>Suddenly she sat up in bed and opened her eyes. -The room was filled with smoke and there was a -glare and a roar around her. Were the Germans -here, attacking The Village? Then her senses -awoke. The sounds that she heard were not the -bursting of bombs, but fire crackling and voices -shouting.</p> - -<p>She sprang up and ran to the door. Smoke -poured in, and through it she saw leaping flames, -a great column of fire rising from the stairway -between her and her cousin’s room.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">[159]</span>“Cousin Agnes! Cousin Agnes! Ruth! oh, -Ruth!” she called at the top of her voice.</p> - -<p>There was no answer. There was only the -horrible roar of the mounting flames. She -slammed the door to shut out the noise which was -more terrifying than the smoke and the flames. -She ran to a front window. The yard was full -of people, her friends and cousins, who seemed -very far away and strange, with their excited, -anxious faces lighted by the red glare of the conflagration.</p> - -<p>Some one saw her as soon as she opened the -shutter and raised a shout of relief. “There she -is! There’s Anne!”</p> - -<p>“Anne, Anne! Oh, Anne!”</p> - -<p>There was an agonized screech from old -Emma. The words were lost in the roar of the -fire or unheeded in the excitement; but Dick knew -afterward that he heard her yell, “That old -devil! he’s burnin’ up little Miss Anne!”</p> - -<p>For a minute Anne stood dazed and motionless -at the window. But now the fire had eaten -through the door; the air was stifling with lurid -smoke; the roaring, crackling flames came nearer. -She was gasping, choking. She climbed on the -window sill.</p> - -<p>“Don’t jump! don’t jump! We’ll get you in a -minute!” called Dick.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">[160]</span>She stood still. It was a fearful distance; she -might break her arm, leg, neck; but—she moved -restlessly—anything would be better than being -caught by those awful flames.</p> - -<p>“Wait, Anne, wait!” called Mrs. Osborne. -“Wait! They are bringing a ladder.”</p> - -<p>A group of men came around the corner of -the house, dragging a ladder. They raised it, but -in their haste it was pushed too far to one side -and caught on the window blind. Anne clutched -at a swaying rung.</p> - -<p>“Stop, Anne! Steady, old girl, steady!”</p> - -<p>Dick pushed past Mr. Mallett, went like a cat -up the ladder, steadied the upper end of it against -the window sill, while Anne climbed down.</p> - -<p>Explanations came by degrees, piecemeal, in -ejaculations. When Mrs. Wilson and Ruth -awakened, the flames had made a wall across the -hall which they could not cross. They called and -called Anne, but she did not answer.</p> - -<p>“Oh! that’s what I heard in my sleep!” exclaimed -Anne. “I thought you were the Germans.”</p> - -<p>At last they had to shut the door as a temporary -barrier to the fire. When it blazed, they -climbed on a trellis below one of the windows. -There they clung till help came.</p> - -<p>Miss Fanny Morrison, who lived in the cottage<span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[161]</span> -next door, had awakened at last and she ran out, -screaming and beating at doors, and aroused The -Village.</p> - -<p>As soon as Mrs. Wilson and Ruth and Anne -were rescued, people set to work to save the contents -of the house. But the upper floor was cut -off by the burning of the staircase, and the fire -had now made such headway that they succeeded -in getting only a few articles from the lower -rooms. The rapidly advancing flames drove them -back and they stood, in helpless, sorrowful -groups, like watchers at a deathbed.</p> - -<p>“Oh, my home! my home!” sobbed poor Mrs. -Wilson.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne threw her arms around her. -“Thank God, you and Anne and Ruth are safe.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, yes! Thank God for that. But my -home, my precious home!”</p> - -<p>“Go with Miranda, Agnes; go to The Roost,” -urged Red Mayo. “Don’t distress yourself staying -here. We will put your things in the schoolhouse; -that’s safe, I’m sure.”</p> - -<p>But the poor lady stood and watched, with -fascinated horror, the flames racing through the -house and thrusting fierce, demonlike tongues -out of the windows.</p> - -<p>“Stand back! out of the way!” shouted Red -Mayo and Will Blair. The roof had caught;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[162]</span> -there was a great burst of flame, burning shingles -soared through the air. Fortunately, it was a -windless night and the Village houses were far -apart, in lawns and groves.</p> - -<p>After that great upflare, the fire subsided. -When the east wall toppled and crashed down, -there was another fierce spurt of flame. Then -the fire died down. And at last they all went -sadly home.</p> - -<p>In the gray morning, an old, bent, black negro -man crept out of a shed on The Back Way and -looked with a curious mixture of triumph and -terror at the smoldering ruin, the blackened walls -with the windows like ghastly loopholes. That -was all that was left of Broad Acres, which had -been for over a hundred years a home and a landmark.</p> - -<p>“Of course you’ll stay right here with us,” -said Mrs. Red Mayo Osborne to Mrs. Wilson, the -next morning.</p> - -<p>“Undoubtedly!” Mr. Osborne was surprised -that his wife considered it necessary to say so.</p> - -<p>“You and Ruth.” “Of course you will.” “Oh, -yes!” and “Sure!” exclaimed Patsy, Sweet William, -David, and Dick.</p> - -<p>“Why, dears, you haven’t room for us,” said -Mrs. Wilson.</p> - -<p>“Certainly, there is plenty of room,” said Mrs.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[163]</span> -Osborne. “I have it all planned. You and Ruth -will stay in ‘the bedroom,’ Patsy will move out -of it, into the dressing room that Sweet William -will give up. He can sleep on a pallet in ‘the -chamber’ or go into the ‘tumble-up room’ with -Dick and David. Of course you will stay here.”</p> - -<p>“What’s that you are saying?” asked Black -Mayo, who came up the walk just then. “‘Stay -here?’ You aren’t hoping you can have Agnes -and Ruth with you?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, indeed!” said Patsy. “Now, don’t you -come and try to hog them away. They are going -to live with us.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed they are not,” declared Black Mayo. -“They’re going to Larkland. Van is on the way -with the wagon, Agnes, to carry your things. Of -course you are coming to us. Why, we really -need you. Think of all those big empty rooms. -And you’ll be such company for Polly when I’m -away.”</p> - -<p>While he was arguing the matter, the Miss -Morrisons came up the walk, followed by Mr. -Tavis and Mr. Mallett.</p> - -<p>Miss Elmira was an invalid, but she had -hobbled across The Street with Miss Fanny to -invite Mrs. Wilson and Ruth to come to their -cottage.</p> - -<p>“It is so convenient, with just the grove between<span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">[164]</span> -it and Broad—the schoolhouse,” said Miss -Fanny. “And it’s just right for two families; -there are two rooms on each side, with the hall -between, like a street, and we’ll be just as particular -about crossing it, we assure you.”</p> - -<p>“We spoke for them first. Stay with us, -Cousin Agnes, you and Ruth; please do,” pleaded -Sweet William.</p> - -<p>“No; they want a home of their own,” said -Mr. Mallett. “Miss Agnes, I ain’t got a house -to ask you to, not to call it a house; it’s just a hole -to put my gang of children in. I come to say we-all -are going to build you a house. We’ve been -talking it over, Joe Spencer and Benny Hight -and a bunch of others; everybody wants to help. -There’s the sawmill in the Big Woods, and we’ll -cut trees and haul lumber and——”</p> - -<p>“Shucks!” said Mr. Tavis, in his high, wheezy -voice. “Ain’t no sense in building a house, when -there’s one all ready for Miss Agnes and her gal -to live in. I built a big house with upstairs and -all that, ’cause I had the money and I wanted a -place like you-alls. My old woman and me are -used to living in one or two rooms, and it comes -awkward to have so much house ’round us. We’re -going to move in the little room next to the -kitchen, and, Miss Agnes, you’re to take the rest -of the house; you’re used to having room to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">[165]</span> -spread yourself. We cert’n’ly will be thankful -to you.”</p> - -<p>“Dear people! my people! my own family, all -of you!” Mrs. Wilson said; it was some minutes -before she could speak between sobs. “I can’t -tell you—I never can say—how grateful I am—how -I love you all, for—for being so dear and -good to me.”</p> - -<p>“Dear Agnes!” Mrs. Osborne’s arms were -around her.</p> - -<p>Mr. Mallett cleared his throat loudly. “Good to -you!” he said. “Ain’t you taught my children -and every Village child, never asking if you’d -get pay or not, and beating sense in them that -ain’t got no sense, and——”</p> - -<p>“Ain’t I seen you grow up from a baby, age -of my girl that’s dead?” said Mr. Tavis, blowing -his nose like a trumpet.</p> - -<p>Sweet William wailed aloud.</p> - -<p>“Sh, sh, son!” His mother soothed him. “Why -are you crying?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know,” sobbed Sweet William. “I—I -just got to cry.”</p> - -<p>“I didn’t know I could love you all better than -I did!” exclaimed Mrs. Wilson. “Oh, you are -so good, so dear! But we’ve made up our minds, -Ruth and I, what we are going to do. We are going -to live in the schoolhouse.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">[166]</span>“But, Agnes——” began Red Mayo.</p> - -<p>“But, Mayo!” she said. “It was the Broad -Acres ‘office,’ just as The Roost here where you -live was the ‘office’ of Osborne’s Rest, and it’s -almost as large. There are two big rooms and a -little one. Oh! there is room and room enough -for Ruth and me.”</p> - -<p>“But, Miss Agnes——”</p> - -<p>“Oh! Cousin Agnes——”</p> - -<p>“Agnes dear——”</p> - -<p>“But me no more buts,” she said, laughing -through her tears. “It is best; I know it is best -for us to make our home there. There’ll not be -room for the Red Cross work——”</p> - -<p>“We’ll take that,” said Miss Fanny, hastily.</p> - -<p>“You wont! I will,” asserted Mr. Tavis.</p> - -<p>It was at last decided that the Red Cross workers -were to occupy the Miss Morrisons’ spare -rooms, and Mr. Tavis was comforted with the -promise of furnishing a schoolroom in the -autumn.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson had her way about living in the -cottage in Broad Acres yard, but The Village had -its way about furnishing the rooms. At first -people came pell-mell, haphazard, with their best -and filled the cottage to overflowing. Then Polly -Osborne, who was the soul of order and common -sense, took charge of things. She made a list of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">[167]</span> -house furnishings that had been saved and of -those that were needed, and accepted and rejected -offerings accordingly. She sent back several center -tables and big clocks and three or four dozen -parlor chairs, and asked for kitchen utensils and -bed linen.</p> - -<p>By nightfall, the little home-to-be contained -the choicest offerings of The Village. In the bedroom -were the Blairs’ best mahogany wardrobe -and bureau, and the Black Mayo Osbornes’ four-poster -bedstead arrayed with the Red Mayo Osbornes’ -lavendered linen sheets. The kitchen -stove had been saved and a procession of housewives -had piled up utensils and pantry supplies. -In the living room Mr. Tavis’s red plush rocking-chair -reposed on the Miss Morrisons’ best rag -rug.</p> - -<p>Beside the window was a bookcase full of -books, clothbound and sheepskin old volumes that -had been read and loved, and that had old names -in them, like Mrs. Wilson’s own dear lost volumes -which had belonged to the forefathers of The Village. -There was a note from Black Mayo, saying -of course it did not make any real difference -whose house the books were in, because they belonged -to any one who wished to read them, but -he’d rather they’d be in her home so his wife -would not have them to dust.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[168]</span>Mrs. Wilson laughed and cried as she read the -note.</p> - -<p>A procession of people came in with food that -broke all conservation rules—beaten biscuits, -batter-yeast bread, fried chicken, baked ham, and -countless varieties of jams and jellies and pickles -and preserves.</p> - -<p>It was bedtime when at last Mrs. Wilson and -Ruth were left alone. They undressed and hand -in hand, they knelt at their bedside, and then they -lay down to rest in the new home, shadowed by -the ruins that had been home the night before.</p> - -<p>Who would have thought it possible for so sad -a day to be so happy?</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[169]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XI</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap2">LIKE most Southern communities, The Village -had not the habit of celebrating the -Fourth of July. It had its fireworks and -jollifications at Christmas, which was the gala -season of its year, a whole week of holiday and -feasting.</p> - -<p>But now that the United States was in the -World War, Independence Day acquired a new -and deeper meaning. There were flags and addresses -in the Court-house, and they sang “The -Star-Spangled Banner” after “Dixie.” Then -there was a picnic dinner, with plenty of fried -chicken and a hooverized amount of ice cream -and cake.</p> - -<p>The pleasant new patriotic enthusiasm about -the Fourth was tremendously deepened two days -later when Black Mayo came to the war gardens -and told the workers about that wonderful -American Fourth of July in France.</p> - -<p>The American Expeditionary Force had -crossed the submarine-infested ocean and had -landed, every man safe, at “a seaport of France.” -On the Fourth, the splendid, brave, eager fellows<span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[170]</span> -in khaki and blue jackets marched along the -streets of Paris, hundreds and thousands of -them, forerunners of hundreds of thousands who -were coming.</p> - -<p>Paris went wild with joy. The streets were -strewn with flowers; the Stars and Stripes waved -a welcome; French bands played “The Star-Spangled -Banner” and American bands responded -with the “Marseillaise.”</p> - -<p>“<i>Vive l’Amérique! vive l’Amérique!</i>”</p> - -<p>“Pershing’s boys are here!”</p> - -<p>Ah, what a day it was!</p> - -<p>The Americans were sorely needed in 1917.</p> - -<p>In the west, British and French and Belgians -were bravely holding the entrenched long line -from the Alps to the Channel. But alas! for -the east. There was a revolution in Russia, beginning -with bread riots in Petrograd. Patriots -echoed anxiously the prayer of the abdicating -Czar: “May God help Russia!” as she dropped -from the ranks of fighting Allies and became the -battleground of warring factions.</p> - -<p>German submarines continued to take their -toll on the seas. And German air raids grew -more frequent. Night after night Zeppelins swept -down, like huge, evil birds of prey; day after -day airplanes darted and dived like swallows. -People heard the whir of motors, the explosion<span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[171]</span> -of bombs, the rattle of anti-aircraft guns; in a -few minutes it was over, all but the counting of -the wounded and the dead, chiefly women and -children.</p> - -<p>The Village listened with interest to all news -from overseas as a part of “our war.” Then it -turned to the work at home.</p> - -<p>In June men registered in obedience to the -Draft Act. One day in July the Secretary of -War, blindfolded, drew one capsule out of a -great jar; it was opened; on a slip of paper in it -was a number. Another capsule was drawn out; -and another; and another. All day and until long -after midnight went on that drawing of capsules -containing numbers.</p> - -<p>And the numbers, when they came to The Village -and to all the country places and little towns -and great cities of the whole nation, were no -longer mere numbers, but names; and when they -went to the homes of the community they were -neither numbers nor names, but sons, brothers, -sweethearts, friends—men who had to go to -fight, perhaps to die, for the nation.</p> - -<p>The end of the summer found nearly a million -men under arms and in training camps scattered -over the country. A great brave, efficient army -of soldiers was being formed. And everywhere -men and women and children were enrolled in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">[172]</span> -the nation’s greater army of service, as patriotic -and brave and efficient and as necessary as soldiers.</p> - -<p>The Second Liberty Loan was under way, and -people who had thought they had not a dollar -beyond their needs found they could “buy a bond -to help Uncle Sam win the war.”</p> - -<p>There was Red Cross work to do—feeding the -hungry, clothing the naked, caring for the sick -and wounded; millions of people were helping -with money and service, at home and overseas.</p> - -<p>Millions, too, were enrolled in the work of food -conservation. During that spring and summer -and autumn of 1917, crop reports were watched -as anxiously as news from the war front, for -even the children knew that “armies march on -their feet and on their stomachs.”</p> - -<p>At family worship, night and morning, in that -little old-fashioned Presbyterian Village, voices -prayed God to bless our homes and soldiers and -Allies, and thanked Him for great ideals and -wholesome food, for President Wilson and -bounteous crops.</p> - -<p>The crops were, indeed, bounteous. There -were record-breaking yields of corn and oats, -and an abundant yield of potatoes. The wheat -crop was smaller; we must stint at home, to send -supplies to Europe. But the country, going<span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">[173]</span> -calmly through its sugar famine, was ready for -“meatless Tuesdays” and “wheatless Wednesdays”—anything, -everything to help win the war.</p> - -<p>The members of Camp Fight Foe and Camp -Feed Friend went enthusiastically to Broad -Acres, one pleasant day in early autumn, to harvest -their crop of white potatoes.</p> - -<p>Mr. Mallett, who had volunteered to help with -his horse and plow, ran a furrow beside each -row; potato diggers had never been heard of in -The Village. Behind him came the young gardeners—collecting -the tubers turned up by the -plow, picking them out of the soft soil, or raking -out those that were more deeply embedded. Not -one must be overlooked and left behind, for close -was the contest between the rival gardeners. The -bucket- and basketfuls of potatoes were emptied -into a half-bushel measure, over which Mrs. -Wilson presided, and then put into bags. The -gardeners were jubilant over the results of their -labors, and with reason. Mrs. Wilson said that -Broad Acres had never yielded a better crop than -the one they were harvesting.</p> - -<p>“Isn’t this a crackerjack?” cried David, holding -up a huge tuber.</p> - -<p>“Here’s a better one. It’s just as big as yours, -and it’s smooth, instead of being all bumpy,” -Patsy said critically.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">[174]</span>“O-oh!” wailed Ruth. “J-just see this lovely -one that the plow c-cut in two. It would have -been best of all. Isn’t it a pity?”</p> - -<p>“These nice little round ones are loverly,” said -Sweet William, who was making a collection of -the tiny, smallest potatoes. “The little Belgians -can play marbles with them first, and then eat -them.”</p> - -<p>“Alice, empty your basket in the measure and -let’s see if we haven’t another bushel,” called -Patsy.</p> - -<p>“You girls! Make haste and put your potatoes -in a bag, so we can have the measure,” urged -Steve. “We’ll fill it in a hurry.”</p> - -<p>When the last measureful was emptied, it was -found that the boys had a half peck more than -the girls.</p> - -<p>“Yah! yah! Of course we beat you!” cried -Steve.</p> - -<p>“By measuring all Sweet William’s marbles,” -Anne Lewis said scornfully. “Our potatoes are -bigger. And anyway you had four more hills -on your last row.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sirree! And this is the first crop out -of our gardens. You wait till we come to the -last,” said Patsy, confidently.</p> - -<p>“Our gardens will feed a lot of soldiers,” -Sweet William said proudly. “They’ll take care<span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">[175]</span> -of our Village boys a year—or a while, anyway. -Jeff’s such a big eater! We’re all working our -hardest; and Scalawag’s helping.”</p> - -<p>Sweet William never tired of singing Scalawag’s -praises, since by his aid the destroyer of -the war gardens had been discovered and punished.</p> - -<p>Kit, closely questioned by Mr. Black Mayo -Osborne, confessed that he had gone into the -garden, and had hidden behind the arbor when he -heard some one coming; he had kicked Scalawag, -to drive him away; and—he finally owned—he -had driven in the cow from the adjoining pasture.</p> - -<p>He gave no reason except “because”; and Mr. -Osborne shook his head and frowned. There -was something back of this, he felt sure. What -was it? Were there wanton mischief-makers in -The Village? The burning of Broad Acres—was -it an accident, caused by rats and matches, as was -generally believed? He wondered, but he got no -clews, and other matters were disturbing him. -For the present, things went on their usual quiet -way in The Village.</p> - -<p>When the gardeners started to dig potatoes, -Dick shrugged his shoulders and started off -whistling, as if he were having a grand good -time. But, to tell the truth, he was getting tired -of these excursions to the mine. He continued<span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">[176]</span> -them, at more and more infrequent intervals, -chiefly to plague Anne and Patsy.</p> - -<p>Time after time they had left gardening and -Red Cross work and followed him. Sometimes -he had turned across a field, and twisted and -doubled—like an old red fox, to which Black -Mayo compared him—and made a successful -get-away.</p> - -<p>Sometimes, in a teasing humor, he kept just -far enough ahead to encourage them to continue -the pursuit and led them over miles of rough -country and back to The Village; then he would -ask, with an exasperating grin, “Haven’t we had -a lovely walk?”</p> - -<p>Anne looked after him to-day and said, as -often before, “Oh! I wish we could find out Dick’s -secret.”</p> - -<p>“If just we could!” Patsy replied; “but—well, -sometimes I think we might as well give up. We -can’t keep on forever trotting after him, with the -Red Cross and Camp Feed Friend and the -Canning Club and Happy Acres and all the -other things there are to do.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, no, Pats-pet! We’ll not give up,” Anne -said decidedly. “There’s some way to manage -it. But of course we mustn’t take time from the -garden; not now, while there’s so much to do. -The main thing is to make our garden beat those<span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">[177]</span> -bragging boys’. Oh! I’m so glad I’m going to -stay here this winter and see it through.”</p> - -<p>On account of the housing shortage in Washington, -Anne’s adoptive parents had given up -their home to war workers, and Anne was to continue -her studies this winter with her cousins in -The Village; Mrs. Wilson was as good as a university -for scholarship.</p> - -<p>Dick went by Larkland as usual. His Cousin -Mayo was silent and seemed preoccupied as they -went to the pigeon cote.</p> - -<p>“Here’s a bird for you,” he said, taking one at -random.</p> - -<p>Dick stood a minute with the caged pigeon in -his hand, then said abruptly: “Cousin Mayo, you -told me that you were going in the army. -When?”</p> - -<p>“Hey?” Black Mayo gave a start.</p> - -<p>Dick repeated his question.</p> - -<p>His cousin frowned. “I don’t know,” he said. -“I don’t know. There are things here. I don’t -see how I can get away.”</p> - -<p>Couldn’t get away! Why, Cousin Mayo had -always been footloose; he picked up, on a day’s -notice, and went to Alaska or Mexico or the -South Sea Islands, for a month or two, or a year -or two. And now to say he couldn’t get away! -People were saying he stayed at home because<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[178]</span> -he was a coward and a slacker. It was not true. -And why were they saying it about Cousin Mayo -and not about other men who didn’t go to war?</p> - -<p>Dick went on toward the mine, feeling mystified -and worried. He proceeded cautiously as -usual, varying his route and making cut-offs and -circuits to avoid possible observation and pursuit. -The door of Solomon Gabe’s cabin was open, as -it often was, revealing nothing in the gloomy interior. -Dick circled behind the hovel, going -rather close to keep away from a little swamp. -The place was usually as silent as the grave. -But now he heard two voices—Solomon Gabe’s -old monotone and another voice that he felt he -might have recognized if it had been a little -louder. He scurried along the edge of the -swamp, and in a minute he was out of sight and -hearing.</p> - -<p>He paused at Mine Creek as usual to set free -his bird. It perched on his shoulder a moment; -then it soared up and wheeled and was off.</p> - -<p>Dick went on to the mine and stood several -minutes on the lookout before he put his ladder -into the hole and descended. He always took -precautions against stray passers-by, although in -all these months he had never seen any one thereabouts.</p> - -<p>Down in the mine, he lighted a candle and went<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">[179]</span> -to one of the lower spurs and set to work, following -the line between a layer of clay and rock. -After a while he came to a projecting ledge of -rock and, using pick and sledge hammer with -difficulty, he broke off a piece. He picked it -up—it was very heavy—and looked at it. On -the broken surface there were bright specks and -streaks. How they shone and sparkled in the -candlelight! Silver! Ah, he had found it at last!</p> - -<p>He sped to the mine opening to examine his -find by daylight, and his eager confidence was -confirmed. How beautifully the specks and -streaks glinted and glittered! He climbed out -and hid his ladder, and went homeward on winged -feet. He was too hurried and eager to take his -usual roundabout course; but he saw no one as -he sped along the Old Plank Road except Mr. -Smith, whom he passed on the hill beyond Peter -Jim’s cabin.</p> - -<p>Dick dropped from a trot to a walk when he -came to The Village, and sauntered up The Street -to The Roost, where his father was sitting on the -porch reading a <i>Congressional Record</i>. With an -elaborate assumption of carelessness, Dick held -out the shining stone.</p> - -<p>“See what I’ve found, father,” he said. “What -do you reckon it is?”</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne examined the stone deliberately.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">[180]</span>“H-m! It is——”</p> - -<p>A vagrant breeze caught the <i>Congressional -Record</i> and tossed it on the floor.</p> - -<p>“Pick up that paper, son,” said Mr. Osborne, -“and smooth out the pages; gently, so as not to -tear them. You know I file——”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir. But my rock, father!” Dick interrupted -in uncontrollable impatience.</p> - -<p>“It is quartz,” said his father; “quartz with a -little silver in it. These minute particles and -streaks are free silver, such as is found occasionally -in the quartz in this section. This looks -like a poor specimen from the Old Sterling Mine. -Where did you get it?”</p> - -<p>“Oh! I found it,” Dick said vaguely.</p> - -<p>“Somewhere along Mine Creek, I presume, -my son?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir.”</p> - -<p>“Well, don’t venture too close to the old mine,” -cautioned his father. “Of course you wouldn’t -think of entering it. The timbers are probably -all decayed; there might be a cave-in any time. -It is a dangerous place.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir,” Dick answered meekly.</p> - -<p>And forthwith he went to Mr. Blair’s store -and invested his last dime in two candles. He -was very zealous about going to the mine for -some time after that, but he only succeeded in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">[181]</span> -chipping off a few bits rather worse than better -than the one he had first secured.</p> - -<p>The glow of that little success died away, and -he felt discouraged and ashamed of himself when -his schoolmates held their garden exhibit in the -Tavern parlor.</p> - -<p>All The Village and the surrounding country -gathered there on the evening of that crisp -autumn day, the last Saturday in October. The -big parlor that had been a gathering place since -stagecoach days had a gala air. It was decorated -with American flags, and the vegetables were -piled in pyramids on tables covered with red, -white, and blue tissue paper. Every withered -leaf had been cut from the cabbages. Each potato -and onion and tomato had been washed as -carefully as a baby’s face. The ears of corn had -the husks turned back and tied, and were fastened -in great bunches on the wall with tri-colored -streamers. By the side of each pile of -vegetables was a card saying how many bushels -or gallons or quarts the garden had yielded. The -girls had jars and jars of tomatoes, peas, beans, -corn, berries—canned, pickled, preserved.</p> - -<p>On a neatly lettered card above the door were -the President’s words: “Every bushel of potatoes -properly stored, every pound of vegetables properly -put by for future use, every jar of fruit<span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">[182]</span> -preserved, adds that much to our insurance of -victory, adds that much to hasten the end of this -conflict.”</p> - -<p>“I tell you, dears,” quavered Mrs. Spencer’s -gentle old voice, as she looked around, “this exhibition -would be a credit to grown-up farmers -anywhere. I don’t believe,” she added thoughtfully, -“that people worked during The—that -other war, like they are working now. Of course -that was at home, and all our men were in it and -our women all felt it as a personal thing. But -people—well, they weren’t organized. Did you -ever know children do anything like this, all -this gardening and Red Cross work? Oh, it’s -wonderful, wonderful! And they’ve all worked—even -that dear little dove, Sweet William.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, Sweet William! I always knew you’re -a bird,” laughed Anne Lewis, who was standing -near. “Now I know the kind. You are a dove; -oh, you are a dove of war, like Cousin Mayo’s -birds!”</p> - -<p>“Good, Anne!” said Black Mayo. “Sweet -William is a dove of war, and so are all you dear -children and all you good and lovely people here -and everywhere. Doves of war, harbingers of -real peace that can only come from winning this -war and securing freedom and human rights.”</p> - -<p>“Come, come, Mr. Osborne!” called Mr. Martin,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">[183]</span> -who was in charge of the County Corn Clubs: -“Mr. Jones and I are waiting for you. We judges -must get to work. And we’ve got no easy job,” -he said, looking around at the exhibits.</p> - -<p>The garden produce was arranged in two -groups. No one except the contestants knew -which was the girls’ and which was the boys’. -The judges went from one to the other—looking, -admiring, considering, reconsidering. At last -they announced their decision: Both exhibits -were highly creditable, but this was the better.</p> - -<p>There was a shout of joy from the girls. They -had won, they had won! After a little pause, the -boys—for they were generous rivals—joined in -the applause and congratulations.</p> - -<p>Anne Lewis, who had suggested the war gardening, -was deputed by the girls to receive the -silver cup presented by Black Mayo Osborne, and -the blue ribbon; and David received the red ribbon -for the boys.</p> - -<p>Dick Osborne looked so forlorn that David -said: “Cheer up, old boy! If you hadn’t been -busy about something else when we started the -garden, you’d have been in it with us.”</p> - -<p>“I’m not much forwarder about that than I -was in April,” Dick confessed. “I’m going to -keep on trying, though. But if there’s a war -garden next year I’ll be in it.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[184]</span>“There isn’t any ‘if’ about it,” declared David. -“We are going to keep on gardening, to help win -the war. And we’ll get that cup back from the -girls next year; see if we don’t.”</p> - -<p>“We’ll see—you don’t,” said Patsy.</p> - -<p>Just then there was a little stir at the door. -Mr. Mallett, who had been to Redville on business, -came in and said something in an excited -undertone to Black Mayo Osborne. Mr. Osborne -asked a quick question or two, and then jumped -on a table and caught the big flag draped over -the mantelpiece and waved it above his head.</p> - -<p>“Hurrah! hurrah!” he said. “News, great -news!”</p> - -<p>“The Liberty Loan has gone over the top,” -guessed Red Mayo.</p> - -<p>“Of course, of course! But something else is -going over the top. Our American boys! They -are facing the Germans in ‘No Man’s Land.’ To-day, -to-day for the first time, our American boys -were in the first-line trenches on the French -front. Hurrah! hurrah! We are in The War!”</p> - -<p>Every voice joined in a cheer that rang and -rang again. Mr. Tavis and the other old Confederates -raised the “rebel yell,” their old valiant -battle cry. The children clapped their hands and -shouted: “We are in it! We are in it! We are -in The War!”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">[185]</span>Sweet William clapped and cheered with the -best. Then he turned to his mother. “What -does it mean, mother, our men ‘in the trenches’?” -he asked. “Does it mean we’ve beat the war?”</p> - -<p>“It means our soldiers are over there, fighting -side by side with our Allies against the Germans,” -explained his mother. “I don’t know -whether it’s defeat or victory to-day; but we -Americans will stay there till we win The War—if -you and I have to go to help, little son—to -conquer the world for peace and freedom.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">[186]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">IN his Christmas sermon, the Village minister -gave thanks that the British, in this twentieth-century -crusade of liberty, had accomplished -the purpose of the old Crusades and had wrested -Jerusalem, the Holy City, from the Turks who -had held it for nearly seven hundred years. And -a few Sundays later, he charged each citizen to -take, as his New Year’s resolution for the nation, -the “fourteen principles of peace” formulated -by the first citizen of America and of the world.</p> - -<p>Thanksgiving and peace terms! Those were -the things people were taking as matters of -course, feeling sure, that now America was in the -war, the victorious end would come, and that -soon. But days began to darken. The spring -of 1918 was a tragic, anxious time.</p> - -<p>Germany had failed to clear the seas and win -the war with submarines. Every few minutes -a wooden or steel or concrete ship left the New -World, bearing soldiers and food and munitions, -and ninety-nine per cent of them came safe to -harbor; soon there would be millions of trained -and equipped doughboys in Europe. Germany’s -one chance was to strike a decisive blow on the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">[187]</span> -Western Front before those fast-coming Americans -were there in full force.</p> - -<p>And Germany was ready to strike that blow. -The Reds’ shameful peace at Brest-Litovsk enabled -her to mass armies in the west. She had -there Von Hindenburg and Ludendorff and six -million soldiers. And having the inner lines, she -could concentrate troops and outnumber the Allies -two or three to one in every attack, although they -had eight million men.</p> - -<p>Late in March, the great German offensive -began.</p> - -<p>The first drive was on a fifty-mile front. It -swept onward with terrible force, capturing vast -numbers of prisoners and guns. The monster -guns in the St. Gobain Forest dropped shells on -a church in the heart of Paris. Late in April, -that drive was checked, but the Germans had -thrust forward thirty-four miles on their way to -the French capital.</p> - -<p>Before that first drive was halted, the second -drive began in Flanders; its purpose was to reach -the Channel ports and to cut off the British Army -from the French and Americans. The British -held their broken ranks and stood “with their -backs to the wall.” The Germans were again -checked, but they had advanced ten long, hard-fought -miles.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">[188]</span>The Village received with growing dismay the -tidings from the battle front. Months ago the -older men had offered themselves for war service -and formed a company, and now they drilled -regularly on Court-house Green. They might as -well be ready, in case they were needed, said Red -Mayo Osborne.</p> - -<p>Black Mayo Osborne did not join the company. -Nor did he enter the army as he had said months -before he was going to do. He spent a great deal -of his time wandering about the countryside, -with baskets of pigeons, seemingly unconscious -of the sneers at his expense—that came most -frequently and openly from men who were leaving -no stone of political influence unturned, to -keep themselves and their sons and brothers out -of the army.</p> - -<p>One of Black Mayo’s favorite walks was toward -the high bridge, eight miles from The Village, -where frequent trains bearing soldiers and -supplies crawled across the long, high trestle far -above the river and the lowlands.</p> - -<p>One day as he was sauntering near the bridge, -he saw a man and boy who were following a by-path -through the woods. Circling through a pine -thicket, he came near enough to hear part of -their conversation.</p> - -<p>The man was not speaking English, but Black<span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">[189]</span> -Mayo understood what he was saying: “Not -train time. You walk the bridge and”—there -Black Mayo missed some words.</p> - -<p>“No,” the boy said curtly.</p> - -<p>The man insisted.</p> - -<p>“That will I not!” declared the boy, speaking -in English. “Nothing to hurt, all to help!”</p> - -<p>“Coward that you are!” the man cried in his -guttural language. “You, a boy as at play, could -do it without suspicion. Must I risk, not only -myself, but the Cause?”</p> - -<p>Then he discovered Black Mayo, almost at his -elbow, apparently intent on the pigeons—scrawling -a line and affixing it to a bird. He released -it; it soared, circled, and was gone.</p> - -<p>Mr. Smith knew that, at that nearness, Mr. -Osborne must have heard his words and understood -probably his purpose. With an oath he -jerked out a pistol. Albert caught his arm, and -before he could free it and take aim, Black Mayo -said: “Look out! That pigeon carried my message -home: ‘High bridge. Threatened by Smith.’”</p> - -<p>For a minute the two men stood silent, face to -face.</p> - -<p>Smith thought quickly. To shoot down this -unarmed man whom he hated—only to be arrested -as a murderer—— The game was not -worth the candle. He spoke with an angry laugh:<span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">[190]</span> -“You did startle me. <i>Ach!</i> I was talking nonsense -with my nephew. Go, with your little birds! -But if”—he scowled, and his evil left eye became -a mere glinting spark—“if you make harm where -there is none, I will shoot you with my last act.”</p> - -<p>Black Mayo considered a moment before he -answered: “I will go home and receive my own -message. But I will put another where it will -be found the minute harm comes to me.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Smith laughed and put his pistol into his -pocket. “Go, save your skin,” he sneered. Then -he said to his nephew: “<i>Ach!</i> That is the man -you adore, a coward who dares not tell on me -for fear of himself. It is well. The German -victory is a matter now of the days.”</p> - -<p>Was that indeed true? Every day brought -new Allied losses; guns and men and miles; on -the north the English were being forced back; in -the south the French were being forced back.</p> - -<p>But in that time of dire need, two new factors -entered the war. One was Foch as commander-in-chief; -the other was the Americans.</p> - -<p>Instead of being many, the Allied armies became -one; American Pershing, British Haig, -French Pétain, Italian Diaz, Belgian Albert, -served under Foch, whom all the world knew as -a brilliant strategist.</p> - -<p>So far the American troops had been in training<span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">[191]</span> -and held in reserve. But late in May newspapers -had two news items. One announced, in -glaring headlines, that the Germans had advanced -ten miles, crossed two rivers, and taken -twenty-five thousand prisoners; the other said, -in small type, that the Americans had advanced -their lines and taken the village of Cantigny and -two hundred prisoners. A big advance and a -little one. Ah! but in that day at Cantigny the -Americans were tried and not found wanting.</p> - -<p>The Germans, already talking of a “hard -peace,” pushed forward on their “Victory Drive” -toward Paris. Hundreds of square miles were -taken, and thousands of prisoners and guns. -They crossed the Marne River and reached -Château-Thierry, only forty miles from Paris.</p> - -<p>Had Foch and the Americans come too late?</p> - -<p>Ah! now they moved, swiftly and successfully, -both of them. Foch had let the Germans advance -so as to make flank attacks. The Americans, -given the post of honor at Château-Thierry, -drove back the best of the Germans and carried -positions deemed impregnable. Up and down -the long battle line from the Alps to the North -Sea, went the tidings: “The Americans have held -the Germans. They are as good as our best. A -million of them are here, and there are millions -ready to come.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">[192]</span>The Germans made their last great offensive, -a desperate drive on a sixty-mile front toward -Paris. They were checked. They retreated. -The Allies took the offensive.</p> - -<p>During these stirring days, The Village could -not wait the leisurely roundabout course of the -mail rider and accept day-old papers as “news.” -Some one rode every day to Redville and brought -back the morning <i>Dispatch</i> and then the war -news was read aloud in the post office.</p> - -<p>There was a deep personal as well as patriotic -interest now, for Village volunteers and drafted -soldiers were overseas. All the community -mourned with the Spencers when Jeff’s name was -among the “missing” after Château-Thierry. -They looked every day for news of him, but hope -died as weeks and months passed and none came.</p> - -<p>One September Saturday brought an overseas -letter for Mrs. Mallett. Dick Osborne ran to -deliver it, and then they waited for her to come -as usual and share its tidings.</p> - -<p>An hour passed and she did not come. Then -she walked swiftly down The Street and passed -the post office, without turning her head. Her -face was pale and she was biting her lips to keep -them steady.</p> - -<p>“It’s bad news,” they whispered one to another.</p> - -<p>“Awful!” groaned Dick, as she went straight<span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">[193]</span> -to the pastor’s study at the back of the church. -No one knocked at that door on sermon-sacred -Saturday afternoon unless the need were extreme.</p> - -<p>Mr. Harvie met her with grave, kind, questioning -eyes. “My dear Mrs. Mallett——” he -began.</p> - -<p>Then she broke down and sobbed as if her -heart would break.</p> - -<p>“It’s Fayett,” she said as soon as she could -speak. “He’s in hospital.”</p> - -<p>“The Great Physician can heal our dear boy. -Let us——”</p> - -<p>“He says he’s all right; it was a flesh wound; -he was starting back to the army. It—it isn’t -that!”</p> - -<p>“Not that? Then what——”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Mallett again burst into tears.</p> - -<p>“My dear woman, what <i>is</i> it?” asked Mr. -Harvie.</p> - -<p>“Oh!” she gasped out the awful news. -“They’ve got him; those terrible Catholics. Read—you -read for yourself.”</p> - -<p>She handed him the letter and sat there sobbing -with her face buried in her apron.</p> - -<p>As Mr. Harvie read Fayett’s letter, his face -cleared and he set his lips to keep back a smile.</p> - -<p>“Don’t cry, Mrs. Mallett,” he said gently.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">[194]</span> -“You’ve reason to be glad and proud of your son. -And I’m sure he’s just as good a Presbyterian -as when he was here in the Village Sunday school. -He——”</p> - -<p>“But they’ve give him their cross; he too-ook -it!” she sobbed.</p> - -<p>“It was given not as a symbol of religion, but -as a token of valor,” he explained. “Don’t you -see what he says in this sentence or two?—that -he went under fire from his refuge in a trench to -the rescue of two wounded men in a disabled -tank.”</p> - -<p>“He had to help them out; they couldn’t get -away,” she said.</p> - -<p>“Just so; and he saved them at the risk of his -own life. That is why this <i>Croix de Guerre</i> was -given. Fayett is a hero.”</p> - -<p>“Course he is. Did they think he was a -coward?” she asked indignantly. “But he ain’t -any better’n Jack. And Jack, my little Jack, is -in this new draft.”</p> - -<p>Jack’s eighteenth birthday was just past, and -so he came in the second draft that included men -between eighteen and forty-five. For the most -part, this draft, like the first one, was met frankly -and bravely. But if any one had observed carefully, -which no one seemed to be doing, he might -have found two little Village groups where sentiment<span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">[195]</span> -seemed to drift away from the current of -loyalty.</p> - -<p>One was in the shed on The Back Way where -Lincum had his cobbler’s bench. His father, -Solomon Gabe, was there oftener than formerly; -perhaps he was lonely now that his other son, -Cæsar, had been drafted for service. The old -man sat far at the back of the shed, mumbling to -himself or throwing a sharp sentence into his -son’s conversations with other negroes. They -talked in lower tones and laughed less than usual; -and when they went away, they sometimes let fall -curious misstatements and misunderstandings -about the war and the draft, like that of Emma’s, -which the white people who heard them laughed -at, tried to explain, and then forgot.</p> - -<p>But one would have felt more disturbed at the -other group that lounged on the Tavern porch -on Saturday afternoons, chewing and smoking -and whittling. Mr. Charles Smith was generally -there, and the most ignorant and least public-spirited -of the men about The Village.</p> - -<p>“Now what do you fellows think—” Jake Andrew -was saying fiercely one day. Mr. Smith -nudged him, Jake turned, saw Black Mayo Osborne -approaching, and concluded in an entirely -different tone, “of—of the weather?”</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne laughed. “You fellows spend a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">[196]</span> -lot of energy discussing—weather and crops,” he -said, speaking lightly but glancing keenly about -him, “Don’t you ever talk about public affairs, -this great war we are in?”</p> - -<p>There was a little embarrassed silence. Mr. -Smith’s suave voice broke it. “We are poor and -hard-worker farmers, Mr. Osborne. About -crops and weather we are interested to talk. We -have not the gentleman’s time to amuse with -pretty little doves.”</p> - -<p>The other men snickered or guffawed. Black -Mayo seemed about to speak, then turned on his -heel and walked away.</p> - -<p>“Doves! He’ll send them to war; but he ain’t -so ready to give his folks,” said Jake Andrews, -who had done a deal of political wirepulling to -get off his drafted sons.</p> - -<p>“Or himself,” growled Zack Gordan, a young -ne’er-do-well, who had made the widowed -mother who supported him an excuse for evading -war service. “What business have we got in -this war anyway? What harm have them Germans -ever done us?”</p> - -<p>“Now what?” inquired Mr. Smith. He darted -a look of pure venom after Black Mayo. “That -fellow is a queer one. Can one believe he goes, -comes, comes, goes about the little birds?” He -gave a scornful, incredulous laugh. “And you<span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">[197]</span> -say he had the years of absences? Where?” He -made the question big and condemning.</p> - -<p>Ever since the April day that Charles Smith -had lain in the mud and looked up at Black Mayo -Osborne’s mocking face, his heart had been full -of hate. For a few weeks after the incident at -the bridge, he had been cautious, perhaps a little -fearful. But as time passed and Black Mayo -kept silence, Mr. Smith grew contemptuously -bold and missed no chance for slur and insinuation -against the man he hated.</p> - -<p>And slur and insinuation were not in vain. -The community had always accepted Black -Mayo’s roving habits without question, never -surprised when he went away, welcoming him -warmly when he turned up at home a week or a -month or a year later. But now—not one of -them could have said why—they were suspicious -of those unknown weeks and months and years.</p> - -<p>“And no one can question him or seek to know -his goings, for <i>he</i> is an a-ris-to-crat.” Mr. -Smith’s voice was silky.</p> - -<p>Jake Andrews uttered an oath. “’Ristocrat! -I’m sick and tired of this old ’ristocrat business. -He ain’t no more’n any other man, for all his -being a Mayo and a Osborne. I’m a law officer, -and so’s my Cousin Bill at Redville. I’m going -to look into things. Seems to me——”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">[198]</span>“Easy, friend!” Mr. Smith chuckled and -pulled at his fingers, making his knuckles snap -in a way he had when he was pleased. “Those -girls come.”</p> - -<p>The girls were Anne and Patsy. Mrs. Osborne -had asked them to carry a basket of food to -Louviny, Lincum’s wife. He had said she had -a “misery in her back” and was “mightly porely,” -so she could not come to help about Mrs. Osborne’s -house-cleaning.</p> - -<p>Anne and Patsy gave casual glances and greetings -to the group on the porch.</p> - -<p>“Isn’t that Mr. Smith horrid?” said Patsy. -“I despise a man like that—with a mouth that -runs up on one cheek when he grins.”</p> - -<p>“And I despise a man that’s so hateful about -Cousin Mayo—laughing about his pigeons and -saying things about his not being in the army.”</p> - -<p>“Cousin Mayo used to speak so often of going; -now he never says anything about it. He looks -awfully worried.”</p> - -<p>“Dear Cousin Mayo!” Anne said affectionately. -“He’s in this draft, and he may have to -go. I don’t want him not to go, but, oh, how we’d -miss him! Even when you don’t see him, you -feel The Village is a happier place to live in because -he’s here. It’s a kind of adventure to meet -him on the road.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">[199]</span>“Yes,” said Patsy, “he sets your mind traveling -to all sorts of lovely, unexpected places.”</p> - -<p>“Don’t his doves make you feel excited?” said -Anne. “Oh, I hope some of his birds were with -our boys fighting at St.-Mihiel. There must -have been! For Cousin Will read in the paper -that they had three thousand carrier pigeons.”</p> - -<p>Chattering thus, the girls beguiled their way -to Lincum’s cabin, on the edge of the old Tolliver -place. They took a short cut across a field, and -then as they came close to the cabin they heard -loud voices and laughter that was more spiteful -than merry. They paused at the old rail fence. -There was a tangle of blackberry vines and sassafras -bushes between them and the house.</p> - -<p>“That’ll be a grand day for us.”</p> - -<p>They could not see the speaker, but they recognized -her voice. She was Betty Bess, a “trifling” -negro girl whom Cæsar had been “going with” -before he was drafted.</p> - -<p>“You’re right, honey,” agreed Louviny. She -was bustling about, with no sign of the “misery” -that her husband said was keeping her bedrid. -She threw aside the broom and sat down in a -splint-bottomed chair. “I’ve been like old Bet -mule in de treadmill—go, go, go, an’ nuver git -nowhar. But now I’m gwine in de promised -land. I’m gwine to eat turkey an’ cake. An’<span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">[200]</span> -I’m gwine to have six silk dresses an’ a rockin’-cheer. -An’ Monday mornin’ I’m gwine to put -on my blue silk dress an’ set my cheer on de porch -an’ rock—an’ rock—an’ rock!”</p> - -<p>She swayed back and forth as she spoke and -her voice was shrill and jubilant.</p> - -<p>“An’ Chewsday mornin’ I’m gwine to put on -my purple silk dress, an’ Wednesday my green -silk dress, an’ Thursday I’ll dress in red, an’ -Friday in yaller, an’ Sat’day I’ll put on my pink -silk dress. An’ Sunday,” she concluded triumphantly, -“I’m gwine to lay out all six my silk -dresses an’ look ’em up an’ down an’ take my -ch’ice.”</p> - -<p>Patsy laughed. “Did you ever hear such -foolishness?” she asked.</p> - -<p>“What’s that? Who’s out thar?” queried -Betty Bess, sharply.</p> - -<p>“I reckon you hearn dat old dominecky hen -a-squawkin’,” said Louviny, bringing her chair -down with a thump.</p> - -<p>Patsy, followed by Anne, came out of the -thicket and went to the door.</p> - -<p>“Howdy, Aunt Louviny,” said Patsy. “Lincum -said you were mighty bad off with a misery -in your back, and so mother asked us to come -to see you. But we ought to have waited till -you had on one of your six silk dresses.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">[201]</span>She laughed, but the woman looked confused—frightened, -Anne would have said, if that had -not been too absurd a thought.</p> - -<p>“Wh-what—what you mean, Miss Patsy?” -Louviny stammered. “What—what is you -talkin’ ’bout?”</p> - -<p>“About what I heard you say,” responded -Patsy.</p> - -<p>“You—you ain’t hear me say nothin’—nothin’ -much,” Louviny said defensively.</p> - -<p>“Oh! yes, I did. I heard you say you were -tired working like a mule in a treadmill, and you -are going to have six silk dresses and a rocking-chair,” -said Patsy, laughing.</p> - -<p>Louviny, still confused, looked relieved. -“Shuh, Miss Patsy! You mustn’t mind my -foolishness. I was just talkin’ ’bout what I -would do, if I had all them things.”</p> - -<p>“Lincum said you were ‘mighty porely,’” said -Anne. “And so we brought you some soup and -rolls.”</p> - -<p>“But you don’t deserve them,” said Patsy; “for -you aren’t sick.”</p> - -<p>“Lawsy, honey! I’ve been havin’ sech a -misery in my back I couldn’t lay still, neithermore -move,” whined Louviny. “Uh, it was turrible, -turrible! I got a little easement just now, an’ I -crope out o’ bed to clean up de house.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">[202]</span>“Here are the soup and rolls,” Patsy said -shortly, and she turned away.</p> - -<p>“Wasn’t it queer the way Louviny was talking?” -Anne said presently. “It sounds so—so -impertinent.”</p> - -<p>“Um, h’m,” agreed Patsy. “She’s a trifling -thing, and made up that excuse about being sick, -to keep from working for mother.”</p> - -<p>“She’s a silly thing!” laughed Anne. “Where’d -she expect to get six silk dresses? Oh, Patsy! -Let’s go by Larkland and help Cousin Mayo feed -the pigeons.”</p> - -<p>This was evidently their day for appearing -where they were not expected or wanted. As -they went up the walk, they saw, through the -open front door, two men in the hall—Cousin -Mayo and a stranger, a tall, fair, youngish man. -They had only a glimpse of him, however, for -Cousin Mayo opened the parlor door, ushered -him in, and shut the door. Then Mr. Osborne -came forward to greet the girls, went with them -into the sitting room, and looked about for -Cousin Polly. He did not mention the guest -shut up in the parlor, and the girls—for the first -time at Larkland—felt themselves in the way. -They soon started home, wondering who the -stranger was.</p> - -<p>“Oh, I know; I’m sure I know,” Anne exclaimed.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_203">[203]</span> -“It’s Kuno Kleist, Cousin Mayo’s -German friend. Fair and light-haired; he’s a -real German.”</p> - -<p>“But what would he be doing here?” asked -Patsy.</p> - -<p>Anne’s imagination was equal to the occasion. -“You know he’s a Socialist, and he doesn’t like -war. Cousin Mayo has brought him here to -hide, to keep the kaiser from making him be a -soldier, and he doesn’t want any one to know -he’s here.”</p> - -<p>“He might have told us. We’d never let any -one know,” said Patsy.</p> - -<p>“Never!” Anne agreed emphatically.</p> - -<p>The girls took the path by Happy Acres. If -they had gone by the mill, they would have met -Dick, who had chosen this afternoon for one of -his visits to the mine that were now rare because -of failing interest and because this year he was -heart and hand with the others in war gardening. -But there was nothing to do in the garden now, -and this was too good an outdoors day not to -go adventuring. His hopes and spirits rose with -the crisp, brilliant weather. He had found some -silver; he might find a great deal. He had as -good tools as the old blacksmith. How grand it -would be to find a big lump of solid silver! He -would buy a Liberty Bond and give a lot of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_204">[204]</span> -money to the Red Cross. How all the other -boys would envy him! And the girls would know -he was “some boy!”</p> - -<p>He scurried along the Old Plank Road until -he reached Mine Creek, where the path turned -off to the Old Sterling Mine. Suddenly he -stopped stock-still, listening intently. Yes, there -were voices; and coming nearer. A dozen steps -away was the tumbled-down cabin, the old blacksmith -shop. He crept into the rubbish pile—it -was little more—to wait till the people passed -by. But they did not pass. They stopped at the -creek. Dick, peeping between the logs, could see -them plainly; they were two negro men, Solomon -Gabe and his son Lincum.</p> - -<p>Old Solomon Gabe, with wild, wandering eyes, -was rocking back and forth, mumbling to himself.</p> - -<p>Lincum had a furtive, excited look. He was -trying to fix his father’s attention. “I told him -you knowed dat old place. Hey?” he said. “You -c’n tell him all ’bout it, can’t you? Hey? He -axed me to come wid him last night, but I wa’n’t -gwine to project on dis road in de dark, not atter -seem’ dat ha’nt so nigh here; up on dat hillside. -Um-mm! It was graveyard white; higher’n de -trees; wid gre’t big green eyes!”</p> - -<p>For the first time the old man seemed to regard<span class="pagenum" id="Page_205">[205]</span> -what his son was saying. He chanted over his -last words: “Green eyes; gre’t green eyes; ghos’ -white! Not on de hillside. Right here. I seed -it.”</p> - -<p>So it was Solomon Gabe Dick had run upon -that night he was playing “ha’nt!” He had been -so startled by the sudden appearance and the old -man’s face was so distorted by terror that he had -not recognized him. Of course it was Solomon -Gabe!</p> - -<p>The old negro was still speaking. “I seed it -dat fust night I come to meet dat man. Right -here. Down it went—clank-clankin’ like gallows -chains—in de groun’; right whar yore foot is.”</p> - -<p>Lincum moved hastily. “I don’t like dis-here -place,” he said. “An’ I don’t like dat white man. -If de white folks ’round here finds out——Thar -he is!”</p> - -<p>A man was coming down the road. It was Mr. -Smith.</p> - -<p>“Come!” he said quickly. “Let’s get where -we are to go. Some one might come and see us.”</p> - -<p>“Don’t nobody travel dis-here road but we-all -colored folks an’ dat venturesome Dick Osborne,” -said Lincum. “An’ don’t nobody pester -’round de place I tol’ you ’bout.”</p> - -<p>“Where is it?” Mr. Smith asked impatiently.</p> - -<p>“Up de hill a little piece,” replied Lincum.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_206">[206]</span> -“Daddy knows all ’bout it. But his mind’s -mighty roamin’ to-day. Looks like he’s done -tricked folks so much he’s gittin’ tricked hi’self.”</p> - -<p>“Nonsense!” said Mr. Smith, sharply. “Here! -Come, old coon! If you want that gallon bucket -of money to open, you must do what I say.”</p> - -<p>Mumbling to himself, “Money! money! -money!” the old man took the lead and went up -the path toward the Old Sterling Mine.</p> - -<p>Dick came from his hiding place and crept -through the woods. The men were standing by -the mine, talking earnestly in low tones.</p> - -<p>Had these negroes brought Mr. Smith here to -seek its treasure? Gallon buckets of money! -That was queer talk. He would go to Larkland -and tell Cousin Mayo what he had heard.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_207">[207]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XIII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap2">AS Dick went up the hill, he saw on the -porch a spot of blue with an expanse of -white beside it,—Mrs. Osborne in blue -gingham, with a dozen hospital shirts that she was -basting, ready for machine work.</p> - -<p>Suddenly there was a commotion, a frightened -fluttering and squawking among the fowls in the -side yard. Mother hens were warning their -young that a chicken hawk was near. It had -alighted in a tall locust tree, ready to pounce on -some defenseless creature. Mrs. Osborne rose -quickly, but unhurriedly, went into the house, and -reappeared in the door with an old shotgun. As -the bird poised for its downward dive, she winged -it with a quick, sure shot; it dropped in the midst -of the young things that were to have been its -prey.</p> - -<p>“Whew! that was a fine shot, Cousin Polly!” -Dick said admiringly. “A hawk on the wing!”</p> - -<p>“I am glad to get the rascal,” Mrs. Osborne -said quietly. “It has been raiding my poultry -yard, and I was afraid it would get some of -Mayo’s pigeons.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_208">[208]</span>“Where’s Cousin Mayo?” Dick asked, beginning -to feel embarrassed as soon as he got over -the thrill of the hawk-shooting.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne always made the boys feel clumsy -and untidy and ill at ease. She was as different -as possible from her dark, rugged, merry husband. -Everything about her was neat and prim -and small. She had a pretty little mouth, a little -thin nose, little round blue eyes; her fair glossy -hair was plaited and coiled around her small well-shaped -head.</p> - -<p>“Mayo has gone away,” she answered. “He -may not come back to-night. Will you come in? -Is there any message?”</p> - -<p>“No. No, thank you.”</p> - -<p>And Dick made his escape.</p> - -<p>After all, he was glad Cousin Mayo was not at -home and he had not yielded to the impulse to tell -the tale which would have involved the telling of -his own secret. He would watch the mine himself -and find out if Mr. Smith and the two negroes -were trying to get its treasure.</p> - -<p>At the mill Dick saw the mail hack coming -from Redville and ran to get a ride. Jim -Walthall, the driver, had news to tell.</p> - -<p>“Three of them drafted niggers from Charleburg -County run away from Camp Lee; deserted, -by jinks!—Bill and Martin Toole from the lower<span class="pagenum" id="Page_209">[209]</span> -end of the county and Cæsar Gabe. They traced -them to a freight train, and folks think maybe -they come back here. I’ve got printed descriptions -of them, to put up at the post office. The -sheriff’s on the search for them.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! I hope he’ll find them,” said Dick.</p> - -<p>“He won’t,” declared Jim. “Those fellows -wouldn’t think of coming back here where everybody -knows them; why, they’d be caught right -away. No, they’ve gone to Richmond or New -York, a city somewhere.”</p> - -<p>When Dick got home Anne and Patsy were -sitting in the swing in the yard.</p> - -<p>“There’s Dick! He’s been ‘secreting’ again,” -laughed Anne.</p> - -<p>“I’ve just come from Larkland,” Dick said -shortly. “And at the mill I met——”</p> - -<p>They stopped swinging, and interrupted him -before he could tell his news about the deserter.</p> - -<p>“Did you see him?” Patsy asked excitedly.</p> - -<p>“Isn’t it Kuno Kleist?” demanded Anne.</p> - -<p>“I just saw Cousin Polly. Cousin Mayo’s gone -away.”</p> - -<p>“With Kuno Kleist, that German friend of -his, the one he was in Mexico with. He was at -Larkland. We saw him. And now Cousin -Mayo’s gone away with him and——”</p> - -<p>Patsy pinched Anne’s arm. Mr. Jake Andrews<span class="pagenum" id="Page_210">[210]</span> -was coming up the walk, was, in fact, close to -them before any one saw him. On being told -that Mr. Osborne was not at home, he turned -and went away.</p> - -<p>“I’m sure he heard me, and I’m awful sorry,” -Anne said. “It’s a secret, Dick, for Cousin Mayo -didn’t——” And then she told the whole story.</p> - -<p>“Oh, well! What you said didn’t make any -difference,” said Dick. “Jake doesn’t know what -you were talking about; he wouldn’t care if he -did.” And then he told them about the deserters.</p> - -<p>Anne and Patsy and Dick would have been -dismayed if they could have followed Jake Andrews. -He left The Village and went straight -along the Redville road to the old Tolliver place. -He gave a shrill whistle, and a minute later Mr. -Smith sauntered out of the back door toward a -clump of trees on a hillock. Andrews cut across -the field and joined him on the wooded eminence -where they were secure from observation.</p> - -<p>“It’s like you said, Smittie,” declared Andrews; -“them dog-gone old ’ristocrats need -watching. Black Mayo Osborne knows a German -spy”—Smith started violently—“friends -with him, staying in his house. Them gals saw -him; that German he was with down in Mexico.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Smith had regained his composure. “He’s -there, you say?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_211">[211]</span>“Gone now; that mischeevious Dick Osborne -was at Larkland after the gals was there. The -man’s gone away, and Black Mayo with him.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Smith knit his brows. “To have known -this before! What the devil——” He looked at -Jake Andrews and adjusted his face and words. -“You have acted with the wisdom and patriotism -in coming to me. It is service to Government. -And there are rewards; much money. But it is -of the most importance that you keep cemetery -stillness.” He paused and his lips writhed and -set themselves in a hard, cruel line. Then he -said: “We shall not be surprised now to hear of -the outrages. But what happens, keep you silence -except to me.”</p> - -<p>The week went by quietly, in spite of Mr. -Smith’s prediction. Black Mayo came home, -without a word about his guest or his journey, -and went here and there more busily than ever -with his pigeons for trial flights.</p> - -<p>And then things did happen.</p> - -<p>The Home Guard at Redville had received orders -months before to patrol the high bridge over -which troops and supplies were constantly passing -on their way to Camp Lee or to Norfolk. -Day and night the youths in khaki paced to and -fro, with guns on their shoulders. And then—what -a thrill of horror it sent through the community!—one<span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">[212]</span> -of the bridge guards was killed. -The shot came from the heart of a black, rainy -night that hid the criminal. He went free, ready -to strike again—where? whom?—at any minute. -Was it one of the deserters? Probably not. -Their one aim would be to “lay low” and avoid -arrest; and probably they were far away; the -community had been thoroughly searched without -finding them.</p> - -<p>A few days after the bridge guard was killed, -Sweet William came running from the mill in -great distress.</p> - -<p>“It’s poisoned, mother!” sobbed the little fellow. -“There’s glass in it; the flour we were -saving for the Belgians.”</p> - -<p>“What’s the matter, dear? What is it, Patsy?” -exclaimed Mrs. Osborne.</p> - -<p>“It’s so, mother,” cried Patsy. “Oh, mother! -Cousin Giles found glass in a lot of flour. Some -one got in and put glass there, to poison it; in -our mill, our own mill here at Larkland.”</p> - -<p>The finding of glass in flour at Larkland mill -was the one subject of conversation in The Village -that Saturday night. And on Sunday—a day -that in the little Presbyterian town seemed stiller -and sweeter than other days—people stood in -troubled groups at the church door, discussing -the matter. The minister even referred to it in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_213">[213]</span> -his prayer—not directly, that would have been -regarded as irreverent—but with the veiled -allusions considered more acceptable to the -Almighty.</p> - -<p>Glass in flour at the mill, Larkland mill! -The people resented it with a vehemence that -would have puzzled outsiders. Larkland mill -was not merely a mill. It was one of the oldest, -most honored, most loyal members of the community. -As the quaint inscription on its wall -said, “This mill was finished building by Hugh -Giles Osborne his men, 8 June, in year of our -Lord 1764, ye third year of his gracious majesty -King George III.” On its oaken beams were -marks of the fire set to it by Tarleton’s men because -that Hugh Giles Osborne’s sons were fighting -side by side with Washington. Nearly a -century later, soldiers in blue marching from -Georgia had taken toll of its stores. And then -Colonel Osborne, coming back in defeat to poverty, -had laid aside his Confederate uniform and -become a miller, as his son was to-day.</p> - -<p>Larkland mill had served the whole community -in peace and war, and it was loved with a personal -feeling. Had not the children even had -a birthday party in its honor at Happy Acres, not -so long ago? For it to deal out poison was like -a father’s giving it to his children.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">[214]</span>Not that the mill was to blame. Of course not.</p> - -<p>Who could have taken advantage of it and put -glass in its flour? No one could even guess. -Mr. Spotswood had not seen any suspicious -person around—only the usual frequenters of the -mill, which included all the men of the community, -white and black. The evildoer, a -stranger and an outsider of course, must have -come in the shielding twilight or the covering -night. Nothing easier. The mill was near the -highway; the doors stood wide open all day, and -shutting them at night was a mere matter of -form; there were a dozen easy ways of ingress.</p> - -<p>Day after day passed and brought no trace of -the criminals. There was a growing feeling of -uneasiness throughout the community. Whispers -went about, tales circulated among the -Village loafers, the source and foundation of -which no one could give, but which were repeated, -at first doubtingly; but they were told over and -over again and gained credence with each repetition -until they were believed like gospel truth. -These tales were about Black Mayo and his guest.</p> - -<p>Dick was in the back room of Mr. Blair’s store -one morning, picking over apples to pay for some -candles. He was daydreaming about the mine, -and at first was only conscious of voices in the -front room, without really hearing the conversation.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_215">[215]</span> -But presently he heard Mrs. Blair ask -excitedly, “Agnes, have you heard these shameful -tales about Black Mayo?”</p> - -<p>Shameful tales about Cousin Mayo! Dick -listened now.</p> - -<p>“What do you mean?” asked Mrs. Wilson.</p> - -<p>“People are saying—— Oh, Will! tell her. I -am too furious to talk!”</p> - -<p>“Jake Andrews is accusing Mayo of being disloyal, -a suspicious character that ought to be -watched, arrested.”</p> - -<p>“Mayo watched, arrested! Mayo! Jake Andrews -accuses him! And, pray, who is Jake -Andrews?”</p> - -<p>“A common fellow from the upper end of the -county, who schemed to keep his sons out of the -draft. This Andrews and some other fellows -went to Larkland and actually asked Mayo about -a guest of his and what his business was. Mayo -refused to tell, and when Andrews persisted, -why, he settled the matter——”</p> - -<p>“‘Settled the matter,’ how?” asked Mrs. -Wilson.</p> - -<p>“Knocked him down, of course. That was all -right. The idea of Andrews catechizing him! -It was infernally insolent.”</p> - -<p>“I wonder he dared do it,” said Mrs. Blair.</p> - -<p>“Oh! The fellow is a justice of the peace or a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_216">[216]</span> -deputy sheriff or some sort of little officer,” conceded -Mr. Blair. “It seems that Andrews has -been sneaking around, watching Mayo. And he’s -found out, he claims, that Mayo has been harboring -an enemy alien, a German——”</p> - -<p>“I don’t believe any one at all has been there,” -said Mrs. Blair.</p> - -<p>“So the thing has gone on, but——” Mr. -Blair paused and frowned.</p> - -<p>“But what?” asked Mrs. Wilson.</p> - -<p>“Why doesn’t Mayo explain?” he exploded. -“I gave him the opportunity, deuce take it! I -was so sure he would make it all right that I -brought up the subject yesterday when there was -a crowd here in the office, waiting for the mail. -But instead of saying where he went or who his -guest was—I’m a Dutchman if he didn’t walk -out of the office without a word!”</p> - -<p>“And that makes it worse than if you had not -given him the chance to explain,” said Mrs. -Wilson.</p> - -<p>“Of course. But I was so sure of him,” said -Mr. Blair. Then he asked impatiently: “Why -doesn’t he tell where he goes and why?”</p> - -<p>“Because he doesn’t want to,” said Mrs. Blair. -“He thinks people haven’t any right to ask, and -so he won’t tell.”</p> - -<p>“But he ought to tell,” said Mr. Blair. “Of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_217">[217]</span> -course it’s all right; we know that. But some -people—— Dog-gone it!” he said vehemently. -“I wish I had knocked Andrews down when he -came drawling his ‘suspicions’ to me. I will beat -the scoundrel to a pulp if he comes in my store -with another question. Of course Mayo’s all -right.”</p> - -<p>“Of course!” said his wife, more vehemently -than absolute certainty required. “I—I wonder -why—what—he wouldn’t tell you.”</p> - -<p>“Whatever Black Mayo does is right,” Mrs. -Wilson said serenely. “He has some good reason -for silence.”</p> - -<p>“Of course!” “Of course!” Mr. and Mrs. -Blair said, avoiding her eyes and each other’s.</p> - -<p>“I know about it,” Dick thought, with a thrill -of pride. “It is all right. It was Kuno Kleist.” -Kuno Kleist! He remembered with dismay Mr. -Blair’s words, “A German, an alien enemy he’s -concealing.” Why, that was what Kuno Kleist -was, and for his Cousin Mayo to hide him was -not “all right,” in the eyes of the law, but a crime. -“They’ll never find out from me,” said Dick to -himself, gritting his teeth. “I’ll be hanged and -drawn and quartered, like men in ‘The Days of -Bruce,’ before I’ll tell anything to get Cousin -Mayo in trouble.”</p> - -<p>“Black Mayo feels—oh! we know how he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_218">[218]</span> -feels,” said Mrs. Wilson. “But in these times -there are things we owe to ourselves, and to -others. Mayo ought to tell about his perfectly -proper journeys and perfectly proper guest, and -I am going to ask him.”</p> - -<p>“Agnes!”</p> - -<p>“I know. I never thought I would interfere, -would ask a question about any one’s private -affairs,” she said. “But I can’t help it. I am -going to do it. I must. Black Mayo suspected -of treason! Black Mayo that we’ve known and -loved all our lives! Why, it is as if some one -should say my Ruth was a thief.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson was not one to postpone a disagreeable -duty. She put on her bonnet and -gloves and started at once to Larkland. It was -a path familiar to her childish feet. How often -she, like her own child, had roamed about this -dear, quiet country—playing in the mill, roaming -about Larkland, fishing in Tinkling Water. -Miranda and Giles Spotswood, Anne Mayo, -Polly Spencer, Beverley Wilson, and Red and -Black Mayo Osborne had been her comrades; -Black Mayo, the leader in all their sports, was -the chum of Beverley Wilson whom she married -the very June that Black Mayo married Polly -Spencer. The friendship of early days had lasted -and deepened with the years. It was stronger<span class="pagenum" id="Page_219">[219]</span> -than the tactful habit of never asking personal -questions.</p> - -<p>She found Polly Osborne on the porch, busy, -as usual, with Red Cross sewing. She dropped -her work and set a comfortable chair in a pleasant -corner of the porch while she called greetings -to the approaching visitor. “How good of -you to brave the heat and come to see me!” she -said. “Here is a fan. Take off your bonnet. -I’ll get you a glass of raspberry vinegar. It is -so refreshing on a warm day!”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson put a protesting hand on her arm. -“Don’t, Polly. I can’t sit down, not now. Where -is Mayo? I want to see him—about something -important.”</p> - -<p>“Mayo? I reckon he’s in the garden. He has -some pigeons there in the old summerhouse. I’ll -find him and tell him you want to see him.”</p> - -<p>“No, please, Polly. Let me go there and speak -to him. Then I will come back and see you.”</p> - -<p>“Certainly; just as you wish,” said Mrs. Osborne. -“You know the way—all the ways here—as -well as I do.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Wilson went along the flagstones across -the yard, through the garden gate, down the boxwood-bordered -walk. She turned across the -huge old garden to the summerhouse embowered -in microfila and Cherokee roses, with their dark<span class="pagenum" id="Page_220">[220]</span> -foliage starred with creamy blossoms. She -heard a merry voice whistling “Dixie,” the only -tune that Black Mayo had ever mastered. There -he was in overalls, hard at work, putting up boxes -for nests.</p> - -<p>“How do you do, Mayo?” she said, speaking -before he saw her.</p> - -<p>He dropped his hammer and caught both of -her hands in his.</p> - -<p>“I wished you on me,” he said gleefully. “I -was thinking so hard about the rainy days when -we children used to play here! I found a box -with some of our dominoes in that closet when -I was clearing it out to make a place to keep feed -for my pigeons. Don’t you remember——”</p> - -<p>“I remember everything, Mayo,” she interrupted, -with her lovely clear eyes meeting his, -“from the mud-pie days to the generous sending -of your books when mine were burned. And because -I do, I have come to ask you some questions. -Who was your guest three weeks ago? Where -did you go, on what business, when you left home -with him?”</p> - -<p>He looked her straight in the eyes. “You ask, -Agnes——”</p> - -<p>He hesitated and she took up his words. “I -ask, Mayo, about your private affairs”—her -voice did not falter, but her cheeks flamed—“because<span class="pagenum" id="Page_221">[221]</span> -people are saying things about you that -I—we—want you to disprove.”</p> - -<p>“Oh!” he said sharply. Then he dropped his -voice and his eyes, and answered: “I—I can’t do -it, Agnes.”</p> - -<p>“Mayo!” she exclaimed. There was a little -silence. Then she said, “Oh, Mayo!” in a tone -that implored him to answer.</p> - -<p>He looked away. “If you were asking me for -yourself, Agnes,” he said, “I—I ought not, but -I might—probably I should—tell you.”</p> - -<p>“I do not ask for myself,” she said. “I trust -you utterly. If there were one little doubt in the -thought of my heart, I could not come to you with -this question.”</p> - -<p>“A question I must leave unanswered,” he said -with a wry smile.</p> - -<p>“Oh, no, Mayo!” she said. “You know I don’t -wish to force your confidence, but it seems to me -that when people ask—how dare they ask!—we -have no right to refuse to prove our loyalty.”</p> - -<p>“Are they asking Giles Spotswood or Will -Blair to prove theirs?” he inquired a little bitterly.</p> - -<p>“They say—you can guess what they say, -Mayo.” She could not make herself give words -to their suspicions.</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes!” he answered quickly. “I know.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_222">[222]</span> -They’ve been questioning me about Kuno Kleist, -my friend in Mexico. Being a German, he was -probably a Prussian; being a Prussian, he was -probably sent by the kaiser to incite the Mexicans -against the United States; being a German and -a Prussian and the kaiser’s emissary, he probably -perverted me. Good reasoning!</p> - -<p>“And they want to know about my comings -and goings. My old absent days rise up and -damn me with my dear stay-at-home county -people. And I’ve had a guest and I’ve taken a -few little trips and I haven’t put a bulletin in the -post office to say who and where and why. And -so they want me to explain. I can’t explain.” -His voice grew harsh and he laughed mirthlessly. -“Let them roll their doubts and suspicions like -sweet morsels under their tongues.” Then his -voice softened. “It was like you, Agnes, to come -to me in the spirit of our old loyal friendship, and -I thank you——”</p> - -<p>She put out her hand to stop him, turning away -her head. She could not give him at that minute -the sight of her grieved face.</p> - -<p>“Don’t, Mayo,” she said unsteadily. “Not -‘thanks’ between us. You—you understand why -I came. I—I am sorry——”</p> - -<p>She walked slowly back across the fair, fragrant -garden, taking time to get control of herself<span class="pagenum" id="Page_223">[223]</span> -before she went through the gate and along the -flagged walk and around the house corner. There -was Polly on the porch, still busy with her sewing. -Mrs. Wilson compelled herself to sit down -and chat a few minutes about gardens and fowls -and Red Cross work. Then she said good-by -and started home.</p> - -<p>Near the mill she met Dick Osborne and he -looked at her with eager eyes. Then his face -fell. Cousin Mayo had not told her; Dick was -sure of that as soon as he saw her face. Why -not? It must be a tremendous secret if Cousin -Mayo couldn’t tell Cousin Agnes—and she asking -him to! He remembered uneasily the conversation -that Jake Andrews had overheard; he -was sorry that fellow had happened to come along -just then. He must tell Anne and Patsy to keep -their lips glued up. Alas! It was too late now for -caution. The secret was out.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_224">[224]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XIV</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">“COUSIN POLLY dear,” called Anne -Lewis, tripping up the Larkland path a -few days later, “here’s the wool you said -you’d need to-day. And where is Cousin Mayo? -David wants to know if he’ll lend us a wagon -Saturday, to haul up our potatoes.”</p> - -<p>“Mayo will let David know about it. He is -away from home now,” said Mrs. Osborne, in her -quiet voice.</p> - -<p>“Those pigeons keep him on the go, don’t -they?” said Anne.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne answered only with a smile. -“Come, dear; sit down,” she said. “Stay to -dinner.”</p> - -<p>“No, thank you, Cousin Polly. We want to -can a lot of butterbeans to-day,” said Anne. -“I’ll just run to the kitchen and say ‘howdy’ to -Chrissy; I haven’t seen her for a long time.”</p> - -<p>Anne went to the kitchen, which, according to -Village custom, was a cabin back of the dwelling -house, and stopped at the door.</p> - -<p>“Well, Chrissy, how are you?” she said pleasantly.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_225">[225]</span>The old woman, usually good-humored and -talkative, turned a glum face toward her young -visitor. “Uh! I ain’t nothin’ to-day,” she -groaned. “’Scuse me a minute, Miss Anne. I -got to git a dish out de dinin’ room.” She went -out of the back kitchen door and took the long -way around to the house.</p> - -<p>“Goodness, Chrissy!” Anne said when she -came back. “Why did you go that roundabout -way? Why didn’t you come out this door?”</p> - -<p>Chrissy looked around, and then said in a cautious -undertone, “Miss Anne, dat doorstep’s -cunjered.”</p> - -<p>“Cunjered!” laughed Anne.</p> - -<p>“Cunjered,” Chrissy repeated solemnly. “Solomon -Gabe was here yestiddy. He tol’ Miss Polly -he come to bring her shoes dat Lincum patched, -but I knows better. He come grumblin’ an’ -mumblin’ ’roun’ here; an’ he was puttin’ a spell -on dat step, dat’s what he was doin’.”</p> - -<p>“What kind of spell?” asked Anne, still mirthful.</p> - -<p>“A spell to hurt me, Miss Anne; to give me a -misery, maybe to kill me, if I tromp on it.”</p> - -<p>“But I came in this door and it didn’t hurt me,” -said Anne.</p> - -<p>“Naw’m. It can’t hurt you, ’cause ’twa’n’t -laid in yore name. ’Twas put dar for me.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_226">[226]</span>“Why do you think Solomon Gabe—he looks -mean enough for anything!—put a spell for -you?”</p> - -<p>“He’s mad with me, Miss Anne. I—I can’t -tell you de why an’ de wherefore. Dey say de -birds o’ de air will let ’em know if I tell anything. -Miss Anne, don’t you breath what I -done said.” The old woman groaned. “Uh, -dese is trouble times, trouble times! Who is -dem folks comin’ up de walk, Miss Anne? Dey -ain’t de kind o’ folks dat come visitin’ to Larkland.”</p> - -<p>Anne had joined her Cousin Polly in the hall -when the three rough, loud-talking men—Jake -Andrews, Bill Jones, and Joe Hight—came -stamping up the front steps. Mrs. Osborne met -them with the cordiality that a Virginia country -house has for any guest, even the unexpected -and unknown. Wouldn’t they come in and let -Chrissy bring them some fresh water? She was -sorry her husband was not at home.</p> - -<p>“We saw him go away,” said Andrews, shortly. -“They said he was carrying pigeons to Richmond, -to fly back home.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! Yes,” she said in a noncommittal way.</p> - -<p>“Was he?” asked Andrews, fixing his beadlike -black eyes on her face.</p> - -<p>Anne saw her cousin flush; the rude manner of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_227">[227]</span> -the men was enough to bring an indignant color -to her cheeks.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne hesitated a minute, then said -quietly: “That is the way pigeons are trained. -They are taken away hungry, and they fly back -to the place where——”</p> - -<p>Andrews cut short her explanation. “How -fast do they fly?”</p> - -<p>“My husband had a bird come six hundred -miles last week,” she said. “It made that flight -in fifteen hours.”</p> - -<p>“H’m! What made you think so—that it came -in that time?”</p> - -<p>“Oh! my husband knows all his birds. And -there is always a note fastened to the leg, telling -where it came from and where it is going, so if -any one catches it he will turn it loose to finish -its flight.”</p> - -<p>“Ah!” said Andrews. “If a pigeon was coming -from Richmond, it would be here now. We’ll -see if any of them have notes fastened to their -legs, to prove what you say.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne’s eyes blazed in her white face. -“What have you to do with my husband’s birds?” -she demanded.</p> - -<p>“What I please, with him and them,” answered -Andrews, throwing back his coat and showing a -badge. “I’m an officer of the law, I am. And<span class="pagenum" id="Page_228">[228]</span> -I’m dog-tired of the old ’ristocrats that been -running Charleburg County, and ain’t no better -than other folks—and friends with Germans, in -all sorts of meanness. Now, ma’am, are you -ready to prove what you said about them pigeons?”</p> - -<p>There was a brief silence. Mrs. Osborne’s -face went from white to red and back again. At -last she said quietly: “You need not wait, gentlemen. -No birds will come home to Larkland -to-day. There are none to come. My husband -did not take them with him.”</p> - -<p>“Where did he go?” demanded Andrews. -“And who’s that strange man that’s been here -with him?”</p> - -<p>“I refuse to answer your impertinent questions,” -she said, looking over his head. “Gentlemen, -I bid you good day. Come, Anne.”</p> - -<p>She marched like a royal procession through -the hall, with Anne following her. They went -into the sitting room, and Mrs. Osborne, with -a red patch on each cheek, sat stiffly erect in a -straight-backed chair and talked to Anne, jumping -from one subject to another—Red Cross -work, war gardens, Mr. Tavis’s rheumatism, -Miss Fanny Morrison’s new hat—anything and -everything except the one subject she and Anne -had in mind.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_229">[229]</span>“Which of your studies do you like best?” she -asked.</p> - -<p>“Pigeons,” answered Anne. “Oh!” she gasped, -and hastily said, “Math,” which she hated.</p> - -<p>Then, very embarrassed and puzzled and -troubled, she went back to The Village. In the -midst of her task and the merry chatter of her -companions, her thoughts wandered often to that -strange scene at Larkland. What did it, what -could it mean? There was evidently some secret; -so she must not discuss it with any one, not even -Patsy. But what? and why?</p> - -<p>By the middle of the afternoon, the task they -had set themselves was finished. Anne went -home with Patsy, and they dropped down on the -shady lawn to enjoy their well-earned rest.</p> - -<p>“I’m thirsty!” said Anne.</p> - -<p>Patsy laughed. “That’s the first time you’ve -seemed to know what you were saying to-day!” -Then she called Emma, who brought fresh water, -and filled and refilled for them the big old -“house” dipper, a coconut shell rimmed with -silver.</p> - -<p>“Oh, for some lemonade!” sighed Patsy. -“Sweet and cold, with ice tinkling in the glass!”</p> - -<p>“Hush! You make me so thirsty!” said Anne. -“We could get the lemons at Cousin Will’s store, -but we ought not to use the sugar. Mr. Hoover<span class="pagenum" id="Page_230">[230]</span> -says we must save more than we’ve been saving.”</p> - -<p>“Dat Mr. Hoover shore is stingy wid his -sugar,” grumbled Emma. “How come folks let -him have it all, anyway?”</p> - -<p>“He wants us to use less so there will be some -for our Allies,” explained Anne.</p> - -<p>“H’m!” snorted Emma. “I’ve always been -havin’ all de sugar I could buy an’ pay for. Why -can’t dem ’Lies git on like dey always done?”</p> - -<p>Anne knew; she had read Mr. Hoover’s appeals. -She said: “Our Allies used to get most of -their sugar from Germany and Austria, the countries -we are at war with. Now they can’t get -that, so we must divide with them the sugar from -Louisiana and Cuba and the Hawaiian Islands.”</p> - -<p>“Wellum, course what you say is so; but I -don’t believe a word of it,” said Emma. “An’ -here Miss M’randa come this mornin’ an’ say I -can’t have no sugar to make a cake for Sweet -William’s birthday. Um, um, um! If my old -man was livin’, he’d git sweetenin’ for dat cake -an’ for you-all’s lemonade, too.”</p> - -<p>“How could he get sugar?” asked Patsy.</p> - -<p>“I ain’t say sugar,” answered Emma; “I say -sweetenin’. I was talkin’ ’bout honey.”</p> - -<p>“But we haven’t any honey,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“He’d git it, Amos would. He was a powerful -hand for findin’ bee trees.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_231">[231]</span>“What is a bee tree?” “How did he find -them?” asked Patsy and Anne.</p> - -<p>“Shuh, Miss Patsy! You-all know what a bee -tree is. It’s a tree whar bees home an’ lay up -honey.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes! But how can you find it?” inquired -Anne.</p> - -<p>“My old man was a notable bee courser,” said -Emma. “Dis here’s de way he done: He put -some sirup on a chip an’ he took some flour——”</p> - -<p>“Flour! What for?” interrupted Patsy.</p> - -<p>“I’m a-tryin’ to tell you what for,” said Emma. -“Well’m, he’d go wid dat chip, like out yander -whar de bees is on dem white clover blooms; an’ -thar he’d stand. Presen’ly de bees come an’ sip -de sirup. Whiles a bee’s a-sippin’, Amos takes -an’ dusts it wid de flour, and den he watches to -see whichaway it goes. It flies ’long home, an’ -den comes back to git more sirup, an’ Amos he -takes noticement how long it’s gone; dat gives -him a sort o’ noration ’bout how fur off de tree -is. Well, he follows Mr. Dusty-back fur as he c’n -see it, an’ waits; an’ follows, an’ waits; takin’ -de course twel he comes smang to de bee tree. An’ -lawdy! de honey he got! We used to sell it, an’ -give it ’way, an’ eat honey an’ honey cakes. -Um-mm!”</p> - -<p>She smacked her lips reminiscently.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_232">[232]</span>“Oh, Patsy!” said Anne, and “Oh, Anne!” said -Patsy; and then both together, “Let’s do it!”</p> - -<p>“Let’s go right away!” said Anne.</p> - -<p>Heat and fatigue were forgotten. They ran -into the house, and Anne scooped up a handful -of flour while Patsy was getting sirup out of a -preserve jar. They did not have enough confidence -in the amiability of the bees to put the -sirup on a chip; instead, they took a long stick, -and Patsy held it with some trepidation while -Anne stood by with the flour.</p> - -<p>“Dust that big one; that big fat one!” Patsy -whispered excitedly.</p> - -<p>The bee buzzed and flirted its wings, and flew -away from what must have seemed to it an -avalanche of white dust. Anne and Patsy, on -tiptoe to follow, watched eagerly to see the direction -of its flight. It circled aimlessly about, and -then buzzed back to the clover blossoms. The -girls selected another fat bee and dusted it liberally; -it flew off, buzzed about the clover field, and -came back to sip the sirup.</p> - -<p>“It’s all nonsense!” Patsy said crossly. “Let’s -give up.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t want to give up,” said Anne. “I -reckon Amos did something Emma doesn’t know -about. I wonder——”</p> - -<p>“We certainly can’t chase all the bees in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_233">[233]</span> -field,” said Patsy. “We might as well be trying -to follow Dick. Come on! I want to scold Emma -for sending us on a wild-goose chase.”</p> - -<p>“Wild-bee chase,” corrected Anne, laughing.</p> - -<p>Patsy was too warm and tired and cross to -laugh. She went to the kitchen door and said -sharply: “Emma, what made you tell us that -foolishness about following bees to a tree? -We’ve tried it, and the bees don’t go anywhere; -they just buzz around on the clover and come -back and eat some more sirup.”</p> - -<p>“Ump-mm, Miss Patsy. You just ain’t done -it right. Maybe you was coursin’ a bumbler or -de wrong kind o’ bee.”</p> - -<p>“It was a honey bee. Don’t you reckon I know -honey bees?” Patsy replied indignantly. “Come -out here and I’ll show you the kind it was. -There! It was like that.”</p> - -<p>“Um-hmm! Dat big fuzzy-end bee; dat’s a -droner. You’ve got to chase a honey-maker. -Thar’s one, Miss Anne; dat little fellow. Dust -it wid de flour. Now you follow it.”</p> - -<p>Ah! this little creature was no loitering drone. -Instead of buzzing about the field, it took a -straight, swift course, a “bee line,” to the northeast. -Anne and Patsy followed as far as they -were sure of its course, and then waited—waited -what seemed a very, very long time, and then<span class="pagenum" id="Page_234">[234]</span> -dusted another honey bee. A minute later, the -first flour-coated little creature came flying back, -to sip and fly away again. Again they followed, -in growing excitement and glee. It led them -across a field, through a swamp that they waded -recklessly, across another field, and into woods -where their progress was slow because they could -see only a short distance ahead. They made up -for it, however, by dusting several bees, and at -last they had a line of little messengers going in -the same direction.</p> - -<p>They followed the swift-flying, busy creatures -to—of all lovely, suitable places in the world—Happy -Acres! Happy Acres, their dear garden -plot in an old field surrounded by woodland. -There was a big oak tree at the edge of that -charming, beloved place, to which bees were -coming from all directions. The girls forgot -caution and ran close to the tree; there was a hole -near the ground, and about eight feet up was a -larger hole black with bees crawling in and out.</p> - -<p>“Listen, Patsy!” exclaimed Anne. “It’s humming! -the whole tree is humming like a beehive!”</p> - -<p>Oh, there was no doubt of its being a bee tree!</p> - -<p>They made their discovery a great sensation in -The Village. Mr. Mallett, whose father had kept -bees and who had a charm against stings, volunteered -to get the honey.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_235">[235]</span>The Village turned out that evening to watch -the performance.</p> - -<p>Mr. Mallett set to work calmly and like a veteran. -He stopped the upper hole and started a -smoldering fire of dry leaves and tobacco stalks -near the lower opening. After the smoke stupefied -the bees, he sawed and cut the upper hole, -brushed aside the deadened bees by handfuls, and -got out the honey stored in the great hollow tree; -there were bucketfuls and bucketfuls of it. Anne -and Patsy had a happy, important time dividing -it among their friends and neighbors.</p> - -<p>“They’re welcome to the honey,” laughed -Anne. “But, O Patsy! aren’t you glad you and I -had the glory of finding the bee tree?”</p> - -<p>“That I am! And now hey for lemonade—cool, -and tinkly with ice, and sweet, sweet, -sweet!” rejoiced Patsy.</p> - -<p>“Oh, goody! we can’t send this to the Belgians -and Frenches,” said Sweet William. “Anne, I -wish you and Patsy’d find a bee tree every week. -Then I wouldn’t mind saving all my sugar. -Emma says she’s going to make me a cake, a real -cake. And I am going to eat honey, and eat -honey, and eat honey!” He heaved a sigh of -blissful content.</p> - -<p>While Anne and Patsy were coursing the bees, -Dick was on his way to the Old Sterling Mine.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_236">[236]</span> -He had been there several times lately, looking -about jealously to see if Mr. Smith were investigating -the mine. He had not seen any one -there again, and he had about decided that Mr. -Smith was looking over the timber in the Big -Woods and had merely stopped to see the old -mine as a curiosity.</p> - -<p>And so, on this pleasant autumn afternoon, -Dick went up the hill from the creek, carefree and -whistling merrily. Suddenly his tune changed to -a sharp, dismayed exclamation, and he stopped -to gaze at the ground; yes, there were footprints; -and the tracks led—he followed swiftly and -anxiously—to the mine opening.</p> - -<p>“They’ve been here! They’ve been back to my -mine!” he exclaimed.</p> - -<p>Instead of pulling his improvised ladder from -its hiding place beside the fence, he went to the -mine hole and looked in. An old dead pine -branch was hanging on the edge; it might have -been tossed there by a gust of wind. Dick pulled -it aside. It covered a ladder made of rough timber. -Some one had been in the mine; might be -there now!</p> - -<p>Dick stood very still for several minutes, listening -intently and looking sharply around. Then -he descended the ladder, with a shivery feeling -that some one might tumble a rock or send a shot<span class="pagenum" id="Page_237">[237]</span> -on him from above or drag him down by the legs -or thrust a knife through him from below. -Nothing happened. He descended safely, and the -tunnel ahead of him was black and silent. He -lighted his candle and went to the main room. -The odor of stale tobacco smoke hung about the -place and there were a few scraps of torn newspaper -here and there.</p> - -<p>He went on toward the lower tunnel. At a -sudden little noise, he jumped and put out his -candle and stood on the alert. There was no -glimmer in the murky darkness. All was still. -The noise—if he had really heard any noise—was -probably outside, the fall of a dead bough or -the cawing of a crow.</p> - -<p>He relighted his candle and went on and set -to work, but his spade made a horribly loud -noise. He felt as if some one were listening; -creeping down the tunnel; slipping behind him. -Cold chills ran over him; he peered into the darkness -outside his little circle of light; he dropped -his spade and crouched behind a projecting -rock.</p> - -<p>Oh, it was useless to try to work! He put his -tools under a pile of old timbers and went back. -Just as he was starting up the ladder, he noticed -a pile of leaves between the foot of the ladder -and the wall. It was not there the last time he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_238">[238]</span> -was in the mine. He kicked the leaves aside. -Under them was an old iron mortar and pestle.</p> - -<p>Something in the mortar glittered in the candlelight. -Silver; silver, of course! Dick picked -up some of the particles to examine. There was a -little sharp pain and his finger began to bleed. -Why, those particles were glass! And there were -bottles and pieces of bottles. What on earth was -any one doing here with a mortar and pestle, -breaking up glass? It was the strangest, silliest, -most absurd thing! Why, what—— Oh, the -glass in the flour at Larkland mill! Had Germans, -who put that glass in the flour, been hiding -in the mine? Suppose they should come back -and find him here!</p> - -<p>He hastily pushed the leaves over the mortar -and climbed out. It never entered his head then -to question how German strangers would know -of this deserted place almost forgotten by the -community. He sped down the path, through -the woods, took the path to Larkland, and hurried -to the hayfield where he saw Mr. Osborne at -work.</p> - -<p>“Cousin Mayo!” Dick hardly had breath to -speak. “I’ve been in the Old Sterling Mine and -I found——”</p> - -<p>“Silver!” his cousin interrupted, in humorous -excitement.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_239">[239]</span>“A mortar with broken glass in it. There were -the pestle and some bottles.”</p> - -<p>“What!” exclaimed Black Mayo, the fun leaving -his face and voice.</p> - -<p>“Some one had put a ladder in the hole. I -found the mortar and pestle and bottles at the -foot, covered with leaves. They weren’t there -last week. Then I went down on my ladder.”</p> - -<p>“You may have got on the track of something -of far more importance than the silver in or out -of that old mine,” Mr. Osborne said, frowning -thoughtfully. “Have you seen or heard anything -else that might mean mischief, at any time? -Think! and think!”</p> - -<p>“No, sir,” said Dick; then he exclaimed: “Oh, -Cousin Mayo! I’d forgotten, but it was queer. -The night before Broad Acres was burned, when -Sweet William was undressing, mother asked -him how he got oil on his blouse, and he said he -reckoned it was from the little smelly sticks he -got under the steps at Broad Acres. And that -night, Emma—she was standing by me—let out a -screech, ‘The devils—burning little Miss Anne!’”</p> - -<p>“I wish you had told me these things before,” -said Mr. Osborne. “Now, keep a still tongue and -open eyes.”</p> - -<p>“I certainly will,” promised Dick.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_240">[240]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XV</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">THAT night Patsy was awakened by a -hand on her arm, an excited voice in her -ear.</p> - -<p>“Patsy, Patsy!” whispered Anne. “Wake up! -I’ve something to tell you. Wake up and listen. -I can’t wait till morning. Oh, Patsy! I know -how we are going to find out Dick’s secret!”</p> - -<p>“What? How?” Patsy was wide awake at -once.</p> - -<p>“We’ve failed and failed; it did almost seem -as if he could outdo us. Oh, he would have held -it over our heads the rest of our lives!”</p> - -<p>“But how——” interrupted Patsy.</p> - -<p>“We—it came to me in a flash—we are going -to course him,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“Course him?” Patsy made the words an -amazed question.</p> - -<p>“As we did the bees,” Anne explained. “We’ll -follow him as far as we can see him; and then -we’ll take up his course from that place next -time; and so on, till we get to Redville or the -end of the world—wherever he goes!”</p> - -<p>“I don’t see how we’ll manage it,” said Patsy.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_241">[241]</span>“Oh, yes you do! Or you will when I tell you -from A, B, C to X, Y, Z,” Anne exclaimed impatiently. -“You see, Pats, we’ve got to watch -him and follow him.”</p> - -<p>“We’ve tried that dozens of times,” was -Patsy’s despondent interjection.</p> - -<p>“Will you listen to me? I say we’ll follow -him. He nearly always goes by Larkland, to get -a pigeon; then he comes back to the public road -and he goes up Jones’s hill. We know that, for -we’ve followed him that far. Well! Next time -we see him getting ready to go, we’ll stroll to the -mill and stop, as if we just meant to visit Cousin -Giles; then, while Dick’s at Larkland, we’ll run -along and hide in the pines where he gave us the -slip that first time. You remember?”</p> - -<p>Patsy emphatically did.</p> - -<p>“And then we’ll follow him. He’ll not be expecting -us there, and we’ll be careful to keep out -of recognizing distance. If he gets away, we’ll -come back home and not let him know we followed -him. And the next time, we’ll race ahead -and hide at the place where we lost sight of him, -and follow him from there.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! I see!” said Patsy. “We are to course -him just like the bees.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! you see; at last!” laughed Anne. “Maybe -we’ll find out the very first time; or we may have<span class="pagenum" id="Page_242">[242]</span> -to follow him again and again. Oh, it’ll be lots -and loads of fun!”</p> - -<p>The girls were on tiptoe with impatience, and -rejoiced mightily when they saw Dick put a -candle into his pocket the next Saturday afternoon. -They went at once to the mill; presently -they saw him take the path to Larkland, and they -ran ahead and dived into the pine woods where -he had hidden on that well-remembered April -day. Half an hour later, Dick came whistling -along the road, and they crept from their hiding -place and followed at a cautious distance for -about three quarters of a mile; then they lost -sight of him at a turn of the Old Plank Road. -Anne stopped.</p> - -<p>“Come on,” said Patsy, keen on pursuit. -“There aren’t any paths here; of course he went -on down the road.”</p> - -<p>“He may have turned off in the woods,” said -Anne. “The thing to do is to course him, follow -him as far as we see him. Oh, it’s such fun!”</p> - -<p>“It certainly is,” agreed Patsy. “We’ve followed -him a long way. Why, we’re over two -miles from The Village. It’s out here somewhere -in the Big Woods that Solomon Gabe lives.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! the old ‘cunjer’ darky the others are so -afraid of?” asked Anne.</p> - -<p>“Yes. And his son Cæsar is one of the deserters<span class="pagenum" id="Page_243">[243]</span> -they’re looking for. Oh, Anne! suppose -we should walk up—zip, bang!—face to face with -a real deserter?”</p> - -<p>“Nonsense! Everybody says those men went -to New York or somewhere; they wouldn’t dare -come back here, where people know them. Now, -Pats-pet, next time Dick starts off, we’ll run -ahead and come here and—oh, Patsy! that clump -of chinquapin bushes will make a splucious hiding -place.”</p> - -<p>“If he sees us, we can just be looking for chinquapins. -Anne, this was a splendid plan of -yours.”</p> - -<p>“It certainly was,” agreed Anne. “Oh! I do -hope next time we’ll get there—wherever it is—and -find out Dick’s secret.”</p> - -<p>A few days later, they followed Dick again. -He went toward Larkland, and they hid in the -chinquapin bushes as they had planned. And -there they stayed, weary hour after hour. No -one passed except a negro man who went slinking -down the road.</p> - -<p>“Anne,” whispered Patsy, “that man looks -like—I believe it is—Cæsar!”</p> - -<p>“Any darky you saw would look like Cæsar to -you, now he’s a deserter,” giggled Anne. “You -don’t see anybody that looks like Dick, do you?”</p> - -<p>“No; and don’t let’s wait any longer. We’re<span class="pagenum" id="Page_244">[244]</span> -so crazy to find out about Dick we’re getting to be -real slackers in Red Cross and gardening.”</p> - -<p>They “went by” Larkland, and there they -found Dick, busy stretching wire and driving -staples, helping Cousin Mayo wire in a new -pigeon cote.</p> - -<p>The next Saturday was perfect outdoor -weather, with blue skies and crisp air that invited -one to the gorgeous October woodlands. -Early in the afternoon, Anne, who was spending -the day with Alice Blair, came running to The -Roost.</p> - -<p>“Patsy! Patsy! Where’s Patsy?” she called.</p> - -<p>“I sent her to carry Mrs. Hight some wool,” -said Mrs. Osborne. “She’ll be back in an hour -or so.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, dear!” Anne exclaimed. “I can’t wait. -Tell her I’ve gone—she knows where—about <i>the -secret</i>. Tell her to follow to the last place, -please, Cousin Miranda. She’ll understand. I -must run.”</p> - -<p>Away she sped, to pass the mill while Dick -was at Larkland and get to the chosen covert on -the Old Plank Road. Near the mill the mail -hack passed her, with passengers that excited a -sensation when they came to The Village. They -were the sheriff and a deputy with two of the -negro deserters, Bill and Martin Toole.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_245">[245]</span>“Where d’you catch them?” asked Mr. Blair, -neglecting his mail bags.</p> - -<p>“Not so far from you folks,” answered the -sheriff. “Lewis Jones saw two men sneaking -’round that old sawmill place in the Big Woods; -he came and told me, and Tom Robson and me -went and nabbed these fellows. We’ve brought -them here to jail to-night; to-morrow we’ll deliver -them to army folks.”</p> - -<p>Just then Mrs. Red Mayo Osborne came in, -hurried and anxious looking.</p> - -<p>“Will,” she called to Mr. Blair, “have you seen -Anne Lewis this afternoon?”</p> - -<p>“Not since directly after dinner,” he answered. -“She passed the post office then.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Mrs. Osborne. “She came running -in and asked for Patsy. Patsy was away, -at the Hights’, and Anne ran off, saying Patsy -would know where she was going. As soon as -Patsy came home, she followed, but she came -back half an hour ago; she had looked and looked, -and seen no sign of Anne—on the Old Plank -Road, where she expected to find her.”</p> - -<p>“Anne ought not to wander off that way,” said -Mr. Blair.</p> - -<p>“Indeed not,” agreed Mrs. Osborne.</p> - -<p>“I’d send the boys to look for her,” suggested -Mr. Blair.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_246">[246]</span>“They’ve gone,” said Mrs. Osborne. “David -and Steve and Dick. It’s Dick that made me so -uneasy. When Patsy came back and found him -at home, she asked him where Anne was. He -said he hadn’t seen her. And Patsy said she had -followed him, as far as the Old Plank Road, she -was sure; and farther. He looked startled, positively -frightened. And he asked what color her -dress was; and when I said blue, a blue gingham, -he said, ‘Oh, I’m afraid I saw her!’ He was -off like a shot before I could ask a question. He -seemed so upset and excited that—well, it frightened -me.”</p> - -<p>“Nonsense, Miranda!” laughed Mr. Blair. -“You let your imagination run away with you. -Anne ought not to roam the woods alone, but she -is safe, perfectly safe.”</p> - -<p>Dick had, as his mother said, gone hurriedly -in search of Anne. He did not share Mr. Blair’s -feeling of security; he was uneasy, alarmed.</p> - -<p>On his way to the Old Sterling Mine that afternoon, -he had seen two negroes going up the path -from the creek toward the mine. He crept into -the bushes and followed a little way, but the -undergrowth was so straggling that he could not -get near them. One of the negroes was Solomon -Gabe, he was sure; the other negro, a stout, -youngish figure, had his back toward him and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_247">[247]</span> -was screened by bushes. Dick caught only a -word here and there of their mumbled speech—“hide,” -“get away,” and oaths and oaths.</p> - -<p>He crept back to the road, and then, to avoid -Isham Baskerfield whose oxcart was going up -the hill, he went down the creek and cut through -the woods. He ran to Larkland to tell his Cousin -Mayo what he had seen and heard. The house -was shut up. Perhaps he would find Cousin -Mayo in The Village.</p> - -<p>And so Dick ran home—to be greeted by the -news that Anne was off alone somewhere; had -followed him, Patsy said, along the Old Plank -Road. Then he remembered something that -filled him with vague terror; if that were Anne, -and she should wander to the Old Sterling Mine, -and encounter those men—— He turned and -ran to seek her. It was nearly dark when he -came to Isham’s cabin. The old negro was on -the porch with his wife, who was talking in a -rapid, excited voice.</p> - -<p>“Hey, Unc’ Isham!” Dick called. “Have you -seen Anne?”</p> - -<p>The man started and the woman was suddenly -silent.</p> - -<p>Dick called again; then he sprang over the -fence and started toward the cabin.</p> - -<p>Lily Belle said something sharply to Isham,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_248">[248]</span> -who turned and said: “Hey? Why, it’s little -Marse Dick. Was you calling me?” and hobbled -down the path.</p> - -<p>“Have you seen Miss Anne Lewis?”</p> - -<p>“See who? What you say, Marse Dick? -Laws, I’m gittin’ deef!”</p> - -<p>“Anne, Anne Lewis,” Dick said impatiently. -“Which way did she go?”</p> - -<p>“How I know which way she go? I ain’t see -her,” mumbled Isham.</p> - -<p>“What!” Dick said sharply. “I saw you going -up the road in your cart, and she was there -at the top of the hill—in a blue dress.”</p> - -<p>Isham looked terribly confused. Then he said: -“Was that her? Was that Miss Anne? My old -eyes ain’t no good nowadays. I knowed somebody -passed me, but I was studyin’ ’bout my business, -an’ I ain’t took no noticement who ’twas.”</p> - -<p>“But I thought she stopped and spoke to you,” -said Dick. “It looked like—— Didn’t she speak -to you?”</p> - -<p>As Dick became uncertain, Isham grew positive. -“Who? Miss Anne? I don’t riccermember -her speakin’ to me. Naw, Miss Anne ain’t -spoke to me.”</p> - -<p>After all, Dick was not sure it was Anne. He -had only seen a far-off figure in blue. He thought—he -was not certain—it paused by Isham’s cart.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_249">[249]</span> -He had not thought of Anne then, but now the -conviction grew that it was she; and he was curiously -disturbed by Isham’s manner, though he -was sure the old negro would not hurt Anne.</p> - -<p>Perhaps she had gone back, straying in the -woods to get chinquapins, and was now safe at -home. Oh! surely she was at home. Twilight -was deepening. He would go home. He started -back, examining the road closely. There in the -sand were footprints, slim little tracks, Anne’s -footprints!</p> - -<p>So it <i>was</i> Anne that Isham had met. Why did -he say he had not seen her? And why did he -look so confused, frightened?</p> - -<p>All the tracks led in one direction. There were -no homeward-going footprints. Anne had passed -this way, but she had not gone back. Where was -she now? Did Isham know?</p> - -<p>Dick ran to the cabin. No one was in sight, -and door and shutter were closed; but—for it was -now dusk—he caught glimpses of flickering firelight. -He was just about to bang on the door -when he heard a voice,—not Isham’s and not Lily -Belle’s. He peeped through a knothole. There -was a man sitting at the table. His back was -turned. Dick crept to the side of the cabin and -looked through a crack. Now Lily Belle was between -him and the man. Isham threw a lightwood<span class="pagenum" id="Page_250">[250]</span> -knot on the fire and the blaze flared up. -And Lily Belle moved. The man was Cæsar -Gabe, the deserter!</p> - -<p>This news ought to go at once to The Village. -But Anne! He could not go back without one -effort to find her. He ran down the road to the -ford. There he stopped. After listening intently -and hearing nothing but the usual wood -noises, he took out the candle he had brought for -his mining, lighted it, and looked about. There, -on the soft, damp ground, the footprints were -distinct; and they went, not up the road, but along -the path toward the mine.</p> - -<p>Dick blew out the candle, squared his shoulders, -and started up the hill. If Anne had gone to -the Old Sterling Mine, if she had encountered the -deserter—</p> - -<p>Close to the mine he lighted his candle and saw -rough, heavy tracks and again that slim little -footprint.</p> - -<p>Should he go into the mine to search for -her? Or should he hurry back for help—not because -of the danger to himself, but because he -only could guide aright the search for Anne; and -to tell about the deserter.</p> - -<p>As he stood there, trying to decide what was -best to do, he heard—he thought he heard—a -faint cry. Anne? Was it Anne? Was she<span class="pagenum" id="Page_251">[251]</span> -there, in terror, in danger? He forgot his sober -second thoughts about going back for help. Anne -there in need! He must go to her.</p> - -<p>He scrambled down the ladder and stumbled -along the tunnel to the main room, not daring -to light his candle. There was no glimmer in the -darkness before him, and now he heard no sound; -perhaps he had never heard anything, had just -imagined he had. He lighted his candle and -examined the ground, but he could not distinguish -footprints, Anne’s or others. Was he -wasting precious time here, when he ought to be -on the way home to give the alarm?</p> - -<p>Anyway, he would go on to the second tunnel.</p> - -<p>There, about the height of his head, was something -hanging on one of the rough timbers that -supported the roofing. It was a piece of blue -ribbon, the gay bow that he had seen on Anne’s -hair. He sprang forward, in certainty and terror -now, going straight to the pit at the end of the -tunnel. He stumbled against something and almost -fell; it was the ladder that some one had -pulled out of the pit. He pushed it to the edge, -slid it in, and scrambled down.</p> - -<p>As he reached the bottom, his arm was -clutched, so suddenly that his hand was jerked -upward and his candle was extinguished. For a -second he was frozen with terror, awaiting he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_252">[252]</span> -knew not what—a pistol at his brow, a knife at -his throat.</p> - -<p>And then to him, expecting any terrible thing, -came a dear, familiar voice. “Oh, Dick! Dick!” -gasped Anne. “I was so scared! I didn’t dare -look or move! And when I saw it was you—— Oh! -I thought no one would ever come. I thought -they were coming back to kill me!”</p> - -<p>“They? Who?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know. They threw a hat over my face -from behind and blindfolded me. Then they put -me here.”</p> - -<p>“Let’s get away, quick as we can,” said Dick. -“I saw two men here this afternoon. That’s why -I went back.”</p> - -<p>They climbed out of the pit and hurried along -the tunnel.</p> - -<p>Anne giggled hysterically. “O Dick!” she said. -“I did find out your secret. I said I would, and -I did. But—I wish I hadn’t!”</p> - -<p>He started to answer, and then—they were -now at the foot of the ladder—he stopped in -terror. He heard voices. The men were returning.</p> - -<p>“They’ve got us,” he said.</p> - -<p>“Go on, go on,” gasped Anne. “Let’s get out -anyway.”</p> - -<p>“We’d just meet them,” replied Dick.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_253">[253]</span>“Oh, come on out!” Anne said desperately. -“Don’t let them kill us in this awful hole.”</p> - -<p>“A hole!” Dick exclaimed. “Oh! there’s one. -Come here!”</p> - -<p>He caught Anne by the arm and pulled her -along the tunnel, into the main room, to the pit -into which he had fallen on his first visit to the -mine.</p> - -<p>“Here’s a hole,” he explained in a rapid whisper; -“behind this pile of dirt. Wait a sec till I -move these poles. Now! Grab that pole and slip -in. Feel for the log with your feet. There!”</p> - -<p>Instead of following Anne, he poised on the -crosswise timber.</p> - -<p>“Hold the candle a minute,” he said. “Quick! -And steady!”</p> - -<p>He dragged back the poles he had pulled aside.</p> - -<p>“Put out the light,” he said. “I’ll stay here -and watch. If they don’t step on the poles, they’ll -never find us.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, Dick! If——”</p> - -<p>“Hush! They’re coming!”</p> - -<p>They crouched down in silence, listening fearfully -to the footsteps and voices that came nearer -and nearer. Three men, the foremost one carrying -a lantern, stopped in the main room of the -mine. Dick saw them clearly; they were Solomon -Gabe, Cæsar, and Isham.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_254">[254]</span>Solomon Gabe was moaning over and over: -“Uh, my boy! Dey’ll git you, dey’ll git you! My -boy! my boy!”</p> - -<p>Cæsar spoke with impatient harshness: “Shet -up! Is all yore senses wandered off, so you can’t -see nothin’ but chain gangs an’ gallowses? I -tell you, I’m goin’ to git off. If you’d got any -spondulix from dat white man dat said he had -gallon tin buckets o’ money—— Well, I’m gwine -in dat post office to-night. I’m bleeged to have -money. Den dat daybreak train.”</p> - -<p>“What you drug me here for?” asked Isham’s -frightened voice. “I got nothin’ to do wid you -an’ yore desertin’. You come to my house an’——”</p> - -<p>“You reckon I was gwine to stay here an’ -starve?” snarled Cæsar.</p> - -<p>“An’ makin’ me tell dat lie ’bout not seein’ -Miss Anne,” grumbled Isham. “When dey finds -out——”</p> - -<p>“If you tell on me I’ll kill you, if it’s my last -livin’ act,” Cæsar said fiercely.</p> - -<p>“Uh, I ain’t gwine to tell; I ain’t nuver gwine to -tell,” promised Isham, hastily. “But it don’t need -me. Thar’s Miss Anne. What c’n you do to——”</p> - -<p>“Kill her,” said Cæsar.</p> - -<p>“Uh, my boy! my boy! Trouble! trouble!” -moaned his father.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_255">[255]</span>“Cæsar! Cæsar!” Isham’s voice was shocked -and deprecating.</p> - -<p>“Killin’ is saftest,” insisted Cæsar. “If you-all’s -feered, leave it to me.”</p> - -<p>“Naw! naw!” protested Isham. “Boy, if you -do a killin’—— I know dese here white mens. -Dey’re mighty soft an’ easy-goin’ long as you -don’t make ’em mad. But if harm comes to dat -gal, dey’ll grub thar way down to hell wid thar -bare hands to git de man dat done it. You’ll -nuver git away. I—I’ve heerd bloodhounds -run,” he quavered.</p> - -<p>Cæsar cowered. “You want to turn her loose, -to start a search an’ git me cotch?” he asked sullenly.</p> - -<p>“Naw. Just left her in dat hole awhile,” said -Isham. “She don’t know yore name or nomernation. -An’ ’fore folks find her, you’ll be gone.”</p> - -<p>Cæsar thought it over. “Well,” he agreed. “If -she stays thar two-three days—— Le’s take a -look ’round to make shore thar ain’t no way she -c’n climb out.”</p> - -<p>“Thar wa’n’t nothin’ but de ladder, an’ you -done took it out,” said Isham.</p> - -<p>“Le’s make shore. If she come here to de -openin’, folks mought hear her.”</p> - -<p>Cæsar, followed by Isham and Solomon Gabe, -went down the tunnel toward the pit.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_256">[256]</span>Anne clutched Dick’s arm. “They’ll miss me -and find us here,” she whispered. “Let’s get out. -Let’s run.”</p> - -<p>“Too near. Not time enough. Sh-sh!” Dick -answered hurriedly.</p> - -<p>Even then the negroes were coming back, in -great excitement.</p> - -<p>“Who put dat ladder thar? Who got her out?” -Isham was saying wildly over and over.</p> - -<p>“Come on!” Cæsar was urging, between oaths. -“We got to ketch her ’fore she gits to de Village. -Hit’s her life now; or mine!”</p> - -<p>“Yas, yas! An’ I’ll stan’ by you!” Old Solomon -Gabe ended with an awful, sobbing shriek.</p> - -<p>Anne and Dick, cowering in the hole, felt as if -wild, bloodthirsty beasts were on their trail. The -fierce voices, the hurrying feet were close at hand. -But they passed by. They went toward the -ladder. And then voices and footsteps died away -in the distance.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_257">[257]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XVI</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap2">AS the voices died away, Dick sprang up and -pushed aside the poles.</p> - -<p>“Come on, Anne!” he said. “Here! -Take my hand. Now! We must get home—quick!”</p> - -<p>“Oh, Dick! What if they come back? What -if we meet them?”</p> - -<p>“We’ll not meet them,” he answered. “They’re -going to The Village, looking for you. And he’s -planning to rob the post office. He may shoot -Cousin Will. We must hurry and let them know -at home.”</p> - -<p>He took Anne’s hand and they groped through -the tunnel and into the mine opening.</p> - -<p>“Why, it’s night!” Anne whispered.</p> - -<p>“Late,” said Dick. “It was dark when I came. -The moon’s up.”</p> - -<p>They crept up the ladder. Dick put his hand -on Anne’s arm and they stood still a minute, -straining their eyes and ears into the woodland -night. Above the whir and chirp of insects and -the murmur of the little stream, they heard a -trampling on the hillside; no voices.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_258">[258]</span>“Suppose just Cæsar and Isham have gone -on?” whispered Anne, terrified. “Suppose that -awful old man is waiting to grab us?”</p> - -<p>“Oh, no!” Dick tried to soothe her; then he -warned her: “Don’t talk. Listen. And be on -the lookout.”</p> - -<p>They went cautiously down the path, starting -whenever a twig cracked or a pebble rolled underfoot. -Now and then they stopped to listen and -peer ahead. Thus they went on—across the -creek, along the path, on the Old Plank Road, up -the hill by Isham’s cabin.</p> - -<p>The door was open, and by the brilliant blaze -of the lightwood knots on the hearth Anne and -Dick saw Lily Belle moving restlessly about. She -came to the door and peered out; but she did not -see the two figures that slipped past in the darkness -and hurried along the Old Plank Road to the -highway.</p> - -<p>At the path that turned off to the mill and Larkland, -Anne caught Dick by the arm. “Wait, -Dick!” she said.</p> - -<p>“We haven’t time to stop,” he said impatiently. -“Come on!”</p> - -<p>“But, Dick,” she said, “I’ve been thinking—— Suppose -they’re watching. If we go the straight -road home, they’ll be sure to catch us.”</p> - -<p>“It’s a chance we’ve got to take, to get home to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_259">[259]</span> -tell them,” he said. “I must. Do you want -to——”</p> - -<p>“If we turn off here and go to Larkland,” said -Anne, “we can tell Cousin Mayo. He’ll know -what to do. It isn’t much farther this way, and -it’s a million times safer.”</p> - -<p>“Righto!” agreed Dick, turning into the path. -“I’d been wondering if we’d get past them.”</p> - -<p>They hurried along the path through the woods -and splashed through Tinkling Water, not taking -time to grope for the stepping-stones. The mill -loomed before them, a huge, dark shadow on -the shadows.</p> - -<p>Dick and Anne ran along the road to Larkland. -Presently they heard horse’s hoofs clattering -down the road. There was a pause at the -big gate, and a familiar voice said, “Steady, -Rosinante, steady!” as the rider bent to open the -gate.</p> - -<p>“Cousin Mayo! Cousin Mayo!” cried Dick -and Anne, running toward him.</p> - -<p>“Hey! Who’s there?” he called sharply.</p> - -<p>“It’s just us,” said Anne; and Dick said, -“Anne and me.”</p> - -<p>“Anne!—here at this time of night! Why, -everybody in The Village is distracted about you. -Get on Rosinante behind me. I’ll take you to The -Roost.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_260">[260]</span>“Cousin Mayo——”</p> - -<p>“Who’s that with you? Dick? Is this one of -your fool pranks?”</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne’s indignation for the instant -dominated his relief. The search for Anne had -been growing hourly in intensity and uneasiness. -After walking about for hours, he had come -home to get his horse, and was starting off again. -And here the girl for whom the community was -searching came strolling up the road to Larkland.</p> - -<p>“Aren’t you ashamed of yourself?” he exclaimed.</p> - -<p>“We were afraid to go home,” said Anne. -“They are looking for me.”</p> - -<p>“Of course we are looking for you,” Black -Mayo said impatiently. “They are horribly uneasy -about you.”</p> - -<p>“I mean, Cæsar’s looking for me,” Anne explained -in a hurried, scared undertone. “The deserter!”</p> - -<p>“What!”</p> - -<p>“They put her in the Old Sterling Mine. I -found her,” said Dick.</p> - -<p>“We thought we’d better tell you about it. I -ran up on that deserter, and he’s afraid I’d tell. -They’re looking for me, and—— Oh! what’s -that?” Anne gave a stifled cry. The noise -that she heard was only—as she realized on the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_261">[261]</span> -instant—the crackling fall of a dead bough, but -it left her white and quivering.</p> - -<p>“Here, here!” said Black Mayo. “Let’s know -what this is all about.”</p> - -<p>He sprang from his horse, threw the bridle -rein over the gatepost, and led Anne up the walk -and into the house.</p> - -<p>“Why, Mayo! I thought you were gone. -Anne! Where did you find her, Mayo? And -what is the matter?” asked Mrs. Osborne, as they -hurried into the room where she was sitting.</p> - -<p>There was no direct answer to her questions. -Mr. Osborne put Anne in a big chair and knelt -down before her, grasping her cold, trembling -hands. “Tell me what happened. Quick!” he -commanded.</p> - -<p>“I feel as if they are peeping in,” Anne said -with a shuddering glance at the windows.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne drew the curtains close, and she -and her husband listened with exclamations and -quick questions to the girl’s story. As Mr. Osborne -listened and questioned he was moving -about—taking firearms out of a closet, loading a -gun with buckshot, oiling and loading a revolver, -getting out boxes of shells and cartridges.</p> - -<p>“They didn’t see you,” he said; “they don’t -know where you are—or you wouldn’t be here. -Polly, you and Anne and Dick go into the chimney<span class="pagenum" id="Page_262">[262]</span> -room——” He nodded toward a small room -opening out of the sitting room, and called “the -chimney room” because it was only the width of -the big old chimney. “Fasten the shutters; nail -down the window and put a blanket over it, so -that not a ray of light can get out. Leave the -door ajar and a dim light in the sitting room, so -you can see both doors. Don’t answer any call -unless it’s my voice.”</p> - -<p>“Your voice? You are going——”</p> - -<p>“To The Village. To warn Will and help there. -If any one enters the house, keep still till they -open the sitting-room door, and then aim straight -and shoot to kill, Polly, as you do at the chicken -hawks.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, Mayo; I will.” Her voice was as calm -as if she were answering a request to sew on a -button. With an unfaltering hand she took the -gun she was accustomed to use with deadly execution -on birds of prey.</p> - -<p>“God bless you, dear!” Her husband took her -in his arms and kissed her still, colorless face -again and again. “Dick,” he said, “keep the gun -and pistol loaded for your Cousin Polly. She’s -better than the best man I know, in time of need.”</p> - -<p>He turned to go.</p> - -<p>“But, Mayo,” said his wife. “You must have -firearms. Take a gun, the pistol.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_263">[263]</span>“No,” he said. “If that villain traces Anne -here, you’ll need firearms. Anyway, the pistol -would be mighty little use to me; I’d be an easy -mark—on horseback, for them sneaking along in -the dark. But I count on getting safe to The Village. -They aren’t after me, you know. And -what’s a man’s life for but to take in his two -hands and put where it is needed?” He unclasped -her hands that clung to him. “If all goes -well, I’ll be back—— Oh! as soon as I can come.”</p> - -<p>He went out unarmed into the hostile night. -The tense listeners heard his firm, light tread on -the flagged walk, the restive mare’s whinny, and -his soothing, “Whoa there! Gently, girl!” Then -he galloped down the hill, whistling “Dixie.”</p> - -<p>Hour after hour passed. Anne tumbled down -on the bed, to rest a while, and Dick, too, fell -asleep. Mrs. Osborne sat there alone, very still -and heedful, with the firearms at her hand.</p> - -<p>Once the collie sleeping on the porch gave a -quick, short bark, yelping in a dream or at some -little meaningless noise. Mrs. Osborne’s face -brightened. “Mayo!” she breathed, bending to -listen. But no horse hoofs rang on the road, no -footsteps sounded on the walk; and gradually the -light faded from her face, leaving it bleak and -sharp.</p> - -<p>At last the early-morning farm noises began<span class="pagenum" id="Page_264">[264]</span> -to be heard. Roosters crowed, a restless calf -bawled and was answered by its lowing mother, -the collie whined and scratched at the door. The -east lightened for dawn. The gray sky became -saffron and brightened to orange. Catbirds and -thrushes sang, wrens twittered and crows cawed. -There was the sweet, melancholy sound of cooing -doves. Then came the pause when day seems to -“stand tiptoe.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne went into the sitting room. She -looked through the front window, down the road; -quiet and untraveled, it lay there in the brightening -morning light.</p> - -<p>“If nothing had happened,” she said to herself; -“if he were safe——”</p> - -<p>She turned from the window, with her lips -pressed tightly together.</p> - -<p>Now sunrays were creeping through the eastern -shutters, and the farm creatures were growing -insistent in their calls. Mrs. Osborne -wakened Anne and Dick, who were amazed and -mortified to find that they had slept so long and -left her to watch alone.</p> - -<p>“Why, it’s day, broad day!” exclaimed Anne. -“Hasn’t Cousin Mayo come back?”</p> - -<p>“No.”</p> - -<p>“Isn’t that queer? I should think he’d be -here,” said Dick.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_265">[265]</span>He and Anne ran to look out of the window, -but Mrs. Osborne sat silent, with averted face.</p> - -<p>“You look so tired, Cousin Polly!” said Anne. -“Do lie down a little while. We’ll watch.”</p> - -<p>“No,” Mrs. Osborne said quietly. “I am not -tired. I must go out and feed the stock, and the -pigeons.”</p> - -<p>“Let me do it,” said Dick.</p> - -<p>“We’ll help you,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“No. You mustn’t go outdoors and risk being -seen. I’ll be back in a little while.”</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne made the rounds of the farmyard. -Last of all, she carried a bucketful of -small grain to the pigeon cote, and scattered it -on the ground. The pretty, gentle birds fluttered -around her and alighted on her arms and shoulders. -She stroked the shining plumage of one -of her husband’s pets. Then her lips quivered -and she dropped her face in her hands.</p> - -<p>“God help me!” she said. “If he were alive, -he would have come back to me.”</p> - -<p>A few painful tears trickled between her fingers. -But soon she regained her self-control -and went indoors.</p> - -<p>“Anne, Dick,” she said, “if something had not -happened, Mayo would have been back. I’ve -stayed here all these hours because he said we -must. Now I’m going to look for him.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_266">[266]</span>“And we are going with you,” Anne exclaimed.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Osborne considered a minute. “You’ll -be just as safe, I reckon,” she said. “Come on.”</p> - -<p>Dick ran ahead and opened the door.</p> - -<p>“Oh, Cousin Polly!” he cried. “There are -people—two men—coming up the hill. It’s -father and——”</p> - -<p>“Cousin Giles!” said Anne.</p> - -<p>She and Dick ran down the path, followed -more slowly by Mrs. Osborne. She did not even -hope to see her husband again, and it was with -calm misery that she met Red Mayo and Giles -Spotswood. At least she would have certainty -instead of the terrible suspense of these long -hours.</p> - -<p>Red Mayo Osborne ran forward and threw -his arms around his son and Anne, and kissed -first one and then the other.</p> - -<p>“Dick, my boy! Anne, dear little Anne! -Thank God, you are safe!” exclaimed Red Mayo. -“Mayo said you were safe with Polly.”</p> - -<p>“Where is Cousin Mayo?” asked Anne. -“We’ve been looking and looking for him to come -back.”</p> - -<p>Red Mayo glanced away. He answered in a -queer, hesitating voice. “He—he couldn’t come -now.”</p> - -<p>Polly Osborne’s face was as pale as death and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_267">[267]</span> -drawn with anguish. Red Mayo, keeping his eyes -still averted, did not see it. She spoke in a firm, -low voice: “What about Mayo?”</p> - -<p>“The fact is,” Mr. Spotswood said, “Mayo—he -told me to tell you, Polly—Mayo—Mayo has -been arrested.”</p> - -<p>“Arrested!” she repeated blankly.</p> - -<p>“Arrested,” Red Mayo said. “Jake Andrews -came with a warrant. Arrested as—as a pro-German, -or something. But—he ran away.”</p> - -<p>“What!” exclaimed Anne, in amazement.</p> - -<p>By degrees they got the story. Mr. Osborne -had ridden to The Village, without seeing Cæsar -or Solomon Gabe or Isham. He quickly told his -tale to the men who were waiting for him to start -an organized search for Anne; had she and Dick -reached Larkland a few minutes later, the deserter -would have found all the Villagers away in -search of Anne, and the post office would have -been easily rifled. As it was, the Village men -hid in the post office and waited till Cæsar came -through a window and seized him. Only one of -the older negroes, probably Solomon Gabe, came -with Cæsar to The Village; he stayed outside the -office, and ran away when the fracas began inside. -They sent a few shots after him in the -darkness, but evidently without effect.</p> - -<p>They carried Cæsar to the jail and locked him<span class="pagenum" id="Page_268">[268]</span> -in a cell, to await the officer who was to take him -back to Camp Lee.</p> - -<p>And then in the early morning, just as Black -Mayo was starting home, Jake Andrews rode up -The Street.</p> - -<p>“Huh! You’re the man I’m looking for,” he -said to Black Mayo, without any courtesies of -greeting. “I was on my way to your house.”</p> - -<p>Black Mayo looked him up and down, without -speaking.</p> - -<p>“I’ve got a warrant for your arrest,” Andrews -said, producing a paper.</p> - -<p>“My arrest! On what charge, pray?”</p> - -<p>“Oh, there are charges enough; having traitors -in your house, and being one yourself likely, -and——”</p> - -<p>“Who preferred these charges against me?” -inquired Mr. Osborne.</p> - -<p>“A good citizen, if he ain’t none of you-all’s -aristocrats. You’ll find out who and what when -your trial comes.”</p> - -<p>A dozen voices rose in protest.</p> - -<p>“That’s high-handed!”</p> - -<p>“Come, come, Jake! There’s a mistake somewhere. -Why, we all know Mayo Osborne. He’s -all right.”</p> - -<p>“I know my duty, and I’ve got my warrant,” -Andrews responded doggedly.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_269">[269]</span>Mayo Osborne looked perplexed. “We’ve got -to submit to law and officers,” he said, “Red, -you and Giles go to Larkland, please—Polly’ll -be uneasy—and tell her about this arrest business—” -He laughed—“and get Anne and Dick.”</p> - -<p>“We’re going to stand by you, you know, -Mayo,” said Red Mayo. “We know it wasn’t—wasn’t -an intentional crime. It was perfectly -natural you should not consider that your old -friend was an enemy alien and that you should -shelter Kuno Kleist——”</p> - -<p>“Kuno Kleist! What do you mean?” demanded -Black Mayo.</p> - -<p>“He was—wasn’t he?—the man who visited -you secretly, who——”</p> - -<p>“That tall, fair man with a little pointed beard. -If he wasn’t Kuno Kleist, who was he?”</p> - -<p>“I can’t tell you. I submit to arrest. But, Mr. -Law Officer, will you explain why you are such -an early bird, out at daybreak?”</p> - -<p>“I’m on my job,” replied Andrews. “A good -citizen came to me in the night and said you were -fixing to skip the country and——”</p> - -<p>Black Mayo considered this with a frown. -Suddenly he gave a startled exclamation. -“Charles Smith told you that?” he demanded -sharply.</p> - -<p>“Yes; he——”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_270">[270]</span>“That express! Redville at seven-thirty!” exclaimed -Black Mayo.</p> - -<p>Before any one had the ghost of an idea what -he was going to do, he was out of the group, at -the horse rack where Rosinante was tied, on her -back, and galloped down the road. Andrews -with an oath, jumped on his horse and pounded -after him.</p> - -<p>Without a word, the little group watched the -fleeing and the pursuing man till they were out of -sight. Then they looked around at one another.</p> - -<p>“What on earth’s the meaning of it all?” Will -Blair asked everybody.</p> - -<p>No one tried to answer.</p> - -<p>But David Spotswood said: “I know two -things: Cousin Mayo’s all right, and Jake Andrews -will never catch him.”</p> - -<p>Red Mayo laughed. “Never! As Emma would -say, he might as well try to plant a rose bush on -the tail of a comet. Well, we must go and tell -Polly.” And then his face grew sober.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_271">[271]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XVII</h2> -</div> - -<p class="drop-cap">BLACK MAYO did not spare his good horse, -but the train whistled long before he -reached Redville, and a desperate spurt of -speed only brought him to the station as the train -was pulling out. He flung himself off Rosinante -and ran down the platform—just too late to -clutch the rear railing of the last coach.</p> - -<p>There was no one in sight; the station agent -did not meet this early train, and the telegraph -office would not be open for another hour.</p> - -<p>Mr. Osborne stood a moment, looking after the -departing train. Then, frowning, he got on -Rosinante and rode slowly homeward. Half a -mile from the station he met Jake Andrews, -coming on merely because he had started, and -much surprised at seeing the fugitive whom he -had long ago given up hopes of overtaking.</p> - -<p>“Andrews,” Mr. Osborne said crisply, “come -with me to Smith’s place. We must make certain——”</p> - -<p>“Come with you!” Andrews recovered himself -enough to sneer. “You’ll come with me, -under arrest.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_272">[272]</span>“Nonsense, man!” Black Mayo threw open -his coat and displayed a badge that made Andrews -stare. “Don’t make yourself a bigger -laughingstock than you’re bound to be when -people find out you let yourself be that scoundrel’s -tool.”</p> - -<p>“Wh-what do you mean, Mr. Mayo?” stammered -Andrews.</p> - -<p>“Come and find out,” commanded Mr. Osborne.</p> - -<p>Down the road they met a party of horsemen; -Mr. Tavis, Mr. Blair—oh! the whole Village, astonished -at Black Mayo’s arrest, was following -after, hoping to have the mystery explained.</p> - -<p>But for the moment Black Mayo made no explanation.</p> - -<p>“Come!” he said, hurrying on to the old Tolliver -place.</p> - -<p>Albert Smith came out to meet them. His eyelids -were red, and he looked lonesome and miserable, -but he met Mr. Osborne’s eyes bravely and -frankly answered his questions. His uncle had -gone away very early that morning.</p> - -<p>“Exit Karl Schmidt, alias Charles Smith, German -propagandist, bridge destroyer, et cetera!” -said Black Mayo, looking around at his companions.</p> - -<p>There was a chorus of surprised exclamations.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_273">[273]</span>“Where has he gone?” thundered Andrews, -turning to Albert.</p> - -<p>“I do not know, I do not want to know. I have -nothing to tell you about my uncle,” the boy -answered in a low, firm voice.</p> - -<p>“You’d better—”</p> - -<p>“Stop that!” Black Mayo checked Andrews’ -blustering, and put a protecting hand on Albert’s -shoulder. “But what are you to do, my boy?”</p> - -<p>Albert’s lip quivered. “My uncle said I might -go to our cousin in New York. But I do not -want that. I like it here. I like to study and war-garden -and help liberty. I want to be American.”</p> - -<p>“Well, you can make plans later,” Mr. Osborne -said kindly. “Now get your horse and -come home with me and let’s have our breakfast.”</p> - -<p>Albert went to the stable, watched suspiciously -by Jake Andrews, who began a mumbling which -Black Mayo interrupted. “Oh, I forgot! Mr. -Andrews has a warrant to serve against me. -Shall we——”</p> - -<p>Andrews, turning fiery red, jerked out his warrant -and tore it in two. “And I let that man make -a fool of me!”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” Black Mayo agreed tranquilly.</p> - -<p>“But if you knew all this—you had authority, -being a Secret Service man—why didn’t you arrest -him?” demanded Andrews.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_274">[274]</span>“Because there were things we wanted to find -out, details of a plot, proof against its leaders. I -don’t mind telling now—you’re an officer of the -law and these others are friends—the tall, fair -man who came to Larkland was Thomas Milner. -You’ve heard of him?”</p> - -<p>“Not the big Secret Service chap?” exclaimed -Andrews.</p> - -<p>“Yes. I was in Washington, to make a report -to him, when Smith sent you fellows to Larkland -to nose about.”</p> - -<p>“If Mrs. Osborne had told me——” Andrews -began to mumble.</p> - -<p>“She didn’t know; and she wouldn’t have told -you if she had known.”</p> - -<p>“But why did Smith set us on you?”</p> - -<p>“Oh! partly revenge for a beating I gave him -last year and a fracas we had later, and partly, -no doubt, to shield himself from suspicion by -turning it on me and my guest. If he had suspected -who that guest was——” Black Mayo -chuckled.</p> - -<p>“But what was Smith doing?” asked Mr. Blair.</p> - -<p>“This little out-of-the-way corner was a good -place for him to lie quiet between jobs. He didn’t -do much right here except some mischief-making -among foolish negroes and silly whites.” -Jake Andrews reddened, but Mr. Osborne did<span class="pagenum" id="Page_275">[275]</span> -not look at him. “Instead of being a chewing-gum -salesman, as he pretended, Smith had a nice -little business of directing bomb throwers. He -got plans of all the railroad bridges in this section, -with a view to their destruction, so as to -hinder troop movements. The high bridge was -such a tempting mark that he wanted a whack -at it himself, preferably with a troop train on it. -I found out that just in time.</p> - -<p>“Now, Andrews, you’d better go to Redville; -the telegraph office will be open. Mr. Jones -comes down on that 8.45 train, and he must wire -up and down the road, and see that Smith is arrested.”</p> - -<p>“I’ll do whatever you say, Mr. Osborne,” Andrews -said humbly.</p> - -<p>“Here comes Albert. Well, folks, let’s go -home. A fine morning for an early ride.”</p> - -<p>It was, indeed, a glorious day, early November -in Southside Virginia. The sunshine lighted -up the bright gold of hickory and the pale gold -of down-fluttering locust leaves and the tawny -purple of black haw and the rich or flaming reds -of oaks and Virginia creeper, all the more splendid -against the steadfast green of pines.</p> - -<p>“Our woods look like an army with banners,” -said Black Mayo. “Banners of victory! It’s at -hand,” he said confidently.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_276">[276]</span>Ever since Château-Thierry, the Allies had -been on the offensive. The <i>mittel-Europa</i> dream -of Germany faded as Bulgaria and Turkey and -Austria-Hungary fell. Only Germany was left -now. And all the world, and none better than -the kaiser and Von Hindenburg and Ludendorff, -knew that she soon must yield. “Retreat! retreat! -retreat!” was the one order. Never again, -“Forward!”</p> - -<p>The victory news came two days later. David -had ridden to Redville for the daily <i>Dispatch</i>, and -he came galloping up The Street, waving a paper -that had a big black headline:</p> - -<p>“ARMISTICE SIGNED!”</p> - -<p>The President had gone before Congress and -given it the great tidings. “My fellow countrymen: -The armistice was signed this morning. -Everything for which America fought has been -accomplished. The war thus comes to an end.”</p> - -<p>For over four years Europe had been a battlefield -for the nations of the world. The conflict -was less between nations than between two principles: -The right of kings to govern through -armies, and the right of people to govern themselves -by law and justice. When the fate of the -world seemed in doubt, America turned the scale -for right and justice.</p> - -<p>A day or two after the great armistice news,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_277">[277]</span> -Black Mayo went with the Village young folks -to the Old Sterling Mine; they were all curious to -see the scene of Anne and Dick’s perilous adventure.</p> - -<p>“I wish Albert had come with us,” said David.</p> - -<p>“He preferred to stay at home,” said Mr. Osborne. -“Naturally he feels badly about his -uncle’s arrest; the fellow’ll probably have a long -term in a federal prison.”</p> - -<p>“What’ll become of Albert?” asked Anne.</p> - -<p>“Oh, he’ll get on all right. He’s a good little -American,” replied Mr. Osborne. He did not -say that he and his wife were planning to adopt -the little fellow who had endeared himself to them -both.</p> - -<p>“Our boys will be coming back soon,” rejoiced -David.</p> - -<p>“Those who are left of them,” Anne said -soberly.</p> - -<p>Alas! there was a gold star for Mrs. Hight’s -son William, and Jeff Spencer was still missing. -But the other Village boys would have honorable -discharges, and Fayett Mallett was bringing -back a <i>Croix de Guerre</i>.</p> - -<p>“If only I had been older——” David began -enviously.</p> - -<p>“Well,” Mr. Osborne said, “I wanted to go, -too, but if I had and we had lost our bridge and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_278">[278]</span> -perhaps a trainload of soldiers or supplies—— Ah, -David, we stay-at-homes can look our soldier -boys in the face and say, ‘We, too, did our -part.’ Those brave fellows over there would -have been helpless if we here hadn’t been brave -enough to do our duty.”</p> - -<p>Anne had been walking quietly along beside -Mr. Osborne. Now she said in an undertone, -“Cousin Mayo, I——” Then she stopped.</p> - -<p>“Well, Anne?”</p> - -<p>“Cousin Mayo, I—I——” Then she blurted -out, “I was to blame about their thinking—about -your arrest.”</p> - -<p>“You to blame? Of course not!”</p> - -<p>“The stranger I saw at Larkland that morning—I -thought—I said it was Kuno Kleist. And -Jake Andrews heard me.”</p> - -<p>“It was Mr. Milner. As I did not present you -to him, you ought not to have mentioned him or -guessed his name. The lips of an honorable guest -are sealed to the secrets of a house.” Mr. Osborne -spoke gravely; The Village had its standard -of good breeding not to be lowered for its young -people; they must rise to it.</p> - -<p>“Yes, Cousin Mayo,” said Anne. “I’m awful -sorry. I was so excited, thinking it was Kuno -Kleist.”</p> - -<p>“I thought so, too,” said Patsy.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_279">[279]</span>“You will never see Kuno, my dears,” Mr. Osborne -said sadly. “He is dead.”</p> - -<p>“Dead!”</p> - -<p>“Murdered. His sister wrote to me from -Switzerland. He came home once on a furlough, -and she asked him if the tales were true about -brutalities to conquered people. He said: ‘I hope -those things will not be required of me; I am a -human being before I am a German.’</p> - -<p>“A month later came the news that he had -been shot for refusing to obey orders. She -learned the details later from a comrade. An old -Frenchman had fired on a drunken German soldier -who insulted his daughter, and Kuno was -one of a squad ordered to shoot a dozen citizens -in retaliation—men and women and children -drawn by lot. Kuno refused. He was put in -front of the firing squad and was shot by his -own comrades.”</p> - -<p>“I am so sorry,” Anne said softly.</p> - -<p>“I am so glad,” Black Mayo said, with a tender -smile. “Death was his only gate to freedom from -the wicked tyranny of Prussia.”</p> - -<p>“Old Prussia’s beat at last, thanks be!” said -Patsy. “What will the Allies do to the Germans, -Cousin Mayo?”</p> - -<p>“Say to them, as Julius Cæsar said to the Germans -two thousand years ago: ‘Go back whence<span class="pagenum" id="Page_280">[280]</span> -you came, repair the damage you have done, and -give hostages to keep the peace for the future!’”</p> - -<p>“Peace!” said Anne. “Your doves are birds -of peace now, Cousin Mayo.”</p> - -<p>“And again they find a deluged world.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, sound gladder, Cousin Mayo!” cried Dick. -“We’ve won the war; and—thanks to Albert and -me helping this year—we walloped the girls in -garden work and took the silver cup. Oh, it’s a -fine old world!” He danced a jig on the roadside.</p> - -<p>His cousin smiled in sympathy. “I don’t want -to be a wet blanket, young uns,” he said. “We -did splendid work in war. When I look ahead, -I see such stupendous peace tasks that—well, it -makes me solemn. Oh, well! we’ll grope and -stumble a little, but we are on an upward path, -with old ideals and new vision ahead of us—and -thank God for the leader with vision.”</p> - -<p>This talk brought them to the top of the long -hill that led to Mine Creek.</p> - -<p>“There’s Unc’ Isham’s cabin, still as a graveyard,” -remarked Dick. “I wonder where he and -Aunt Lily Belle are?”</p> - -<p>“They ran away because they’re scared of being -punished,” said Steve.</p> - -<p>“They’d better be scared; mean things!” exclaimed -Patsy.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_281">[281]</span>“Oh! Unc’ Isham didn’t want to hurt me,” said -Anne. “He was just afraid to tell where I was. -It was mighty comforting to hear the way he -talked.”</p> - -<p>“I say it was!” Dick agreed emphatically. -“The old nig was in a tight place, with Cæsar -threatening to kill him.”</p> - -<p>“And there’s Solomon Gabe’s house,” said -David.</p> - -<p>The door was open; but the house was a mere -shell from which its occupant had gone forever. -When his son was captured, the half-crazed old -negro had rushed back to his poor little home -and, overcome by haste and terror, he had fallen -dead on the threshold. There the officers of the -law had found him.</p> - -<p>“It was Solomon Gabe—poor old misguided -wretch!—who set fire to Broad Acres,” said Mr. -Osborne.</p> - -<p>“What! Did he burn Broad Acres?” exclaimed -Patsy.</p> - -<p>“Oh, Cousin Mayo! How do you know?” -asked Alice.</p> - -<p>“Dick heard Emma say that night that ‘the -old devil was burning little Miss Anne.’ At first -I couldn’t get anything out of her; she insisted it -was Satan she meant. But, now that Solomon -Gabe is dead, she confesses that he told her the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_282">[282]</span> -night before not to let Mary Jane sleep at Broad -Acres; ‘the torch of the Lord was lit for that -house.’ She kept her daughter at home; and then -she was afraid to tell, partly for fear of being -blamed herself and still more from fear of Solomon -Gabe. I’m pretty sure he put the glass in the -flour at Larkland. He was at the mill that day, -I remember.”</p> - -<p>“Do you reckon any of the other darkies knew -about it?” asked Anne.</p> - -<p>“They probably knew a little and suspected -more; like Emma they were afraid to tell.”</p> - -<p>“Louviny talked mighty queer one day when -Patsy and I were there,” said Anne.</p> - -<p>“Smith had made all sorts of promises and -threats to her and Lincum,” said Mr. Osborne. -“When Kit destroyed the war gardens, he was -merely acting in the spirit of what he heard at -home. Scalawag told us about that; didn’t he, -Billy boy?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sirree!” said Sweet William, waggling -his head proudly. “Hasn’t anybody helped war -gardens more than me and Scalawag.”</p> - -<p>“Look here, Anne! Here’s where I found -your footprints, turning from the road up to the -path,” said Dick.</p> - -<p>“I saw somebody through the bushes; I thought -it was you, and I followed, down that ladder; and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_283">[283]</span> -then that man—I didn’t know who he was—pushed -me in the pit and pulled out the ladder. -Oh, Dick! here’s where I thought they had us, on -the way out. I stepped on a twig, and it snapped—like -a pistol shot it sounded.” Anne shuddered -at the memory.</p> - -<p>“What—who’s that?” Dick exclaimed, looking -earnestly into the woods at the left.</p> - -<p>“Nothing; nobody,” David said carelessly. -“Well, here’s your mine hole, with the ladder in -it still.”</p> - -<p>They all went into the mine and examined it -with a great deal of interest, especially the hole -in which Anne and Dick had hidden. Black Mayo -lingered there after the others were ready to -go.</p> - -<p>“This place looks as if it had been intentionally -and carefully concealed,” he said; “the hole was -covered with poles and then a layer of dirt over -it. I wonder why? Suppose we investigate a -little. We have plenty of time.”</p> - -<p>“Mother says she never expects us back till -night when we go off with you,” laughed Patsy.</p> - -<p>“Righto!” said Mr. Osborne. “Dickon, haven’t -you some mining tools hereabouts, a spade and -pick and shovel?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir.” Dick grinned.</p> - -<p>“Well, we’ll get ready to use them. I’ll show<span class="pagenum" id="Page_284">[284]</span> -you mining methods used by the old Phœnicians -and by the Mexicans to-day. Let’s pile these -poles and logs against the face of the rock.”</p> - -<p>The old timbers were piled as Black Mayo directed. -Then he put leaves and twigs under the -dry wood.</p> - -<p>“It’s your party, Dick,” he said, when all was -ready. “You may stick a match to the kindling, -and then we’ll flee to the open. We couldn’t -stand the smoke. Besides we’ve work to do out -there.”</p> - -<p>As the bonfire flared and roared, they went -scrambling up the ladder.</p> - -<p>“Now,” said Black Mayo, “we’ll go to Peter -Jim’s cabin and borrow all his buckets and tubs. -We must fill them with water and have it ready.”</p> - -<p>“Ready for what?” inquired Dick.</p> - -<p>“I’ll show you presently,” said Black Mayo.</p> - -<p>The wondering young folks carried out his -instructions, and then sat around the old mine -from which smoke poured as from a chimney.</p> - -<p>All at once Dick again said sharply, “What’s -that?” He looked down the wooded, rocky slope -to the left. “I knew I saw somebody!” he exclaimed, -and ran down the hill.</p> - -<p>There was a rustle and stir in a clump of chinquapin -bushes. The foliage parted and a black -face peered out, a man’s frightened, pathetic old<span class="pagenum" id="Page_285">[285]</span> -face. Suddenly a pair of bony black arms were -thrust out wildly from behind, clutched the woolly -head, and dragged it back. There was a violent -struggle, and screeches and sobs and loud, excited -talking.</p> - -<p>“Oh, Dick, Dick! Come back!” Patsy screamed -in terror.</p> - -<p>For Dick had vanished in the thicket, the -scene of that strange commotion. Mr. Osborne -and David and Steve ran to find him and to see -what was the matter.</p> - -<p>Just then Dick reappeared, followed by an old -negro man with a woman tugging at his coat -tails. It was Isham and Lily Belle.</p> - -<p>“Come on away!” she was wailing. “Uh, -what you let ’em see you for? My old man, my -old man! Dey got to kill me, too, when dey -kill you.”</p> - -<p>“Hush that racket. You’re all right,” said -Dick.</p> - -<p>Isham went to Anne and put up appealing -hands. “I didn’t mean you no harm, Miss Anne,” -he sobbed. “I wouldn’t ’a’ teched a hair o’ yore -head.”</p> - -<p>“I know you wouldn’t, Unc’ Isham,” said -Anne. “Oh, don’t cry! Do stop crying! Oh! -we’re so glad to see you. We’ve wondered where -you were.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_286">[286]</span>“We runned away,” said Lily Belle. “We—we -started to runned away—an’—an’——”</p> - -<p>“Den we crope back,” said Isham. “We done -lived here all our lives, an’ we couldn’t go traipsin’ -’round strange neighborhoods. We ruther -you-all would kill us here at home.”</p> - -<p>“Nobody’s going to hurt you,” Anne assured -them. “We know you didn’t mean any harm. -Oh, Uncle Isham! Dick and I were hiding in a -hole in the mine, and we heard you telling Cæsar -he mustn’t hurt me. We are all your friends, -and you’re just as safe as we are.”</p> - -<p>Lily Belle forgot her fears. “I told you so, old -man,” she cried; “I told you to come on out them -bushes. Ain’t nobody gwine to hurt us. Our -white folks is gwine to take keer of us. Um, -um! Come on home, old man; an’ ain’t we glad -to git back!”</p> - -<p>By this time the smoke came in lessening -swirls from the mine hole. Mr. Osborne and the -boys carried the tub into the mine and set it at -the edge of the hole, and filled it with water.</p> - -<p>“Now for a smotheration!” he said.</p> - -<p>He poured bucketful after bucketful of water -on the hot rock. It filled the air with choking, -blinding steam; and through its hissing came -time after time, like pistol shots, the popping of -the rock.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_287">[287]</span>As soon as the steam cleared away a little, -Black Mayo and the boys set to work with pick -and hammer. In a few minutes a large piece -of the split rock was broken off. The gray-green -mass was full of glittering specks and streaks.</p> - -<p>“Well, my boy, you found it!” said Mr. Osborne, -turning to Dick.</p> - -<p>“Found it?” echoed the boys and girls who -were crowding around.</p> - -<p>“Found the lost vein of silver. It was true, -then, that tale about the rascally mine manager. -Evidently he concealed this place, hoping to get -possession of the mine and work it. But he died -without being able to carry out his plan. And -now the mine comes back to its rightful owners.”</p> - -<p>“Its rightful owners!” stammered Dick. He -had not thought of any right except the right of -discovery. “Rightful owner!” he repeated in -dismay, remembering that this land had been -bought by Mr. Smith.</p> - -<p>“Yes; to your father and me, among other -heirs,” said his cousin. “Our grandfather never -lost faith in the mine, and when he sold the land -he reserved the mineral rights. Your tumbling -into this hole was a lucky accident. But for that, -the secret of the old mine’s treasure might have -remained hidden another half century, and you -and I might have died without knowing it.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_288">[288]</span>“We surely might.” Dick’s eyes grew grave, -then he turned with a shining face to his young -cousin. “Ah, Anne! that’s a real treasure hole. -Silver isn’t the”—he went closer to her and -dropped his voice—“the dearest thing it’s kept -hidden and safe. But for it—oh! what would -have become of you that awful night?”</p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"> - -<div class="chapter"> -<div class="transnote"> - -<p class="ph1">TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:</p> - -<p>Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.</p> - -<p>Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been standardized.</p> - -<p>Archaic or variant spelling has been retained.</p> -</div></div> - -<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE OLD MINE'S SECRET ***</div> -<div style='text-align:left'> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will -be renamed. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. -</div> - -<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div> -<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div> -<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person -or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the -Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when -you share it without charge with others. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work -on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the -phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: -</div> - -<blockquote> - <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most - other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions - whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms - of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online - at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this eBook. - </div> -</blockquote> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg™ License. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format -other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain -Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -provided that: -</div> - -<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation.” - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ - works. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right -of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread -public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state -visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. -</div> - -</div> -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/69146-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/69146-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 97811d5..0000000 --- a/old/69146-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/69146-h/images/coversmall.jpg b/old/69146-h/images/coversmall.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ffed23b..0000000 --- a/old/69146-h/images/coversmall.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/69146-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/old/69146-h/images/i_frontis.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b5099fa..0000000 --- a/old/69146-h/images/i_frontis.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/69146-h/images/i_logo.jpg b/old/69146-h/images/i_logo.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 780fcdd..0000000 --- a/old/69146-h/images/i_logo.jpg +++ /dev/null |
